TB03300001E

: Pdf 128495-Attachment 128495-Attachment Batch9 unilog

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 242

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

NEMA Contactors & Starters

33-1

NEMA Contactors &
Starters

March 2009

CA08102001E

Contents
Description

Page

IT. Electro-Mechanical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-2
Contactors — Full Voltage, Non-reversing and Reversing . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-4
Starters — Full Voltage, Non-reversing and Reversing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-7
IT. Electro-Mechanical — Enclosed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Starters — Non-combination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Starters — Combination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Modification Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

33-25
33-29
33-31
33-33
33-42

IT. Manual and Combination Motor Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-51
NEMA Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-51
Freedom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contactors — Non-reversing and Reversing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Starters — 3-Phase Non-reversing and Reversing,
Full Voltage, Bi-Metallic Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Starters — 3-Phase Multispeed, Bi-Metallic Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Starters — Single-Phase Non-reversing,
Full Voltage, Bi-Metallic Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Starters — 3-Phase Non-reversing and Reversing,
Full Voltage, C396 Electronic Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Relays — Thermal Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Relays — C396 Electronic Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

33-68
33-70

Freedom, Full Voltage — Enclosed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Starters — Non-combination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Starters — Combination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

33-116
33-121
33-125
33-130

A200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contactors — Non-reversing and Reversing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Starters — Non-reversing and Reversing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Starters — Two-Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Relays — Thermal and Fast Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Relays — Current Sensing Protective — IQ500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

33-148
33-148
33-154
33-158
33-174
33-183

33-73
33-76
33-77
33-78
33-79
33-82
33-103
33-109

A200 — Enclosed Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-185
Starters — Non-reversing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-185
Starters — Reversing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-187
Advantage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contactors — Non-reversing and Reversing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Starters — Non-reversing and Reversing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Starters — Non-reversing, Two-Speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Advantage Control Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PowerNet Communication Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

33-193
33-194
33-195
33-197
33-207
33-217

Advantage, Full Voltage — Enclosed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-220
Starters — Non-combination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-224
Starters — Combination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-225
Citation — Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-229
Type N — Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-232
Solenoids — Alternating Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-233
Shoe Brakes — AC and DC Magnetic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-235
Reference Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-239
For more information visit: www.eaton.com

33

NEMA Contactors & Starters
IT. Electro-Mechanical

33-2

March 2009

Product Family Overview

ISO 9002 Certification
When you turn to Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer Products, you turn to quality. The International Standards Organization (ISO) has established a series of standards
acknowledged by 91 industrialized nations to bring harmony to the international
quest for quality. The ISO Certification process covers 20 quality system elements
in design, production and installation that must conform to achieve registration.
This commitment to quality will result in increased product reliability and total
customer satisfaction.

33

Publications
Pub. MN03305002E IT. NEMA Overload Relay Setup and Troubleshooting Manual
NEMA, Size 0 Full Voltage
Non-reversing Starter

Product Description
Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer® Intelligent
Technologies (IT.) Electro-Mechanical
line of Contactors and Starters is the
result of a substantial engineering,
manufacturing and marketing effort
involving extensive customer input,
combined with new advances in solidstate technology. IT. Electro-Mechanical
products have greatly increased
functionality, significantly reduced
size and utilize the benefits of 24V DC
control. The exclusive Pulse Width
Modulation (PWM) control and digital
microprocessor generate a minimized
DC value which reduces energy to the
contact block and provides the most
compact system available.

Standards and Certifications
■
■
■
■
■
■

Standard: Designed to meet or
exceed UL, NEMA and CSA
UL Listed: UL File #E1491, Guide
#NLDX — Open, UL 508
CSA Certified: CSA File #156828,
Class #3211 04 Open, C22.2 No. 14-95
CE
NEMA ICS1, ICS2, ICS5
NEMA, Certificate No. 2074289

Pub. MN03305001E IT. NEMA Contactor and Starter User Manual
Pub. 50102 IT. NEMA Overload Relay Quick Setup Guide
Pub. 49416 IT. NEMA Contact Blocks (Size 00 – 4)
Pub. 50140 IT. NEMA Non-reversing Contactor Size 00 and 0 Installation Guide
Pub. 50150 IT. NEMA Non-reversing Contactor Size 1 Installation Guide
Pub. 50160 IT. NEMA Non-reversing Contactor Size 2 Installation Guide
Pub. 50170 IT. NEMA Non-reversing Contactor Size 3 and 4 Installation Guide
Pub. 50180 IT. NEMA Non-reversing Contactor Size 5 Installation Guide
Pub. 50141 IT. NEMA Reversing Contactor Size 00 and 0 Installation Guide
Pub. 50151 IT. NEMA Reversing Contactor Size 1 Installation Guide
Pub. 50161 IT. NEMA Reversing Contactor Size 2 Installation Guide
Pub. 50171 IT. NEMA Reversing Contactor Size 3 and 4 Installation Guide
Pub. 50181 IT. NEMA Reversing Contactor Size 5 Installation Guide
Pub. 50142 IT. NEMA Non-reversing Starter Size 00 and 0 Installation Guide
Pub. 50152 IT. NEMA Non-reversing Starter Size 1 Installation Guide
Pub. 50162 IT. NEMA Non-reversing Starter Size 2 Installation Guide
Pub. 50172 IT. NEMA Non-reversing Starter Size 3 and 4 Installation Guide
Pub. 50182 IT. NEMA Non-reversing Starter Size 5 Installation Guide
Pub. 50143 IT. NEMA Reversing Starter Size 00 and 0 Installation Guide
Pub. 50153 IT. NEMA Reversing Starter Size 1 Installation Guide
Pub. 50163 IT. NEMA Reversing Starter Size 2 Installation Guide
Pub. 50173 IT. NEMA Reversing Starter Size 3 and 4 Installation Guide
Pub. 50183 IT. NEMA Reversing Starter Size 5 Installation Guide
For copies of these and other publications, contact the Literature Fulfillment Center
at 800-957-7050, Fax: 877-840-2371 or find on-line at: www.eaton.com.
For International, call: (630) 377-9798 (English only), Fax: (630) 377-1753.

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
IT. Electro-Mechanical

33-3

March 2009

Catalog Number Selection

Catalog Number Selection (Open Components)
Table 33-1. IT. Electro-Mechanical Catalog Numbering System

N 101 B S0 J 3 A - RTX

33

Standard

Factory Installed Option

N = NEMA

RTX = Ring Lug Ready
(E, F Frames Only)

Configuration (Open Type)
02N
03N
04N
05N
06N
101
111
501
511

= FVNR Coil Controller
= FVR Coil Controller
= Contact Block
= Solid-State Non-reversing Overload Relay
= Solid-State Reversing Overload Relay
= FVNR Starter
= FVNR Contactor
= FVR Starter
= FVR Contactor

Overload Type
A = Standard
N = Contactor or Not Applicable
Pole Selection
3 = 3-Pole
Overload Full Amperes Adjustment

Frame Width
B
C
D
E
F

= 45 mm
= 54 mm
= 76 mm
= 105 mm
= 140 mm
Designator (NEMA)
SA
S0
S1
S2
S3
S4
S5

= Size 00
= Size 0
= Size 1
= Size 2
= Size 3
= Size 4
= Size 5

XC = Coil Controller
XR = Overload

(45 mm)
A = .25 – .8
B = .59 – 1.9
C = 1.4 – 4.4
D = 2.8 – 9.0
G = 6.3 – 20
J = 10 – 32

(76 mm)
F = 5.0 – 16
H = 8.4 – 27
K = 14 – 45
N = 31 – 100

(54 mm)
A = .25 – .8
B = .59 – 1.9
C = 1.4 – 4.4
D = 2.8 – 9.0
F = 5.0 – 16
H = 8.4 – 27
L = 16 – 50

(105 mm)
K = 14 – 45
M = 28 – 90
P = 42 – 135
R = 63 – 200
(140 mm)
P = 42 – 135
S = 84 – 270
T = 131 – 420

X = Contact Block, Coil Controller,
Contactor or Not Applicable

Note: When using the Catalog Numbering System for Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer IT. Electro-Mechanical products, care should be exercised to
assure that the Catalog Number for the Overload Relay aligns with the IT. Contact Block selected for type, frame size and ampacity, if purchased
as separate components.
Examples:
N101BS0J3A — Full Voltage Non-reversing, Size 0 Starter with a 10 – 32 amp overload range
N111FS5X3N — Full Voltage Non-reversing, Size 5 Contactor
N501DS2K3A — Full Voltage Reversing Starter with a 14 – 45 amp overload range
N02NCXCXNN — Coil Controller 54 mm
N04NBSAX3N — Contact Block Size 00

CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

33-4

NEMA Contactors & Starters
IT. Electro-Mechanical
March 2009

Contactors — Full Voltage, Non-reversing and Reversing

Product Description

Contents
Description

33

Product Family Overview
Product Description . . . . . . .
Standards and
Certifications . . . . . . . . . . .
Catalog Number
Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contactors — Non-reversing
and Reversing
Product Description . . . . . . .
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Auxiliary Contacts . . . . . . . .
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page
33-2
33-2
33-3

33-4
33-4
33-5
33-10
33-13
33-15
33-17
33-18

The Cutler-Hammer® Intelligent
Technologies (IT.) Electro-Mechanical
Contactor from Eaton’s electrical
business consists of an IT. ElectroMechanical Contact Block and IT.
Electro-Mechanical Coil Controller as a
Full Voltage Non-reversing (FVNR) or
Full Voltage Reversing (FVR) device.
Size 00 to Size 4 Contact Blocks
combined with Coil Controllers (factory
or field assembled) are stand-alone
Contactors. Only the Size 5 Contactors
have internal factory assembled coil
controllers.

Features
■
■
■
■
■
■

■

■

NEMA Full Voltage Non-reversing
Contactor, Size 0, Cat. No. N111BS0X3N

■
■
■

■

Size 00 – 5, 9 – 270A, 2 – 200 hp,
600V
24V DC Coil Control — safe, reliable
global standard
Frame width (mm): 45, 54, 76, 105,
140
No laminations, shading coils or
magnet noise
-40 to 149°F (-40 to 65°C)
operating temperature
No seal in auxiliary contacts
required — control wiring is not
needed between the contactor and
overload relay
Conformal coated printed circuit
boards for resistance to harsh
environments
Unique Pulse Width Modulated coil
controller minimizes coil power
consumption
Microprocessor-based control
Easily accessible mounting feet for
panel mounting
Meets or exceeds global standards
for EMC (Electromagnetic compatibility) immunity and emissions
Front and side mounted Auxiliary
Contacts: 1NO, 1 NC, 2NO, 2NC,
1NO/1NC and logic level

■
■

■

■
■
■
■

■
■

2- or 3-wire control
Built-in logic to provide either 2- or
3-wire control, eliminating the need
to provide and wire auxiliary contacts to seal in and interlock the
contactor coils
Easy field assembly of control
wiring — plug and unplug lockable
control connector
DIN rail mounting for Sizes 00 – 2
Optional mounting plates for
Size 00 – 4
Common accessories
Long-life silver nickel and silver tin
oxide contacts provide excellent
conductivity and superior resistance
to welding and arc erosion
Environmentally friendly materials
Low wattage coils and minimal heat
dissipation

Reversing Contactors
■
■
■
■
■

Includes Reversing Power Wiring
and bus bars
Mounting plates for Size 00 – 4
Exclusive internal electronic interlock for reversing
Field installed Reversing Kits
Unique coil controller energizes
both forward and reverse contactors
— one control point for wiring

NEMA Full Voltage Reversing Contactor,
Size 0, Cat. No. N511BS0X3N

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
IT. Electro-Mechanical

33-5

March 2009

Contactors — Full Voltage, Non-reversing and Reversing

Product Selection
Non-reversing Contactors
When Ordering Specify

33

NEMA Size, Continuous Ampere Rating,
Voltage, kW/hp and Non-reversing or
Reversing
Note:
■ An N111 (Size 00 – 4) consists of an N04N
(Contact Block) and an N02N (Coil Controller),
factory assembled.
■ An N111F (Size 5) has an internal coil

controller, factory assembled.

Cat. No. N111BS0X3N

Table 33-2. Full Voltage 3-Pole DC-Operated Non-reversing Contactors 

NEMA
Size

Continuous
Ampere Rating

Max. UL Horsepower
(hp) 60 Hz
1-Phase
115V

00

9

0

18

1/3
1

3-Phase
230V

200V/
208V

230V/
240V

1

1-1/2

2

3

3-Pole Non-reversing

3-Phase

Catalog
Number

460V/
480V

575V/
600V

1-1/2

2

2

1-1/2

N111BSAX3N

3

5

5

5

N111BS0X3N

1

27

2

3

45

3

7-1/2

3

90

7-1/2

15

25

30

50

50

50

N111ES3X3N

4

135

—

—

40

50

100

100

75

N111ES4X3N

270

—

—

75

100

200

200

150

N111FS5X3N

5

10

7-1/2

380V

2




7-1/2

Max. UL Horsepower
(hp) 50 Hz

15

10

10

10

N111CS1X3N

25

25

25

N111DS2X3N

Price
U.S. $

24V DC coil voltage.

Note:
■ If required, accessories are available on Page 33-13.
■ Integral solid-state auxiliary hold-in circuit.
■ See Table 33-7 for 24V DC power supply requirements.
■ Control inputs are rated 24V DC (3 – 5 mA).

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-13 – 33-16
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-10 – 33-12
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-18 – 33-21
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1
CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

NEMA Contactors & Starters
IT. Electro-Mechanical

33-6

March 2009

Contactors — Full Voltage, Non-reversing and Reversing

Reversing Contactors
When Ordering Specify

33

NEMA Size, Continuous Ampere Rating,
Voltage, kW/hp, and Non-reversing or
Reversing
Note:
■ An N511 (Size 00 – 4) consists of two N04N

(Contact Blocks), an N03N (FVR Coil
Controller), Mechanical Interlock, Fanning
Strips and Mounting Plate, factory
assembled.
■ An N511F (Size 5) consists of two N111F
(Contactors), an Internal Reversing Coil
Controller, Mechanical Interlock, Crossover
Bus Bars and Wiring Harness, factory
assembled.

Cat. No. N511BS0X3N

Table 33-3. Full Voltage 3-Pole DC-Operated Reversing Contactors 

NEMA
Size

Continuous
Ampere Rating

Max. UL Horsepower
(hp) 60 Hz
1-Phase
115V

00

9

0

18

1/3
1

3-Phase
230V

200V/
208V

230V/
240V

1

1-1/2

2

3

3-Pole Reversing

3-Phase

Catalog
Number

460V/
480V

575V/
600V

1-1/2

2

2

1-1/2

N511BSAX3N

3

5

5

5

N511BS0X3N

1

27

2

3

45

3

7-1/2

3

90

7-1/2

15

25

30

50

50

50

N511ES3X3N

4

135

—

—

40

50

100

100

75

N511ES4X3N

270

—

—

75

100

200

200

150

N511FS5X3N

5

10

7-1/2

380V

2




7-1/2

Max. UL Horsepower
(hp) 50 Hz

15

10

10

10

N511CS1X3N

25

25

25

N511DS2X3N

Price
U.S. $

24V DC coil voltage.

Note:
■ If required, accessories are available on Page 33-13.
■ Integral solid-state auxiliary hold-in circuit.
■ See Table 33-7 for 24V DC power supply requirements.
■ Control inputs are rated 24V DC (3 – 5 mA).

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Pages 33-13 – 33-16
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . .Pages 33-10 – 33-12
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Pages 33-18 – 33-21
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1
For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
IT. Electro-Mechanical

33-7

March 2009

Starters — Full Voltage, Non-reversing and Reversing

Product Description

Contents
Description
Product Family Overview
Product Description . . . . . .
Standards and
Certifications . . . . . . . . . .
Catalog Number
Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Starters — Non-reversing
and Reversing
Product Description . . . . . .
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Auxiliary Contacts . . . . . . .
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page
33-2
33-2
33-3

33-7
33-7
33-8
33-10
33-13
33-15
33-17
33-22

The Cutler-Hammer® Intelligent
Technologies (IT.) Electro-Mechanical
Starter from Eaton’s electrical business
consists of an IT. Electro-Mechanical
Contact Block or Contactor and IT.
Electro-Mechanical Solid-State
Overload Relay as a Full Voltage
Non-reversing (FVNR) or Full Voltage
Reversing (FVR) device. Size 00 to Size 5
Starters are factory or field assembled.

Features
■
■

■
■
■

■
■
■

■
■

NEMA Full Voltage
Non-reversing Starter, Size 0
■
■

24V DC control power — safe, reliable
global standard
Unique Pulse Width Modulated
(PWM) coil controller minimizes coil
power consumption
Microprocessor based control
Phase loss and current unbalance
protection, user selectable
Standard selectable Trip Class 10, 20
(factory default) or 30 — no individual part numbers — no programming software
Ambient compensated overload
Motor temperature and power-up
protection with thermal memory
Front and side mounted Auxiliary
Contacts: 1NO, 1NC, 2NO, 2NC,
1NO/1NC and logic level (1NO/1NC)
Easily accessible mounting feet for
panel mounting
LED status indication — trip, trip
class, motor thermal state, reset,
overload state
Unique “Alarm without Trip” option
for critical must run applications
Lockable overload cover protects
against unauthorized adjustment
and reset functions

NEMA Full Voltage Reversing
Starter, Size 0

CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

■

■
■
■
■

■

■
■
■
■

■
■

■
■
■

■
■

No control wiring needed between
contactor and overload relay —
eliminates seal in auxiliary contacts
Minimal heat — no full voltage coils
-40° to 149°F (-40° – 65°C) operating
temperature
Wide 3.2:1 current adjustment range
Exclusive internal 24-bit floating
point math calculations with RMS
calibrated current measurement
Meets or exceeds global standards
for EMC (Electromagnetic compatibility) immunity and emissions
IP20 Finger Protection
Motor running thermal utilization
indication
Manual, Automatic or Remote Reset
Easy field assembly of control
wiring — plug and unplug lockable
control connector
DIN rail mountable, Size 00 – 2
Communication Interface with
Starter Network Adapter Product
(SNAP)
2- or 3-wire control
Solid-state alarm output indication
Optional mounting plates with
“Ease of Installation” slotted hole
design
Type 2 Coordination
Conformal coated printed circuit
boards for resistance to harsh
environments

Reversing Starters
Includes Reversing Power Wiring
and bus bars
■ Mounting plates for Size 00 – 4
■ Built-in electronic interlock for FVR
units
■ Unique overload board energizes
both forward and reverse starters —
one control point for wiring
■

33

NEMA Contactors & Starters
IT. Electro-Mechanical

33-8

March 2009

Starters — Full Voltage, Non-reversing and Reversing

Product Selection
Non-reversing Starters

33

When Ordering Specify
NEMA Size, Continuous Ampere Rating,
Voltage, kW/hp, Non-reversing or
Reversing and Overload Adjustment
Range (Amperes)
Note:
■ An N101 (00 – 4) consists of an N04N (Contact
Block) and an N05N (Non-reversing Overload
Relay), factory assembled.
■ An N101 (Size 5) consists of an N111F
(Contactor) and an N05N (Non-reversing
Overload Relay), factory assembled.

Cat. No. N101BS0G3A

Table 33-4. Full Voltage Non-reversing DC-Operated, Open Type Starters (Size 00 – 5),
 with 3-Pole Solid-State Overload Protection
NEMA
Size

Continuous
Ampere
Rating

Overload
Adjustment
Range
(Amperes)

Max. UL Horsepower
(hp) 60 Hz
1-Phase

3-Phase

115V

230V

200V/
208V

230V/
240V

460V/
480V

575V/
600V

Max. UL
Horsepower
(hp) 50 Hz

3-Pole Non-reversing

3-Phase

Catalog
Number

380V

00

9

.25 – .8
.59 – 1.9
1.4 – 4.4
2.8 – 9.0
6.3 – 20

—

—

1-1/2

1-1/2

2

2

1-1/2

N101BSAA3A
N101BSAB3A
N101BSAC3A
N101BSAD3A
N101BSAG3A

0

18

.25 – .8
.59 – 1.9
1.4 – 4.4
2.8 – 9.0
6.3 – 20
10 – 32

—

—

3

3

5

5

5

N101BS0A3A
N101BS0B3A
N101BS0C3A
N101BS0D3A
N101BS0G3A
N101BS0J3A

1

27

.25 – .8
.59 – 1.9
1.4 – 4.4
2.8 – 9.0
5.0 – 16
8.4 – 27
16 – 50

—

—

7-1/2

7-1/2

10

10

10

N101CS1A3A
N101CS1B3A
N101CS1C3A
N101CS1D3A
N101CS1F3A
N101CS1H3A
N101CS1L3A

2

45

5.0 – 16
8.4 – 27
14 – 45
31 – 100

—

—

10

15

25

25

25

N101DS2F3A
N101DS2H3A
N101DS2K3A
N101DS2N3A

3

90

14 – 45
28 – 90
42 – 135

—

—

25

30

50

50

50

N101ES3K3A
N101ES3M3A
N101ES3P3A

4

135

14 – 45
28 – 90
42 – 135
63 – 200

—

—

40

50

100

100

75

N101ES4K3A
N101ES4M3A
N101ES4P3A
N101ES4R3A

5

270

42 – 135
84 – 270
131 – 420

—

—

75

100

200

200

150

N101FS5P3A
N101FS5S3A
N101FS5T3A




Price
U.S. $

24V DC coil voltage.

Note:
■ If required, accessories are available on Page 33-13.
■ The standard IT. starter is for 3-phase applications only.
■ See Table 33-7 for 24V DC power supply requirements.
■ Control inputs are rated 24V DC (3 – 5 mA).

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Pages 33-13 – 33-16
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . .Pages 33-10 – 33-12
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Pages 33-22 – 33-24
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1
For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
IT. Electro-Mechanical

33-9

March 2009

Starters — Full Voltage, Non-reversing and Reversing

Reversing Starters
When Ordering Specify
NEMA Size, Continuous Ampere Rating,
Voltage, kW/hp, Non-reversing or
Reversing and Overload Adjustment
Range (Amperes)

33

Note:
■ An N501 (Size 00 – 4) consists of two N04N

(Contact Blocks), N06N (Reversing Overload
Relay), Fanning Strips, Mechanical Interlock
and Mounting Plate, factory assembled.
■ An N501F (Size 5) consists of two N111F
(Contactors), N06N (Reversing Overload
Relay), Fanning Strips, Mechanical Interlock,
Crossover Bus Bars and Reversing Wiring
Harness, factory assembled.

Cat. No. N501BS0G3A

Table 33-5. Full Voltage Reversing DC-Operated, Open Type Starters (Size 00 – 5), 
 with 3-Pole Solid-State Overload Protection
NEMA
Size

Continuous
Ampere
Rating

Overload
Adjustment
Range
(Amperes)

Max. UL Horsepower
(hp) 60 Hz
1-Phase

3-Phase

115V

230V

200V/
208V

230V/
240V

460V/
480V

575V/
600V

Max. UL
Horsepower
(hp) 50 Hz

3-Pole Reversing

3-Phase

Catalog
Number

380V

00

9

.25 – .8
.59 – 1.9
1.4 – 4.4
2.8 – 9.0
6.3 – 20

—

—

1-1/2

1-1/2

2

2

1-1/2

N501BSAA3A
N501BSAB3A
N501BSAC3A
N501BSAD3A
N501BSAG3A

0

18

.25 – .8
.59 – 1.9
1.4 – 4.4
2.8 – 9.0
6.3 – 20
10 – 32

—

—

3

3

5

5

5

N501BS0A3A
N501BS0B3A
N501BS0C3A
N501BS0D3A
N501BS0G3A
N501BS0J3A

1

27

.25 – .8
.59 – 1.9
1.4 – 4.4
2.8 – 9.0
5.0 – 16
8.4 – 27
16 – 50

—

—

7-1/2

7-1/2

10

10

10

N501CS1A3A
N501CS1B3A
N501CS1C3A
N501CS1D3A
N501CS1F3A
N501CS1H3A
N501CS1L3A

2

45

5.0 – 16
8.4 – 27
14 – 45
31 – 100

—

—

10

15

25

25

25

N501DS2F3A
N501DS2H3A
N501DS2K3A
N501DS2N3A

3

90

14 – 45
28 – 90
42 – 135

—

—

25

30

50

50

50

N501ES3K3A
N501ES3M3A
N501ES3P3A

4

135

14 – 45
28 – 90
42 – 135
63 – 200

—

—

40

50

100

100

75

N501ES4K3A
N501ES4M3A
N501ES4P3A
N501ES4R3A

5

270

42 – 135
84 – 270
131 – 420

—

—

75

100

200

200

150

N501FS5P3A
N501FS5S3A
N501FS5T3A




Price
U.S. $

24V DC coil voltage.

Note:
■ If required, accessories are available on Page 33-13.
■ The standard IT. starter is for 3-phase applications only.
■ See Table 33-7 for 24V DC power supply requirements.
■ Control inputs are rated 24V DC (3 – 5 mA).

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-13 – 33-16
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-10 – 33-12
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-22 – 33-24
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1
CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

NEMA Contactors & Starters
IT. Electro-Mechanical

33-10

March 2009

Technical Data and Specifications
Table 33-6. Specifications
Description

Size 00, 0

Size 1

Size 2

Size 3, 4

Size 5

Overall Dimensions in Inches (mm) 
 — w x h x d

33

Non-reversing
Contactor

1.8 x 4.4 x 2.4
(45 x 111 x 60)

2.1 x 4.4 x 2.4
(54 x 113 x 60)

3.0 x 5.9 x 3.1
(76 x 150 x 79)

4.1 x 8.0 x 3.5
(105 x 203 x 90)

5.6 x 14.0 x 7.0
(142 x 355 x 178)

Reversing
Contactor

3.8 x 5.9 x 2.7
(96 x 149 x 69)

4.5 x 5.9 x 2.6
(114 x 149 x 67)

6.2 x 7.4 x 3.3
(158 x 188 x 84)

8.5 x 9.5 x 3.8
(216 x 242 x 97)

11.7 x 17.2 x 7.0
(296 x 436 x 178)

Non-reversing
Starter

1.8 x 5.0 x 2.5
(45 x 127 x 63)

2.1 x 5.4 x 2.5
(54 x 138 x 63)

3.0 x 5.9 x 3.1
(76 x 150 x 79)

4.1 x 8.0 x 3.5
(105 x 203 x 90)

5.7 x 19.4 x 7.0
(145 x 492 x 178)

Reversing
Starter

3.8 x 5.9 x 2.7
(96 x 149 x 69)

4.5 x 5.9 x 2.6
(114 x 149 x 67)

6.2 x 7.4 x 3.3
(158 x 188 x 84)

8.5 x 9.5 x 3.8
(216 x 242 x 97)

11.8 x 21.0 x 7.0
(300 x 533 x 178)

Mounting Hole Spacing in Inches (mm) — w x h
Non-reversing
Contactor

1.33 x 4.0
(33.8 x 101)

1.46 x 4.10
(37 x 104)

.94 x 2.87
(24 x 73)

1.33 x 4.13
(33.8 x 105)

1.75 x 13.0
(44.5 x 330)

Reversing
Contactor

3.15 x 5.35
(80 x 136)

3.15 x 5.35
(80 x 136)

5.51 x 6.89
(140 x 175)

7.87 x 9.06
(200 x 230)

7.82 x 13.0
(198.5 x 330)

Non-reversing
Starter

1.33 x 4.62
(33.8 x 117.3)

1.46 x 5.04
(37 x 128)

.94 x 2.87
(24 x 73)

1.33 x 4.13
(33.8 x 105)

1.75 x 18.3
(44.5 x 465)

Reversing
Starter

3.15 x 5.35
(80 x 136)

3.15 x 5.35
(80 x 136)

5.51 x 6.89
(140 x 175)

7.87 x 9.06
(200 x 230)

7.82 x 18.3
(198.5 x 465)

Panel-Vertical

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Panel-Horizontal

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

DIN Rail Mountable

Yes 

Yes 

Yes 

No

No

Non-reversing
Contactor

.7
(.31)

.9
(.42)

2.8
(1.27)

6.7
(3.05)

20.0
(9.1)

Reversing
Contactor

1.9
(.86)

2.6
(1.17)

6.9
(3.13)

16.9
(7.67)

48.0
(21.8)

Non-reversing
Starter

.9
(.40)

1.2
(.53)

2.9
(1.32)

7.1
(3.20)

27.0
(12.3)

Reversing
Starter

2.0
(.90)

2.6
(1.20)

7.1
(3.20)

16.8
(7.60)

55.0
(25.0)

3/sec

3/sec

2/sec

2/sec

1/sec

10,000,000

10,000,000

8,000,000

8,000,000

5,000,000

95% Non-condensing

95% Non-condensing

95% Non-condensing

95% Non-condensing

95% Non-condensing

690V

690V

690V

690V

690V

6 kV

6 kV

6 kV

6 kV

Mounting Positions

Weights in Lb. (kg)

Mechanical Operating Rate 
Maximum

Mechanical Life
Humidity 
Insulation Voltage (Ui)
Impulse Withstand Voltage (Uimp)
6 kV






Auxiliaries add approximately 1.0" (25 mm) to depth for single, 1.2" (30 mm) for dual.
Non-reversing contactors and starters only.
No load condition.
Up to 99% humidity depending on application. Consult factory.

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
IT. Electro-Mechanical

33-11

March 2009

Technical Data and Specifications
Table 33-6. Specifications (Continued)
Description

Size 00, 0

Size 1

Size 2

Size 3, 4

Size 5

IP20
IP10
IP20

IP20
IP10
IP10

IP20
IP00
IP10

IP20
IP00
IP00

IP20
IP00
IP00

14 – 1 AWG
(1.5 – 35 mm2)
14 – 2 AWG
(1.5 – 25 mm2)
.7" (18 mm)
45 lb-in (5.0 Nm) for
Single 14 – 8 AWG
(1.5 – 10 mm2);
100 lb-in (11 Nm) for
Single 6 – 1 AWG
(16 – 35 mm2) and
Dual Wire
Combinations
5/32" (4 mm) Hex Key

6 – 250 MCM
(16 – 120 mm2)
6 – 3/0 AWG
(16 – 70 mm2)
.8" (21 mm)
250 lb-in (28 Nm)

4 – 750 MCM
(25 – 420 mm2)
1/0 — 300 MCM
(50 — 150 mm2)
1.5" (40 mm)
550 lb-in (62 Nm)

5/16" (8 mm) Hex Key

5/16" (8 mm) Hex Key

Finger Protection
Front
At Terminals
At Terminals with max.
size wire installed

33

Terminals L1, L2, L3/T1, T2, T3 

1 Wire per Terminal
(stranded or solid)
2 Wires per Terminal
(stranded or solid)
Strip Length
Torque (max.)

14 – 8 AWG
(1.5 – 10 mm2)
14 – 10 AWG
(1.5 – 4 mm2)
.45" (11 mm)
20 lb-in (2.2 Nm)
for 14 – 10 AWG
(1.5 – 6 mm2);
25 lb-in (2.8 Nm) for
8 AWG (10 mm2)

Driver

2.5 mm Hex Key

14 – 4 AWG
(1.5 – 16 mm2)
14 – 6 AWG
(1.5 – 16 mm2)
.5" (12 mm)
35 lb-in (4.0 Nm)
for 14 – 10 AWG
(1.5 – 6 mm2);
40 lb-in (4.5 Nm) for
8 AWG (10 mm2);
45 lb-in (5.0 Nm) for
6 – 4 AWG
(16 mm2)
3 mm Hex Key

24V DC
20 – 28

24V DC
20 – 28

24V DC
20 – 28

24V DC
20 – 28

24V DC
20 – 28

14 – 12 AWG
(1.5 – 2.5 mm2)
14 AWG
(1.5 mm2)
22 – 12 AWG
(0.5 – 2.5 mm2)
18 – 14 AWG
(0.75 – 1.5 mm2)
4.5 lb-in (.5 Nm)
.25 (7 mm)
.13 (3.5 mm) Flat

14 – 12 AWG
(1.5 – 2.5 mm2)
14 AWG
(1.5 mm2)
22 – 12 AWG
(0.5 – 2.5 mm2)
18 – 14 AWG
(0.75 – 1.5 mm2)
4.5 lb-in (.5 Nm)
.25 (7 mm)
.13 (3.5 mm) Flat

14 – 12 AWG
(1.5 – 2.5 mm2)
14 AWG
(1.5 mm2)
22 – 12 AWG
(0.5 – 2.5 mm2)
18 – 14 AWG
(0.75 – 1.5 mm2)
4.5 lb-in (.5 Nm)
.25 (7 mm)
.13 (3.5 mm) Flat

14 – 12 AWG
(1.5 – 2.5 mm2)
14 AWG
(1.5 mm2)
22 – 12 AWG
(0.5 – 2.5 mm2)
18 – 14 AWG
(0.75 – 1.5 mm2)
4.5 lb-in (.5 Nm)
.25 (7 mm)
.13 (3.5 mm) Flat

14 – 12 AWG
(1.5 – 2.5 mm2)
14 AWG
(1.5 mm2)
22 – 12 AWG
(0.5 – 2.5 mm2)
18 – 14 AWG
(0.75 – 1.5 mm2)
4.5 lb-in (.5 Nm)
.25 (7 mm)
.13 (3.5 mm) Flat

-40° to +149°F
(-40° to +65°C)
-58° to +176°F
(-50° to +80°C)

-40° to +149°F
(-40° to +65°C)
-58° to +176°F
(-50° to +80°C)

-40° to +149°F
(-40° to +65°C)
-58° to +176°F
(-50° to +80°C)

-40° to +149°F
(-40° to +65°C)
-58° to +176°F
(-50° to +80°C)

-40° to +149°F
(-40° to +65°C)
-58° to +176°F
(-50° to +80°C)

15G/5G
6600 FT (2000M)

15G/5G
6600 FT (2000M)

15G/5G
6600 FT (2000M)

15G/5G
6600 FT (2000M)

15G/5G 
6600 FT (2000M)

15
75

15
80

25
88

30
95

70 – 200
120 – 300

5
65

5
70

12
75

15
80

50 – 150
70 – 250

Operation Performance
Coil Voltage (nominal)
Coil Operating
Voltage Range (V DC)

Control Terminals
(- and +)
1 Wire per Terminal
(- and +)
2 Wires per Terminal
(P, F, R, 1, 2, 3)
1 Wire per Terminal
(P, F, R, 1, 2, 3)
2 Wires per Terminal
Torque (max.)
Strip Length
Driver

Temperature 
Operating
Storage

Environmental
Shock/Vibration
Altitude 

Pull-In Time (mS) @ 24V
Excl. Debounce Time
Incl. Debounce Time

Dropout Time (mS) @ 24V
Excl. Debounce Time
Incl. Debounce Time






Use Class B 75°C copper wire only (or 90°C
copper wire sized for 75°C operation per
NEC).
Consult factory for higher ratings.
The Non-reversing Starter requires the use
of all six mounting screws for the maximum
rating.

Notes:
■ Response time for Control Inputs = Debounce

Time
■ The time between operating forward and

reverse must be greater than the Debounce
Time.

Table 33-7. 24V DC Power Supply Requirements @ 68°F (20°C) (see Note at left)
Note: At other temperatures expressed in
°C, for either inrush or sealed, use the 20°C
value from the table in the following
Watts = W20 [1.1 – .005(T) and
Amps = A20 [1.1 – .005(T)]
For example, inrush requirements for a NEMA
Size 2 Starter at -25°C would be:
Watts = 130 [1.1 – .005 (-25)] = 160
Amps = 5.4 [1.1 – .005 (-25)] = 6.6

Contactor/Starter Size
Sealed In
NEMA Size Wattage
Catalog
Number 

Amps

Inrush
Wattage

Amps

Duration
(mS)

N_11B_ _X3N
N_01B_ _ _3A
N_11C_ _X3N
N_01C_ _ _3A
N_ _1D_ _ _3_
N_ _1E_ _ _3_
N_ _1F_ _ _3_
N_01F_ _ _3_

.15
.13
.18
.15
.21
.23
.50
.54

80
80
90
90
130
140
200
200

3.3
3.3
3.8
3.8
5.4
5.8
8.3
8.3

50
50
50
50
65
85
250
250



CA08102001E

00, 0
00, 0
1
1
2
3, 4
5
5

3.7
3.2
4.2
3.6
5.0
5.6
12.0
13.0

_ indicates missing digit/character of the Catalog Number; may have multiple values.

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

NEMA Contactors & Starters
IT. Electro-Mechanical

33-12

March 2009

Technical Data and Specifications

Electrical Life — AC-1, AC-2, AC-3 and AC-4 Utilization Categories
Table 33-8. Utilization Categories
The International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) has developed utilization categories for contactors and auxiliary contacts. The IEC utilization categories
are used to define the type of electrical load for estimating electrical life, and do not imply the devices are IEC rated.
Category

Typical Application

AC-1

Non-inductive or slightly inductive loads: Resistance furnaces, heating.

AC-2

Slip-ring motors: Starting and stopping of running motors

AC-3

Squirrel cage motors: Starting, switching off motors during running (motors in most industrial applications typically fall into this category).

AC-4

Squirrel cage motors: Starting, plugging 
, inching  (very few applications in industry are totally AC-4).





Plugging is stopping or reversing the motor rapidly by reversing the connections while the motor is running.
Inching or jogging is energizing the motor once or repeatedly for short durations to obtain small movements of the motor driven load.

Life Load Curves — Eaton’s CutlerHammer IT. Electro-Mechanical Series
NEMA contactors have been designed
and manufactured for superior life
performance. All testing has been
based on requirements as found in IEC
60947-4-1 and conducted by us. When
selecting a contactor, the specifier
must give attention to the specific
load, utilization category and the
required electrical life. For a definition
of Utilization Categories, see
Table 33-8 above.

00 0

10,000,000

Note: AC-3 tests are conducted at rated
device currents and AC-4 tests are conducted at six-times rated device currents.
All tests have been run at 460V, 60 Hz.

Actual application life may vary,
depending on environmental conditions and application duty cycle.

Decide what utilization category the
application is and choose the
appropriate curve from Figure 33-1
or Figure 33-2.
■ Locate the intersection of the lifeload curve with the operational
current (le) of the application, as
found on the horizontal axis.
■ Read the estimated contact life
along the vertical axis in number
of operations.
■

Trip Times

NEMA Size
2 34
5

1

Contactor Choice —

1,000,000

100.0
100,000

10,000

1

9
18 27 45
90 135
10
100
Operational Current

Note: Preliminary data.

270
1000

Trip Time (Seconds)

Operations

1000.0

5
3

10.0

6
1
4

Figure 33-1. Electrical Life — AC-3 Utilization Category

2

1.0
NEMA Size
00 0 1 2

10,000,000

Operations

33

34 5

0.1
1

1,000,000

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9 10

Multiples of FLA
1
2
3
4
5
6

100,000

10,000

1

Note: Preliminary data.

9
18 27 45
90 135
10
100
Operational Current

Trip Class 10 Cold
Trip Class 10 Hot
Trip Class 20 Cold
Trip Class 20 Hot
Trip Class 30 Cold
Trip Class 30 Hot

270
1000

Figure 33-3. Class 10, 20 and 30 Trip Curves

Figure 33-2. Electrical Life — AC-4 Utilization Category
For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
IT. Electro-Mechanical

33-13

March 2009

Accessories

Modular Components — Contactor Field Assembly
NEMA
Contact Block

Non-reversing
Coil Controller

FVNR
Contactor

33

EXAMPLE FOR A FULL VOLTAGE NON-REVERSING CONTACTOR:
N04NCS1X3N + N02NCXCXNN = N111CS1X3N
Reversing Kit

(2) NEMA
Contact Blocks

Reversing Coil
Controller

Mechanical
Interlock

(2) Fanning Strips

Mounting
Plate

FVR
Contactor

EXAMPLE FOR A FULL VOLTAGE REVERSING CONTACTOR:
(2) N04NCS1X3N + N03NCXCXNN + EMRKTC (REVERSING KIT) = N511CS1X3N

Figure 33-4. Modular Contactor Assembly

Modular Components — Starter Field Assembly
NEMA
Contact Block

Non-reversing
Overload Relay

FVNR
Starter

EXAMPLE FOR A FULL VOLTAGE NON-REVERSING STARTER:
N04NCS1X3N + N05NCXRL3A = N101CS1L3A
(2) NEMA
Contact Blocks

Reversing
Overload Relay

Mechanical
Interlock

Reversing Kit

(2) Fanning Strips

EXAMPLE FOR A FULL VOLTAGE REVERSING STARTER:
(2) N04NCS1X3N + N06NCXRL3A + EMRKTC (REVERSING KIT) = N501CS1L3A

Figure 33-5. Modular Starter Assembly

CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

Mounting
Plate

FVR
Starter

NEMA Contactors & Starters
IT. Electro-Mechanical

33-14

March 2009

Accessories

NEMA Contact Block

NEMA Solid-State Overload Relay

33
Table 33-11. NEMA Solid-State Overload Relay
Table 33-9. NEMA Contact Block

Size

Size

Amperes

Catalog
Number

Price
U.S. $

00
0
1
2
3
4

9
18
27
45
90
135

N04NBSAX3N
N04NBS0X3N
N04NCS1X3N
N04NDS2X3N
N04NES3X3N
N04NES4X3N

00, 0

0
1

■ N04N + N05N = N101; N04N + N02N = N111 (45 – 140 mm)
■ N04N + N06N = N501; N04N + N03N = N511 (45 – 140 mm)

NEMA Coil Controller
2

Size 00-1 Non-reversing
(pictured)

Table 33-10. NEMA Coil Controller
Catalog
Number

Non-reversing
00, 0
1
2
3, 4
5

N02NBXCXNN
N02NCXCXNN
N02NDXCXNN
N02NEXCXNN
EMUCCF

Catalog
Number

.25 – .8
.59 – 1.9
1.4 – 4.4
2.8 – 9.0
6.3 – 20
10 – 32
.25 – .8
.59 – 1.9
1.4 – 4.4
2.8 – 9.0
5.0 – 16
8.4 – 27
16 – 50
5.0 – 16
8.4 – 27
14 – 45
31 – 100
14 – 45
28 – 90
42 – 135
63 – 200
42 – 135
84 – 270
131 – 420

N05NBXRA3A
N05NBXRB3A
N05NBXRC3A
N05NBXRD3A
N05NBXRG3A
N05NBXRJ3A
N05NCXRA3A
N05NCXRB3A
N05NCXRC3A
N05NCXRD3A
N05NCXRF3A
N05NCXRH3A
N05NCXRL3A
N05NDXRF3A
N05NDXRH3A
N05NDXRK3A
N05NDXRN3A
N05NEXRK3A
N05NEXRM3A
N05NEXRP3A
N05NEXRR3A
N05NFXRP3A
N05NFXRS3A
N05NFXRT3A

.25 – .8
.59 – 1.9
1.4 – 4.4
2.8 – 9.0
6.3 – 20
10 – 32
.25 – .8
.59 – 1.9
1.4 – 4.4
2.8 – 9.0
5.0 – 16
8.4 – 27
16 – 50
5.0 – 16
8.4 – 27
14 – 45
31 – 100
14 – 45
28 – 90
42 – 135
63 – 200
42 – 135
84 – 270
125 – 400

N06NBXRA3A
N06NBXRB3A
N06NBXRC3A
N06NBXRD3A
N06NBXRG3A
N06NBXRJ3A
N06NCXRA3A
N06NCXRB3A
N06NCXRC3A
N06NCXRD3A
N06NCXRF3A
N06NCXRH3A
N06NCXRL3A
N06NDXRF3A
N06NDXRH3A
N06NDXRK3A
N06NDXRN3A
N06NEXRK3A
N06NEXRM3A
N06NEXRP3A
N06NEXRR3A
N06NFXRP3A
N06NFXRS3A
N06NFXRT3A

Price
U.S. $

Non-reversing

Note:

Size

Overload
Adjustment Range
(Amperes)

Price
U.S. $

3, 4

4
5

Reversing
00, 0

0
1

2

3, 4

4
5

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1
For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
IT. Electro-Mechanical

33-15

March 2009

Accessories

Auxiliary Contacts

Table 33-14. IEC Ratings
DC-13

AC-15

Ue Voltage

Ue Voltage

le

le

Amps.
24

5

48

8

48

2.5

120

6

125

1.1

240

4

440

2

250

Auxiliary Contacts are available for mounting on Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer Intelligent
Technologies (IT.) Electro-Mechanical Contactors and Starters. The various choices
available for non-reversing models are shown in Tables 33-12 and 33-13, and their
ratings in Tables 33-14 – 33-16. For reversing models, the number of auxiliaries
indicated is for each of the contactors/starters in the assembly.
Top Mounted (Maximum Auxiliaries per Contactor/Starter) 
Contactor/Starter Size
Size 00, 0

Size 1

Size 2

Size 3, 4

Size 5

Contact
Type

3

3

3

3

—

1NO

EMA13

3

3

3

3

—

1NC

EMA14

2

2


3

3

—

1NO-1NC

EMA15

2

2


3

3

—

2NO

2

2


3

3

—

2

3

3

3

3





Catalog
Number

Price
U.S. $

3
NO
4

EMA15

EMA14
1

13

21

NC

NO

NC

2

14

22

13

14

AC Voltage

Make and
Interrupting

120

240

480

600

60

30

15

12

6

3

Continuous

10

10

10

1.5

10

Thermal

10

10

10

10

DC Voltage
250

EMA16

1.1

.55

2NC

EMA17

Break

1.1

Logic Level
1NO-1NC

EMA70

Continuous

5

5

Thermal

5

5

EMA17
11

4

NO

NC

NC

NO

24

12

22

1

.55

Table 33-17. EMA70 Auxiliary Contact

EMA70

21

1.2

Table 33-16. NEMA P300 Ratings

Make and
Interrupting

23

NO

Current

125

EMA16

33

Table 33-15. NEMA A600 Ratings

Current

Other combinations: Single, Dual, Single; Dual, Single, Dual; and Dual, Logic Level, Dual.
For reversers, multiply quantities by two.
EMA13

.55

Break

Table 33-12. Auxiliary Contact Availability — Sizes 00 – 5

Amps.

2
NC
1

Common

DC-12

AC-12

Ue

Ie

Ue

Ie

30

.1

250

.1

Table 33-18. C320KGS20L, C320KGS21L,
C320KGS22L, Auxiliary Contact Ratings
DC-12

AC-12

Figure 33-6. Connecting Diagram — Sizes 00 – 5

Ue

Ie

Ue

Ie

Table 33-13. Auxiliary Contact — Size 5

80

0.1

250

0.1

Auxiliary Contacts per Non-reversing and Reversing Contactor or Starter
Max

Contact
Type

Description

Catalog
Number

2

1NO

Base auxiliary (max. 1 per side)

C320KGS41

2

1NO-1NC

Base auxiliary (max. 1 per side)

C320KGS42

6

1NO

C320KGS41 or C320KGS42 required
(max. 3 Add-on auxiliaries per side)

C320KGS20

2

1NO Logic Level

C320KGS41 or C320KGS42 required
(max. 1 Add-on auxiliary per side)

C320KGS20L

6

1NC

C320KGS41 or C320KGS42 required
(max. 2 Add-on auxiliaries per side)

C320KGS21

2

1NC Logic Level

C320KGS41 or C320KGS42 required
(max. 1 Add-on auxiliary per side)

C320KGS21L

2

1NO-1NC

C320KGS41 or C320KGS42 required
(max. 1 Add-on auxiliary per side)

C320KGS22

2

1NO-1NC Logic Level

C320KGS41 or C320KGS42 required
(max. 1 Add-on auxiliary per side)

C320KGS22L 

1NO-1NC Logic Level

Front mounted only

EMA70 

3


Form C contacts.



Price
U.S. $

For reversers, multiply quantities by two.

Notes:
■ Side Mounted — Maximum (10) Total Circuits
■ Front Mounted — Maximum (6) Total Circuits 
■ Maximum 4 auxiliaries per side (base + 3 side

■ EMASA/B _ _ have been superseded by the

above Catalog Numbers.

mounted)

CA08102001E

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1
For more information visit: www.eaton.com

NEMA Contactors & Starters
IT. Electro-Mechanical

33-16

March 2009

Accessories

Mounting Plates

Lug Kits

33

Table 33-19. Mounting Plates
NEMA
Size

00, 0, 1
2
3, 4
5

Metal Reversing
Contactor/Starter Plates
Catalog
Price
Number
U.S. $
EMA9B
EMA9D
EMA9E
EMA9F

Reversing Fanning Strips

Table 33-22. Lug Kits
NEMA
Size

Description

Catalog
Number

1

Contactor or Starter Line or Load (3 Lugs)

EMLUGKTC

2

Contactor or Starter Line or Load

EMLUGKTD

3, 4

Contactor Line or Load, Starter Line
Starter Load

EMLUGKTLE
EMLUGKTTE

5

Contactor or Starter Line or Load, Horizontal
Contactor or Starter Line or Load, Vertical

EMLUGKTFA
EMLUGKTFB

Table 33-20. Reversing Fanning Strips
NEMA
Size

Line Side
Catalog Price
Number U.S. $

Load Side
Catalog Price
Number U.S. $

00, 0
1
2
3, 4
5

EMFRLB
EMFRLC
EMFRLD
EMFRLE
EMFRLF

EMFRTB
EMFRTC
EMFRTD
EMFRTE
EMFRTF

Price
U.S. $

Table 33-23. Ring Lug Retrofit Kits
Product NEMA Sizes 3, 4

NEMA Size 5

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Factory
Installed

Retrofit
Kits 

Lug
Kits 

Factory
Installed

Retrofit
Kits 

Lug
Kits 

N111
N511

Add “-RTX”
Add “-RTX”

EMRTXKTEN
EMRTXKTER

EMLUGREN
EMLUGRER

Add “-RTX”
Add “-RTX”

EMRTXKTF
EMRTXKTF

EMLUGRFC
EMLUGRFC

Reversing Kits

N101
N501

Add “-RTX”
Add “-RTX”

EMRTXKTEN
EMRTXKTER

EMLUGREN
EMLUGRER

Add “-RTX”
Add “-RTX”

EMRTXKTF
EMRTXKTF

EMLUGRFS
EMLUGRFS

Includes Fanning Strips, Mechanical
Interlock, Mounting Plate and hardware.

N05N
N06N

Add “-RTX”
Add “-RTX”

N02N
N03N

Add “-RTX”
Add “-RTX”

N04N

Add “-RTX”

Table 33-21. Reversing Kits 

NEMA
Size

Catalog
Number

00, 0
1
2
3, 4
5

EMRKTB
EMRKTC
EMRKTD
EMRKTE
EMRKTF




Price
U.S. $




Add “-RTX”
Add “-RTX”

Retrofit Kits used to field install ring lugs on standard lug units.
Lug Kits used to field install standard lugs into factory assembled ring lug units.

For Contactor and Starter.

Note: Also order separately the appropriate
contact blocks and overload relay.

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1
For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
IT. Electro-Mechanical

33-17

March 2009

Renewal Parts

Coils

Contact Kits

33

Table 33-24. Coils
Description 


Catalog
Number

Size 1 Coil
Size 2 Coil
Size 3, 4 Coil
Size 5 Coil

EMCC
EMCD
EMCE
EMCF




Price
U.S. $

Table 33-26. Contact Kits

For reversing contactors and starters, order two.

NEMA
Size

DIN Rail Catch

1

Description

Catalog
Number

Price
U.S. $

Hold Open

EMCKTS1

Non-hold Open

EMCKTS1NH

Hold Open

EMCKTS2

Non-hold Open

EMCKTS2NH

3

Hold Open

EMCKTS3

4

Hold Open

EMCKTS4

5

Hold Open

EMCKTS5

2

Table 33-25. DIN Rail Catch
NEMA
Size

Description

Catalog
Number

00 – 1
2

Catch with Leaf Spring and Pad
Catch with Leaf Spring and Pad

EMDRCB
EMDRCD

Price
U.S. $

Control Terminal Blocks
Table 33-27. Control Terminal Blocks
No. of
Pins

Terminal
Markings

8

-+PFR123

NEMA
Size

Coil Controller
Nonreversing

Contactor

Reversing Nonreversing

Overload
Reversing Nonreversing

00, 0

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X
X

2

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

3,4

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

5

-+PFR

5

5

RFP+-

5

4

-+PF

00,0

X

X

1

X

X

5x2

-+PFR and RFP+-

Catalog
Reversing Number

1

5



Starter
Reversing Nonreversing

X

X

X

X

X
X

5

Price
U.S. $

EMA76L

EMA77L
X

X

EMA77LR
EMA78L

X

X

EMA80L 

Consists of (1) EMA77L and (1) EMA77LR inter-wired.

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1
CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

NEMA Contactors & Starters
IT. Electro-Mechanical

33-18

March 2009

Dimensions

Non-reversing Contactors (Sizes 00 – 1)
Table 33-28. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
NEMA
Size

Overall

Mounting Holes

Req. Mtg.
Screws

Terminals
Control

Line

Load

J

K

P

Q

R

.2
(5)

.9
(23)

(3) #8
M4

.7
(19)

1.2
(30)

1.2
(30)

.2
(5)

.8
(20)

(3) #8
M4

.7
(19)

1.2
(30)

1.2
(30)

Width

Height

Depth

Depth w/
Auxiliary

Depth
added w/
DIN Rail

Width

Height

Mtg.
Hole to
Top

DIN Rail
to Top

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

00, 0

1.8
(45)

4.4
(111)

2.4
(60)

3.6
(91)

.1
(3)

1.33
(33.8)

4.0
(101)

1

2.1
(54)

4.45
(113)

2.4
(60)

3.6
(91)

.1
(3)

1.46
(37)

4.1
(104)

33

Line Terminals
(1 L1, 3 L2, 5 L3)

Q

C

D

H

A
F
J

Dual Auxiliary –
Reduce Dim “D”
.31 (8) for the
Single Auxiliaries

Standard
DIN Rail
1.38 x .3
(35 x 7.5)
(Optional Mounting)

B G

Load Terminals
(2 T1, 4 T2, 6 T3)

E

P

Control
Terminal Block

R

K
Size 1 Pictured
(Size 00, 0 Has Two Lower Mounting Feet,
Reference F – Width)

Figure 33-7. Approximate Dimensions — Inches (mm)

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
IT. Electro-Mechanical

33-19

March 2009

Dimensions

Non-reversing Contactors (Sizes 2 – 4)
Table 33-29. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
NEMA
Size

Overall

Mounting Holes

Req. Mtg.
Screws

Control

Line

Load

J

K

P

Q

R

.5
(13)

.9
(23)

(4) #6 x 2
M3.5 x 50

2.4
(60)

1.5
(37)

.6
(14)

.6
(15)

—

(4) #8 x 1.5
M4 x 40

2.8
(72)

1.7
(42)

.3
(8)

Width

Height

Depth

Depth w/
Auxiliary

Depth
added w/
DIN Rail

Width

Height

Mtg.
Hole to
Top

DIN Rail
to Top

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

2

3.0
(76)

5.9
(150)

3.1
(79)

4.2
(107)

.2
(4)

.94
(24)

2.87
(73)

3, 4

4.1
(105)

8.0
(203)

3.5
(90)

4.7
(119)

—

1.33
(33.8)

4.13
(105)

Terminals

33

D

Line Terminals
(1 L1, 3 L2, 5 L3)
E

Q

A
F

H

J
Dual Auxiliary –
Reduce Dim “D”
.31 (8) for the
Single Auxiliaries

Standard
DIN Rail
1.38 x .3 (35 x 7.5)
(Optional Mounting)
76 mm (D-Frame) Only

G
K

B

Load Terminals
(2 T1, 4 T2, 6 T3)

2 T1

Control
Terminal Block

R

6 T3

4 T2

P
C

Size 3, 4 Shown

Figure 33-8. Approximate Dimensions — Inches (mm)

Non-reversing Contactors (Size 5)
Table 33-30. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
NEMA
Size

5

Overall

Mounting Holes

Req. Mtg.
Screws

Terminals
Control

Line

Load

H

K

P

Q

R

.58
(14.7)

(4) 5/16
M8

.8
(20)

4.4
(112)

4.4
(112)

Width

Height

Depth

Depth w/Logic
Level Auxiliary

Width w/Side
Auxiliaries

Width

Height

Mounting
Hole to Top

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

5.6
(142)

14.0
(355)

7.0
(178)

8.2
(208)

6.70
(170)

1.75
(44.5)

13.0
(330)

D

E
A

C
Line Terminals
(1 L1, 3 L2, 5 L3)

K

Q

F

H

G B
Side
Auxiliary

Logic
Auxiliary

Control Terminal
Block

P
R

Load Terminals
(2 T1, 4 T2, 6 T3)

Figure 33-9. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

NEMA Contactors & Starters
IT. Electro-Mechanical

33-20

March 2009

Dimensions

Reversing Contactors (Sizes 00 – 4)
Table 33-31. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
NEMA
Size

Overall

Mounting Holes

Req. Mtg.
Screws

Control

Line

Load

H

K

P

Q

R

5.35
(136)

.3
(7)

(3) #10
M5

2.0
(50)

1.5
(38)

.9
(22)

3.15
(80)

5.35
(136)

.3
(7)

(3) #10
M5

2.0
(50)

1.5
(38)

.6
(16)

4.4
(112)

5.51
(140)

6.89
(175)

.2
(6)

(3) #10
M5

2.6
(67)

1.9
(48)

.9
(22)

4.9
(125)

7.87
(200)

9.06
(230)

.2
(6)

(3) #10
M5

3.1
(80)

2.1
(54)

.7
(17)

Width

Height

Depth

Depth w/
Auxiliary

Width

Height

Mtg. Hole
to Top

A

B

C

D

F

G

00, 0

3.8
(96)

5.9
(149)

2.7
(69)

3.8
(96)

3.15
(80)

1

4.5
(114)

5.9
(149)

2.6
(67)

3.8
(96)

2

6.2
(158)

7.4
(188)

3.3
(84)

3, 4

8.5
(216)

9.5
(242)

3.8
(97)

33

D
Line Terminals
(1 L1, 3 L2, 5 L3)

H

K

Q

Dual Auxiliary –
Reduce Dim “D”
.31 (8) for the
Single Auxiliaries

Load Terminals
(2 T1, 4 T2, 6 T3)

Terminals

B G

Control
Terminal Block

R
P

F
A

C

Figure 33-10. Approximate Dimensions — Inches (mm)

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
IT. Electro-Mechanical

33-21

March 2009

Dimensions

Reversing Contactors (Size 5)
Table 33-32. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
NEMA
Size

5

Overall

Mounting Holes

Req. Mtg.
Screws

Terminals
Control

Line

Load

H

K

P

Q

R

2.19
(55.5)

(4) 5/16
M8

.8
(20)

4.4
(112)

4.4
(112)

Width

Height

Depth

Depth w/Logic
Level Auxiliary

Width w/Side
Auxiliaries

Width

Height

Mounting
Hole to Top

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

11.7
(297)

17.2
(436)

7.0
(178)

8.2
(208)

12.8
(325)

7.8
(198.5)

13.0
(330)

D
C

Line Terminals
(1 L1, 3 L2, 5 L3)

Q

K

E
A
F
H

G B

Side
Auxiliary
Logic
Auxiliary

Control Terminal
Block
P
Load Terminals
(2 T1, 4 T2, 6 T3)

R

Figure 33-11. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

33

NEMA Contactors & Starters
IT. Electro-Mechanical

33-22

March 2009

Dimensions

Non-reversing Starters (Sizes 00 – 4)
Table 33-33. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
NEMA Overall
Size
Width Height

33

Mounting Holes
Depth Depth w/
Auxiliary

Depth
added w/
DIN Rail

Width Height Mtg.
Hole
to Top

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

00, 0

1.8
(45)

5.0
(127)

2.5
(63)

3.6
(91)

.1
(3)

1.33
(33.8)

1

2.1
(54)

5.4
(138)

2.5
(63)

3.6
(91)

.1
(3)

2

3.0
(76)

5.9
(150)

3.1
(79)

4.2
(107)

3, 4

4.1
(105)

8.0
(203)

3.5
(90)

4.7
(119)

H

Req. Mtg. Reset Button
Terminals
DIN Rail Screws
Width Height Depth Control Line Load
to Top
J

K

L

M

N

P

Q

R

4.62
.2
(117.3) (5)

.9
(23)

(3) #8
M4

.6
(14)

3.6
(91)

2.5
(63)

1.7
(44)

1.2
(30)

.6
(16)

1.46
(37)

5.04
(128)

.2
(5)

.8
(20)

(3) #8
M4

.7
(17)

3.7
(93)

2.4
(62)

1.8
(45)

1.2
(30)

.3
(8)

.2
(4)

.94
(24)

2.87
(73)

.5
(13)

.9
(23)

(4) #6 x 2
M3.5 x 50

.7
(17)

4.2
(106)

3.1
(78)

2.4
(60)

1.5
(37)

.6
(14)

—

1.33
(33.8)

4.13
(105)

.6
(15)

—

(4) #8 x 1.5 .7
M4 x 40
(17)

5.7
(146)

3.5
(88)

2.8
(72)

1.7
(42)

.3
(8)

D
Line Terminals
(1 L1, 3 L2, 5 L3)

H

Q

A
F
J

Dual Auxiliary –
Reduce Dim “D”
.3 (7) for the
Single Auxiliaries

Standard
DIN Rail
1.38 x .3
(35 x 7.5)
(Optional Mounting)

M
B G
K
(Sizes 2, 3
and 4)
Reset Button

Reset Button
.015 (0.4)
Deflection to Reset

E
Control
Terminal Block

Load Terminals
(2 T1, 4 T2, 6 T3)

R

L

K
(Sizes 00, 0
and 1)

P
N
C

Figure 33-12. Approximate Dimensions — Inches (mm)

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
IT. Electro-Mechanical

33-23

March 2009

Dimensions

Non-reversing Starter (Size 5)
Table 33-34. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
NEMA Overall
Size
Width Length Depth Depth
w/Logic
Level Auxiliary
A
B
C
D
5

5.7
(145)

19.4
(492)

7.0
(178)

8.2
(208)

Width
w/Side
Auxiliaries
E

Mounting Holes
Req. Mtg. Reset Button
Terminals
Width Height Mntg. Screws
Width Height Depth Control Line Load Load
Hole
to Top
F
G
I
K
L
M
N
P
Q
R
S

6.7
(170)

1.75
(44.5)

18.3
(465)

.58
(14.7)

(4) 5/16
M8

12.4
(315)

5.3
(135)

5.0
(126)

4.4
3.0
(112) (75)

4.0
(101)

E

D
C

Line Terminals
(1 L1, 3 L2, 5 L3)

2.4
(61)

H

F

Q

K

M
Side
Auxiliary

Logic
Auxiliary

G B

Reset Button
.015 (.4)
Deflection
to Reset

Control Terminal
Block

Load Terminals
(2 T1, 6 T3)
(4 T2)

R
S
P
N

L
A

Figure 33-13. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Reversing Starters (Sizes 00 – 4)
Table 33-35. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
NEMA
Size

00, 0
1
2
3, 4

Overall
Width

Length

Depth

Mounting Holes
Width
Height

Depth w/
Auxiliary

A

B

C

D

F

G

Mtg.
Hole to
Top
H

3.8
(96)
4.5
(114)
6.2
(158)
8.5
(216)

5.9
(149)
5.9
(149)
7.4
(188)
9.5
(242)

2.7
(69)
2.6
(67)
3.3
(84)
3.8
(97)

3.8
(96)
3.8
(96)
4.4
(112)
4.9
(125)

3.15
(80)
3.15
(80)
5.51
(140)
7.87
(200)

5.35
(136)
5.35
(136)
6.89
(175)
9.06
(230)

.28
(7)
.28
(7)
.24
(6)
.24
(6)

D
Line Terminals
(1 L1, 3 L2, 5 L3)

Req. Mtg.
Screws

Reset Button
Width
Height

L

M

N

P

Q

R

1.6
(40)
1.7
(43)
2.3
(58)
2.9
(73)

3.8
(97)
4.1
(104)
5.5
(139)
7.2
(182)

2.7
(68)
2.6
(65)
3.3
(83)
3.7
(94)

2.0
(50)
2.0
(50)
2.6
(67)
3.1
(80)

1.5
(38)
1.5
(38)
1.9
(48)
2.1
(54)

.9
(22)
.6
(16)
.9
(22)
.7
(17)

H

K

B G

M

Control
Terminal Block

Figure 33-14. Approximate Dimensions — Inches (mm)
CA08102001E

Reset
Button

R
P
N
C

Load

K

Reset Button
.015 (0.4)
Deflection to Reset
Load Terminals
(2 T1, 4 T2, 6 T3)

Terminals
Control
Line

(3) #10
M5
(3) #10
M5
(3) #10
M5
(3) #10
M5

Q
Dual Auxiliary –
Reduce Dim “D”
.3 (7) for the
Single Auxiliaries

Depth

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

L
F
A

33

NEMA Contactors & Starters
IT. Electro-Mechanical

33-24

March 2009

Dimensions

Reversing Starter (Size 5)
Table 33-36. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

33

NEMA Overall
Mounting Holes
Size
Width Length Depth Depth w/Logic Width
Width H1
Mntg. H2
Level Auxiliary w/Side
Hole
Auxiliaries
to Top
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
5

11.8
(300)

21.0
(533)

7.0
(178)

8.2
(208)

Line Terminals
(1 L1, 3 L2, 5 L3)

12.8
(325)

7.82
(199)

18.3 2.19
(465) (55.5)

Req.
Reset Button
Terminals
Mtg.
Width Height Depth Control Line
Screws

Load Load

K

R

13
(5) 5/16
(330) M8

L

M

N

P

Q

5.4
(138)

12.4
(315)

5.3
(135)

5.0
(126)

4.4
3.0
(112) (75)

S
4.0
(101)

E
F

D
C
K

Q

H

M

I
Side
Auxiliary

G

Logic
Auxiliary
Reset Button
.015 (.4)
Deflection
to Reset

Control Terminal
Block
Load Terminals
(2 T1, 6 T3)
(4 T2)

R
S
P
N

B

L
F
A

Figure 33-15. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
IT. Electro-Mechanical — Enclosed

33-25

March 2009

Product Family Overview

Contents
Description

Standards and Certifications

Product Family Overview
Product Description . . . . . . 33-25
Standards and
Certifications . . . . . . . . . . 33-25
Catalog Number
Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-26
Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . 33-27
Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-29
Non-combination
Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-31
Fusible and Non-fusible
Combination Starters . . . . . 33-33
Combination Starters
with HMCP/E . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-37
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . 33-41
Modification Codes. . . . . . . . . 33-42
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E

CA08102001E

Note: See Enclosed Control Product Guide
PG03300001E for additional information on
Standards and Certifications that apply to all
Cutler-Hammer Enclosed Control products.

Page

UL Listed
■ cUL Listed (indicates appropriate
CSA Standard investigation)
■ ABS Type Approved
■

NEMA IT. Control

Product Description
Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer® Intelligent
Technologies (IT.) Electro-Mechanical
line of Contactors and Starters is the
result of a substantial engineering,
manufacturing and marketing effort
involving extensive customer input,
combined with new advances in solidstate technology. IT. Electro-Mechanical
products have greatly increased
functionality, significantly reduced
size and utilize the benefits of 24V DC
control. The exclusive Pulse Width
Modulation (PWM) control and digital
microprocessor generate a minimized
DC value which reduces energy to the
contact block and provides the most
compact system available.

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

33

NEMA Contactors & Starters
IT. Electro-Mechanical — Enclosed

33-26

March 2009

Product Family Overview

Catalog Number Selection
Table 33-37. NEMA Intelligent Technologies (IT.) Line Enclosed Control Catalog Numbering System

EC T

33

22

1

1

A

A

B - A

Design

Modification Codes

T = IT. — NEMA
Class

Table

01 = Non-reversing Contactor — 3-Pole

33-42

02 = Reversing Contactor — 3-Pole

33-43

05 = Non-combination Non-reversing Starter

33-44

Cover Control — Starters
Type 1 Non-comb., Table 33-39
All Others, Table 33-40
E22 Style Comb., Table 33-42

06 = Non-combination Reversing Starter

33-45

16 = Combination Non-reversing Starter —
Fusible Disconnect

33-46

Combination Non-reversing Starter —
Non-fusible Disconnect

33-47

Disconnect Fuse Clip

Contactors

33-48

Combination Reversing Starter —
Non-fusible Disconnect

33-49

22 = Combination Non-reversing Starter —
Circuit Breaker

33-50

23 = Combination Reversing Starter —
Circuit Breaker

33-51

B = 230V
C = 460V
D = 575V



Size 00
Size 0
Size 1
Size 2

None
30A/250V
30A/600V
60A/250V
60A/600V
100A/250V

G=
H=
J=
K=
L=

100A/600V
200A/250V
200A/600V
400A/250V
400A/600V

HMCP/E or Breaker Ratings
A=
B=
C=
D=
E=
F=

Motor Voltage/Power Supply 

E = 200V
Q = 24V DC 
L = 380V/50 Hz

None
3A
7A
15A
30A
50A

W=
G=
X=
H=
J=
K=

70A
100A/RC3
100A/TC3
150A
250A
400A

Enclosure Type
1=
2=
3=
4=
8=
9=

NEMA Size



A=
B=
C=
D=
E=
F=

3 = 3 Poles

17 = Combination Reversing Starter —
Fusible Disconnect

A=
0=
1=
2=



See Page 33-42

Solid-State 
Overload Range

3 = Size 3
4 = Size 4
5 = Size 5

Type 1 — General Purpose
Type 3R — Rainproof
Type 4 — Painted Steel
Type 4X — Watertight
Type 12 — Dust-Tight
Type 4X — 316-Grade Stainless Steel

If CPT is selected, Power Supply to be 120V AC – 24V DC.
Power supply omitted.
See Table 33-38, Solid-State Overload Range Codes.

Table 33-38. IT. Solid-State Overload Range Codes
FLA Range

.25 – .80
.59 – 1.9
1.4 – 4.4
2.8 – 9.0
5.0 – 16
6.3 – 20
8.4 – 27
10 – 32
14 – 45
16 – 50

Size
00

0

1

2

3

4

5

FLA Range

A
B
C
D

A
B
C
D

A
B
C
D

—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—

—
G
—
J
—
—

F
—
H
—
—
L

—
—
—
—
K
—

—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—

28 – 90
31 – 100
42 – 135
63 – 200
84 – 270
131 – 420

Size
00

0

1

2

3

4

5

—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—

—
N
—
—
—
—

M
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
P
R
—
—

—
—
—
—
S
T

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
IT. Electro-Mechanical — Enclosed

33-27

March 2009

Product Family Overview

Cover Control
Non-combination Starters
Control Power Transformer (CPT) may be required.

33

Combination Starters
■
■
■
■
■
■

Cover control for Combination Starters uses 10250T style
devices as standard.
E22 style cover control options are available (Table 33-41).
Selector switches are maintained with lever operators.
Pushbuttons are momentary type with extended
pushbutton.
The kit includes hardware and connecting wires (where
possible).
For factory installed control devices other than shown
below, refer to Modification Codes, Page 33-42.

Type 1 Cover Control

Table 33-39. Type 1 Non-combination Cover Control
Description

Factory Installed
Flange Control 


Field
Installation Kits

Position
9 Code

Catalog
Number

No Cover Mounted Pilot Devices
START/STOP Pushbuttons
with Red RUN Pilot Light
with Red RUN/Green OFF Lights

A
B
C
D

C400GK0
C400GK1
C400GK12 
C400GK16 

HAND/OFF/AUTO Selector Switch
with Red RUN Pilot Light
with Red RUN/Green OFF Lights

H
J
K

C400GK3
C400GK32 
C400GK36 

Red RUN Pilot Light
Green OFF
Red RUN/Green OFF Pilot Lights

P
Q
R

C400GK42 
C400GK41 
C400GK46 

No Cover Mounted Pilot Devices
FOR/REV/STOP Pushbuttons
with 2 Red Pilot Lights

A
B
C

C400GK0
C400GR1
C400GR14 

UP/STOP/DOWN Pushbuttons
with 2 Red Pilot Lights

E
F

C400GR2
C400GR24 

Non-reversing

Reversing

Two Red Pilot Lights
P
C400GK44 
C400GK41 
One Green Pilot Light
Q

 For more available factory installed flange control, see Table 33-40.
 Add Code Letter from the table below to Catalog Number for voltage —
Kits only. Example: C400T9B.
Rating

Code
Letter

Rating

Code
Letter

Rating

Code
Letter

120V 60 Hz
208V 60 Hz
240V 60 Hz

A
E
B

277V 60 Hz
380V 50 Hz

H
L

480V 60 Hz
600V 60 Hz

C
D

10250T Selector Switch

Table 33-40. Type 1 Combination and All Type 3R, 4X and 12
Cover Control 
Description

Factory Installed
Flange Control

Field
Installation Kits

Position
9 Code

Catalog
Number

No Cover Mounted Pilot Devices
START/STOP Pushbuttons
with Red RUN Pilot Light
with Red RUN/Green OFF Lights

A
B
C
D

—
C400T1
—
—

ON/OFF Pushbuttons
with Red RUN Pilot Light
with Red RUN/Green OFF Lights

E
F
G

C400T2
—
—

HAND/OFF/AUTO Selector Switch
with Red RUN Pilot Light
with Red RUN/Green OFF Lights

H
J
K

C400T12
—
—

START Pushbutton
ON Pushbutton
OFF Pushbutton
Red RUN Pilot Light
Green OFF
Red RUN/Green OFF Pilot Lights

L
M
N
P
Q
R

C400T3
C400T4
C400T5
C400T9 
C400T10 
C400T11 

START/STOP Selector Switch
with Red RUN Pilot Light
with Red RUN/Green OFF Lights

S
T
U

C400T13
—
—

ON/OFF Selector Switch
with Red RUN Pilot Light
with Red RUN/Green OFF Lights

V
W
X

C400T14
—
—

No Cover Mounted Pilot Devices
FOR/REV/STOP Pushbuttons
with 2 Red Pilot Lights
with 2 Red/1 Green Pilot Lights

A
B
C
D

—
C400T6
—
—

UP/STOP/DOWN Pushbuttons
with 2 Red Pilot Lights

E
F

—
—

FOR/OFF/REV Selector Switch
with 2 Red Pilot Lights
with 2 Red/1 Green Pilot Lights

H
J
K

C400T15
—
—

Non-reversing

Reversing


Two Red Pilot Lights
P
C400T10 
One Green Pilot Light
Q
—
Two Red/One Green Pilot Lights
R
C400T16
OPEN/OFF/CLOSE Selector Switch
V
—
with 2 Red Pilot Lights
W
—
with 2 Red/1 Green Pilot Lights
X
 For Type 1 Non-combination field installation kits, see Table 33-39.
 Add Code Letter from the table below to Catalog Number for voltage —
Kits only. Example: C400T9B.



CA08102001E

Rating

Code
Letter

Rating

Code
Letter

Rating

Code
Letter

120V 60 Hz
208V 60 Hz
240V 60 Hz

A
E
B

277V 60 Hz
380V 50 Hz

H
L

480V 60 Hz
600V 60 Hz

C
D

Order Quantity (2) of C400T10.

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

NEMA Contactors & Starters
IT. Electro-Mechanical — Enclosed

33-28

March 2009

Product Family Overview

33
E22 Selector Switch

Table 33-41. Type 1, 3R, 4X and 12 E22 Style Combination Starter Cover Control
Description

Factory Installed 

Position 9
Cover Control
Code

Field Installation Kits
Combination
Only
Catalog
Number

A
B
C
D
H
J
K
P
Q
R
S
T
U

—
CE400T01
CE400T02 
CE400T03 
CE400T04
CE400T05 
CE400T06 
CE400T10 
CE400T11 
CE400T12 
CE400T07
CE400T08 
CE400T09 

A
B
C
D
H
J
K
V
W
X

—
CE400T50
CE400T51 
CE400T52 
CE400T53
CE400T54 
CE400T55 
CE400T56
CE400T57 
CE400T58 

Non-reversing
No Cover Mounted Pilot Devices
START/STOP Pushbuttons (PB)
START/STOP PB & Red RUN Light
START/STOP PB, Red RUN, & Green STOPPED Light
HAND/OFF/AUTO Selector Switch (SS)
H-O-A SS & Red RUN Light
H-O-A SS, Red RUN, & Green STOPPED Light
Red RUN Pilot Light
Green Off Pilot Light
Red RUN/Green OFF Pilot Light
ON/OFF Selector Switch (SS)
ON/OFF SS, Red RUN Light
ON/OFF SS, Red RUN, & Green STOPPED Light

Reversing
No Cover Mounted Pilot Devices
FWD/REV/STOP Pushbuttons (PB)
FWD/REV/STOP PB + Red FWD & REV Lights
FWD/REV/STOP PB, Red FWD/REV, & Green STOPPED
FOR/OFF/REV Selector Switch (SS)
FOR/OFF/REV SS + Red FWD & REV Lights
FOR/OFF/REV SS, Red FWD/REV, & Green STOPPED
OPEN/OFF/CLOSE Selector Switch (SS)
OPEN/OFF/CLOSE SS + Red FWD & REV Lights
OPEN/OFF/CLOSE SS, Red FWD/REV, & Green STOPPED





To include any of the above cover controls, place the control code character in position 9 of your
Catalog Number and add Mod Code C29.
Example: ECT1604EDB-_C29.
Full voltage non-reversing fusible starter with START/STOP pushbutton with red RUN and green
OFF pilot lights.
Suffix for lights (required for field installed kits only) in the table below:
Rating

Code Letter

Rating

Code Letter

Rating

Code Letter

120V 60 Hz
208V 60 Hz
240V 60 Hz

A
E
B

277V 60 Hz
380V 50 Hz

H
L

480V 60 Hz
600V 60 Hz

C
D

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
IT. Electro-Mechanical — Enclosed

33-29

March 2009

Contactors

Features
■
■

Full Voltage
3-Phase Electromechanical

33
Type 1 IT. NEMA Contactor

Product Selection
Table 33-42. Class ECT01 — Non-reversing Contactor — 3-Pole
NEMA
Size

Motor
Voltage

Max.
hp

Coil 

Voltage

3-Pole Type 1

3-Pole Type 3R

3-Pole Type 4X 

3-Pole Type 12

3-Pole Component
Contactor (Open)

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

00

—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz

—
1-1/2
1-1/2
2
2
1-1/2

24V DC

ECT01A1QAA
ECT01A1EAA
ECT01A1BAA
ECT01A1CAA
ECT01A1DAA
ECT01A1LAA

ECT01A2QAA
ECT01A2EAA
ECT01A2BAA
ECT01A2CAA
ECT01A2DAA
ECT01A2LAA

ECT01A4QAA
ECT01A4EAA
ECT01A4BAA
ECT01A4CAA
ECT01A4DAA
ECT01A4LAA

ECT01A8QAA
ECT01A8EAA
ECT01A8BAA
ECT01A8CAA
ECT01A8DAA
ECT01A8LAA

N111BSAX3N

0

—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz

—
3
3
5
5
5

24V DC

ECT0101QAA
ECT0101EAA
ECT0101BAA
ECT0101CAA
ECT0101DAA
ECT0101LAA

ECT0102QAA
ECT0102EAA
ECT0102BAA
ECT0102CAA
ECT0102DAA
ECT0102LAA

ECT0104QAA
ECT0104EAA
ECT0104BAA
ECT0104CAA
ECT0104DAA
ECT0104LAA

ECT0108QAA
ECT0108EAA
ECT0108BAA
ECT0108CAA
ECT0108DAA
ECT0108LAA

N111BS0X3N

1

—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz

—
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10
10

24V DC

ECT0111QAA
ECT0111EAA
ECT0111BAA
ECT0111CAA
ECT0111DAA
ECT0111LAA

ECT0112QAA
ECT0112EAA
ECT0112BAA
ECT0112CAA
ECT0112DAA
ECT0112LAA

ECT0114QAA
ECT0114EAA
ECT0114BAA
ECT0114CAA
ECT0114DAA
ECT0114LAA

ECT0118QAA
ECT0118EAA
ECT0118BAA
ECT0118CAA
ECT0118DAA
ECT0118LAA

N111CS1X3N

2

—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz

—
10
15
25
25
25

24V DC

ECT0121QAA
ECT0121EAA
ECT0121BAA
ECT0121CAA
ECT0121DAA
ECT0121LAA

ECT0122QAA
ECT0122EAA
ECT0122BAA
ECT0122CAA
ECT0122DAA
ECT0122LAA

ECT0124QAA
ECT0124EAA
ECT0124BAA
ECT0124CAA
ECT0124DAA
ECT0124LAA

ECT0128QAA
ECT0128EAA
ECT0128BAA
ECT0128CAA
ECT0128DAA
ECT0128LAA

N111DS2X3N

3

—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz

—
25
30
50
50
50

24V DC

ECT0131QAA
ECT0131EAA
ECT0131BAA
ECT0131CAA
ECT0131DAA
ECT0131LAA

ECT0132QAA
ECT0132EAA
ECT0132BAA
ECT0132CAA
ECT0132DAA
ECT0132LAA

ECT0134QAA
ECT0134EAA
ECT0134BAA
ECT0134CAA
ECT0134DAA
ECT0134LAA

ECT0138QAA
ECT0138EAA
ECT0138BAA
ECT0138CAA
ECT0138DAA
ECT0138LAA

N111ES3X3N

4

—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz

—
40
50
100
100
75

24V DC

ECT0141QAA
ECT0141EAA
ECT0141BAA
ECT0141CAA
ECT0141DAA
ECT0141LAA

ECT0142QAA
ECT0142EAA
ECT0142BAA
ECT0142CAA
ECT0142DAA
ECT0142LAA

ECT0144QAA
ECT0144EAA
ECT0144BAA
ECT0144CAA
ECT0144DAA
ECT0144LAA

ECT0148QAA
ECT0148EAA
ECT0148BAA
ECT0148CAA
ECT0148DAA
ECT0148LAA

N111ES4X3N

5

—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz

—
75
100
200
200
150

24V DC

ECT0151QAA
ECT0151EAA
ECT0151BAA
ECT0151CAA
ECT0151DAA
ECT0151LAA

ECT0152QAA
ECT0152EAA
ECT0152BAA
ECT0152CAA
ECT0152DAA
ECT0152LAA

ECT0154QAA
ECT0154EAA
ECT0154BAA
ECT0154CAA
ECT0154DAA
ECT0154LAA

ECT0158QAA
ECT0158EAA
ECT0158BAA
ECT0158CAA
ECT0158DAA
ECT0158LAA

N111FS5X3N





All IT. Contactors and Starters are furnished with 24V DC coil and control power supply. The eighth digit Q denotes separate 24V DC control source.
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example:
ECT01A4QAA. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order
Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.

Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

Page 33-27
Page 33-41
PG03300001E
PG03300001E
PG03300001E
PG03300001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
IT. Electro-Mechanical — Enclosed

33-30

March 2009

Contactors
Table 33-43. Class ECT02 — Reversing Contactor — 3-Pole
NEMA
Size

33

Motor
Voltage

Max.
hp

Coil 

Voltage

3-Pole Type 1

3-Pole Type 3R

3-Pole Type 4X 

3-Pole Type 12

3-Pole Component
Contactor (Open)

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

00

—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz

—
1-1/2
1-1/2
2
2
1-1/2

24V DC

ECT02A1QAA
ECT02A1EAA
ECT02A1BAA
ECT02A1CAA
ECT02A1DAA
ECT02A1LAA

ECT02A2QAA
ECT02A2EAA
ECT02A2BAA
ECT02A2CAA
ECT02A2DAA
ECT02A2LAA

ECT02A4QAA
ECT02A4EAA
ECT02A4BAA
ECT02A4CAA
ECT02A4DAA
ECT02A4LAA

ECT02A8QAA
ECT02A8EAA
ECT02A8BAA
ECT02A8CAA
ECT02A8DAA
ECT02A8LAA

N511BSAX3N

0

—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz

—
3
3
5
5
5

24V DC

ECT0201QAA
ECT0201EAA
ECT0201BAA
ECT0201CAA
ECT0201DAA
ECT0201LAA

ECT0202QAA
ECT0202EAA
ECT0202BAA
ECT0202CAA
ECT0202DAA
ECT0202LAA

ECT0204QAA
ECT0204EAA
ECT0204BAA
ECT0204CAA
ECT0204DAA
ECT0204LAA

ECT0208QAA
ECT0208EAA
ECT0208BAA
ECT0208CAA
ECT0208DAA
ECT0208LAA

N511BS0X3N

1

—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz

—
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10
10

24V DC

ECT0211QAA
ECT0211EAA
ECT0211BAA
ECT0211CAA
ECT0211DAA
ECT0211LAA

ECT0212QAA
ECT0212EAA
ECT0212BAA
ECT0212CAA
ECT0212DAA
ECT0212LAA

ECT0214QAA
ECT0214EAA
ECT0214BAA
ECT0214CAA
ECT0214DAA
ECT0214LAA

ECT0218QAA
ECT0218EAA
ECT0218BAA
ECT0218CAA
ECT0218DAA
ECT0218LAA

N511CS1X3N

2

—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz

—
10
15
25
25
25

24V DC

ECT0221QAA
ECT0221EAA
ECT0221BAA
ECT0221CAA
ECT0221DAA
ECT0221LAA

ECT0222QAA
ECT0222EAA
ECT0222BAA
ECT0222CAA
ECT0222DAA
ECT0222LAA

ECT0224QAA
ECT0224EAA
ECT0224BAA
ECT0224CAA
ECT0224DAA
ECT0224LAA

ECT0228QAA
ECT0228EAA
ECT0228BAA
ECT0228CAA
ECT0228DAA
ECT0228LAA

N511DS2X3N

3

—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz

—
25
30
50
50
50

24V DC

ECT0231QAA
ECT0231EAA
ECT0231BAA
ECT0231CAA
ECT0231DAA
ECT0231LAA

ECT0232QAA
ECT0232EAA
ECT0232BAA
ECT0232CAA
ECT0232DAA
ECT0232LAA

ECT0234QAA
ECT0234EAA
ECT0234BAA
ECT0234CAA
ECT0234DAA
ECT0234LAA

ECT0238QAA
ECT0238EAA
ECT0238BAA
ECT0238CAA
ECT0238DAA
ECT0238LAA

N511ES3X3N

4

—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz

—
40
50
100
100
75

24V DC

ECT0241QAA
ECT0241EAA
ECT0241BAA
ECT0241CAA
ECT0241DAA
ECT0241LAA

ECT0242QAA
ECT0242EAA
ECT0242BAA
ECT0242CAA
ECT0242DAA
ECT0242LAA

ECT0244QAA
ECT0244EAA
ECT0244BAA
ECT0244CAA
ECT0244DAA
ECT0244LAA

ECT0248QAA
ECT0248EAA
ECT0248BAA
ECT0248CAA
ECT0248DAA
ECT0248LAA

N511ES4X3N

5

—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz

—
75
100
200
200
150

24V DC

ECT0251QAA
ECT0251EAA
ECT0251BAA
ECT0251CAA
ECT0251DAA
ECT0251LAA

ECT0252QAA
ECT0252EAA
ECT0252BAA
ECT0252CAA
ECT0252DAA
ECT0252LAA

ECT0254QAA
ECT0254EAA
ECT0254BAA
ECT0254CAA
ECT0254DAA
ECT0254LAA

ECT0258QAA
ECT0258EAA
ECT0258BAA
ECT0258CAA
ECT0258DAA
ECT0258LAA

N511FS5X3N





All IT. Contactors and Starters are furnished with 24V DC coil and control power supply. The eighth digit Q denotes separate 24V DC control source.
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example:
ECT02A4QAA. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.

Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
For more information visit: www.eaton.com

Page 33-27
Page 33-41
PG03300001E
PG03300001E
PG03300001E
PG03300001E
CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
IT. Electro-Mechanical — Enclosed

33-31

March 2009

Non-combination Starters

Features
Full Voltage
3-Phase Electromechanical
■ Solid-State Overload Relay
■
■

33
Type 12 Non-combination IT. Starter

Product Selection
Table 33-44. Class ECT05 — Non-combination Non-reversing Starter
NEMA
Size

Motor
Voltage

Max.
hp

Coil 

Voltage

3-Pole Type 1

3-Pole Type 3R

3-Pole Type 4X 

3-Pole Type 12

3-Pole Component
Starter (Open)

Catalog
Number 

Catalog
Number 

Catalog
Number 

Catalog
Number 

Catalog
Number 

00

—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz

—
1-1/2
1-1/2
2
2
1-1/2

24V DC

ECT05A1QAA-_
ECT05A1EAA-_
ECT05A1BAA-_
ECT05A1CAA-_
ECT05A1DAA-_
ECT05A1LAA-_

ECT05A2QAA-_
ECT05A2EAA-_
ECT05A2BAA-_
ECT05A2CAA-_
ECT05A2DAA-_
ECT05A2LAA-_

ECT05A4QAA-_
ECT05A4EAA-_
ECT05A4BAA-_
ECT05A4CAA-_
ECT05A4DAA-_
ECT05A4LAA-_

ECT05A8QAA-_
ECT05A8EAA-_
ECT05A8BAA-_
ECT05A8CAA-_
ECT05A8DAA-_
ECT05A8LAA-_

N101BSA_3A

0

—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz

—
3
3
5
5
5

24V DC

ECT0501QAA-_
ECT0501EAA-_
ECT0501BAA-_
ECT0501CAA-_
ECT0501DAA-_
ECT0501LAA-_

ECT0502QAA-_
ECT0502EAA-_
ECT0502BAA-_
ECT0502CAA-_
ECT0502DAA-_
ECT0502LAA-_

ECT0504QAA-_
ECT0504EAA-_
ECT0504BAA-_
ECT0504CAA-_
ECT0504DAA-_
ECT0504LAA-_

ECT0508QAA-_
ECT0508EAA-_
ECT0508BAA-_
ECT0508CAA-_
ECT0508DAA-_
ECT0508LAA-_

N101BS0_3A

1

—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz

—
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10
10

24V DC

ECT0511QAA-_
ECT0511EAA-_
ECT0511BAA-_
ECT0511CAA-_
ECT0511DAA-_
ECT0511LAA-_

ECT0512QAA-_
ECT0512EAA-_
ECT0512BAA-_
ECT0512CAA-_
ECT0512DAA-_
ECT0512LAA-_

ECT0514QAA-_
ECT0514EAA-_
ECT0514BAA-_
ECT0514CAA-_
ECT0514DAA-_
ECT0514LAA-_

ECT0518QAA-_
ECT0518EAA-_
ECT0518BAA-_
ECT0518CAA-_
ECT0518DAA-_
ECT0518LAA-_

N101CS1_3A

2

—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz

—
10
15
25
25
25

24V DC

ECT0521QAA-K
ECT0521EAA-K
ECT0521BAA-K
ECT0521CAA-K
ECT0521DAA-K
ECT0521LAA-K

ECT0522QAA-K
ECT0522EAA-K
ECT0522BAA-K
ECT0522CAA-K
ECT0522DAA-K
ECT0522LAA-K

ECT0524QAA-K
ECT0524EAA-K
ECT0524BAA-K
ECT0524CAA-K
ECT0524DAA-K
ECT0524LAA-K

ECT0528QAA-K
ECT0528EAA-K
ECT0528BAA-K
ECT0528CAA-K
ECT0528DAA-K
ECT0528LAA-K

N101DS2_3A

3

—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz

—
25
30
50
50
50

24V DC

ECT0531QAA-M
ECT0531EAA-M
ECT0531BAA-M
ECT0531CAA-M
ECT0531DAA-M
ECT0531LAA-M

ECT0532QAA-M
ECT0532EAA-M
ECT0532BAA-M
ECT0532CAA-M
ECT0532DAA-M
ECT0532LAA-M

ECT0534QAA-M
ECT0534EAA-M
ECT0534BAA-M
ECT0534CAA-M
ECT0534DAA-M
ECT0534LAA-M

ECT0538QAA-M
ECT0538EAA-M
ECT0538BAA-M
ECT0538CAA-M
ECT0538DAA-M
ECT0538LAA-M

N101ES3_3A

4

—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz

—
40
50
100
100
75

24V DC

ECT0541QAA-P
ECT0541EAA-P
ECT0541BAA-P
ECT0541CAA-P
ECT0541DAA-P
ECT0541LAA-P

ECT0542QAA-P
ECT0542EAA-P
ECT0542BAA-P
ECT0542CAA-P
ECT0542DAA-P
ECT0542LAA-P

ECT0544QAA-P
ECT0544EAA-P
ECT0544BAA-P
ECT0544CAA-P
ECT0544DAA-P
ECT0544LAA-P

ECT0548QAA-P
ECT0548EAA-P
ECT0548BAA-P
ECT0548CAA-P
ECT0548DAA-P
ECT0548LAA-P

N101ES4_3A

5

—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz

—
75
100
200
200
150

24V DC

ECT0551QAA-S
ECT0551EAA-S
ECT0551BAA-S
ECT0551CAA-S
ECT0551DAA-S
ECT0551LAA-S

ECT0552QAA-S
ECT0552EAA-S
ECT0552BAA-S
ECT0552CAA-S
ECT0552DAA-S
ECT0552LAA-S

ECT0554QAA-S
ECT0554EAA-S
ECT0554BAA-S
ECT0554CAA-S
ECT0554DAA-S
ECT0554LAA-S

ECT0558QAA-S
ECT0558EAA-S
ECT0558BAA-S
ECT0558CAA-S
ECT0558DAA-S
ECT0558LAA-S

N101FS5_3A







All IT. Contactors and Starters are furnished with 24V DC coil and control power supply. The eighth digit Q denotes separate 24V DC control source.
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example:
ECT05A4QAA. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
A “_” denotes Catalog Numbers are incomplete without the Solid-State Overload Range Code. To complete the Catalog Number, select the appropriate
Code from Table 33-38 on Page 33-26.

Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

Page 33-27
Page 33-41
PG03300001E
PG03300001E
PG03300001E
PG03300001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
IT. Electro-Mechanical — Enclosed

33-32

March 2009

Non-combination Starters
Table 33-45. Class ECT06 — Non-combination Reversing Starter
NEMA
Size

33

Motor
Voltage

Max.
hp

Coil 

Voltage

3-Pole Type 1

3-Pole Type 3R

3-Pole Type 4X 

3-Pole Type 12

3-Pole Component
Starter (Open)

Catalog
Number 

Catalog
Number 

Catalog
Number 

Catalog
Number 

Catalog
Number 

00

—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz

—
1-1/2
1-1/2
2
2
1-1/2

24V DC

ECT06A1QAA-_
ECT06A1EAA-_
ECT06A1BAA-_
ECT06A1CAA-_
ECT06A1DAA-_
ECT06A1LAA-_

ECT06A2QAA-_
ECT06A2EAA-_
ECT06A2BAA-_
ECT06A2CAA-_
ECT06A2DAA-_
ECT06A2LAA-_

ECT06A4QAA-_
ECT06A4EAA-_
ECT06A4BAA-_
ECT06A4CAA-_
ECT06A4DAA-_
ECT06A4LAA-_

ECT06A8QAA-_
ECT06A8EAA-_
ECT06A8BAA-_
ECT06A8CAA-_
ECT06A8DAA-_
ECT06A8LAA-_

N501BSA_3A

0

—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz

—
3
3
5
5
5

24V DC

ECT0601QAA-_
ECT0601EAA-_
ECT0601BAA-_
ECT0601CAA-_
ECT0601DAA-_
ECT0601LAA-_

ECT0602QAA-_
ECT0602EAA-_
ECT0602BAA-_
ECT0602CAA-_
ECT0602DAA-_
ECT0602LAA-_

ECT0604QAA-_
ECT0604EAA-_
ECT0604BAA-_
ECT0604CAA-_
ECT0604DAA-_
ECT0604LAA-_

ECT0608QAA-_
ECT0608EAA-_
ECT0608BAA-_
ECT0608CAA-_
ECT0608DAA-_
ECT0608LAA-_

N501BS0_3A

1

—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz

—
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10
10

24V DC

ECT0611QAA-_
ECT0611EAA-_
ECT0611BAA-_
ECT0611CAA-_
ECT0611DAA-_
ECT0611LAA-_

ECT0612QAA-_
ECT0612EAA-_
ECT0612BAA-_
ECT0612CAA-_
ECT0612DAA-_
ECT0612LAA-_

ECT0614QAA-_
ECT0614EAA-_
ECT0614BAA-_
ECT0614CAA-_
ECT0614DAA-_
ECT0614LAA-_

ECT0618QAA-_
ECT0618EAA-_
ECT0618BAA-_
ECT0618CAA-_
ECT0618DAA-_
ECT0618LAA-_

N501CS1_3A

2

—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz

—
10
15
25
25
25

24V DC

ECT0621QAA-K
ECT0621EAA-K
ECT0621BAA-K
ECT0621CAA-K
ECT0621DAA-K
ECT0621LAA-K

ECT0622QAA-K
ECT0622EAA-K
ECT0622BAA-K
ECT0622CAA-K
ECT0622DAA-K
ECT0622LAA-K

ECT0624QAA-K
ECT0624EAA-K
ECT0624BAA-K
ECT0624CAA-K
ECT0624DAA-K
ECT0624LAA-K

ECT0628QAA-K
ECT0628EAA-K
ECT0628BAA-K
ECT0628CAA-K
ECT0628DAA-K
ECT0628LAA-K

N501DS2_3A

3

—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz

—
25
30
50
50
50

24V DC

ECT0631QAA-M
ECT0631EAA-M
ECT0631BAA-M
ECT0631CAA-M
ECT0631DAA-M
ECT0631LAA-M

ECT0632QAA-M
ECT0632EAA-M
ECT0632BAA-M
ECT0632CAA-M
ECT0632DAA-M
ECT0632LAA-M

ECT0634QAA-M
ECT0634EAA-M
ECT0634BAA-M
ECT0634CAA-M
ECT0634DAA-M
ECT0634LAA-M

ECT0638QAA-M
ECT0638EAA-M
ECT0638BAA-M
ECT0638CAA-M
ECT0638DAA-M
ECT0638LAA-M

N501ES3_3A

4

—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz

—
40
50
100
100
75

24V DC

ECT0641QAA-P
ECT0641EAA-P
ECT0641BAA-P
ECT0641CAA-P
ECT0641DAA-P
ECT0641LAA-P

ECT0642QAA-P
ECT0642EAA-P
ECT0642BAA-P
ECT0642CAA-P
ECT0642DAA-P
ECT0642LAA-P

ECT0644QAA-P
ECT0644EAA-P
ECT0644BAA-P
ECT0644CAA-P
ECT0644DAA-P
ECT0644LAA-P

ECT0648QAA-P
ECT0648EAA-P
ECT0648BAA-P
ECT0648CAA-P
ECT0648DAA-P
ECT0648LAA-P

N501ES4_3A

5

—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz

—
75
100
200
200
150

24V DC

ECT0651QAA-S
ECT0651EAA-S
ECT0651BAA-S
ECT0651CAA-S
ECT0651DAA-S
ECT0651LAA-S

ECT0652QAA-S
ECT0652EAA-S
ECT0652BAA-S
ECT0652CAA-S
ECT0652DAA-S
ECT0652LAA-S

ECT0654QAA-S
ECT0654EAA-S
ECT0654BAA-S
ECT0654CAA-S
ECT0654DAA-S
ECT0654LAA-S

ECT0658QAA-S
ECT0658EAA-S
ECT0658BAA-S
ECT0658CAA-S
ECT0658DAA-S
ECT0658LAA-S

N501FS5_3A







All IT. Contactors and Starters are furnished with 24V DC coil and control power supply. The eighth digit Q denotes separate 24V DC control source.
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example:
ECT06A4QAA. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
A “_” denotes Catalog Numbers are incomplete without the Solid-State Overload Range Code. To complete the Catalog Number, select the appropriate
Code from the following table:
FLA Range

Size
00

0

1

2

3

4

5

A
B
C
D

A
B
C
D

A
B
C
D

—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—

5.0 – 16
6.3 – 20
8.4 – 27
10 – 32
14 – 45
16 – 50

—
—
—
—
—
—

—
G
—
J
—
—

F
—
H
—
—
L

—
—
—
—
K
—

—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—

28 – 90
31 – 100
42 – 135
63 – 200
84 – 270
131 – 420

—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—

—
N
—
—
—
—

M
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
P
R
—
—

—
—
—
—
S
T

.25 – .80
.59 – 1.9
1.4 – 4.4
2.8 – 9.0

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page 33-27
Page 33-41
PG03300001E
PG03300001E
PG03300001E
PG03300001E
CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
IT. Electro-Mechanical — Enclosed

33-33

March 2009

Combination Starters — Fusible and Non-fusible

Features
Full Voltage
3-Phase Electromechanical
■ Solid-State Overload Relay
■
■

33

Product Selection
Table 33-46. Class ECT16 — Combination Non-reversing Starter — Fusible Disconnect
Motor
Voltage

Max.
hp

Coil 

Voltage

3-Pole Type 3R

3-Pole Type 4X 

3-Pole Type 12

3-Pole Component
Starter (Open)

Catalog
Number 

Catalog
Number 

Catalog
Number 

Catalog
Number 

Catalog
Number 

Disconnect 3-Pole Type 1

NEMA Size 0
—
—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz

—
—
3
3
5
5
5

24V DC

30A

ECT1601QAB-_
ECT1601QAC-_
ECT1601EAB-_
ECT1601BAB-_
ECT1601CAC-_
ECT1601DAC-_
ECT1601LAC-_

ECT1602QAB-_
ECT1602QAC-_
ECT1602EAB-_
ECT1602BAB-_
ECT1602CAC-_
ECT1602DAC-_
ECT1602LAC-_

ECT1604QAB-_
ECT1604QAC-_
ECT1604EAB-_
ECT1604BAB-_
ECT1604CAC-_
ECT1604DAC-_
ECT1604LAC-_

ECT1608QAB-_
ECT1608QAC-_
ECT1608EAB-_
ECT1608BAB-_
ECT1608CAC-_
ECT1608DAC-_
ECT1608LAC-_

N101BS0_3A

—
—
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10
10

24V DC

30A

ECT1611QAB-_
ECT1611QAC-_
ECT1611EAB-_
ECT1611BAB-_
ECT1611CAC-_
ECT1611DAC-_
ECT1611LAC-_

ECT1612QAB-_
ECT1612QAC-_
ECT1612EAB-_
ECT1612BAB-_
ECT1612CAC-_
ECT1612DAC-_
ECT1612LAC-_

ECT1614QAB-_
ECT1614QAC-_
ECT1614EAB-_
ECT1614BAB-_
ECT1614CAC-_
ECT1614DAC-_
ECT1614LAC-_

ECT1618QAB-_
ECT1618QAC-_
ECT1618EAB-_
ECT1618BAB-_
ECT1618CAC-_
ECT1618DAC-_
ECT1618LAC-_

N101CS1_3A

—
—
10
15
25
25
25

24V DC

60A

ECT1621QAD-K
ECT1621QAE-K
ECT1621EAD-K
ECT1621BAD-K
ECT1621CAE-K
ECT1621DAE-K
ECT1621LAE-K

ECT1622QAD-K
ECT1622QAE-K
ECT1622EAD-K
ECT1622BAD-K
ECT1622CAE-K
ECT1622DAE-K
ECT1622LAE-K

ECT1624QAD-K
ECT1624QAE-K
ECT1624EAD-K
ECT1624BAD-K
ECT1624CAE-K
ECT1624DAE-K
ECT1624LAE-K

ECT1628QAD-K
ECT1628QAE-K
ECT1628EAD-K
ECT1628BAD-K
ECT1628CAE-K
ECT1628DAE-K
ECT1628LAE-K

N101DS2_3A

—
—
25
30
50
50
50

24V DC

100A

ECT1631QAF-M
ECT1631QAG-M
ECT1631EAF-M
ECT1631BAF-M
ECT1631CAG-M
ECT1631DAG-M
ECT1631LAG-M

ECT1632QAF-M
ECT1632QAG-M
ECT1632EAF-M
ECT1632BAF-M
ECT1632CAG-M
ECT1632DAG-M
ECT1632LAG-M

ECT1634QAF-M
ECT1634QAG-M
ECT1634EAF-M
ECT1634BAF-M
ECT1634CAG-M
ECT1634DAG-M
ECT1634LAG-M

ECT1638QAF-M
ECT1638QAG-M
ECT1638EAF-M
ECT1638BAF-M
ECT1638CAG-M
ECT1638DAG-M
ECT1638LAG-M

N101ES3_3A

—
—
40
50
100
100
75

24V DC

200A

ECT1641QAH-P
ECT1641QAJ-P
ECT1641EAH-P
ECT1641BAH-P
ECT1641CAJ-P
ECT1641DAJ-P
ECT1641LAJ-P

ECT1642QAH-P
ECT1642QAJ-P
ECT1642EAH-P
ECT1642BAH-P
ECT1642CAJ-P
ECT1642DAJ-P
ECT1642LAJ-P

ECT1644QAH-P
ECT1644QAJ-P
ECT1644EAH-P
ECT1644BAH-P
ECT1644CAJ-P
ECT1644DAJ-P
ECT1644LAJ-P

ECT1648QAH-P
ECT1648QAJ-P
ECT1648EAH-P
ECT1648BAH-P
ECT1648CAJ-P
ECT1648DAJ-P
ECT1648LAJ-P

N101ES4_3A

—
—
75
100
200
200
150

24V DC

400A

ECT1651QAK-S
ECT1651QAL-S
ECT1651EAK-S
ECT1651BAK-S
ECT1651CAL-S
ECT1651DAL-S
ECT1651LAL-S

ECT1652QAK-S
ECT1652QAL-S
ECT1652EAK-S
ECT1652BAK-S
ECT1652CAL-S
ECT1652DAL-S
ECT1652LAL-S

ECT1654QAK-S
ECT1654QAL-S
ECT1654EAK-S
ECT1654BAK-S
ECT1654CAL-S
ECT1654DAL-S
ECT1654LAL-S

ECT1658QAK-S
ECT1658QAL-S
ECT1658EAK-S
ECT1658BAK-S
ECT1658CAL-S
ECT1658DAL-S
ECT1658LAL-S

N101FS5_3A

NEMA Size 1
—
—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz

NEMA Size 2
—
—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz

NEMA Size 3
—
—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz

NEMA Size 4
—
—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz

NEMA Size 5
—
—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz






All IT. Contactors and Starters are furnished with 24V DC coil and control power supply. The eighth digit Q denotes separate 24V DC control source.
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example:
ECT1604QAB. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
A “_” denotes Catalog Numbers are incomplete without the Solid-State Overload Range Code. To complete the Catalog Number, select the appropriate
Code from Table 33-38 on Page 33-26.

Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-27
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-41
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

NEMA Contactors & Starters
IT. Electro-Mechanical — Enclosed

33-34

March 2009

Combination Starters — Fusible and Non-fusible
Table 33-47. Class ECT16 — Combination Non-reversing Starter — Non-fusible Disconnect
Motor
Voltage

33

Coil 

Voltage

Max.
hp

3-Pole Type 3R

3-Pole Type 4X 

3-Pole Type 12

3-Pole Component
Starter (Open)

Catalog
Number 

Catalog
Number 

Catalog
Number 

Catalog
Number 

Catalog
Number 

Disconnect 3-Pole Type 1

NEMA Size 0
—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz

—
3
3
5
5
5

24V DC

30A

ECT1601QAA-_
ECT1601EAA-_
ECT1601BAA-_
ECT1601CAA-_
ECT1601DAA-_
ECT1601LAA-_

ECT1602QAA-_
ECT1602EAA-_
ECT1602BAA-_
ECT1602CAA-_
ECT1602DAA-_
ECT1602LAA-_

ECT1604QAA-_
ECT1604EAA-_
ECT1604BAA-_
ECT1604CAA-_
ECT1604DAA-_
ECT1604LAA-_

ECT1608QAA-_
ECT1608EAA-_
ECT1608BAA-_
ECT1608CAA-_
ECT1608DAA-_
ECT1608LAA-_

N101BS0_3A

—
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10
10

24V DC

30A

ECT1611QAA-_
ECT1611EAA-_
ECT1611BAA-_
ECT1611CAA-_
ECT1611DAA-_
ECT1611LAA-_

ECT1612QAA-_
ECT1612EAA-_
ECT1612BAA-_
ECT1612CAA-_
ECT1612DAA-_
ECT1612LAA-_

ECT1614QAA-_
ECT1614EAA-_
ECT1614BAA-_
ECT1614CAA-_
ECT1614DAA-_
ECT1614LAA-_

ECT1618QAA-_
ECT1618EAA-_
ECT1618BAA-_
ECT1618CAA-_
ECT1618DAA-_
ECT1618LAA-_

N101CS1_3A

—
10
15
25
25
25

24V DC

60A

ECT1621QAA-K
ECT1621EAA-K
ECT1621BAA-K
ECT1621CAA-K
ECT1621DAA-K
ECT1621LAA-K

ECT1622QAA-K
ECT1622EAA-K
ECT1622BAA-K
ECT1622CAA-K
ECT1622DAA-K
ECT1622LAA-K

ECT1624QAA-K
ECT1624EAA-K
ECT1624BAA-K
ECT1624CAA-K
ECT1624DAA-K
ECT1624LAA-K

ECT1628QAA-K
ECT1628EAA-K
ECT1628BAA-K
ECT1628CAA-K
ECT1628DAA-K
ECT1628LAA-K

N101DS2_3A

—
25
30
50
50
50

24V DC

100A

ECT1631QAA-M
ECT1631EAA-M
ECT1631BAA-M
ECT1631CAA-M
ECT1631DAA-M
ECT1631LAA-M

ECT1632QAA-M
ECT1632EAA-M
ECT1632BAA-M
ECT1632CAA-M
ECT1632DAA-M
ECT1632LAA-M

ECT1634QAA-M
ECT1634EAA-M
ECT1634BAA-M
ECT1634CAA-M
ECT1634DAA-M
ECT1634LAA-M

ECT1638QAA-M
ECT1638EAA-M
ECT1638BAA-M
ECT1638CAA-M
ECT1638DAA-M
ECT1638LAA-M

N101ES3_3A

—
40
50
100
100
75

24V DC

200A

ECT1641QAA-P
ECT1641EAA-P
ECT1641BAA-P
ECT1641CAA-P
ECT1641DAA-P
ECT1641LAA-P

ECT1642QAA-P
ECT1642EAA-P
ECT1642BAA-P
ECT1642CAA-P
ECT1642DAA-P
ECT1642LAA-P

ECT1644QAA-P
ECT1644EAA-P
ECT1644BAA-P
ECT1644CAA-P
ECT1644DAA-P
ECT1644LAA-P

ECT1648QAA-P
ECT1648EAA-P
ECT1648BAA-P
ECT1648CAA-P
ECT1648DAA-P
ECT1648LAA-P

N101ES4_3A

—
75
100
200
200
150

24V DC

400A

ECT1651QAA-S
ECT1651EAA-S
ECT1651BAA-S
ECT1651CAA-S
ECT1651DAA-S
ECT1651LAA-S

ECT1652QAA-S
ECT1652EAA-S
ECT1652BAA-S
ECT1652CAA-S
ECT1652DAA-S
ECT1652LAA-S

ECT1654QAA-S
ECT1654EAA-S
ECT1654BAA-S
ECT1654CAA-S
ECT1654DAA-S
ECT1654LAA-S

ECT1658QAA-S
ECT1658EAA-S
ECT1658BAA-S
ECT1658CAA-S
ECT1658DAA-S
ECT1658LAA-S

N101FS5_3A

NEMA Size 1
—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz

NEMA Size 2
—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz

NEMA Size 3
—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz

NEMA Size 4
—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz

NEMA Size 5
—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz






All IT. Contactors and Starters are furnished with 24V DC coil and control power supply. The eighth digit Q denotes separate 24V DC control source.
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example:
ECT1604QAA. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
A “_” denotes Catalog Numbers are incomplete without the Solid-State Overload Range Code. To complete the Catalog Number, select the appropriate
Code from the following table:
FLA Range

Size
00

0

1

2

3

4

5

A
B
C
D

A
B
C
D

A
B
C
D

—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—

5.0 – 16
6.3 – 20
8.4 – 27
10 – 32
14 – 45
16 – 50

—
—
—
—
—
—

—
G
—
J
—
—

F
—
H
—
—
L

—
—
—
—
K
—

—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—

28 – 90
31 – 100
42 – 135
63 – 200
84 – 270
131 – 420

—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—

—
N
—
—
—
—

M
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
P
R
—
—

—
—
—
—
S
T

.25 – .80
.59 – 1.9
1.4 – 4.4
2.8 – 9.0

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page 33-27
Page 33-41
PG03300001E
PG03300001E
PG03300001E
PG03300001E
CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
IT. Electro-Mechanical — Enclosed

33-35

March 2009

Combination Starters — Fusible and Non-fusible
Table 33-48. Class ECT17 — Combination Reversing Starter — Fusible Disconnect
Motor
Voltage

Max.
hp

Coil 

Voltage

3-Pole Type 3R

3-Pole Type 4X 

3-Pole Type 12

3-Pole Component
Starter (Open)

Catalog
Number 

Catalog
Number 

Catalog
Number 

Catalog
Number 

Catalog
Number 

Disconnect 3-Pole Type 1

33

NEMA Size 0
—
—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz

—
—
3
3
5
5
5

24V DC

30A

ECT1701QAB-_
ECT1701QAC-_
ECT1701EAB-_
ECT1701BAB-_
ECT1701CAC-_
ECT1701DAC-_
ECT1701LAC-_

ECT1702QAB-_
ECT1702QAC-_
ECT1702EAB-_
ECT1702BAB-_
ECT1702CAC-_
ECT1702DAC-_
ECT1702LAC-_

ECT1704QAB-_
ECT1704QAC-_
ECT1704EAB-_
ECT1704BAB-_
ECT1704CAC-_
ECT1704DAC-_
ECT1704LAC-_

ECT1708QAB-_
ECT1708QAC-_
ECT1708EAB-_
ECT1708BAB-_
ECT1708CAC-_
ECT1708DAC-_
ECT1708LAC-_

N501BS0_3A

—
—
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10
10

24V DC

30A

ECT1711QAB-_
ECT1711QAC-_
ECT1711EAB-_
ECT1711BAB-_
ECT1711CAC-_
ECT1711DAC-_
ECT1711LAC-_

ECT1712QAB-_
ECT1712QAC-_
ECT1712EAB-_
ECT1712BAB-_
ECT1712CAC-_
ECT1712DAC-_
ECT1712LAC-_

ECT1714QAB-_
ECT1714QAC-_
ECT1714EAB-_
ECT1714BAB-_
ECT1714CAC-_
ECT1714DAC-_
ECT1714LAC-_

ECT1718QAB-_
ECT1718QAC-_
ECT1718EAB-_
ECT1718BAB-_
ECT1718CAC-_
ECT1718DAC-_
ECT1718LAC-_

N501CS1_3A

—
—
10
15
25
25
25

24V DC

60A

ECT1721QAD-K
ECT1721QAE-K
ECT1721EAD-K
ECT1721BAD-K
ECT1721CAE-K
ECT1721DAE-K
ECT1721LAE-K

ECT1722QAD-K
ECT1722QAE-K
ECT1722EAD-K
ECT1722BAD-K
ECT1722CAE-K
ECT1722DAE-K
ECT1722LAEK

ECT1724QAD-K
ECT1724QAE-K
ECT1724EAD-K
ECT1724BAD-K
ECT1724CAE-K
ECT1724DAE-K
ECT1724LAE-K

ECT1728QAD-K
ECT1728QAE-K
ECT1728EAD-K
ECT1728BAD-K
ECT1728CAE-K
ECT1728DAE-K
ECT1728LAE-K

N501DS2_3A

—
—
25
30
50
50
50

24V DC

100A

ECT1731QAF-M
ECT1731QAG-M
ECT1731EAF-M
ECT1731BAF-M
ECT1731CAG-M
ECT1731DAG-M
ECT1731LAG-M

ECT1732QAF-M
ECT1732QAG-M
ECT1732EAF-M
ECT1732BAF-M
ECT1732CAG-M
ECT1732DAG-M
ECT1732LAG-M

ECT1734QAF-M
ECT1734QAG-M
ECT1734EAF-M
ECT1734BAF-M
ECT1734CAG-M
ECT1734DAG-M
ECT1734LAG-M

ECT1738QAF-M
ECT1738QAG-M
ECT1738EAF-M
ECT1738BAF-M
ECT1738CAG-M
ECT1738DAG-M
ECT1738LAG-M

N501ES3_3A

—
—
40
50
100
100
75

24V DC

200A

ECT1741QAH-P
ECT1741QAJ-P
ECT1741EAH-P
ECT1741BAH-P
ECT1741CAJ-P
ECT1741DAJ-P
ECT1741LAJ-P

ECT1742QAH-P
ECT1742QAJ-P
ECT1742EAH-P
ECT1742BAH-P
ECT1742CAJ-P
ECT1742DAJ-P
ECT1742LAJ-P

ECT1744QAH-P
ECT1744QAJ-P
ECT1744EAH-P
ECT1744BAH-P
ECT1744CAJ-P
ECT1744DAJ-P
ECT1744LAJ-P

ECT1748QAH-P
ECT1748QAJ-P
ECT1748EAH-P
ECT1748BAH-P
ECT1748CAJ-P
ECT1748DAJ-P
ECT1748LAJ-P

N501ES4_3A

—
—
75
100
200
200
150

24V DC

400A

ECT1751QAK-S
ECT1751QAL-S
ECT1751EAK-S
ECT1751BAK-S
ECT1751CAL-S
ECT1751DAL-S
ECT1751LAL-S

ECT1752QAK-S
ECT1752QAL-S
ECT1752EAK-S
ECT1752BAK-S
ECT1752CAL-S
ECT1752DAL-S
ECT1752LAL-S

ECT1754QAK-S
ECT1754QAL-S
ECT1754EAK-S
ECT1754BAK-S
ECT1754CAL-S
ECT1754DAL-S
ECT1754LAL-S

ECT1758QAK-S
ECT1758QAL-S
ECT1758EAK-S
ECT1758BAK-S
ECT1758CAL-S
ECT1758DAL-S
ECT1758LAL-S

N501FS5_3A

NEMA Size 1
—
—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz

NEMA Size 2
—
—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz

NEMA Size 3
—
—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz

NEMA Size 4
—
—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz

NEMA Size 5
—
—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz






All IT. Contactors and Starters are furnished with 24V DC coil and control power supply. The eighth digit Q denotes separate 24V DC control source.
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example:
ECT1704QAB. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
A “_” denotes Catalog Numbers are incomplete without the Solid-State Overload Range Code. To complete the Catalog Number, select the appropriate
Code from Table 33-38 on Page 33-26.

Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

Page 33-27
Page 33-41
PG03300001E
PG03300001E
PG03300001E
PG03300001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
IT. Electro-Mechanical — Enclosed

33-36

March 2009

Combination Starters — Fusible and Non-fusible
Table 33-49. Class ECT17 — Combination Reversing Starter — Non-fusible Disconnect
Motor
Voltage

33

Coil 

Voltage

Max.
hp

3-Pole Type 3R

3-Pole Type 4X 

3-Pole Type 12

3-Pole Component
Starter (Open)

Catalog
Number 

Catalog
Number 

Catalog
Number 

Catalog
Number 

Catalog
Number 

Disconnect 3-Pole Type 1

NEMA Size 0
—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz

—

24V DC

30A

ECT1701QAA-_
ECT1701EAA-_
ECT1701BAA-_
ECT1701CAA-_
ECT1701DAA-_
ECT1701LAA-_

ECT1702QAA-_
ECT1702EAA-_
ECT1702BAA-_
ECT1702CAA-_
ECT1702DAA-_
ECT1702LAA-_

ECT1704QAA-_
ECT1704EAA-_
ECT1704BAA-_
ECT1704CAA-_
ECT1704DAA-_
ECT1704LAA-_

ECT1708QAA-_
ECT1708EAA-_
ECT1708BAA-_
ECT1708CAA-_
ECT1708DAA-_
ECT1708LAA-_

N501BS0_3A

24V DC

30A

ECT1711QAA-_
ECT1711EAA-_
ECT1711BAA-_
ECT1711CAA-_
ECT1711DAA-_
ECT1711LAA-_

ECT1712QAA-_
ECT1712EAA-_
ECT1712BAA-_
ECT1712CAA-_
ECT1712DAA-_
ECT1712LAA-_

ECT1714QAA-_
ECT1714EAA-_
ECT1714BAA-_
ECT1714CAA-_
ECT1714DAA-_
ECT1714LAA-_

ECT1718QAA-_
ECT1718EAA-_
ECT1718BAA-_
ECT1718CAA-_
ECT1718DAA-_
ECT1718LAA-_

N501CS1_3A

—
10
15
25
25
25

24V DC

60A

ECT1721QAA-K
ECT1721EAA-K
ECT1721BAA-K
ECT1721CAA-K
ECT1721DAA-K
ECT1721LAA-K

ECT1722QAA-K
ECT1722EAA-K
ECT1722BAA-K
ECT1722CAA-K
ECT1722DAA-K
ECT1722LAA-K

ECT1724QAA-K
ECT1724EAA-K
ECT1724BAA-K
ECT1724CAA-K
ECT1724DAA-K
ECT1724LAA-K

ECT1728QAA-K
ECT1728EAA-K
ECT1728BAA-K
ECT1728CAA-K
ECT1728DAA-K
ECT1728LAA-K

N501DS2_3A

—
25
30
50
50
50

24V DC

100A

ECT1731QAA-M
ECT1731EAA-M
ECT1731BAA-M
ECT1731CAA-M
ECT1731DAA-M
ECT1731LAA-M

ECT1732QAA-M
ECT1732EAA-M
ECT1732BAA-M
ECT1732CAA-M
ECT1732DAA-M
ECT1732LAA-M

ECT1734QAA-M
ECT1734EAA-M
ECT1734BAA-M
ECT1734CAA-M
ECT1734DAA-M
ECT1734LAA-M

ECT1738QAA-M
ECT1738EAA-M
ECT1738BAA-M
ECT1738CAA-M
ECT1738DAA-M
ECT1738LAA-M

N501ES3_3A

—
40
50
100
100
75

24V DC

200A

ECT1741QAA-P
ECT1741EAA-P
ECT1741BAA-P
ECT1741CAA-P
ECT1741DAA-P
ECT1741LAA-P

ECT1742QAA-P
ECT1742EAA-P
ECT1742BAA-P
ECT1742CAA-P
ECT1742DAA-P
ECT1742LAA-P

ECT1744QAA-P
ECT1744EAA-P
ECT1744BAA-P
ECT1744CAA-P
ECT1744DAA-P
ECT1744LAA-P

ECT1748QAA-P
ECT1748EAA-P
ECT1748BAA-P
ECT1748CAA-P
ECT1748DAA-P
ECT1748LAA-P

N501ES4_3A

—
75
100
200
200
150

24V DC

400A

ECT1751QAA-S
ECT1751EAA-S
ECT1751BAA-S
ECT1751CAA-S
ECT1751DAA-S
ECT1751LAA-S

ECT1752QAA-S
ECT1752EAA-S
ECT1752BAA-S
ECT1752CAA-S
ECT1752DAA-S
ECT1752LAA-S

ECT1754QAA-S
ECT1754EAA-S
ECT1754BAA-S
ECT1754CAA-S
ECT1754DAA-S
ECT1754LAA-S

ECT1758QAA-S
ECT1758EAA-S
ECT1758BAA-S
ECT1758CAA-S
ECT1758DAA-S
ECT1758LAA-S

N501FS5_3A

3
3
5
5
5

NEMA Size 1
—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz

—
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10
10

NEMA Size 2
—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz

NEMA Size 3
—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz

NEMA Size 4
—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz

NEMA Size 5
—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz






All IT. Contactors and Starters are furnished with 24V DC coil and control power supply. The eighth digit Q denotes separate 24V DC control source.
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example:
ECT1704QAA. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
A “_” denotes Catalog Numbers are incomplete without the Solid-State Overload Range Code. To complete the Catalog Number, select the appropriate
Code from the following table:
FLA Range

Size
00

0

1

2

3

4

5

A
B
C
D

A
B
C
D

A
B
C
D

—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—

5.0 – 16
6.3 – 20
8.4 – 27
10 – 32
14 – 45
16 – 50

—
—
—
—
—
—

—
G
—
J
—
—

F
—
H
—
—
L

—
—
—
—
K
—

—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—

28 – 90
31 – 100
42 – 135
63 – 200
84 – 270
131 – 420

—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—

—
N
—
—
—
—

M
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
P
R
—
—

—
—
—
—
S
T

.25 – .80
.59 – 1.9
1.4 – 4.4
2.8 – 9.0

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-27
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-41
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
IT. Electro-Mechanical — Enclosed

33-37

March 2009

Combination Starters — Circuit Breaker

Features
Full Voltage
3-Phase Electromechanical
■ Solid-State Overload Relay
■ Integrated Cover Control (Type 1/12)
■
■

33

Type 12 Combination IT. Starter
with HMCPE

Product Selection
Table 33-50. Class ECT22 — Combination Non-reversing Starter — Circuit Breaker
Motor
Voltage

Max.
hp

Magnet
Coil
Voltage

Circuit
Breaker
Type

3-Pole Type 1
General Purpose
Catalog
Number 

3-Pole Type 3R
Rainproof
Catalog
Number 

3-Pole Type 4X 
Watertight
Catalog
Number 

3-Pole Type 12
Dust-Tight
Catalog
Number 

3-Pole Component
Starter (Open)
Catalog
Number 

24V DC

HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
HMCPE 3A
HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
HMCPE 3A
HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A

ECT2201EAC-_
ECT2201EAD-_
ECT2201BAC-_
ECT2201BAD-_
ECT2201CAB-_
ECT2201CAC-_
ECT2201CAD-_
ECT2201DAB-_
ECT2201DAC-_
ECT2201DAD-_

ECT2202EAC-_
ECT2202EAD-_
ECT2202BAC-_
ECT2202BAD-_
ECT2202CAB-_
ECT2202CAC-_
ECT2202CAD-_
ECT2202DAB-_
ECT2202DAC-_
ECT2202DAD-_

ECT2204EAC-_
ECT2204EAD-_
ECT2204BAC-_
ECT2204BAD-_
ECT2204CAB-_
ECT2204CAC-_
ECT2204CAD-_
ECT2204DAB-_
ECT2204DAC-_
ECT2204DAD-_

ECT2208EAC-_
ECT2208EAD-_
ECT2208BAC-_
ECT2208BAD-_
ECT2208CAB-_
ECT2208CAC-_
ECT2208CAD-_
ECT2208DAB-_
ECT2208DAC-_
ECT2208DAD-_

N101BS0_3A

HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
HMCPE 30A
HMCPE 50A
HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
HMCPE 30A
HMCPE 50A
HMCPE 3A
HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
HMCPE 30A
HMCPE 3A
HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
HMCPE 30A

ECT2211EAC-_
ECT2211EAD-_
ECT2211EAE-_
ECT2211EAF-_
ECT2211BAC-_
ECT2211BAD-_
ECT2211BAE-_
ECT2211BAF-_
ECT2211CAB-_
ECT2211CAC-_
ECT2211CAD-_
ECT2211CAE-_
ECT2211DAB-_
ECT2211DAC-_
ECT2211DAD-_
ECT2211DAE-_

ECT2212EAC-_
ECT2212EAD-_
ECT2212EAE-_
ECT2212EAF-_
ECT2212BAC-_
ECT2212BAD-_
ECT2212BAE-_
ECT2212BAF-_
ECT2212CAB-_
ECT2212CAC-_
ECT2212CAD-_
ECT2212CAE-_
ECT2212DAB-_
ECT2212DAC-_
ECT2212DAD-_
ECT2212DAE-_

ECT2214EAC-_
ECT2214EAD-_
ECT2214EAE-_
ECT2214EAF-_
ECT2214BAC-_
ECT2214BAD-_
ECT2214BAE-_
ECT2214BAF-_
ECT2214CAB-_
ECT2214CAC-_
ECT2214CAD-_
ECT2214CAE-_
ECT2214DAB-_
ECT2214DAC-_
ECT2214DAD-_
ECT2214DAE-_

ECT2218EAC-_
ECT2218EAD-_
ECT2218EAE-_
ECT2218EAF-_
ECT2218BAC-_
ECT2218BAD-_
ECT2218BAE-_
ECT2218BAF-_
ECT2218CAB-_
ECT2218CAC-_
ECT2218CAD-_
ECT2218CAE-_
ECT2218DAB-_
ECT2218DAC-_
ECT2218DAD-_
ECT2218DAE-_

N101CS1_3A




NEMA Size 0
200

1
3
1
3
1
3
5
1
3
5

230
460

575

24V DC
24V DC

24V DC

N101BS0_3A
N101BS0_3A

N101BS0_3A

NEMA Size 1
200

230

460

575







1
3
5
7-1/2
1
3
5
7-1/2
1
3
5
10
1
3
5
10

24V DC

24V DC

24V DC

24V DC

N101CS1_3A

N101CS1_3A

N101CS1_3A

All IT. Contactors and Starters are furnished with 24V DC coil and control power supply. The eighth digit Q denotes separate 24V DC control source.
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example:
ECT2204QAB. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
A “_” denotes Catalog Numbers are incomplete without the Solid-State Overload Range Code. To complete the Catalog Number, select the appropriate
Code from the following table:
FLA Range

Size
00

0

1

2

3

4

5

A
B
C
D

A
B
C
D

A
B
C
D

—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—

5.0 – 16
6.3 – 20
8.4 – 27
10 – 32
14 – 45
16 – 50

—
—
—
—
—
—

—
G
—
J
—
—

F
—
H
—
—
L

—
—
—
—
K
—

—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—

28 – 90
31 – 100
42 – 135
63 – 200
84 – 270
131 – 420

—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—

—
N
—
—
—
—

M
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
P
R
—
—

—
—
—
—
S
T

.25 – .80
.59 – 1.9
1.4 – 4.4
2.8 – 9.0

CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-27
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-41
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
IT. Electro-Mechanical — Enclosed

33-38

March 2009

Combination Starters — Circuit Breaker
Tables 33-50 Class ECT22 — Combination Non-reversing Starter — Circuit Breaker (Continued)
Motor
Voltage

Max.
hp

Magnet
Coil
Voltage

Circuit
Breaker
Type

3-Pole Type 1
General Purpose
Catalog
Number 

3-Pole Type 3R
Rainproof
Catalog
Number 

3-Pole Type 4X 
Watertight
Catalog
Number 

3-Pole Type 12
Dust-Tight
Catalog
Number 

3-Pole Component
Starter (Open)
Catalog
Number 

24V DC
24V DC

HMCPE 50A
HMCPE 50A
HMCPE 70A
HMCPE 50A
HMCPE 30A
HMCPE 50A

ECT2221EAF-K
ECT2221BAF-K
ECT2221BAW-K
ECT2221CAF-K
ECT2221DAE-K
ECT2221DAF-K

ECT2222EAF-K
ECT2222BAF-K
ECT2222BAW-K
ECT2222CAF-K
ECT2222DAE-K
ECT2222DAF-K

ECT2224EAF-K
ECT2224BAF-K
ECT2224BAW-K
ECT2224CAF-K
ECT2224DAE-K
ECT2224DAF-K

ECT2228EAF-K
ECT2228BAF-K
ECT2228BAW-K
ECT2228CAF-K
ECT2228DAE-K
ECT2228DAF-K

N101DS2_3A
N101DS2_3A

HMCPE 100A
HMCPE 100A
HMCPE 100A
HMCPE 100A
HMCPE 100A
HMCPE 50A
HMCPE 100A

ECT2231EAG-M
ECT2231EAX-M
ECT2231BAG-M
ECT2231BAX-M
ECT2231CAG-M
ECT2231DAF-M
ECT2231DAG-M

ECT2232EAG-M
ECT2232EAX-M
ECT2232BAG-M
ECT2232BAX-M
ECT2232CAG-M
ECT2232DAF-M
ECT2232DAG-M

ECT2234EAG-M
ECT2234EAX-M
ECT2234BAG-M
ECT2234BAX-M
ECT2234CAG-M
ECT2234DAF-M
ECT2234DAG-M

ECT2238EAG-M
ECT2238EAX-M
ECT2238BAG-M
ECT2238BAX-M
ECT2238CAG-M
ECT2238DAF-M
ECT2238DAG-M

N101ES3_3A

24V DC
24V DC
24V DC
24V DC

HMCP 150A
HMCP 150A
HMCP 150A
HMCP 150A

ECT2241EAH-P
ECT2241BAH-P
ECT2241CAH-P
ECT2241DAH-P

ECT2242EAH-P
ECT2242BAH-P
ECT2242CAH-P
ECT2242DAH-P

ECT2244EAH-P
ECT2244BAH-P
ECT2244CAH-P
ECT2244DAH-P

ECT2248EAH-P
ECT2248BAH-P
ECT2248CAH-P
ECT2248DAH-P

N101ES4_3A
N101ES4_3A
N101ES4_3A
N101ES4_3A

24V DC

HMCP 250A
HMCP 400A
HMCP 250A
HMCP 400A
HMCP 250A
HMCP 400A
HMCP 250A
HMCP 400A

ECT2251EAJ-S
ECT2251EAK-S
ECT2251BAJ-S
ECT2251BAK-S
ECT2251CAJ-S
ECT2251CAK-S
ECT2251DAJ-S
ECT2251DAK-S

ECT2252EAJ-S
ECT2252EAK-S
ECT2252BAJ-S
ECT2252BAK-S
ECT2252CAJ-S
ECT2252CAK-S
ECT2252DAJ-S
ECT2252DAK-S

ECT2254EAJ-S
ECT2254EAK-S
ECT2254BAJ-S
ECT2254BAK-S
ECT2254CAJ-S
ECT2254CAK-S
ECT2254DAJ-S
ECT2254DAK-S

ECT2258EAJ-S
ECT2258EAK-S
ECT2258BAJ-S
ECT2258BAK-S
ECT2258CAJ-S
ECT2258CAK-S
ECT2258DAJ-S
ECT2258DAK-S

N101FS5_3A




33

NEMA Size 2
200
230
460
575

10
10
15
25
15
25

24V DC
24V DC

N101DS2_3A
N101DS2_3A

NEMA Size 3
200
230
460
575

20
25
25
30
50
30
50

24V DC
24V DC
24V DC
24V DC

N101ES3_3A
N101ES3_3A
N101ES3_3A

NEMA Size 4
200
230
460
575

40
50
100
100

NEMA Size 5
200
230
460
575






50
75
60
100
125
200
150
200

24V DC
24V DC
24V DC

N101FS5_3A
N101FS5_3A
N101FS5_3A

All IT. Contactors and Starters are furnished with 24V DC coil and control power supply. The eighth digit Q denotes separate 24V DC control source.
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example:
ECT2224QAB. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
A “_” denotes Catalog Numbers are incomplete without the Solid-State Overload Range Code. To complete the Catalog Number, select the appropriate
Code from the following table:
FLA Range

Size
00

0

1

2

3

4

5

A
B
C
D

A
B
C
D

A
B
C
D

—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—

5.0 – 16
6.3 – 20
8.4 – 27
10 – 32
14 – 45
16 – 50

—
—
—
—
—
—

—
G
—
J
—
—

F
—
H
—
—
L

—
—
—
—
K
—

—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—

28 – 90
31 – 100
42 – 135
63 – 200
84 – 270
131 – 420

—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—

—
N
—
—
—
—

M
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
P
R
—
—

—
—
—
—
S
T

.25 – .80
.59 – 1.9
1.4 – 4.4
2.8 – 9.0

Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
For more information visit: www.eaton.com

Page 33-27
Page 33-41
PG03300001E
PG03300001E
PG03300001E
PG03300001E
CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
IT. Electro-Mechanical — Enclosed

33-39

March 2009

Combination Starters — Circuit Breaker
Table 33-51. Class ECT23 — Combination Reversing Starter — Circuit Breaker
Motor
Voltage

Max.
hp

Magnet
Coil
Voltage

Circuit
Breaker
Type

3-Pole Type 1
General Purpose
Catalog
Number 

3-Pole Type 3R
Rainproof
Catalog
Number 

3-Pole Type 4X 
Watertight
Catalog
Number 

3-Pole Type 12
Dust-Tight
Catalog
Number 

3-Pole Component
Starter (Open)
Catalog
Number 

24V DC

HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
HMCPE 3A
HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
HMCPE 3A
HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A

ECT2301EAC-_
ECT2301EAD-_
ECT2301BAC-_
ECT2301BAD-_
ECT2301CAB-_
ECT2301CAC-_
ECT2301CAD-_
ECT2301DAB-_
ECT2301DAC-_
ECT2301DAD-_

ECT2302EAC-_
ECT2302EAD-_
ECT2302BAC-_
ECT2302BAD-_
ECT2302CAB-_
ECT2302CAC-_
ECT2302CAD-_
ECT2302DAB-_
ECT2302DAC-_
ECT2302DAD-_

ECT2304EAC-_
ECT2304EAD-_
ECT2304BAC-_
ECT2304BAD-_
ECT2304CAB-_
ECT2304CAC-_
ECT2304CAD-_
ECT2304DAB-_
ECT2304DAC-_
ECT2304DAD-_

ECT2308EAC-_
ECT2308EAD-_
ECT2308BAC-_
ECT2308BAD-_
ECT2308CAB-_
ECT2308CAC-_
ECT2308CAD-_
ECT2308DAB-_
ECT2308DAC-_
ECT2308DAD-_

N501BS0_3A

HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
HMCPE 30A
HMCPE 50A
HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
HMCPE 30A
HMCPE 50A
HMCPE 3A
HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
HMCPE 30A
HMCPE 3A
HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
HMCPE 30A

ECT2311EAC-_
ECT2311EAD-_
ECT2311EAE-_
ECT2311EAF-_
ECT2311BAC-_
ECT2311BAD-_
ECT2311BAE-_
ECT2311BAF-_
ECT2311CAB-_
ECT2311CAC-_
ECT2311CAD-_
ECT2311CAE-_
ECT2311DAB-_
ECT2311DAC-_
ECT2311DAD-_
ECT2311DAE-_

ECT2312EAC-_
ECT2312EAD-_
ECT2312EAE-_
ECT2312EAF-_
ECT2312BAC-_
ECT2312BAD-_
ECT2312BAE-_
ECT2312BAF-_
ECT2312CAB-_
ECT2312CAC-_
ECT2312CAD-_
ECT2312CAE-_
ECT2312DAB-_
ECT2312DAC-_
ECT2312DAD-_
ECT2312DAE-_

ECT2314EAC-_
ECT2314EAD-_
ECT2314EAE-_
ECT2314EAF-_
ECT2314BAC-_
ECT2314BAD-_
ECT2314BAE-_
ECT2314BAF-_
ECT2314CAB-_
ECT2314CAC-_
ECT2314CAD-_
ECT2314CAE-_
ECT2314DAB-_
ECT2314DAC-_
ECT2314DAD-_
ECT2314DAE-_

ECT2318EAC-_
ECT2318EAD-_
ECT2318EAE-_
ECT2318EAF-_
ECT2318BAC-_
ECT2318BAD-_
ECT2318BAE-_
ECT2318BAF-_
ECT2318CAB-_
ECT2318CAC-_
ECT2318CAD-_
ECT2318CAE-_
ECT2318DAB-_
ECT2318DAC-_
ECT2318DAD-_
ECT2318DAE-_

N501CS1_3A

HMCPE 50A
HMCPE 50A
HMCPE 70A
HMCPE 50A
HMCPE 30A
HMCPE 50A

ECT2321EAF-K
ECT2321BAF-K
ECT2321BAW-K
ECT2321CAF-K
ECT2321DAE-K
ECT2321DAF-K

ECT2322EAF-K
ECT2322BAF-K
ECT2322BAW-K
ECT2322CAF-K
ECT2322DAE-K
ECT2322DAF-K

ECT2324EAF-K
ECT2324BAF-K
ECT2324BAW-K
ECT2324CAF-K
ECT2324DAE-K
ECT2324DAF-K

ECT2328EAF-K
ECT2328BAF-K
ECT2328BAW-K
ECT2328CAF-K
ECT2328DAE-K
ECT2328DAF-K

N501DS2_3A
N501DS2_3A




NEMA Size 0
200

1
3
1
3
1
3
5
1
3
5

230
460

575

24V DC
24V DC

24V DC

N501BS0_3A
N501BS0_3A

N501BS0_3A

NEMA Size 1
200

230

460

575

1
3
5
7-1/2
1
3
5
7-1/2
1
3
5
10
1
3
5
10

24V DC

24V DC

24V DC

24V DC

N501CS1_3A

N501CS1_3A

N501CS1_3A

NEMA Size 2
200
230
460
575






10
10
15
25
15
25

24V DC
24V DC
24V DC
24V DC

N501DS2_3A
N501DS2_3A

All IT. Contactors and Starters are furnished with 24V DC coil and control power supply. The eighth digit Q denotes separate 24V DC control source.
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example: ECT2304EAC.
To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change
that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
A “_” denotes Catalog Numbers are incomplete without the Solid-State Overload Range Code. To complete the Catalog Number, select the appropriate
Code from the following table:
FLA Range

Size
00

0

1

2

3

4

5

A
B
C
D

A
B
C
D

A
B
C
D

—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—

5.0 – 16
6.3 – 20
8.4 – 27
10 – 32
14 – 45
16 – 50

—
—
—
—
—
—

—
G
—
J
—
—

F
—
H
—
—
L

—
—
—
—
K
—

—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—

28 – 90
31 – 100
42 – 135
63 – 200
84 – 270
131 – 420

—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—

—
N
—
—
—
—

M
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
P
R
—
—

—
—
—
—
S
T

.25 – .80
.59 – 1.9
1.4 – 4.4
2.8 – 9.0

Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

Page 33-27
Page 33-41
PG03300001E
PG03300001E
PG03300001E
PG03300001E

33

NEMA Contactors & Starters
IT. Electro-Mechanical — Enclosed

33-40

March 2009

Combination Starters — Circuit Breaker
Table 33-51. Class ECT23 — Combination Reversing Starter — Circuit Breaker (Continued)
Motor
Voltage

Max.
hp

Magnet
Coil
Voltage

Circuit
Breaker
Type

3-Pole Type 1
General Purpose
Catalog
Number 

3-Pole Type 3R
Rainproof
Catalog
Number 

3-Pole Type 4X 
Watertight
Catalog
Number 

3-Pole Type 12
Dust-Tight
Catalog
Number 

3-Pole Component
Starter (Open)
Catalog
Number 

24V DC

HMCPE 100A
HMCPE 100A
HMCPE 100A
HMCPE 100A
HMCPE 100A
HMCPE 50A
HMCPE 100A

ECT2331EAG-M
ECT2331EAX-M
ECT2331BAG-M
ECT2331BAX-M
ECT2331CAG-M
ECT2331DAF-M
ECT2331DAG-M

ECT2332EAG-M
ECT2332EAX-M
ECT2332BAG-M
ECT2332BAX-M
ECT2332CAG-M
ECT2332DAF-M
ECT2332DAG-M

ECT2334EAG-M
ECT2334EAX-M
ECT2334BAG-M
ECT2334BAX-M
ECT2334CAG-M
ECT2334DAF-M
ECT2334DAG-M

ECT2338EAG-M
ECT2338EAX-M
ECT2338BAG-M
ECT2338BAX-M
ECT2338CAG-M
ECT2338DAF-M
ECT2338DAG-M

N501ES3_3A

24V DC
24V DC
24V DC
24V DC

HMCP 150A
HMCP 150A
HMCP 150A
HMCP 150A

ECT2341EAH-P
ECT2341BAH-P
ECT2341CAH-P
ECT2341DAH-P

ECT2342EAH-P
ECT2342BAH-P
ECT2342CAH-P
ECT2342DAH-P

ECT2344EAH-P
ECT2344BAH-P
ECT2344CAH-P
ECT2344DAH-P

ECT2348EAH-P
ECT2348BAH-P
ECT2348CAH-P
ECT2348DAH-P

N501ES4_3A
N501ES4_3A
N501ES4_3A
N501ES4_3A

24V DC

HMCP 250A
HMCP 400A
HMCP 250A
HMCP 400A
HMCP 250A
HMCP 400A
HMCP 250A
HMCP 400A

ECT2351EAJ-S
ECT2351EAK-S
ECT2351BAJ-S
ECT2351BAK-S
ECT2351CAJ-S
ECT2351CAK-S
ECT2351DAJ-S
ECT2351DAK-S

ECT2352EAJ-S
ECT2352EAK-S
ECT2352BAJ-S
ECT2352BAK-S
ECT2352CAJ-S
ECT2352CAK-S
ECT2352DAJ-S
ECT2352DAK-S

ECT2354EAJ-S
ECT2354EAK-S
ECT2354BAJ-S
ECT2354BAK-S
ECT2354CAJ-S
ECT2354CAK-S
ECT2354DAJ-S
ECT2354DAK-S

ECT2358EAJ-S
ECT2358EAK-S
ECT2358BAJ-S
ECT2358BAK-S
ECT2358CAJ-S
ECT2358CAK-S
ECT2358DAJ-S
ECT2358DAK-S

N501FS5_3A




33

NEMA Size 3
200
230
460
575

20
25
25
30
50
30
50

24V DC
24V DC
24V DC

N501ES3_3A
N501ES3_3A
N501ES3_3A

NEMA Size 4
200
230
460
575

40
50
100
100

NEMA Size 5
200
230
460
575






50
75
60
100
125
200
150
200

24V DC
24V DC
24V DC

N501FS5_3A
N501FS5_3A
N501FS5_3A

All IT. Contactors and Starters are furnished with 24V DC coil and control power supply. The eighth digit Q denotes separate 24V DC control source.
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example: ECT2304EAC.
To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change
that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
A “_” denotes Catalog Numbers are incomplete without the Solid-State Overload Range Code. To complete the Catalog Number, select the appropriate
Code from the following table:
FLA Range

Size
00

0

1

2

3

4

5

A
B
C
D

A
B
C
D

A
B
C
D

—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—

5.0 – 16
6.3 – 20
8.4 – 27
10 – 32
14 – 45
16 – 50

—
—
—
—
—
—

—
G
—
J
—
—

F
—
H
—
—
L

—
—
—
—
K
—

—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—

28 – 90
31 – 100
42 – 135
63 – 200
84 – 270
131 – 420

—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—

—
N
—
—
—
—

M
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
P
R
—
—

—
—
—
—
S
T

.25 – .80
.59 – 1.9
1.4 – 4.4
2.8 – 9.0

Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
For more information visit: www.eaton.com

Page 33-27
Page 33-41
PG03300001E
PG03300001E
PG03300001E
PG03300001E
CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
.IT. Electro-Mechanical — Enclosed

33-41

March 2009

Wiring Diagrams

Wiring Diagrams
M

(If Used)
Ø1
Ø2

Ø1
Ø2

Ø3

Ø3

L1
L2

Circuit
Breaker

Motor

L3
L1

L2
Fuse
(2)

L11
Fuse

IT./EM
L12

X1

X2
Ground

Terminal Block
(+)
L1
L2
Power Supply
120V AC - 24V DC

2

(+)
Terminal Board
(–)

–
= 24V DC

+
1
(+

Customer
Control
Device

2

Reset
4

P

Permissive

F

Forward

1

Reset

2

+

3

–

M

Alarm

Figure 33-16. IT. Combination Starter with CPT and Power Supply
M

(If Used)
Ø1
Ø2

Ø1
Ø2

Ø3

Ø3

Circuit
Breaker

L1
L2

Motor

L3
/EM
Terminal Block
(+)
1
2

L2
L1
Power Supply
480V AC - 24V DC
(+)

Terminal Board
(–)

–
= 24V DC

+
1
(+

Customer
Control
Device

P

Permissive

F

Forward

1

Reset

2

+

3

–

2

Reset
4

Figure 33-17. IT. Combination Starter with Power Supply

CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

Alarm

M

33

33-42

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Electro-Mechanical — Enclosed
March 2009

Modification Codes

Modification Codes

33

Table 33-52. A — Ammeters, Auxiliary Contacts, Accelerating Relays,
Autotransformers

Table 33-52. A — Ammeters, Auxiliary Contacts, Accelerating Relays,
Autotransformers (Continued)

Modification

Catalog
Number
Suffix

Description

Modification

Catalog
Number
Suffix

Description

Ammeter 


A1

Panel Type Wired to Current Transformer in
Line 1, Type 1, 12

Side Mounted
Auxiliary
Contacts,
continued 

A35

3NC

A36

3NO-1NC

A37

2NO-2NC

A38

1NO-3NC

A39

4NO

A40

4NC

A42

Contacts Mounted on Operating Mechanism
of Disconnect Switch, 1NO-1NC

A43

Contacts Mounted on Operating Mechanism
of Disconnect Switch, 2NO-2NC

A44

With Auxiliary Contact Omitted

A46

For 2-Speed

A47

2NO/2NC 24V DC Auxiliary Relay — IT. Only

Panel Type Wired to Current Transformer in
Line 1, Type 3R, 4X
A2

Panel Type, Selector Switch and 3 Current
Transformers Wired to Ammeter via Switch,
Type 1, 12
Panel Type, Selector Switch and 3 Current
Transformers Wired to Ammeter via Switch,
Type 3R, 4X

A3

Miniature (Single-Phase), Type 1, 12

A4

Miniature with Selector Switch, Type 1, 12

A5

Switchboard (Single-Phase), Type 1, 12
Switchboard (Single-Phase), Type 3R, 4X

A6

Switchboard with Selector Switch,
Type 1, 12
Switchboard with Selector Switch,
Type 3R, 4X

A7

3-Panel Type (Single-Phase), Type 1, 12

Auxiliary
Contacts 

Accelerating
Relay






Oversize enclosure will be provided for IT. Starters.
Top mounted auxiliary contacts cannot be added to contactors in Box 1
(Type 1).
Not available for IT. Starters.
Available on XT Starters for 40A and greater only.

3-Panel Type (Single-Phase), Type 3R, 4X
A10

3 Miniature (Single-Phase), Type 1, 3R,
4X, 12

A11

3 Switchboard Type (Single-Phase),
Type 1, 12
3 Switchboard Type (Single-Phase),
Type 3R, 4X

A12
A8

hp Rating selection, see P03300001E

A9

Order by Description

Top Mounted
Auxiliary
Contacts 
(Unwired)

A13

1NO

A14

1NC

A15

1NO-1NC

A16

2NO

A17

2NC

A18

2NO-1NC

A19

1NO-2NC

A20

3NO

A21

3NC

A22

3NO-1NC

A23

2NO-2NC

A24

1NO-3NC

A25

4NO

IEC Sizes
B – L Only
(Unwired)
XT Series

Side Mounted
Auxiliary
Contacts 

Modification

Catalog
Number
Suffix

Description

Breaker

B1

1NO-1NC Auxiliary Contact on Breaker

B2

2NO-2NC Auxiliary Contacts on Breaker

B3

Shunt Trip on Circuit Breaker —
48 – 127V AC or DC

B4

Shunt Trip on Circuit Breaker —
9 – 24V AC or DC

B5

Shunt Trip on Circuit Breaker —
208 – 380V AC

B6

Shunt Trip on Circuit Breaker —
415 – 600V AC or 220 – 250V DC

B8

Undervoltage Release for Breaker

B9

Current Limiter Mounted to Breaker

B10

Breaker — Order by Description

B11

Thermal Magnetic Breaker

Ammeter Order by Description, Type 1, 3R,
4X, 12

Autotransformers

NEMA Sizes
00 – 2 only
(Unwired)

Table 33-53. B — Breaker Modifications, Backspin Timer,
Undervoltage Release, Bell Alarm, Bus Choke

A26

4NC

A27

1NO

A28

1NC

A29

1NO-1NC

A30

2NO

A31

2NC

A32

2NO-1NC

A33

1NO-2NC

A34

3NO

Backspin Timer B12

180 Seconds

Undervoltage
Release

B13

Undervoltage Release for Circuit Breaker —
208 – 240V AC

B14

Undervoltage Release for Circuit Breaker —
380 – 480V AC

B15

Undervoltage Release for Circuit Breaker —
525 – 600V AC

Bell Alarm

B16

Bell Alarm for Circuit Breaker

Bus Choke
(MVX)

B20

DC Bus Choke, Open Core and Coil 



A DC bus choke may be used in place of an AC line reactor for line
harmonic current reduction and for power source exceeding 500 kVA.
The DC bus choke will not provide any protection for line voltage
unbalance or transients.

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Electro-Mechanical — Enclosed

33-43

March 2009

Modification Codes
Table 33-54. C — Control Power Transformer, IT. Power Supplies,
Control Relays, Cover Control (not elsewhere defined), Current
Transformers, Compelling Relay, Control Wiring, Control Circuit Breaker,
Separate Control, Customer-Supplied Components, Custom for
Advantage, Contactors, Counter, E-Stop Relay, DC/AC Interface,
Separate Source Disconnect, Bypass Contactors

Table 33-54. C — Control Power Transformer, IT. Power Supplies,
Control Relays, Cover Control (not elsewhere defined), Current
Transformers, Compelling Relay, Control Wiring, Control Circuit Breaker,
Separate Control, Customer-Supplied Components, Custom for
Advantage, Contactors, Counter, E-Stop Relay, DC/AC Interface,
Separate Source Disconnect, Bypass Contactors (Continued)

Modification

Catalog
Number
Suffix

Description

Modification

Control Power
Transformers

C1

Standard Size Control Transformer,
120V/60 Hz, 110V/50 Hz Secondary with
2 Primary and 1 Secondary Fuse

Current
C21
Transformer(s) C22

C2

Standard Size Control Transformer,
24V/60 Hz Secondary with 2 Primary and
1 Secondary Fuse

C42

Make sure
8th character
specifies
primary/
secondary
voltage.

C3

C4

C5

C6

C7

C8

C9

Catalog
Number
Suffix

Description

In Phase 1
In Phases 1 and 2

C23

In 3 Phases

Compelling
Relay

C25 

—

50 VA Extra Capacity CPT 120V/60 Hz,
110V/50 Hz with 2 Primary and
1 Secondary
100 VA Extra Capacity CPT, 120V/60 Hz,
110V/50 Hz Secondary with
2 Primary and 1 Secondary Fuse
100 VA Extra Capacity CPT, 24V/60 Hz
Secondary with 2 Primary and
1 Secondary Fuse
200 VA Extra Capacity CPT, 120V/60 Hz,
110V/50 Hz Secondary with 2 Primary and
1 Secondary Fuse

Control
Wiring

C26

Omit Control Wiring

C30 

With Separate Control Wiring and Two
250V Fuses in Holder

C31 

With Common Control Wiring and Two
600V (Class C) Fuses in Holder

200 VA Extra Capacity CPT, 24V/60 Hz
Secondary with 2 Primary and
1 Secondary Fuse
300 VA Extra Capacity CPT, 120V/60 Hz,
110V/50 Hz Secondary with 2 Primary and
1 Secondary Fuse
400 VA Extra Capacity CPT, 120V/60 Hz,
110V/50 Hz Secondary with 2 Primary and
1 Secondary Fuse
1 kVA Extra Capacity CPT, 120V/60 Hz,
110V/50 Hz Secondary with 2 Primary and
1 Secondary Fuse

C33

Control Wiring Type — Order by Description

Control
Circuit
Breaker

C32 

Order by Description

Separate
Control

C35

Wired for Separate Control
(Reduced Voltage)

Customer
Supplied
Components

C36

Customer Supplied Components to
Be Installed

C37

Customer Supplied Wiring Diagram to Use

Custom for
Advantage

C39

Advantage+ Starter Supplied

Contactor/
Starter

C40 

Contactor/Starter — Order by
Description

Counter

C41 

Operations Counter

E-Stop Relay

C43 

E-Stop Relay (DeviceNet)

DC/AC
Interface

C44 

DC/AC Interface Module

C10

2 kVA Extra Capacity CPT, 120V/60 Hz,
110V/50 Hz Secondary with 2 Primary and
1 Secondary Fuse

Separate
Source
Disconnect

C45 

IEC Separate Source Disconnect for
Control Circuitry

C11

Control Transformer — Order by Description

Isolation Contactor

CPT with Power Supply for IT. or XT

C46/J2

Output Contactor

Power Supplies C27
(IT. and XT
C28
Only)

Separate Control 120V AC to 24V DC

Bypass
Contactors
for IT./MVX
Starters
(MVX: 1/2 to
5 hp Only)

C46/J1

C34

C46/J3

Bypass Contactor

C46/J4

Isolation/Output/Bypass Contactor

C46/J5

3-Contactor Bypass Pkg. for MVX 

Control Relays

4-Pole Interposing Relay, 600V (2NO/2NC)



C13

Run Relay, 24V DC (MVX)



C14 


4-Pole, Unwired, A600 Rtg. — 2NO-2NC

C15 


8-Pole, Unwired, A600 Rtg. — 4NO-4NC

C16

Control Relay — Order by Description

C18 


3-Wire Control Module (C30 Lighting)

C20 


2-Wire Control Relay for Mechanical/
Magnetic Lighting Contactors

C17 


Convert Position 7 to E30 Type
Cover Control

C19 


Lock-Off Attachment Added on
Cover Control

C29

Change to E22 (22 mm) Cover Controls

Cover Control





C12

Power Supply with Extra Capacity — Order
by Description



Not available for IT. Starters.
Includes CPT, Pilot Lights, Selector Switch, Auxiliary Contacts and
Control Relay.
Not available for XT Starters.

Not available for IT. Starters.
Not available for XT Starters.

CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

33

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Electro-Mechanical — Enclosed

33-44

March 2009

Modification Codes
Table 33-55. D — Device Labels, Deceleration Relay,
Drain and Breather, Duplex Modifications
Modification

33

Catalog
Number
Suffix

Table 33-56. E — Enclosure Modifications, Elapsed Time Meter, Duplex
Outlet, Enclosure for Starter, Enclosure Clear Cover, Enclosure
Material

Description

Device Labels

D1

(Each Label)

Decel. Relay 


D2

2-Speed

Modification

Catalog
Number
Suffix

Description

Enclosure
Modifications

E3

Oversize Enclosure

E4

Enclosure — Order by Description

Drain and
Breather
(Type 7/9
Enclosure) 


D5

Drain and Breather

D6

Drain Only

E8

Service Entrance Rating w/Ground Bar

D7

Breather Only

E11

Safety Door Interlock

Duplex
Modifications

D12

Alternator Omitted (Deduct Price)

E9

Wired Across Coil, Type 1, 12

D14

START/STOP Pushbuttons — Supplied for
Each Motor

Wired Across Coil, Type 3R, 4X
E10

Elapsed Time Meter — Order by Description

D15

HAND/OFF/AUTO Selector Switch —
Supplied for Each Motor

Duplex Outlet

E12

Convenience Duplex Outlet Mounted in Side
of Enclosure

D16

No. 1 Lead - No. 2 Lead Selector Switch for
Manual Selection of Lead Pump (Alternator
is Omitted)

Enclosure for
Starter 

E13

Horizontal Combination Starter, Size 0 – 2

E14

Narrow Combination Starter, Size 0 – 2

D17

Red RUN Pilot Light — Supplied for Each
Motor

D18

Push-to-Test Red RUN Pilot Light — Supplied
for Each Motor

D19

TEST Pushbutton for Each Motor

D20

CPT, 120V Secondary, 2 Pri. Fuses & 1 Sec.
Fuse — Supplied for Ea. Motor

D21

CPT w/100VA Extra Capacity, 120V Sec.,
2 Pri. Fuses & 1 Sec. Fuse — Supplied for
Each Motor

D22




Elapsed Time
Meter

CPT w/200VA Extra Capacity, 120V Sec.,
2 Pri. Fuses & 1 Sec. Fuse — Supplied for
Each Motor

D23

CPT for Duplex — Order by Description

D24

Add 2 Relays to Modify Controller to Operate
w/Single-Pole Pilot Devices

D25

Add 3 Relays to Modify Controller to Operate
w/Single-Pole Pilot Devices

D26

Green — OFF for each starter

D27

Green — Push-to-Test OFF for ea. starter

Enclosure Clear E19
Cover for XT

Clear Cover for Halyester Enclosure
Nonmetallic

Enclosure
Material

E20

Convert to 316 Stainless Steel

E21

Convert from Type 3R to Stainless Steel



Not available for IT. or XT Starters.

Table 33-57. F — Fuse Clips, Fuse Blocks, Fungus Protection,
Fingerproof Covers, EMI Filter
Modification

Catalog
Number
Suffix

Description

Fuse Clips 

F1

Change Fuse Clips in Position 8 to Class J

F2

Change Fuse Clips in Position 8 to Class H
& K (30 & 60 Ampere Only)

F4

Power Fuses Included — Order by
Description

F5

30 Ampere Control Circuit Fuseholder (KTK)
Mounted on Panel (Unwired), Fuse Not
Supplied

F6

30 Ampere Control Circuit Fuseholder
Mounted on Panel (Unwired), FNQR Fuse
Supplied

F7

3-Pole Power Fuseholder Mounted on Front
Contactor

F8

Separate Fusing of Control Power
Supply — IT.

F10

Blown Fuse Indicator (Not for PFC)

F21

Class CC Fuses

Fuse Blocks

Not available for IT. or XT Starters.

EMI Filter
(MVX)



F22

3-Phase 

F23

1-Phase 

The EMI filter is not necessary to meet the CE mark requirements for
EMC when installing the MVX in an EC country.
Not available for XT Starters.

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Electro-Mechanical — Enclosed

33-45

March 2009

Modification Codes
Table 33-61. L — Labels, Line and Load Reactors,

Table 33-58. G — Ground Fault Relay, Grounding
Modification

Lighting Contactors

Catalog
Number
Suffix

Description

Ground Fault
Relay

G1

Ground Fault Relay (Wired)

G3

Grounding

G5
G6

Ground Fault Protection Omitted
(Advantage)

G7

Ground Fault Protection and
Monitoring Panel

Modification

Catalog
Number
Suffix

Description

Ground Fault Relay (Unwired)

Carton Label

L10

Customer Marking — Specify

Special Grounding — Order by Description

Line
Reactors
(MVX)

L12

3% Input Line Reactor, 3-Phase, Open
Core and Coil 

L13

3% Input Line Reactor, 1-Phase, Open
Core and Coil 

L14

5% Input Line Reactor, 3-Phase, Open
Core and Coil 

L15

5% Input Line Reactor, 1-Phase, Open
Core and Coil 

Table 33-59. H — Heater (Space), Heater Packs Installed
Modification

Catalog
Number
Suffix

Description

Space
Heater

H1

Space Heater and Thermostat

H2

Space Heater and NC Interlock

Install Heater
Packs
(Freedom
Series)

H5

Class 20

Class 10

/D1
/D2
/D3
/D4
/D5

H2001B-3
H2002B-3
H2003B-3
H2004B-3
H2005B-3

/D25
/D26
/D27
/D28
/D29

/D6
/D7
/D8
/D9
/D10

H2006B-3
H2007B-3
H2008B-3
H2009B-3
H2010B-3

/D11
/D12
/D13
/D14
/D15

L16

Line Reactor — Order by Description

Load
Reactors
(MVX)

L17

Output Line DV/DT Filter, Open Core and
Coil 

L18

Load Reactor — Order by Description

Lighting
Contactors

L21

1 NC Pole

L22

2 NC Pole

H2101B-3
H2102B-3
H2103B-3
H2104B-3
H2105B-3

L23

3 NC Pole

L24

4 NC Pole

L25

5 NC Pole

L26

6 NC Pole

/D30
/D31
/D32
/D33
/D34

H2106B-3
H2107B-3
H2108B-3
H2109B-3
H2110B-3

L27

7 NC Pole

L28

8 NC Pole

L29A

3-Wire 120V AC

L29B

3-Wire 240V AC

H2011B-3
H2012B-3
H2013B-3
H2014B-3
H2015B-3

/D35
/D36
/D37
/D38
/D39

H2111B-3
H2112B-3
H2113B-3
H2114B-3
H2115-3

L29C

3-Wire 24V AC

L29D

3-Wire 24V DC

L29E

2-Wire 120V AC

L29F

2-Wire 240V AC

/D16
/D17
/D18
/D19
/D20

H2016B-3
H2017B-3
H2018-3
H2019-3
H2020-3

/D40
/D41

H2116-3
H2117-3

L29G

2-Wire 24V AC

/D21
/D22
/D23
/D24

H2021-3
H2022-3
H2023-3
H2024-3



If the power source exceeds 500 kVA, 3% line unbalance, or if transient
voltages from power factor capacitor switching events are present, an
input line reactor must be used. The input line reactor will also reduce
line current harmonics.
The output line DV/DT filter is required when the distance from the
drive to the motor exceeds 33 feet (10m). The total cable run should
not exceed 165 feet (50m).

Table 33-62. N — Nameplates

Table 33-60. K — MVX Keypad 

Modification

Catalog
Number
Suffix

Description

Keypad
(MVX)

K1

Door-Mounted AFD Keypad (Type 1 and 12)

K2

Door-Mounted AFD Keypad (Type 3R)

K3

AFD Copy Keypad (mounted on drive)

K4

Door-Mounted AFD Copy Keypad
(Type 1 and 12)

K5

Door-Mounted AFD Copy Keypad (Type 3R)






Modification

Catalog
Number
Suffix

Description

Nameplates

N1

Enclosure Nameplates

See PG0300001E for more MVX Modifications.

CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

33

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Electro-Mechanical — Enclosed

33-46

March 2009

Modification Codes
Table 33-63. P — Pilot Lights, Pushbuttons, Phase Relays, Potential
Transformers, Power Factor Correction Capacitors, Program Timer,
Percentage Timer, Photocell

Table 33-63. P — Pilot Lights, Pushbuttons, Phase Relays, Potential
Transformers, Power Factor Correction Capacitors, Program Timer,
Percentage Timer, Photocell (Continued)

Modification

Catalog
Number
Suffix

Description

Modification Catalog
Number
Suffix

Description

Push-to-Test
Pilot Lights

P1

Push-to-Test Pilot Light (Red RUN)
Wired to Coil

Pilot Lights
(Continued)

P58

Pilot Light — Red BYPASS (MVX)

P59 

Pilot Light — Amber INVERTER ENABLE (MVX)

P60 

Pilot Light — Red INVERTER RUNNING (MVX)

P61

Pilot Light — Green STOP

P62 

FORWARD/REVERSE Red Pilot Lights

P63 

UP/DOWN Red Pilot Lights

P64 

OPEN/CLOSE Red Pilot Lights

P65 

HIGH/LOW Red Pilot Lights

P66 

FAST/SLOW Red Pilot Lights

P67

Green RUN Light

P68

LED Bulbs

P69

Blue OVERLOAD Light

Illuminated
Pushbutton

P27

Illuminated Pushbutton — Order by
Description

Phase Loss
Relay

P28

Phase Loss Relay

P36

Phase Loss Protection Omitted (Advantage)

33

P2

Push-to-Test Pilot Light (Green OFF)
Wired in Series with Auxiliary Contact

P3

Combination of P1 and P2 Above

P4

Push-to-Test Pilot Light (Amber RUN)
Wired to Coil

P49

Push-to-Test Pilot Light (Green RUN)

P54 


Push-to-Test Pilot Light — Red
BYPASS (MVX)

P56 


Pushbuttons

P57

Push-to-Test Pilot Light — Green STOP

P5

EMERGENCY STOP — Mushroom
Head

P6 


Pushbutton Omitted

P7

START/STOP

P8

ON/OFF

P9

START

P10

ON

P11

OFF

P12 


FORWARD/REVERSE/STOP

P13 


FAST/SLOW/STOP

P14 


FAST/OFF/SLOW




HIGH/LOW/STOP

P15

Pilot Lights

P37

P16 


HIGH/LOW

P17 


SLOW/FAST

P18 


Pushbutton with Legend Plate

P52

UP/STOP/DOWN

P53

OPEN/STOP/CLOSE

P19

With 1 Amber Pilot Light Marked
POWER AVAILABLE Wired to Load
Side of 2 Fuses or Circuit Breaker

P20

Pilot Light (Amber RUN) Wired to Coil

P21




P22




P23
P24




Push-to-Test Pilot Light — Amber
INVERTER ENABLE (MVX)

Phase Reversal Relay

Phase
Unbalance
Relay

P32

Phase Unbalance Relay

Phase
Monitoring
Relay

P34

Phase Monitoring Relay

Power Factor P38
Correction
Capacitors

/F1
/F2
/F3
/F4
/F5
/F6
/F7
/F8

Potential
P39 
Transformers P40 

Potential Transformer — Wired L1 – L2

With 1 Red Pilot Light Marked RUN
Wired thru NO Auxiliary Contact
With 1 Push-to-Test Red Light Marked
RUN Wired thru NO Auxiliary Contact
Pilot Light — Red RUN
Pilot Light — Green OFF

P26

Pilot Light — Order by Description

P29

Pilot Light — Red STOP

Not available for IT. Starters.

20 kVar
25 kVar
30 kVar
35 kVar
40 kVar
45 kVar
50 kVar
60 kVar

/F9
/F10
/F11
/F12
/F13
/F14
/F15
/F16

70 kVar
75 kVar
80 kVar
90 kVar
100 kVar
125 kVar
150 kVar
175 kVar

/F17
/F18
/F19
/F20
/F21
/F22

200 kVar
225 kVar
250 kVar
300 kVar
350 kVar
400 kVar

Potential Transformer — Wired L1– L2
and L2 – L3

P41 

Potential Transformer — 3 Phases

Pump
Controller

P42

Pump Controller for IT.

Program
Timers

P43

15-Minute Program Timer

P44

24-Hour Program Timer

P45

7-Day Program Timer with Day Omission
Feature

Percentage
Timers

P47

15-Minute Percentage Timer

P48

60-Minute Percentage Timer

Photocell

P70 

Photoelectric Receptacle with Photocell

Pilot Light — Red ON

P25

Extended Phase Loss Trip Time (Advantage)

Phase Rever- P30
sal Relay



Not available for IT. Starters.

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Electro-Mechanical — Enclosed

33-47

March 2009

Modification Codes
Table 33-64. Q — IQ Products, DN50
Modification

IQ Products

Table 33-65. R — Ramp, Relays, Solid-State Electronic Overload
Relays, Resets, Overload Relay Modifications, Reversing,
DeviceNet Interface (Continued)

Catalog
Number
Suffix

Description

Q1

IQ 500

Q3

IQ 1000

Q5

IQ 4000

Q8

With Wponi (Advantage)

Modification Catalog
Number
Suffix

Q9

With WCTLponi (Advantage)

IQ Data
Metering
Module

Q12 


IQ Data Metering Module

Q14

IQ 220 with Cable

DN50

Q13 


DeviceNet Input/Output Module




Fixed Heater
Overload
Relay,
continued 

Not available for IT. Starters.

Table 33-65. R — Ramp, Relays, Solid-State Electronic Overload
Relays, Resets, Overload Relay Modifications, Reversing,
DeviceNet Interface
Modification

Catalog
Number
Suffix

Description

Solid-State
Electronic
Overload
Relay 

Ramp

R1

Extended Ramp of IT.

Relay 

R2

Overvoltage Relay

Fixed Heater
Overload
Relay 

R8

C316FNA3C

R9

C316FNA3D

.40 – .63A

R10

C316FNA3E

.63 – 1.00A

R11

C316FNA3F

1.00 – 1.40A

R12

C316FNA3G

1.30 – 1.80A

R13

C316FNA3H

1.70 – 2.40A

R14

C316FNA3J

2.20 – 3.10A

R15

C316FNA3K

2.80 – 4.00A

R16

C316FNA3L

3.50 – 5.00A

R17

C316FNA3M

4.50 – 6.50A

R18

C316FNA3N

6.00 – 8.50A

R19

C316FNA3P

7.50 – 11.00A

R20

C316FNA3Q

10.00 – 14.00A

R21

C316FNA3R

13.00 – 19.00A

R22

C316FNA3S

18.00 – 24.00A

R23

C316FNA3T

24.00 – 32.00A

R24

C316KNA3A

18.00 – 25.00A

R25

C316KNA3B

22.00 – 32.00A

R26

C316KNA3C

29.00 – 42.00A

R27

C316KNA3D

36.00 – 52.00A

R28

C316KNA3E

45.00 – 63.00A

R29

C316KNA3F

60.00 – 80.00A

R30

C316PNA3A

65.00 – 90.00A

R31

C316PNA3B

80.00 – 100.00A

R32

C316PNA3C

100.00 – 135.00A

R33

C316PNA3D

110.00 – 150.00A

R34

C316PNA3E

130.00 – 175.00A

R35

C316PNA3F

150.00 – 200.00A

R36

C316SNA3A

130.00 – 185.00A

R37

C316SNA3B

165.00 – 235.00A

R38

C316SNA3C

220.00 – 310.00A

R39

C316SNA3D

285.00 – 400.00A

R40

C316UNA3A

355.00 – 500.00A

R41

C316UNA3B

465.00 – 650.00A

R42

C316UNA3C

610.00 – 850.00A




Not available for IT. Starters.
Not available for XT Starters.

CA08102001E

Description

33

R43

Fixed Heater Overload Relay — Order by
Description
C316FNA3F
60.00 – 84.00 FLA
R55
w/Current Transformer
C316FNA3G
78.00 – 108.00 FLA
R56
w/Current Transformer
C316FNA3H
102.00 – 144.00 FLA
R57
w/Current Transformer
C316FNA3J
132.00 – 186.00 FLA
R58
w/Current Transformer
C316FNA3K
168.00 – 240.00 FLA
R59
w/Current Transformer
C316FNA3L
210.00 – 310.00 FLA
R60
w/Current Transformer
IEC
NEMA
Full Load
3-Phase Automatic/
Frame
Size
Current
Manual Reset
Adjustment
Class
Range (A)
5/10/20/30

Catalog Number Suffix
R61_
B&C
00
0.1 – 0.5
A
0.4 – 2.0
B
1.0 – 5.0
C
1.6 – 8.0
D
C&D
0&1
0.1 – 0.5
A
0.4 – 2.0
B
1.0 – 5.0
C
1.6 – 8.0
D
6.4 – 32
E
D
2
9 – 45
F
3
15 – 75
G
F&G
22 – 110
H
G
4
30 – 150
J
N/A
5
96 – 300
C
N/A
6
192 – 600
C
R5
Change External Reset to Internal Reset —
Hole Covered with Plug
R6
Internal Reset — No Hole Plug
R44
Manual Reset Only on Overload Relay
R45
Auto Reset Only on Overload Relay
R47
Internal Trip Indicator — No External Reset
R48
External Reset with External Trip Indicator
R49
External Reset with Bell Alarm
R71
N3R Reset Boot Added (Type 1/12 Only)
R54
Reversing Contactor/Starter
R53
Anti Plug-In
R61
C395 DNA DeviceNet Module
R62
C395 Bell Alarm
R63
C395 Load Module
R64
C395 Program Key
R69
DeviceNet Interface
R65
Standard Reset for DeviceNet
R66
Lighted Reset for DeviceNet
R67
Trip Indicator for DeviceNet
R68
DeviceNet Communication Interface (MVX)

➟

.25 – .40A

Resets 

Reversing 
Overload
Relay Mods

DeviceNet
Interface






Not available for IT. or XT Starters.
Features:
• Self-Powered
• Phase Loss Protection
• Current Adjustment Knob
• ± 1% Repeat Accuracy
• 1NO and 1NC Isolated Contacts
Complete Modification Code includes overload range. Example R61/C.

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Electro-Mechanical — Enclosed

33-48

March 2009

Modification Codes
Table 33-66. S — System Voltage, Selector Switches, Suppressor,
Incomplete Sequence Protection, Single-Phase Jumper, Surge
Capacitor, Speed Potentiometer
Modification

33

Catalog
Number
Suffix

System Voltage S1
Selection

Selector
Switches 


S2
S3
S4
S5
S6
S7
S8
S9

Suppressor
Surge
Suppression
Sequence
Timer
Sequence
Protection
Pump
Single Phase 

Surge
Capacitor
Speed
Potentiometer




S10
S11
S12
S13 
S14 
S15 
S16 
S17 
S18 
S21
S38 
S41 
S42 
S43 
S19 
S40
S24 
S20
S26 
S27



S28
S29
S30
S31
S37 
S39 

Table 33-67. T — Timers, Time Delay Relays, Terminal Blocks, Terminal
Points, Ring Lug Connections
Modification

Catalog
Number
Suffix

Description

Timers

T1 

Pneumatic Timer Installed on Contactor,
Unwired, 30 Sec. Max.

T2 

Pneumatic Timer Installed on Contactor,
Unwired, 180 Sec. Max.

T3

Pneumatic Timer Mounted in Enclosure,
Unwired, 180 Sec. Max.

T4

Solid-State ON Delay Timer (1 – 30 sec)

T5

Solid-State ON Delay Timer (30 – 300 sec)

T25

Timer — Order by Description

T6

Time Delay Relay, 3 Minutes Maximum,
Unwired, ON DELAY

T7

Time Delay Relay, 3 Minutes Maximum,
Unwired, OFF DELAY

T8

Time Delay Low Voltage Release Relay

T9

With 1 Single Circuit Terminal Block,
Unwired

T10

With 2 Single Circuit Terminal Block,
Unwired

T24 

Power Terminal Block for DeviceNet
Overload

T11

With 6 Terminal Points, Unwired

T12

With 12 Terminal Points, Unwired

T13

With 18 Terminal Points, Unwired

T14

Terminal Point per Customer Specification,
Unwired (Price Each)

T15

Terminal Point per Customer Specification,
Wired (Price Each)

T21 

3 Terminals Mounted Between Contactor
and Overload for Power Factor Capacitors —
Sizes 0 – 2

T22 

3 Terminals Mounted Between Contactor
and Overload for Power Factor Capacitors —
Sizes 3 – 4

T23 

Quick-Connect Terminals Added to DP
Contactor/Starter

Ring Lug
Connections

T16 

Ring Lug Connections on Power Wires

T17 

Ring Lug Connections on Control Wires

IT./EM

T30

Reset Only

T31

STOP with Reset

T32

START/STOP with Reset

T33A

HAND/OFF/AUTO with Reset 120V AC

T33D

HAND/OFF/AUTO with Reset 24V DC

T34

ON/OFF

T40

Reset Only (DeviceNet)

T41

STOP with Reset (DeviceNet)

T42

START/STOP with Reset (DeviceNet)

T43A

HAND/OFF/AUTO with Reset 120V AC
(DeviceNet)

T43D

HAND/OFF/AUTO with Reset 24V DC
(DeviceNet)

T44

ON/OFF

T50

Reset Only

T51

STOP with Reset

T52

FORWARD/REVERSE/STOP with Reset

T53A

FORWARD/REVERSE/STOP with Reset
120V AC

T53D

FORWARD/REVERSE/STOP with Reset
24V DC

T54

ON/OFF

Description

System Voltage Selection for Internal
Components
/H1
208V 60 Hz
/H2
240V 60 Hz
/H3
277V 60 Hz, 1-Ph
/H4
480V 60 Hz
/H5
600V 60 Hz
/H6
796V 60 Hz
/H7
220V 50 Hz
/H8
380V 50 Hz
/H9
415V 50 Hz
/H10
550V 50 Hz
/H11
660V 50 Hz
/H12
380V 60 Hz
/H13 1500V 60 Hz
System Voltage Selection — Specify on Order
HAND/OFF/AUTO
HAND/AUTO
HAND/OFF/AUTO Selector Switch with 1 Red
RUN Pilot Light
RUN/OFF/AUTO
AUTO/OFF/TEST
AUTO/OFF/TEST Selector Switch with 1 Red
RUN Pilot Light
AUTO/OFF/TEST Selector Switch with 1 Red
RUN Pilot Light and 1 Green Pilot Light
OFF/AUTO
START/STOP
OFF/ON
HIGH/LOW
FAST/OFF/SLOW
SLOW/FAST
FORWARD/REVERSE
HIGH/OFF/LOW
HIGH/LOW/OFF/AUTO
HAND/OFF/AUTO Spring Return from Left
INVERTER/OFF/BYPASS (MVX)
OPEN/OFF/CLOSE
FORWARD/OFF/REVERSE
FAST/OFF/SLOW/AUTO
Selector Switch Omitted (Pump Panels Only)
Selector Switch — Order by Description
Transient Suppressor Mounted
on Magnet Coil
MOV (IT.)

Time Delay
Relays

Terminal
Blocks

Terminal
Points

Sequence Timer (Pump Panels)
Incomplete Sequence Protection
480V BP9000 Pump
Convert Contactor or Starter from ThreePhase to Single-Phase — Install Jumper
Single-Phase Rev. 120V
Single-Phase Rev. 240V
Surge Capacitor Wired to Disconnect Line
Side
Speed Potentiometer (MVX)

When using 3-position selector switch with magnetic lighting
contactor, mod C20 must also be used (ECL04, ECL13, ECL15).
Not available for IT. Starters.



Not available for IT. Starters.
Not available for XT Starters.

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Electro-Mechanical — Enclosed

33-49

March 2009

Modification Codes
Table 33-67. T — Timers, Time Delay Relays, Terminal Blocks, Terminal
Points, Ring Lug Connections (Continued)

Table 33-69. V — Voltmeter, Varmeter, Vacuum Starter
Modification

Catalog
Number
Suffix

Description

Voltmeters

V1

1 Panel Type Voltmeter Wired L1 – L2

V2

Panel Type Voltmeter and Selector Switch
Wired to Read Three Line Voltages

V3 

Miniature Voltmeter Wired L1 – L2

V4 

Miniature Voltmeter and Selector Switch
Wired to Read Three Line Voltages

Modification

Catalog
Number
Suffix

Description

IT./EM,
continued

T60

Reset Only (DeviceNet)

T61

STOP with Reset (DeviceNet)

T62

FORWARD/REVERSE/STOP with Reset
(DeviceNet)

T63A

FORWARD/REVERSE/STOP with Reset
120V AC (DeviceNet)

V5

Switchboard Type Voltmeter Wired L1 – L2

T63D

FORWARD/REVERSE/STOP with Reset
24V DC (DeviceNet)

V6 

Switchboard Type Voltmeter and Selector
Switch Wired to Read Three Line Voltage

T64

ON/OFF

V7

3 Panel Type Voltmeters Wired in Each Phase

T70

Reset Only

V8 

3 Miniature Voltmeters Wired in Each Phase

T71

START/STOP with Reset

V9

T72

HAND/OFF/AUTO – START with Reset

3 Switchboard Type Voltmeters Wired in
Each Phase

T73

FORWARD/REVERSE/STOP with Reset

V10

Voltmeter — Order by Description

T74

HAND/OFF/AUTO – FORWARD/REVERSE
with Reset

Varmeter 

V11

Varmeter

V12

Varmeter — Order by Description

T75

ON/OFF with Reset

V13

Vacuum Starter — 1500V Rating

T76

FAST/SLOW/STOP with Reset

Vacuum
Starter 

T77

HAND/OFF/AUTO – FAST/SLOW with Reset




Type 1/12 only.
Not available for XT Starters.

Table 33-68. U — Undervoltage Relay, Time Delay Undervoltage Relay
Modification

Table 33-70. W — Wattmeter, Watt-Hour Meter, Wiremarkers, Wiring
Diagram

Catalog
Number
Suffix

Description

Undervoltage
Relays

U1

Undervoltage Relay, Non-adjustable

U2

Undervoltage Relay, Adjustable

Time Delay
Undervoltage
Relays

U4 


Time Delay Undervoltage Relay,
Non-adjustable

U5

Time Delay Undervoltage Relay, Adjustable

U7

Under- and Overvoltage Relay

Under- and
Overvoltage
Relay



Modification

Catalog
Number
Suffix

Description

Wattmeter 

W1

Wattmeter

Watt-Hour
Meter 

W3

Watt-Hour Meter

W5

Watt-Hour Meter with Demand Attachment

Wiremarkers

W7

Wiremarkers

W8

Wiremarkers — Order per Customer
Diagram or Specifications

Not available for IT. Starters.

W9

Wiremarkers — Order by Description

WYE-Delta hp

W10 

See P03300001E

Windows in
Enclosure

W11

Enclosure Windows (MVX)

Wiring
Diagram

W12

Reduced Copy of Custom Wiring
Diagram Laminated on Inside of Door




CA08102001E

Type 1/12 only.
Not available for XT Starters.

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

33

33-50

NEMA Contactors & Starters
March 2009

33

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
IT. Manual and Combination Motor Controllers

33-51

March 2009

IT. Manual and Combination Motor Controllers – NEMA Contactors

Contents

Application Description

Description
Page
IT. Manual and Combination Motor
Controllers – NEMA Contactor
Product Description . . . . . 33-51
Application Description . . . 33-51
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-51
Standards and
Certifications . . . . . . . . . . 33-52
Instructional Leaflets . . . . . 33-52
Catalog Number
Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-53
Product Selection . . . . . . . 33-54
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-63
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-64

The IT. NEMA Non-reversing and
Reversing Manual and Combination
Motor Controllers can be used in the
following applications:

MN307 Open Non-reversing
Manual Motor Controller

Product Description
The new Cutler-Hammer® Intelligent
Technologies (IT.) Open Non-reversing
and Reversing Manual Motor Controllers with NEMA Contactors from Eaton’s
electrical business combine a Manual
Motor Protector with a NEMA Contactor(s) to provide a complete motor
protection solution by combining motor
disconnect function, thermal overload
protection, magnetic short circuit protection and remote control operation in
one compact, assembled unit. These
assembled Manual Motor Controllers
cover motors with FLA ratings from
0.22A to 25A.
The UL 508 Type F labeled Combination Motor Controller (CMC) includes a
Line Side Adapter (LSA) for NEMA
Size 00, Size 0 and Size 2. The Size 1
does not require an LSA. These
assembled Combination Motor
Controllers cover motors with FLA
ratings from 0.22A to 40A.

CA08102001E

Manual Motor Controller for Single
and Multi Motor Panels. The preassembled IT. Manual Motor Controllers (MMC) combine a Manual
Motor Protector, Wiring Connector
Link (NEMA Size 00 – 1 Non-reversing)
and NEMA Contactor. The A307,
A308 and A309 Manual Motor
Protectors are UL listed as UL 508,
Type E Self-Protected Manual Combination Starters. MMCs can also be
field installed with separate MMPs,
WCL and Contactor(s). A NEMA
magnetic contactor has been added
to allow for remote operation of the
motor circuit.
■ Combination Motor Controller (UL
508, Type F), for Single and Multi
Motor Panels — The preassembled
Combination Motor Controllers
combine a Line Side Adapter,
Manual Motor Protector, Wiring
Connector Link (NEMA Size 00 – 1
Non-reversing) and NEMA Contactor.
The A307, A308 and A309 Manual
Motor Protectors are UL listed as UL
508, Type E Self-Protected Manual
Combination Starters. This UL listing allows these devices to be used
in motor circuits without having to
add separate branch short circuit
protection. A NEMA magnetic
contactor has been added to
allow for remote operation of the
motor circuit.
■ Group Motor Installations — Since
the Manual Motor Protectors
(Manual Combination Starters)
are UL listed for Group Motor
Installations, the Manual Motor
Controllers provide a compact,
assembled package for Group
Motor Installations up to 600V.
■

For actual UL 508 Type E/F applications
(out-of-panel upstream feeder SCPD
only), a maximum 240V Delta is permitted or 480Y/277V and 600Y/347V
slash rated Wye systems.
For Manual “At Motor” Disconnect
applications, a maximum 240V Delta is
permitted or 480Y/277V and 600Y/347V
slash rated Wye systems.

Features
ON/OFF rotary handle with lockout
provision
■ Visible trip indication
■ Test trip function
■ Motor applications from 0.22A to
40A
■ Class 10 overload protection
■ Built-in heater and magnetic trip
elements to protect the motor
■ Phase loss sensitivity
■ Type 2 coordination
■ Ambient compensated up to 140°F
(60°C)
Table 33-71. Short Circuit Ratings — UL 508
Type E Manual Combination Starter/Motor
Controller
■

Description

Specification

A307 


65 kA @ 240V, 480Y/277V
30 kA @ 600Y/347V up to 12.5A

A308 


65 kA @ 240V, 480Y/277V
25 kA @ 600Y/347V

A309 


65 kA @ 240V, 480Y/277V
30 kA @ 600Y/347V up to 75A




See Pages 34-295 and 34-296 for individual
ratings.

■

Control inputs located at bottom of
starter for easy access and wiring
24V DC coils
DIN Rail or panel mount — (M)N307,
(M)N308 motor controllers
Mounting plates — (M)N357, N358,
N309 and N359 motor controllers
Adjustment dial for setting motor FLA
Short circuit trip at 13 times the
maximum setting of the FLA adjustment dial
UL 508 Type F CMC High Fault Short
Circuit Ratings: Refer to Table 33-73
on Page 33-53.
Communications with the addition
of an IT. Overload Relay and SNAP
(Starter Network Adapter Product).
See Tab 50.

■
■
■
■
■

For Group Installations (in-panel
SCPD) applying the traditional 1/3 tap
rule, the Manual Motor Protectors and
Manual Motor Controllers may be
used on 480V Delta systems along
with 480Y/277V and 600Y/347V slash
rated Wye systems. For Group Installations, applying the more recent 1/10
tap conductor rule, a maximum 240V
Delta is permitted or 480Y/277V and
600Y/347V slash rated Wye systems.

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

■

■

33

NEMA Contactors & Starters
IT. Manual and Combination Motor Controllers

33-52

March 2009

IT. Manual and Combination Motor Controllers – NEMA Contactors

33

Standards and Certifications

Instructional Leaflets

UL508 Type F Combination Motor
Controller

IL49490

IEC Type 2 Approved per
IEC 60947-4-1
■ UL Listed File No. E218618
■ CE Mark
■

A307 Manual Motor
Protector
IL49491
A308 Manual Motor
Protector
IL49492
A309 Manual Motor
Protector
Pub51012
IT. Non-reversing and
Reversing Manual
Motor Controller
B-Frame 45 mm ME307,
ME357, MN307 and
MN357 Installation and
Assembly
Pub51013
IT. Non-reversing
Manual Motor
Controller C-Frame
54 mm ME308 and
MN308 Installation and
Assembly
Pub50761
IT. Non-reversing and
Reversing Combination
Motor Controller
B-Frame 45 mm E307,
E357, N307 and N357
Installation and
Assembly
Pub50762
IT. Non-reversing and
Reversing Combination
Motor Controller
C-Frame 54 mm E308,
E358, N308 and N358
Installation and
Assembly
Pub50763
IT. Non-reversing and
Reversing Combination
Motor Controller
D-Frame 76 mm E309,
E359, N309 and N359
Installation and
Assembly
AP03402001E Application Note
(Supersedes
TP08A01TE)

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

MN03305001E IT. NEMA Contactor
and Starter User
Manual
Pub49416

IT. NEMA Contact
Blocks (Size 00 – 4)

Pub50140

IT. NEMA Nonreversing Contactor
Size 00 and 0
Installation Guide

Pub50150

IT. NEMA Nonreversing Contactor
Size 1 Installation
Guide

Pub50160

IT. NEMA Nonreversing Contactor
Size 2 Installation
Guide

Pub50141

IT. NEMA Reversing
Contactor Size 00 and
0 Installation Guide

Pub50151

IT. NEMA Reversing
Contactor Size 1
Installation Guide

Pub50161

IT. NEMA Reversing
Contactor Size 2
Installation Guide

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
IT. Manual and Combination Motor Controllers

33-53

March 2009

IT. Manual and Combination Motor Controllers – NEMA Contactors

Catalog Number Selection
Table 33-72. IT. Manual and Combination Motor Controller – NEMA Contactors Numbering System

N 307 DN SA X3N
3-Pole IT. Contactor

Prefix
MN = NEMA MMC
N = NEMA CMC

Designator (NEMA Contactor)
SA = Size 00
S0 = Size 0
S1 = Size 1
S2 = Size 2

Manual Motor Protector (MMP)
307 = 45 mm MMP with FLA rating up to 16A, FVNR Contactor
357 = 45 mm MMP with FLA rating up to 16A, FVR Contactor
308 = 55 mm MMP with FLA rating up to 25A, FVNR Contactor
358 = 55 mm MMP with FLA rating up to 25A, FVR Contactor
309 = 70 mm MMP with FLA rating up to 40A, FVNR Contactor
359 = 70 mm MMP with FLA rating up to 40A, FVR Contactor

MMP FLA
307/357
DN – XN
308/358
LN – NN
309/359
RN

Table 33-73. High Fault Short Circuit Ratings
UL 508 Type F Combination Motor Controller Short Circuit Ratings – Type 2
Catalog
Number

UL Ratings
480 Volts

600 Volts

(q) 480 Volts (q) 600 Volts (r) 480/600 Volts

E307BN Through E307VN,
E357BN Through E357VN

65 kA

30 kA

65 kA

30 kA

1 kA

E307XN Through E307Z2,
E357XN Through E357Z2

65 kA

30 kA

65 kA

30 kA

3 kA

N307, N357

65 kA

30 kA

65 kA

30 kA

3 kA

E308, E358

65 kA

50 kA

65 kA

50 kA

3 kA

N308, N358

65 kA

50 kA

65 kA

50 kA

3 kA

E309, E359

50 kA

30 kA

50 kA

30 kA

5 kA

N309, N359

50 kA

50 kA

50 kA

50 kA

5 kA

IEC Ratings

E307AN

65 kA

50 kA

65 kA

50 kA

1 kA

E307WN, E357WN

65 kA

50 kA

65 kA

30 kA

3 kA

E309RN, E359RN

50 kA

50 kA

50 kA

50 kA

5 kA

E309WN, E359WN

65 kA

30 kA

65 kA

30 kA

5 kA

Exceptions to Above

CA08102001E

33

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

NEMA Contactors & Starters
IT. Manual and Combination Motor Controllers

33-54

March 2009

IT. Manual and Combination Motor Controllers – NEMA Contactors

Product Selection

MMC with NEMA Size 00 Contactor for Group Motor Applications
When Ordering Specify —
■

33

All Non-reversing and Reversing
motor controllers are selected based
on the overload current range
required for a given motor. This
current range is determined from
the motor Full Load Ampere rating
and Motor Service Factor usually
found on the motor nameplate.

For motors with service factors less
than 1.15, multiply the motor FLA by
.92 to select the appropriate motor
controller. Example: For a motor
having FLA of 6.4A and a service
factor of 1.0 (6.4A x .92 = 5.88A)
select Catalog Number
MN307TNSAX3N.
■ For motors with service factor of
1.15 or greater, use motor nameplate Full Load Amperes to select
the appropriate motor controller.
Example: For a motor having FLA
of 6.4A and a service factor of 1.15,
select Catalog Number
MN307UNSAX3N.
■

Instructional Leaflets
See Page 33-52 for Listing.
MN307 — IT. Open Non-reversing
Manual Motor Controller with NEMA
Size 00 FVNR Contactor

Table 33-74. IT. Open Non-reversing Manual Motor Controllers (A307 Manual Motor Protector + C320WC45IT Wiring Connector
Link + N111B Size 00 IT. NEMA Contactor) — For Group Motor Applications
FLA
Adjustment
Range

Single-Phase
hp Ratings 


Three-Phase
hp Ratings 


115V

230V

200V

230V

460V

0.22 – 0.32
0.28 – 0.40

—
—

—
—

—
—

—
—

0.35 – 0.50
0.45 – 0.63
0.55 – 0.80
0.7 – 1.0
0.9 – 1.25

—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—

1.1 – 1.6
1.4 – 2.0
1.8 – 2.5
2.2 – 3.2
2.8 – 4.0

—
—
—
1/10
1/8

1/10
1/8
1/6
1/4
1/3

3.5 – 5.0
4.5 – 6.3
5.5 – 8.0

1/6
1/4
1/3

1/2
3/4
1





IT. NEMA
Non-reversing
Contactor

Catalog
Number 

575V

Manual
Motor
Protector

—
—

—
—

A307DN
A307EN

N111BSAX3N
N111BSAX3N

MN307DNSAX3N
MN307ENSAX3N

—
—
—
—
1/4

—
—
1/4
1/2
3/4

—
1/4
1/2
1/2
3/4

A307FN
A307GN
A307HN
A307JN
A307KN

N111BSAX3N
N111BSAX3N
N111BSAX3N
N111BSAX3N
N111BSAX3N

MN307FNSAX3N
MN307GNSAX3N
MN307HNSAX3N
MN307JNSAX3N
MN307KNSAX3N

1/4
1/3
1/2
3/4
3/4

1/3
1/2
1/2
3/4
1

3/4
1
1-1/2
1-1/2
2

1
1-1/2
1-1/2
2
3

A307LN
A307MN
A307NN
A307PN
A307RN

N111BSAX3N
N111BSAX3N
N111BSAX3N
N111BSAX3N
N111BSAX3N

MN307LNSAX3N
MN307MNSAX3N
MN307NNSAX3N
MN307PNSAX3N
MN307RNSAX3N

1
1-1/2
2

1
1-1/2
2

3
5
5

3
5
5

A307SN
A307TN
A307UN

N111BSAX3N
N111BSAX3N
N111BSAX3N

MN307SNSAX3N
MN307TNSAX3N
MN307UNSAX3N

Price
U.S. $
24V DC
Coil

Select motor controller by motor Full Load Amperes. Horsepower ratings are for reference only.
DIN rail mounting. No mounting plate included.

Notes —
For more information on the use of Line Side Adapters, see Table 33-87, Page 33-63.
For information on Manual Motor Protectors and Wiring Connector Links refer to Pages 34-294 – 34-299. For IT. NEMA
Contactors, refer to Pages 33-29 and 33-30.
■ The Catalog Number is a composite of the factory assembled Manual Motor Protector, Wiring Connector Link and
the IT. Contactor. E.g. Catalog No. MN307DNSAX3N is the combination of A307DN, C320WC45IT and N111BSAX3N.
■
■

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-63
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-64
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1
For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
IT. Manual and Combination Motor Controllers

33-55

March 2009

IT. Manual and Combination Motor Controllers – NEMA Contactors
When Ordering Specify —
■

For motors with service factors less
than 1.15, multiply the motor FLA by
.92 to select the appropriate motor
controller. Example: For a motor
having FLA of 6.4A and a service
factor of 1.0 (6.4A x .92 = 5.88A)
select Catalog Number
MN357TNSAX3N.
■ For motors with service factor of
1.15 or greater, use motor nameplate Full Load Amperes to select
the appropriate motor controller.
Example: For a motor having FLA
of 6.4A and a service factor of 1.15,
select Catalog Number
MN357UNSAX3N.
■

All Non-reversing and Reversing
motor controllers are selected based
on the overload current range
required for a given motor. This
current range is determined from
the motor Full Load Ampere rating
and Motor Service Factor usually
found on the motor nameplate.

Instructional Leaflets

MN357 — IT. Open Reversing
Manual Motor Controller with
NEMA Size 00 FVR Contactor

See Page 33-52 for Listing.

Table 33-75. IT. Open Reversing Manual Motor Controllers (A307 Manual Motor Protector + N511B Size 00 IT. NEMA Reversing Contactor) —
For Group Motor Applications
FLA
Adjustment
Range

Single-Phase
hp Ratings 


Three-Phase
hp Ratings 


115V

230V

200V

230V

460V

0.22 – 0.32
0.28 – 0.40

—
—

—
—

—
—

—
—

0.35 – 0.50
0.45 – 0.63
0.55 – 0.80
0.7 – 1.0
0.9 – 1.25

—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—

1.1 – 1.6
1.4 – 2.0
1.8 – 2.5
2.2 – 3.2
2.8 – 4.0

—
—
—
1/10
1/8

1/10
1/8
1/6
1/4
1/3

3.5 – 5.0
4.5 – 6.3
5.5 – 8.0

1/6
1/4
1/3

1/2
3/4
1





IT. NEMA Reversing Catalog
Contactor
Number 

575V

Manual
Motor
Protector

—
—

—
—

A307DN
A307EN

N511BSAX3N
N511BSAX3N

MN357DNSAX3N
MN357ENSAX3N

—
—
—
—
1/4

—
—
1/4
1/2
3/4

—
1/4
1/2
1/2
3/4

A307FN
A307GN
A307HN
A307JN
A307KN

N511BSAX3N
N511BSAX3N
N511BSAX3N
N511BSAX3N
N511BSAX3N

MN357FNSAX3N
MN357GNSAX3N
MN357HNSAX3N
MN357JNSAX3N
MN357KNSAX3N

1/4
1/3
1/2
3/4
3/4

1/3
1/2
1/2
3/4
1

3/4
1
1-1/2
1-1/2
2

1
1-1/2
1-1/2
2
3

A307LN
A307MN
A307NN
A307PN
A307RN

N511BSAX3N
N511BSAX3N
N511BSAX3N
N511BSAX3N
N511BSAX3N

MN357LNSAX3N
MN357MNSAX3N
MN357NNSAX3N
MN357PNSAX3N
MN357RNSAX3N

1
1-1/2
2

1
1-1/2
2

3
5
5

3
5
5

A307SN
A307TN
A307UN

N511BSAX3N
N511BSAX3N
N511BSAX3N

MN357SNSAX3N
MN357TNSAX3N
MN357UNSAX3N

Price
U.S. $
24V DC
Coil

Select motor controller by motor Full Load Amperes. Horsepower ratings are for reference only.
Mounting plate included.

Notes —
For more information on the use of Line Side Adapters, see Table 33-87, Page 33-63.
For information on Manual Motor Protectors and Wiring Connector Links refer to Pages 34-294 – 34-299. For IT. NEMA
Contactors, refer to Pages 33-29 and 33-30.
■ The Catalog Number is a composite of the factory assembled Manual Motor Protector, the IT. Contactor and the mounting
plate. E.g. Catalog No. MN357DNSAX3N is the combination of A307DN and N511BSAX3N.
■
■

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-63
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-67
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1
CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

33

NEMA Contactors & Starters
IT. Manual and Combination Motor Controllers

33-56

March 2009

IT. Manual and Combination Motor Controllers – NEMA Contactors

MMC with NEMA Size 0 Contactor
for Group Motor Applications
When Ordering Specify —
■

33

All Non-reversing and Reversing
motor controllers are selected based
on the overload current range
required for a given motor. This
current range is determined from
the motor Full Load Ampere rating
and Motor Service Factor usually
found on the motor nameplate.

For motors with service factors less
than 1.15, multiply the motor FLA by
.92 to select the appropriate motor
controller. Example: For a motor
having FLA of 12.5A and a service
factor of 1.0 (12.5A x .92 = 11.5A)
select Catalog Number
MN307WNS0X3N.
■ For motors with service factor of
1.15 or greater, use motor nameplate Full Load Amperes to select
the appropriate motor controller.
Example: For a motor having FLA
of 12.5A and a service factor of 1.15,
select Catalog Number
MN307XNS0X3N.
■

Instructional Leaflets

MN307 — IT. Open Non-reversing
Manual Motor Controller with NEMA
Size 0 FVNR Contactor

See Page 33-52 for Listing.

Table 33-76. IT. Open Non-reversing Manual Motor Controllers (A307 Manual Motor Protector + C320WC45IT Wiring Connector Link + N111B Size 0
IT. NEMA Contactor) — For Group Motor Applications
FLA
Adjustment
Range

Single-Phase
hp Ratings 


Three-Phase
hp Ratings 


115V

230V

200V

230V

460V

7.0 – 10
9.0 – 12.5
11 – 16

1/2
1/2
1

1-1/2
2
3

3
3
5

3
3
5

7-1/2
7-1/2
10





IT. NEMA
Non-reversing
Contactor

Catalog
Number 

575V

Manual
Motor
Protector

10
10
15

A307VN
A307WN
A307XN

N111BS0X3N
N111BS0X3N
N111BS0X3N

MN307VNS0X3N
MN307WNS0X3N
MN307XNS0X3N

Price
U.S. $
24V DC
Coil

Select motor controller by motor Full Load Amperes. Horsepower ratings are for reference only.
DIN rail mounting. No mounting plate included.

Table 33-77. IT. Open Reversing Manual Motor Controllers (A307 Manual Motor Protector + N511B Size 0 IT. NEMA Reversing Contactor) —
For Group Motor Applications
FLA
Adjustment
Range

Single-Phase
hp Ratings 

Three-Phase
hp Ratings 

115V

230V

200V

230V

460V

7.0 – 10
9.0 – 12.5
11 – 16

1/2
1/2
1

1-1/2
2
3

3
3
5

3
3
5

7-1/2
7-1/2
10




IT. NEMA Reversing Catalog
Contactor
Number 

575V

Manual
Motor
Protector

10
10
15

A307VN
A307WN
A307XN

N511BS0X3N
N511BS0X3N
N511BS0X3N

Price
U.S. $
24V DC
Coil

MN357VNS0X3N
MN357WNS0X3N
MN357XNS0X3N

Select motor controller by motor Full Load Amperes. Horsepower ratings are for reference only.
Mounting plate included.

Notes —
For more information on the use of Line Side Adapters, see Table 33-87, Page 33-63.
For information on Manual Motor Protectors and Wiring Connector Links refer to Pages 34-294 – 34-299. For IT. NEMA
Contactors, refer to Pages 33-29 and 33-30.
■ The Non-reversing Catalog Number is a composite of the factory assembled Manual Motor Protector, Wiring Connector
Link and the IT. Contactor. E.g. Catalog No. MN307VNS0X3N is the combination of A307VN, C320WC45IT and N111BS0X3N.
■ The Reversing Catalog Number is a composite of the factory assembled Manual Motor Protector, Mounting Plate and
the IT. Contactor. E.g. Catalog No. MN357VNS0X3N is the combination of A307VN and N511BS0X3N.
■
■

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-63
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-64, 33-66
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1
For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
IT. Manual and Combination Motor Controllers

33-57

March 2009

IT. Manual and Combination Motor Controllers – NEMA Contactors

MMC with NEMA Size 1 Contactor
for Group Motor Applications
When Ordering Specify —
■

All Non-reversing and Reversing
motor controllers are selected based
on the overload current range
required for a given motor. This
current range is determined from
the motor Full Load Ampere rating
and Motor Service Factor usually
found on the motor nameplate.

For motors with service factors less
than 1.15, multiply the motor FLA by
.92 to select the appropriate motor
controller. Example: For a motor
having FLA of 20A and a service factor of 1.0 (20A x .92 = 18.4A) select
Catalog Number MN308MNS1X3N.
■ For motors with service factor of
1.15 or greater, use motor nameplate Full Load Amperes to select
the appropriate motor controller.
Example: For a motor having FLA
of 20A and a service factor of 1.15,
select Catalog Number
MN308NNS1X3N.
■

Instructional Leaflets
MN308 IT. Open Non-reversing
Manual Motor Controllers with
NEMA Size 1 FVNR Contactor

See Page 33-52 for Listing.

Table 33-78. IT. Open Non-reversing Manual Motor Controllers (A308 Manual Motor Protector + C320WC54 Wiring Connector Link + N111C Size 1
IT. NEMA Contactor) — For Group Motor Applications
FLA
Adjustment
Range

Single-Phase
hp Ratings 


Three-Phase
hp Ratings 


115V

230V

200V

230V

460V

11 – 16
14 – 20
18 – 25

1
1-1/2
2

3
3
5

5
5
7-1/2

5
7-1/2
10

10
15
20





IT. NEMA
Non-reversing
Contactor

Catalog
Number 

575V

Manual
Motor
Protector

15
20
25

A308LN
A308MN
A308NN

N111CS1X3N
N111CS1X3N
N111CS1X3N

MN308LNS1X3N
MN308MNS1X3N
MN308NNS1X3N

Price
U.S. $
24V DC
Coil

Select motor controller by motor Full Load Amperes. Horsepower ratings are for reference only.
DIN rail mounting. No mounting plate included.

Notes —
The A308 MMP does not require a Line Side Adapter, see Table 33-87, Page 33-63.
For information on Manual Motor Protectors and Wiring Connector Links refer to Pages 34-294 – 34-299. For IT. NEMA
Contactors, refer to Pages 33-29 and 33-30.
■ The Non-reversing Catalog Number is a composite of the factory assembled Manual Motor Protector, Wiring Connector
Link and the IT. Contactor. E.g. Catalog No. MN308LNS1X3N is the combination of A308LN, C320WC54 and N111CS1X3N.
■
■

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-63
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-65, 33-67
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1
CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

33

NEMA Contactors & Starters
IT. Manual and Combination Motor Controllers

33-58

March 2009

IT. Manual and Combination Motor Controllers – NEMA Contactors

Product Selection

UL 508 Type F CMC with NEMA
Size 00 Contactor
When Ordering Specify —
■

33

For motors with service factors less
than 1.15, multiply the motor FLA by
.92 to select the appropriate motor
controller. Example: For a motor
having FLA of 6.4A and a service
factor of 1.0 (6.4A x .92 = 5.88A)
select Catalog Number
N307TNSAX3N.
■ For motors with service factor of
1.15 or greater, use motor nameplate Full Load Amperes to select
the appropriate motor controller.
Example: For a motor having FLA
of 6.4A and a service factor of 1.15,
select Catalog Number
N307UNSAX3N.
■

All Non-reversing and Reversing
motor controllers are selected based
on the overload current range
required for a given motor. This
current range is determined from
the motor Full Load Ampere rating
and Motor Service Factor usually
found on the motor nameplate.

Instructional Leaflets
See Page 33-52 for Listing.

N307 — IT. Open Non-reversing
Combination Motor Controller with
NEMA Size 00 FVNR Contactor

Table 33-79. IT. UL 508 Type F Open Non-reversing Combination Motor Controllers (C320LSA1 Line Side Adapter + A307 Manual Motor Protector +
C320WC45IT Wiring Connector Link + N111B Size 00 IT. NEMA Contactor)
FLA
Adjustment
Range

Single-Phase
hp Ratings 


Three-Phase
hp Ratings 


115V

230V

200V

230V

460V

0.22 – 0.32
0.28 – 0.40

—
—

—
—

—
—

—
—

0.35 – 0.50
0.45 – 0.63
0.55 – 0.80
0.7 – 1.0
0.9 – 1.25

—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—

1.1 – 1.6
1.4 – 2.0
1.8 – 2.5
2.2 – 3.2
2.8 – 4.0

—
—
—
1/10
1/8

1/10
1/8
1/6
1/4
1/3

3.5 – 5.0
4.5 – 6.3
5.5 – 8.0

1/6
1/4
1/3

1/2
3/4
1





IT. NEMA
Non-reversing
Contactor

Catalog
Number 

575V

Manual
Motor
Protector

—
—

—
—

A307DN
A307EN

N111BSAX3N
N111BSAX3N

N307DNSAX3N
N307ENSAX3N

—
—
—
—
1/4

—
—
1/4
1/2
3/4

—
1/4
1/2
1/2
3/4

A307FN
A307GN
A307HN
A307JN
A307KN

N111BSAX3N
N111BSAX3N
N111BSAX3N
N111BSAX3N
N111BSAX3N

N307FNSAX3N
N307GNSAX3N
N307HNSAX3N
N307JNSAX3N
N307KNSAX3N

1/4
1/3
1/2
3/4
3/4

1/3
1/2
1/2
3/4
1

3/4
1
1-1/2
1-1/2
2

1
1-1/2
1-1/2
2
3

A307LN
A307MN
A307NN
A307PN
A307RN

N111BSAX3N
N111BSAX3N
N111BSAX3N
N111BSAX3N
N111BSAX3N

N307LNSAX3N
N307MNSAX3N
N307NNSAX3N
N307PNSAX3N
N307RNSAX3N

1
1-1/2
2

1
1-1/2
2

3
5
5

3
5
5

A307SN
A307TN
A307UN

N111BSAX3N
N111BSAX3N
N111BSAX3N

N307SNSAX3N
N307TNSAX3N
N307UNSAX3N

Price
U.S. $
24V DC
Coil

Select motor controller by motor Full Load Amperes. Horsepower ratings are for reference only.
DIN rail mounting. No mounting plate included.

Notes —
For more information on the use of Line Side Adapters, see Table 33-87, Page 33-63.
For information on Manual Motor Protectors and Wiring Connector Links refer to Pages 34-294 – 34-299. For IT. NEMA
Contactors, refer to Pages 33-29 and 33-30.
■ The Catalog Number is a composite of the factory assembled Line Side Adapter, Manual Motor Protector, Wiring Connector
Link and the IT. Contactor. E.g. Catalog No. N307DNSAX3N is the combination of C320LSA1, A307DN, C320WC45IT and
N111BSAX3N.
■
■

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-63
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-64
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1
For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
IT. Manual and Combination Motor Controllers

33-59

March 2009

IT. Manual and Combination Motor Controllers – NEMA Contactors
When Ordering Specify —
■

For motors with service factors less
than 1.15, multiply the motor FLA by
.92 to select the appropriate motor
controller. Example: For a motor
having FLA of 6.4A and a service
factor of 1.0 (6.4A x .92 = 5.88A)
select Catalog Number
N357TNSAX3N.
■ For motors with service factor of
1.15 or greater, use motor nameplate Full Load Amperes to select
the appropriate motor controller.
Example: For a motor having FLA
of 6.4A and a service factor of 1.15,
select Catalog Number
N357UNSAX3N.
■

All Non-reversing and Reversing
motor controllers are selected based
on the overload current range
required for a given motor. This
current range is determined from
the motor Full Load Ampere rating
and Motor Service Factor usually
found on the motor nameplate.

Instructional Leaflets

N357 — IT. Open Reversing
Combination Motor Controller with
NEMA Size 00 FVR Contactor

See Page 33-52 for Listing.

Table 33-80. IT. UL 508 Type F Open Reversing Combination Motor Controllers (C320LSA1 Line Side Adapter + A307 Manual Motor Protector + N511B
Size 00 IT. NEMA Reversing Contactor)
FLA
Adjustment
Range

Single-Phase
hp Ratings 


Three-Phase
hp Ratings 


115V

230V

200V

230V

460V

0.22 – 0.32
0.28 – 0.40

—
—

—
—

—
—

—
—

0.35 – 0.50
0.45 – 0.63
0.55 – 0.80
0.7 – 1.0
0.9 – 1.25

—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—

1.1 – 1.6
1.4 – 2.0
1.8 – 2.5
2.2 – 3.2
2.8 – 4.0

—
—
—
1/10
1/8

1/10
1/8
1/6
1/4
1/3

3.5 – 5.0
4.5 – 6.3
5.5 – 8.0

1/6
1/4
1/3

1/2
3/4
1





IT. NEMA Reversing Catalog
Contactor
Number 

575V

Manual
Motor
Protector

—
—

—
—

A307DN
A307EN

N511BSAX3N
N511BSAX3N

N357DNSAX3N
N357ENSAX3N

—
—
—
—
1/4

—
—
1/4
1/2
3/4

—
1/4
1/2
1/2
3/4

A307FN
A307GN
A307HN
A307JN
A307KN

N511BSAX3N
N511BSAX3N
N511BSAX3N
N511BSAX3N
N511BSAX3N

N357FNSAX3N
N357GNSAX3N
N357HNSAX3N
N357JNSAX3N
N357KNSAX3N

1/4
1/3
1/2
3/4
3/4

1/3
1/2
1/2
3/4
1

3/4
1
1-1/2
1-1/2
2

1
1-1/2
1-1/2
2
3

A307LN
A307MN
A307NN
A307PN
A307RN

N511BSAX3N
N511BSAX3N
N511BSAX3N
N511BSAX3N
N511BSAX3N

N357LNSAX3N
N357MNSAX3N
N357NNSAX3N
N357PNSAX3N
N357RNSAX3N

1
1-1/2
2

1
1-1/2
2

3
5
5

3
5
5

A307SN
A307TN
A307UN

N511BSAX3N
N511BSAX3N
N511BSAX3N

N357SNSAX3N
N357TNSAX3N
N357UNSAX3N

Price
U.S. $
24V DC
Coil

Select motor controller by motor Full Load Amperes. Horsepower ratings are for reference only.
Mounting plate included.

Notes —
For more information on the use of Line Side Adapters, see Table 33-87, Page 33-63.
For information on Manual Motor Protectors and Wiring Connector Links refer to Pages 34-294 – 34-299. For IT. NEMA
Contactors, refer to Pages 33-29 and 33-30.
■ The Catalog Number is a composite of the factory assembled Line Side Adapter, Manual Motor Protector, the IT. Contactor
and the mounting plate. E.g. Catalog No. N357DNSAX3N is the combination of C320LSA1, A307DN and N511BSAX3N.
■
■

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-63
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-67
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1
CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

33

NEMA Contactors & Starters
IT. Manual and Combination Motor Controllers

33-60

March 2009

IT. Manual and Combination Motor Controllers – NEMA Contactors

UL 508 Type F CMC with NEMA
Size 0 Contactor
When Ordering Specify —
■

33

For motors with service factors less
than 1.15, multiply the motor FLA by
.92 to select the appropriate motor
controller. Example: For a motor
having FLA of 12.5A and a service
factor of 1.0 (12.5A x .92 = 11.5A)
select Catalog Number
N307WNS0X3N.
■ For motors with service factor of
1.15 or greater, use motor nameplate Full Load Amperes to select
the appropriate motor controller.
Example: For a motor having FLA
of 12.5A and a service factor of 1.15,
select Catalog Number
N307XNS0X3N.
■

All Non-reversing and Reversing
motor controllers are selected based
on the overload current range
required for a given motor. This
current range is determined from
the motor Full Load Ampere rating
and Motor Service Factor usually
found on the motor nameplate.

Instructional Leaflets

N307 & N357 — IT. Open Non-reversing
and IT. Reversing Combination Motor
Controllers with NEMA Size 0
Contactor(s)

See Page 33-52 for Listing.

Table 33-81. IT. UL 508 Type F Open Non-reversing Combination Motor Controllers (C320LSA1 Line Side Adapter + A307 Manual Motor Protector +
C320WC45IT Wiring Connector Link + N111B Size 0 IT. NEMA Contactor)
FLA
Adjustment
Range

Single-Phase
hp Ratings 


Three-Phase
hp Ratings 


115V

230V

200V

230V

460V

7.0 – 10
9.0 – 12.5
11 – 16

1/2
1/2
1

1-1/2
2
3

3
3
5

3
3
5

7-1/2
7-1/2
10





IT. NEMA
Non-reversing
Contactor

Catalog
Number 

575V

Manual
Motor
Protector

10
10
15

A307VN
A307WN
A307XN

N111BS0X3N
N111BS0X3N
N111BS0X3N

N307VNS0X3N
N307WNS0X3N
N307XNS0X3N

Price
U.S. $
24V DC
Coil

Select motor controller by motor Full Load Amperes. Horsepower ratings are for reference only.
DIN rail mounting. No mounting plate included.

Table 33-82. IT. UL 508 Type F Open Reversing Combination Motor Controllers (C320LSA1 Line Side Adapter + A307 Manual Motor Protector + N511B
Size 0 IT. NEMA Reversing Contactor)
FLA
Adjustment
Range

Single-Phase
hp Ratings 

Three-Phase
hp Ratings 

115V

230V

200V

230V

460V

7.0 – 10
9.0 – 12.5
11 – 16

1/2
1/2
1

1-1/2
2
3

3
3
5

3
3
5

7-1/2
7-1/2
10




IT. NEMA Reversing Catalog
Contactor
Number 

575V

Manual
Motor
Protector

10
10
15

A307VN
A307WN
A307XN

N511BS0X3N
N511BS0X3N
N511BS0X3N

Price
U.S. $
24V DC
Coil

N357VNS0X3N
N357WNS0X3N
N357XNS0X3N

Select motor controller by motor Full Load Amperes. Horsepower ratings are for reference only.
Mounting plate included.

Notes —
For more information on the use of Line Side Adapters, see Table 33-87, Page 33-63.
For information on Manual Motor Protectors and Wiring Connector Links refer to Pages 34-294 – 34-299. For IT. NEMA
Contactors, refer to Pages 33-29 and 33-30.
■ The Non-reversing Catalog Number is a composite of the factory assembled Line Side Adapter, Manual Motor Protector,
Wiring Connector Link and the IT. Contactor. E.g. Catalog No. N307VNS0X3N is the combination of C320LSA1, A307VN,
C320WC45IT and N111BS0X3N.
■ The Reversing Catalog Number is a composite of the factory assembled Line Side Adapter, Manual Motor Protector,
Mounting Plate and the IT. Contactor. E.g. Catalog No. N357VNS0X3N is the combination of C320LSA1, A307VN and
N511BS0X3N.
■
■

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-63
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-64, 33-66
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1
For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
IT. Manual and Combination Motor Controllers

33-61

March 2009

IT. Manual and Combination Motor Controllers – NEMA Contactors

UL 508 Type F CMC with NEMA
Size 1 Contactor
When Ordering Specify —
■

For motors with service factors less
than 1.15, multiply the motor FLA by
.92 to select the appropriate motor
controller. Example: For a motor
having FLA of 20A and a service factor of 1.0 (20A x .92 = 18.4A) select
Catalog Number N308MNS1X3N.
■ For motors with service factor of
1.15 or greater, use motor nameplate Full Load Amperes to select
the appropriate motor controller.
Example: For a motor having FLA
of 20A and a service factor of 1.15,
select Catalog Number
N308NNS1X3N.
■

All Non-reversing and Reversing
motor controllers are selected based
on the overload current range
required for a given motor. This
current range is determined from
the motor Full Load Ampere rating
and Motor Service Factor usually
found on the motor nameplate.

Instructional Leaflets
N308 & N358 — IT. Open Non-reversing
and IT. Reversing Combination Motor
Controllers with NEMA Size 1
Contactor(s)

See Page 33-52 for Listing.

Table 33-83. IT. UL 508 Type F Open Non-reversing Combination Motor Controllers (A308 Manual Motor Protector + C320WC54 Wiring Connector Link
+ N111C Size 1 IT. NEMA Contactor)
FLA
Adjustment
Range

Single-Phase
hp Ratings 


Three-Phase
hp Ratings 


115V

230V

200V

230V

460V

11 – 16
14 – 20
18 – 25

1
1-1/2
2

3
3
5

5
5
7-1/2

5
7-1/2
10

10
15
20





IT. NEMA
Non-reversing
Contactor

Catalog
Number 

575V

Manual
Motor
Protector

15
20
25

A308LN
A308MN
A308NN

N111CS1X3N
N111CS1X3N
N111CS1X3N

N308LNS1X3N
N308MNS1X3N
N308NNS1X3N

Price
U.S. $
24V DC
Coil

Select motor controller by motor Full Load Amperes. Horsepower ratings are for reference only.
DIN rail mounting. No mounting plate included.

Table 33-84. IT. UL 508 Type F Open Reversing Combination Motor Controllers (A308 Manual Motor Protector + N511C Size 1 IT. NEMA
Reversing Contactor)
FLA
Adjustment
Range

Single-Phase
hp Ratings 

Three-Phase
hp Ratings 

115V

230V

200V

230V

460V

11 – 16
14 – 20
18 – 25

1
1-1/2
2

3
3
5

5
5
7-1/2

5
7-1/2
10

10
15
20




IT. NEMA Reversing Catalog
Contactor
Number 

575V

Manual
Motor
Protector

15
20
25

A308LN
A308MN
A308NN

N511CS1X3N
N511CS1X3N
N511CS1X3N

Price
U.S. $
24V DC
Coil

N358LNS1X3N
N358MNS1X3N
N358NNS1X3N

Select motor controller by motor Full Load Amperes. Horsepower ratings are for reference only.
Mounting plate included.

Notes —
For more information on the use of Line Side Adapters, see Table 33-87, Page 33-63.
The A308_MMPs do not require Line Side Adapters.
■ For information on Manual Motor Protectors and Wiring Connector Links refer to Pages 34-294 – 34-299. For IT. NEMA
Contactors, refer to Pages 33-29 and 33-30.
■ The Non-reversing Catalog Number is a composite of the factory assembled Manual Motor Protector, Wiring Connector
Link and the IT. Contactor. E.g. Catalog No. N308LNS1X3N is the combination of A308LN, C320WC54 and N111CS1X3N.
■ The Reversing Catalog Number is a composite of the factory assembled Manual Motor Protector, Mounting Plate and
the IT. Contactor. E.g. Catalog No. N358LNS1X3N is the combination of A308LN and N511CS1X3N.
■
■

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-63
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-65, 33-67
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1
CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

33

NEMA Contactors & Starters
IT. Manual and Combination Motor Controllers

33-62

March 2009

IT. Manual and Combination Motor Controllers – NEMA Contactors

UL 508 Type F CMC with NEMA
Size 2 Contactor
When Ordering Specify —
■

33

For motors with service factors less
than 1.15, multiply the motor FLA by
.92 to select the appropriate motor
controller. Example: For a motor
having FLA of 34A and a service factor of 1.0 (34A x .92 = 31.3A) select
Catalog Number N309RNDX3N.
■ For motors with service factor of
1.15 or greater, use motor nameplate Full Load Amperes to select
the appropriate motor controller.
Example: For a motor having FLA
of 34A and a service factor of 1.15,
select Catalog Number
N309RNDX3N.
■

All Non-reversing and Reversing
motor controllers are selected based
on the overload current range
required for a given motor. This
current range is determined from
the motor Full Load Ampere rating
and Motor Service Factor usually
found on the motor nameplate.

Instructional Leaflets
See Page 33-52 for Listing.
N309 — IT. Open Non-reversing
Combination Motor Controller with
NEMA Size 2 Contactor

Table 33-85. IT. UL 508 Type F Open Non-reversing Combination Motor Controllers (C320LSA2 Line Side Adapter + A309 Manual Motor Protector +
N111D Size 2 IT. NEMA Contactor)
FLA
Adjustment
Range

Single-Phase
hp Ratings 


Three-Phase
hp Ratings 


115V

230V

200V

230V

460V

28 – 40

3

7-1/2

15

15

30





IT. NEMA
Non-reversing
Contactor

Catalog
Number 

575V

Manual
Motor
Protector

40

A309RN

N111DS2X3N

N309RNS2X3N

Price
U.S. $
24V DC
Coil

Select motor controller by motor Full Load Amperes. Horsepower ratings are for reference only.
Mounting plate included.

Table 33-86. IT. UL 508 Type F Open Reversing Combination Motor Controllers (C320LSA2 Line Side Adapter + A309 Manual Motor Protector + N511D
Size 2 IT. NEMA Reversing Contactor)
FLA
Adjustment
Range

Single-Phase
hp Ratings 

Three-Phase
hp Ratings 

115V

230V

200V

230V

460V

28 – 40

3

7-1/2

15

15

30




IT. NEMA Reversing Catalog
Contactor
Number 

575V

Manual
Motor
Protector

40

A309RN

N511DS2X3N

Price
U.S. $
24V DC
Coil

N359RNS2X3N

Select motor controller by motor Full Load Amperes. Horsepower ratings are for reference only.
Mounting plate included.

Notes —
For more information on the use of Line Side Adapters, see Table 33-87, Page 33-63.
For information on Manual Motor Protectors and Wiring Connector Links refer to Pages 34-294 – 34-299. For IT. NEMA
Contactors, refer to Pages 33-29 and 33-30.
■ The Catalog Number is a composite of the factory assembled Line Side Adapter, Manual Motor Protector, Mounting Plate
and the IT. Contactor. E.g. Catalog No. N309RNS2X3N is the combination of C320LSA2, A309RN and N111DS2X3N.
■
■

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-63
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-65, 33-67
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1
For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
IT. Manual and Combination Motor Controllers

33-63

March 2009

IT. Manual and Combination Motor Controllers – NEMA Contactors

Accessories
Table 33-87. Line Side Adapters, C320LSA1 and C320LSA2 — When to Use Them for U.S. Applications

IT. Manual & Combination Motor Controllers –
NEMA Contactors
Types (M)N307/357 & N309/359 

Line Side Adapter (LSA)
Not required

Types N308/358, (M)N308

Line Side Adapter (LSA)
Required

Line Side Adapter (LSA)
Not required for any application
MMP  Only

Group Installation
Using the in-panel Main
SCPD 
 and an MMC 
without a factory
assembled LSA.

UL 508 Type E Self-protected
Manual Combination Starter —
Only Upstream Feeder SCPD
required; no dedicated in-panel
Main SCPD 
 for MMP 

Combination Motor Controller
UL 508 Type F Combination Motor Controller —
Only Upstream Feeder SCPD 
 required with factory
assembled LSA; no dedicated in-panel Main SCPD 

for CMC.






SCPD = Short Circuit Protective Device (Circuit Breaker, Fuses).
MMP = Manual Motor Protector.
MMC = Manual Motor Controller.
The C320LSA2 Line Side Adapter is factory assembled on the N309/359.

Reference: Technical Paper AP03402001E.
Note: Line Side Adapters are not required for non-U.S. applications. Most countries outside
of the U.S. classify the MMP as a thermal magnetic circuit breaker.

Table 33-88. Accessories
Description

Catalog
Number

Price
U.S. $

Line Side Adapter for A307 MMPs
C320LSA1
(Required for use with A307 MMPs only
when used as Type E Self-Protected
Manual Combination Starters. Not
required for Group Installation.)
C320LSA2
Line Side Adapter for A309 MMPs 
(Required for use with A309 MMPs only
when used as Type E Self-Protected
Manual Combination Starters. Not
required for Group Installation.)
Wiring Connector Link
C320WC27
(Electrical and mechanical
interconnection between A307 MMP +
IT. 27 mm FVNR/FVR Contactor)

Protection in Different
Controller Types
A UL 508 Type E Self-protected Manual
Combination Starter/Motor Controller
consists of a single device having integral short circuit protection, a main set
of contacts, motor overload protection, and may also include a UL listed
Line Side Adapter (See Table 33-87).
This type of controller is a legitimate
short circuit protective device and disconnect means for the downstream
motor. It does require an upstream
feeder short circuit protective device,
but does not require a dedicated
branch circuit protection or a disconnect means if used with a Line Side
Adapter. A UL 508 Type E rating means
that the unit clears a fault and does not
experience any welding of the power
poles. A UL 508 Type E self-protected
manual motor controller will remain
fully functional should a short circuit
within its ratings occur. E.g. A307,
A308 and A309.

An IT. UL 508 Type F Self-protected
Combination Motor Controller consists
of a UL Listed Type E Self-protected
Manual Combination Starter/Motor
Controller, a UL Listed Contactor, and
a UL Listed Line Side Adapter (See
Table 33-87). While the Type E selfprotected manual motor controller
of this combination motor controller
device is a legitimate short circuit
protective device and disconnect
means for the down-stream motor, the
contactor is not “self-protected.” E.g. IT.
N307 – N309, N357 – N359.
In addition, as a complete assembly
or modular components, the device
should have Type 2 Coordination certification. Type 2 Coordination means
the Starter or the Controller must
exhibit little or no damage following a
major short circuit fault and should be
able to be returned to proper service
without replacing any parts. E.g. IT.
MMCs, CMCs and MMPs.

Wiring Connector Link
C320WC45IT
(Electrical and mechanical
interconnection between A307 MMP +
IT. 45 mm FVNR Contactor)

Wiring Connector Link
C320WC54
(Electrical and mechanical
interconnection between A308 MMP +
IT. 54 mm FVNR Contactor)



A308 MMP does not require a Line Side Adapter.

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1
CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

33

NEMA Contactors & Starters
IT. Manual and Combination Motor Controllers

33-64

March 2009

IT. Manual and Combination Motor Controllers – NEMA Contactors

Dimensions

Optional
C321MH1

33

.99
(25.1)

1.77
(45.0)

3.76
(95.4)
C320LSA1 


.94
(23.8)

1.30
(33.1)

.59
(15.0)
CL

.20
(5.0)
8.02
(203.6)

3.66
(93.0)

8.19
(208.0)

CL

Figure 33-18. Non-reversing Manual and Combination Motor Controller (M)N307 (A307 MMP + C320WC45IT WCL + N111B [Size 00/0] Contactor) —
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)



C320LSA1 is factory assembled with CMC and a field installed option with MMCs.

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
IT. Manual and Combination Motor Controllers

33-65

March 2009

IT. Manual and Combination Motor Controllers – NEMA Contactors

2.15
(54.7)

2.75
(69.8)

.20
.58 (5.0)
(14.9)

5.84
(148.4)
1.94
(49.3)

.76
(19.4)

.18
(4.5)

CL
4.45
(113.0)

9.98
(253.5)

9.57
(243.2)
CL

Figure 33-19. Non-reversing Manual and Combination Motor Controller (M)N308 (A308 MMP +
C320WC54 WCL + N111C [Size 1] Contactor) — Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

.32
(8.0)

3.54
(90.0)
2.68
(68.0)

1.76
(44.7)

7.14
(181.3)

4.53
(115.0)

CL

6.65
(169.0)

16.93 16.28
(430.0) (413.5)

CL

2.91
(74.0)

Figure 33-20. Non-reversing Combination Motor Controller N309 (LSA, A309 MMP + N111D [Size 2]
Contactor) — Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Note: C320LSA2 is factory assembled.

CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

33

NEMA Contactors & Starters
IT. Manual and Combination Motor Controllers

33-66

March 2009

IT. Manual and Combination Motor Controllers – NEMA Contactors

3.98
(101.1)

1.77
(45.0)

.18
(4.6)

C320LSA1 


.50 (12.6)

33

.59
(15.0)

2.15
(54.5)
CL

4.09
(103.9)
10.78
(273.9)

10.41
(264.3)
CL

1.81
(46.0)
3.95 (100.2)

Figure 33-21. Reversing Manual and Combination Motor Controller (M)N357 (A307 MMP + N511B [Size 00/0] Contactor) —
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)



C320LSA1 is factory assembled with CMC and a field installed option with MMCs.

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
IT. Manual and Combination Motor Controllers

33-67

March 2009

IT. Manual and Combination Motor Controllers – NEMA Contactors

2.68
(68.0)

.32 (8.0)

33

3.81
(96.8)
CL
13.52
(343.5)
14.17
(360.0)

5.48
(139.2)

CL
1.08
(27.5)

6.14
(156.1)

2.91
(74.0)
4.49 (114.1)

Figure 33-22. Reversing Combination Motor Controller N358 (A308 MMP + N511C [Size 1]
Contactor) — Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
2.28
(57.9)

.46
(11.7)

6.00
(152.4)

7.10
(180.3)

4.52
(114.8)

16.75
(425.5)

7.09
(180.0)

16.01
(406.7)

7.00
(177.8)

Figure 33-23. Reversing Combination Motor Controller N359 (LSA, A309 MMP + N511D [Size 2]
Contactor) — Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Note: C320LSA2 is factory assembled.

CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Freedom

33-68

March 2009

Product Family Overview
■
■

33

■

■

■

NEMA AN16DN0AB
NEMA Size 1 Starter

■

■

NEMA Size 1 Contactor

■

Product Description
Freedom Series starters and contactors
feature a compact, space-saving design,
using state-of-the-art technology and
the latest in high strength, impact and
temperature resistant insulating
materials.

■
■
■

Straight-through wiring — line lugs
at top, load lugs at bottom.
Horizontal or vertical mounting
on upright panel for application
freedom.
Screw type power terminals have
captive, backed-out self-lifting pressure plates with ± screws — reduced
wiring time.
Accessible terminals for easy wiring. Optional fingerproof shields
available to prevent electrical shock.
Top located coil terminals convenient and readily accessible. 45 mm
contactor magnet coils have three
terminals, permitting either top or
diagonal wiring — easy to replace
European or U.S. style starters
or contactors without changing
wiring layout.
Encapsulated dual voltage/
frequency magnet coils —
permanently marked with voltage,
frequency and part number. NEMA
Sizes 00 – 0 have non-encapsulated
coils as standard.
Designed to meet or exceed NEMA,
UL, CSA, VDE, BS and other international standards and listings.
American engineering — built by
Eaton, using the latest in statistical
process control methods to produce
high quality, reliable products.
Sized based on standard NEMA
classifications.
Easy coil change and inspectable/
replaceable contacts.
Available in Open and NEMA Type
1, 3R, 4/4X and 12 enclosures.

Standards and Certifications
Standard: Designed to meet or
exceed UL, NEMA, IEC, CSA, VDE
and BS.
■ UL listed: UL File #E1491, Guide
#NLDX — Open and NEMA 1, 4, 12
Enclosed
■ CSA Certified: CSA File #LR353,
Class #321104 Open and NEMA 1
Enclosed
■

ISO 9000 Certification
When you turn to Eaton’s CutlerHammer Products, you turn to quality.
The International Standards Organization (ISO) has established a series of
standards acknowledged by 91 industrialized nations to bring harmony to
the international quest for quality. The
ISO certification process covers 20
quality system elements in design,
production and installation that must
conform to achieve registration. This
commitment to quality will result in
increased product reliability and total
customer satisfaction.

Short Circuit Protection
Fuses and Inverse-Time Circuit Breakers
may be selected per Article 430, Part D
of the National Electrical Code to protect motor branch circuits from fault
conditions. If higher ratings or settings
are required to start the motor, do not
exceed the maximum as listed in
Exception No. 2, Article 430-52.

Features
Freedom NEMA
Adjustable Bimetallic Ambient
Compensated Overload relays with
interchangeable heater packs —
available in three basic sizes,
covering applications up to 900 hp
— reducing the number of different
contactor/overload relay combinations that have to be stocked. Fixed
heater overloads are optional.
■ Electronic Solid-State Overload
Relay (C396) available as a standalone unit and assembled with
Freedom Contactor.
■ A full line of snap-on accessories
common to both IEC and NEMA
devices — top and side mounted
auxiliary contacts, solid-state and
pneumatic timers, etc.
■

Series B1 32A Overload

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

C396 Electronic Overload

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Freedom

33-69

March 2009

Catalog Number Selection

Catalog Number Selection
Table 33-89. Freedom Catalog Numbering System

A N 1 4 A N 0 A 3E 005
Device Type

C396 Electronic Overload FLA Range
(FNVR & FVR Only)

A = Starter
C = Contactor
Standard
E = IEC
N = NEMA
Device Assembly Configuration
70 = Multi-Speed
1 = Non-reversing
5 = Reversing
OLR Type
4 = Starter w/C396 Electronic Overload
5 = Contactor only — no overload relay
6 = Starter w/C306 Bi-Metal OLR
7 = Starter w/C316 Bi-Metal OLR
8 = Starter w/IT. SSOLR

A=
B=
D=
G=
K=
N=
S=
T=
U=
V=

00
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Continuous
Amp Rating
9
18
27
45
90
135
270
540
810
1215






Frame G — NEMA Size 2
008 = 1.6 – 8.0A
045 = 9.0 – 45A

Frame B — NEMA Size 0
P05 = 0.1 – 0.5A
002 = 0.4 – 2.0A
005 = 1.0 – 5.0A
008 = 1.6 – 8.0A
032 = 6.4 – 32A

Frame K — NEMA Size 3
110 = 22 – 110A

Frame D — NEMA Size 1
P05 = 0.1 – 0.5A
002 = 0.4 – 2.0A
005 = 1.0 – 5.0A
008 = 1.6 – 8.0A
032 = 6.4 – 32A

Frame T — NEMA Size 6 
600 = 120 – 600A

Frame S — NEMA Size 5 
300 = 60 – 300A

Frame U — NEMA Size 7 
10C = 200 – 1000A
Frame V — NEMA Size 8 
15C = 300 – 1500A

Standard C396 OLR, SEL Reset, SEL Class

C=
B=
N/R =
B=
C=
B=

NEMA Size 00, 0
NEMA Size 1, 2
NEMA Size 3, 4 
NEMA Size 5
NEMA Size 6
NEMA Size 7, 8

C306 Bi-Metallic OLR Designation

N = Open
For Starters
Starter
Mounting Option
0=
V=

Horizontal
Vertical

For Contactors Only
2-pole
3-pole
4-pole
5-pole

AC Coil Suffix
Suffix

Coil Volts and Hertz

A=
B=
C=
D=

120/60 or 110/50
240/60 or 220/50
480/60 or 440/50
600/60 or 550/50

E=
H=
J=
K=

208/60
277/60
208 – 240/60 
240/50

L=
N=
T=
U=

380 – 415/50
550/50
24/60, 24/50 
24/50

V=
W=
Y=

32/50
48/60
48/50

For Contactor Only orders, add B to end of Catalog Number if NEMA Size 00 – 2, 6.
Uses panel-mount CT with C396A2A005SELAX Overload.
Not required.
NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only.
NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only. Sizes 1 – 8 are 24/60 only.

CA08102001E

Frame N — NEMA Size 4
150 = 30 – 150A

3E =
NEMA Enclosure

2=
3=
4=
5=




Frame A — NEMA Size 00
P05 = 0.1 – 0.5A
002 = 0.4 – 2.0A
005 = 1.0 – 5.0A
008 = 1.6 – 8.0A

C396 Electronic OLR Designation (FVNR & FVR Only)

Contactor Frame Size 

NEMA
Size

33

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

33-70

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Freedom
March 2009

Contactors — Non-reversing and Reversing

Technical Data

Contents
Description

33

Product Family Overview
Product Description . . . . . . .
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Standards and
Certifications . . . . . . . . . . .
Catalog Number
Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contactors — Non-reversing
and Reversing
Product Description . . . . . . .
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection —
3-Pole Contactors . . . . . . .
Product Selection —
2-, 4- and 5-Pole
Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Auxiliary Contacts . . . . . . . .
DC Magnet Coils . . . . . . . . .
Mounting Plates. . . . . . . . . .
Special Modifications. . . . . . . .
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page

Table 33-90. Wire (75°C) Sizes — AWG or
kcmil — Open and Enclosed

33-68
33-68
33-68
33-69

33-70
33-70
33-70
33-71

33-72
33-79
33-82
33-86
33-88
33-89
33-90
33-91
33-94

NEMA Size 1
Cat. No. CN55DN3AB

Reversing
Reversing contactors are used primarily for reversing single- or three-phase
motors in applications where running
overcurrent protection is either not
required or is provided separately.
They consist of two contactors
mechanically and electrically interlocked to prevent line shorts and
energization of both contactors
simultaneously.

Features
Designed specifically for use in
applications requiring NEMA ratings. Contactors meet or exceed
NEMA standards ICS 2-1993.
■ Long life twin break, silver cadmium
oxide contacts — provide excellent
conductivity and superior resistance
to welding and arc erosion.
■ Designed to 3,000,000 electrical
operations at maximum hp ratings
up through 25 hp at 600V.
■ Steel mounting plate standard on all
open type contactors.
■

Non-reversing
■

NEMA Size 1 — Cat. No. CN15DN3AB

Product Description
Non-reversing
Contactors are most commonly used
to switch motor loads in applications
where running overcurrent protection
is either not required or is provided
separately. Contactors consist of a
magnetically actuated switch which
can be remotely operated by a pushbutton station or pilot device such as
a proximity switch, limit switch, float
switch, auxiliary contacts, etc.

Holding circuit contact(s) supplied
as standard:
❑ Sizes 00 – 3 have NO auxiliary
contact block mounted on right
hand side (on Size 00, contact
occupies 4th power pole position
— no increase in width).
❑ Sizes 4 – 5 have a NO contact
block mounted on left side.
❑ Sizes 6 – 7 have a 2NO/2NC
contact block on top left.
❑ Size 8 has a NO/NC contact block
on top left back and a NO contact
block on top right back.

NEMA
Size

Power Terminals
Line or Load

Control
Terminals
Cu Only

00

12 – 16 stranded;
12 – 14 solid Cu

0

8 – 16 stranded;
10 – 14 solid Cu

12 – 16
stranded
12 – 14
solid

1

8 – 14 stranded or
solid Cu

2

3 – 14 (upper) and/or
6 – 14 (lower) stranded
or solid 
 Cu

3

1/0 – 14 Cu/Al

4

250 mcm – 6

5

750 kcmil – 2, or
(2) 250 kcmil – 3/0 Cu/Al

6

(2) 750 kcmil – 3/0 Cu/Al

7

(3) 750 kcmil – 3/0 Cu/Al

8



(4) 750 kcmil – 4/0 Cu/Al
Two compartment box lug.

Table 33-91. Plugging and Jogging Service
Horsepower Ratings 
NEMA
Size

200V

230V

00
0
1
2
3
4
5
6

—

1/2
1/2
1-1/2
2
3
5
10
15
20
30
30
60
75
150
150
300



1-1/2
3
7-1/2
15
25
60
125

460V

575V
1/2
2
5
15
30
60
150
300

Maximum horsepower where operation is
interrupted more than 5 times per minute or
more than 10 times in a 10 minute period.
NEMA standard ICS 2-1993 table 2-4-3.

Kits and Accessories
Auxiliary Contacts, contactor
mounted — Pages 33-86 and 33-87.
■ Transient Suppressor, for magnet
coil — Pages 33-84.
■ Timers — Solid-State and
Pneumatic, mount on contactor —
Page 33-83.
■

Renewal Parts Publication
Numbers
■

See Page 33-91.

Reversing
■

One NO-NC side mounted interlock
supplied as standard on each contactor for Sizes 00 – 8.

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Freedom

33-71

March 2009

Contactors — Non-reversing and Reversing

33

NEMA Size 0
3-Pole Contactor
Cat. No. CN15BN3AB

NEMA Size 00
3-Pole Contactor
Cat. No. CN55AN3AB

NEMA Size 3
3-Pole Contactor
Cat. No. CN15KN3A

Product Selection — 3-Pole Contactors
Table 33-92. Type CN15/CN55 NEMA Contactors — 3-Pole Non-reversing and Reversing
NEMA
Size

Maximum UL Horsepower 


Continuous
Ampere
Rating

1-Phase
115V

230V

1/3

3-Pole Non-reversing

3-Pole Reversing

3-Phase
208V

240V

480V

600V

Catalog
Number

Price
U.S. $

Catalog
Number

00

9

1

1-1/2

1-1/2

2

2

CN15AN3_B

CN55AN3_B

0

18

1

2

3

3

5

5

CN15BN3_B

CN55BN3_B

1

27

2

3

7-1/2

7-1/2

10

10

CN15DN3_B

CN55DN3_B

2

45

3

7-1/2

3

10

15

25

25

CN15GN3_B

CN55GN3_B

90

25

30

50

50

CN15KN3_

CN55KN3_

4

135

40

50

100

100

CN15NN3_

CN55NN3_

5

270

75

100

200

200

CN15SN3_

CN55SN3_

6

540

150

200

400

400

CN15TN3_B

CN55TN3_B

7

810

200

300

600

600

CN15UN3_

CN55UN3_

1215

400

450

900

900

CN15VN3_

CN55VN3_

8





Price
U.S. $

Maximum horsepower rating of starters for 380V 50 Hz applications:
NEMA Size

00

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Horsepower

1-1/2

5

10

25

50

75

150

300

600

900

Common control. For separate 120V control, insert letter D in 7th position of listed Catalog Number.
EXAMPLE: CN15VND3C.

Magnet Coils — AC and DC

Table 33-93. AC Suffix Code

Contactor coils listed in this section
also have a 50 Hz rating as shown in
the adjacent table. Select required contactor by Catalog Number and replace
the magnet coil alpha designation in
the Catalog Number (_) with the
proper Code Suffix from the adjacent
table.

Coil Volts and Hertz

Code Suffix

120/60 or 110/50
240/60 or 220/50
480/60 or 440/50
600/60 or 550/50

A
B
C
D

208/60
277/60
208 – 240/60 
240/50

E
H
J
K

For Sizes 00 – 2, the magnet coil alpha
designation will be the next to the last
digit of the listed Catalog Number.
EXAMPLE: For a 380V, 50 Hz coil,
change CN15AN3_B to CN15AN3LB.
For all other sizes, the magnet coil
alpha designation will be the last digit
of the listed Catalog Number.

380 – 415/50
550/50
24/60, 24/50 
24/50

L
N
T
U

For DC Magnet Coils, see Accessories,
Pages 33-88 – 33-89.

CA08102001E

32/50
48/60
48/50



V
W
Y

NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only.
NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only. Sizes 1 – 8 are
24/60 only.

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

Technical Data. . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-79 – 33-81
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-94 – 33-95
Special Modifications . . . Page 33-90
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-82 – 33-90
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . 1CD1

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Freedom

33-72

March 2009

Contactors — Non-reversing and Reversing

Product Selection — 2-, 4- and 5-Pole Contactors
Table 33-94. Type CN15 NEMA Contactors — 2-, 4- and 5-Pole Non-reversing

33

NEMA
Size

Continuous
Ampere
Rating

Maximum UL Horsepower

2-Pole Non-reversing

4-Pole Non-reversing

5-Pole Non-reversing

1-Phase (2-Pole)

3-Phase

115V

208V

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

1/3

230V

240V

480V

600V

Price
U.S. $

Price
U.S. $

Price
U.S. $

00

9

1

1-1/2

1-1/2

2

2

CN15AN2_B

CN15AN4_B

—

0

18

1

2

2

3

5

5

CN15BN2_B

—

—

1

27

2

3

CN15DN5_B

2

45

3

7-1/2

3

90

10

10

CN15DN2_B

CN15DN4_B

10

7-1/2

15

7-1/2

25

25

CN15GN2_B

CN15GN4_B

CN15GN5_B

25

30

50

50

CN15KN2_

—

—

4

135

40

50

100

100

CN15NN2_

—

—

5

270

75

100

200

200

CN15SN2_

—

—

6

540

150

200

400

400

CN15TN2_B

—

—

Magnet Coils — AC or DC
Select required starter by Catalog
Number and replace the magnet coil
alpha designation in the Catalog Number (_) with the proper Code Suffix
from the adjacent table.

NEMA Size 2
5-Pole Contactor
Cat. No. CN15GN5AB

For Sizes 00 – 2, the magnet coil alpha
designation will be the next to the last
digit of the listed Catalog Number.
EXAMPLE: For a 380V, 50 Hz coil,
change CN15BN3_B to CN15BN3LB.
For all other sizes, the magnet coil
alpha designation will be the last digit
of the listed Catalog Number.
For DC Magnet Coils, see Accessories,
Pages 33-88 – 33-89.

Table 33-95. AC Suffix Code
Coil Volts and Hertz

Code Suffix

120/60 or 110/50
240/60 or 220/50
480/60 or 440/50
600/60 or 550/50

A
B
C
D

208/60
277/60
208 – 240/60 

240/50

E
H
J
K

380 – 415/50
550/50
24/60, 24/50 
24/50

L
N
T
U

32/50
48/60
48/50




NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only.
NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only. Sizes 1 – 8 are
24/60 only.

Technical Data . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . .
Special Modifications. . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . .
Discount Symbol . . . . . . .
For more information visit: www.eaton.com

V
W
Y

Pages 33-79 – 33-81
Pages 33-94 – 33-95
Page 33-90
Pages 33-82 – 33-90
1CD1
CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Freedom

33-73

March 2009

Starters — 3-Phase Non-reversing and Reversing, Full Voltage

Contents
Description

Page

Product Family Overview
Product Description . . . . . . 33-68
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-68
Standards and
Certifications . . . . . . . . . . 33-68
Catalog Number
Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-69
Starters — 3-Phase Non-reversing
and Reversing, Full Voltage,
Bi-Metallic Overload
Product Description . . . . . . 33-73
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-73
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . 33-74
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . 33-74
Product Selection . . . . . . . . 33-75
Starters — 3-Phase Multispeed,
Bi-Metallic Overload
Product Selection . . . . . . . . 33-76
Starters — Single-Phase
Non-reversing, Full Voltage,
Bi-Metallic Overload
Product Description . . . . . . 33-77
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . 33-77
Product Selection . . . . . . . . 33-77
Starters — 3-Phase Non-reversing
and Reversing, Full Voltage,
C386 Electronic Overload . . 33-78
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-79
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-82
Auxiliary Contacts . . . . . . . 33-86
DC Magnet Coils . . . . . . . . 33-88
Mounting Plates . . . . . . . . . 33-89
Special Modifications . . . . . . . 33-90
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-91
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-94

NEMA Size 1 — Cat. No. AN16DN0AB

Product Description

■

Non-reversing
Three-phase, full voltage magnetic
starters are most commonly used to
switch AC motor loads. Starters consist of a magnetically actuated switch
(contactor) and an overload relay
assembled together.
■

■

■

NEMA Size 1 — Cat. No. AN56DN0AB

Reversing
Three-phase, full voltage magnetic
starters are used primarily for reversing of 3-phase squirrel cage motors.
They consist of two contactors and a
single overload relay assembled
together. The contactors are mechanically and electrically interlocked to
prevent line shorts and energization
of both contactors simultaneously.

■

Non-reversing
■

Features
■

CA08102001E

Interchangeable heater packs
adjustable ±24% to match motor
FLA and calibrated for 1.0 and
1.15 service factors. Heater packs
for smaller overload relay will
mount in larger overload relay —
useful in derating applications
such as jogging.
❑ Load lugs built into relay base.
❑ Single-phase protection, Class 20
or Class 10 trip time.
❑ Overload trip indication.
❑ Electrically isolated NO-NC contacts (pull RESET button to test).
The C396 is a self-powered, robust
electronic overload designed for
integrate use with Freedom NEMA
contactors.
❑ Tiered feature set to provide coverage specific to your application.
❑ Broad 5:1 FLA range for maximum flexibility.
❑ Coverage from 0.05 – 1500 Amps
to meet all your needs.
Long life twin break, silver cadmium
oxide contacts — provide excellent
conductivity and superior resistance
to welding and arc erosion. Generously sized for low resistance and
cool operation.
Designed to 3,000,000 electrical
operations at maximum hp ratings
up through 25 hp at 600V.
Steel mounting plate standard on all
open type starters.
Wired for separate or common
control.
❑

Bimetallic Ambient Compensated
Overload relays — available in three
basic sizes covering applications up
to 900 hp — reducing number of
different contactor/overload relay
combinations that have to be
stocked.
These overload relays feature:
❑ Selectable Manual or Automatic
Reset operation.

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

Holding circuit contact(s) supplied
as standard:
❑ Sizes 00 – 3 have a NO auxiliary
contact block mounted on righthand side (on Size 00, contact
occupies 4th power pole position
— no increase in width).
❑ Sizes 4 – 5 have a NO contact
block mounted on left side.
❑ Sizes 6 – 7 have a 2NO/2NC
contact block on top left.
❑ Size 8 has a NO/NC contact block
on top left back and a NO on top
right back.

Reversing
■

Each contactor (Size 00 – 8)
supplied with one NO-NC side
mounted contact block as standard.
NC contacts are wired as electrical
interlocks.

33

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Freedom

33-74

March 2009

Starters — 3-Phase Non-reversing and Reversing, Full Voltage

Technical Data

Table 33-98. Plugging and Jogging Service
Horsepower Ratings 

Table 33-96. Wire (75°C) Sizes — AWG or kcmil — NEMA Sizes 00 – 2 — Open and Enclosed
NEMA Size

33

NEMA
Size

200V

Wire Size  Cu Only

00
0
1
2
3

—

12 – 16 AWG stranded, 12 – 14 AWG solid
8 – 16 AWG stranded, 10 – 14 AWG solid
8 – 14 AWG stranded or solid
3 – 14 AWG (upper) and/or 6 – 14 AWG (lower) stranded or solid 


4
5
6

25
60
125

Power Terminals — Line
00
0
1
2

Power Terminals — Load — Cu Only (stranded or solid)
00 – 0
1–2

14 – 6 AWG stranded or solid
14 – 2 AWG stranded or solid



Control Terminals — Cu Only
12 – 16 AWG stranded, 12 – 14 AWG solid



Two compartment box lug.
Minimum per NEC. Maximum wire size: Sizes 00 and 0 to 8 AWG and Sizes 1 – 2 to 2 AWG.



Table 33-97. Wire (75°C) Sizes — AWG or kcmil — NEMA Sizes 3 – 8 — Open and Enclosed
NEMA Size

Wire Size



1/0 – 14 AWG Cu/Al

4

Open — 3/0 – 8 AWG Cu; Enclosed — 250 kcmil — 6 AWG Cu/Al

5
6
7
8

750 kcmil — 2 AWG; or (2) 250 kcmil — 3/0 AWG Cu/Al
(2) 750 kcmil — 3/0 AWG Cu/Al
(3) 750 kcmil — 3/0 AWG Cu/Al
(4) 750 kcmil — 1/0 AWG Cu/Al

Control Terminals — Cu Only
12 – 16 AWG stranded, 12 – 14 AWG solid


Minimum per NEC. Maximum wire size: Sizes 00 and 0 to 8 AWG and Sizes 1 – 2 to 2 AWG.

Wiring Diagrams
L3
2

A1 A2
A2

Separate Control

3
98
97
96
95

Remove Wire “c”
when it is supplied.
“c”
Connect separate
control lines to the
T3
No. 1 Terminal on T1 T2
T1 T2 T3
the remote pilot
device and Terminal
96 on the overload
relay.
Motor

30
75
150

575V

1/2
2
5
15
30
60
150
300

1/2
2
5
15
30
60
150
300

Maximum horsepower where operation is
interrupted more than 5 times per minute, or
more than 10 times in a 10 minute period.
NEMA Standard ICS2-1993 table 2-4-3.

Kits and Accessories
Auxiliary Contacts, contactor
mounted — Pages 33-86 – 33-87.
■ Transient Suppressor, for magnet
coil — Pages 33-84.
■ Timers — Solid-State and
Pneumatic, mount on contactor —
Page 33-83.

Renewal Parts Publication
Numbers
■

L1 L2
1

1/2
1-1/2
3
10
20

460V

■

Power Terminals — Line and Load
3

1-1/2
3
7-1/2
15

230V

Remote Pilot Devices
2 Wire
3
Control 1
Not for Use with
Auto Reset OL Relays
3 Wire
Control

L1 L2

Start
Stop

When more than
one pushbutton
station is used,
omit Connector
“A” and connect
per sketch.

See Page 33-91.

3
2
1

Start

T1
Start

Stop

Stop

3
2
1

T2

Field Conversion
to 1-Phase, Add
Dotted Connections
T1

T2

“A”
Motor

NEMA Size 00
L1 L2
1

L3

“c”

A1 A2

2
3

Separate Control
Remove Wire “c”
when it is supplied.
Connect separate
control lines to the
No. 1 Terminal on T1 T2 T3
T1 T2 T3
the remote pilot
device and Terminal
96 on the overload
relay.
Motor

98
97
96
95

L1 L2

Remote Pilot Devices
2 Wire
3
Control 1
Not for Use with
Auto Reset OL Relays
3 Wire
Control

Start
Stop

When more than
one pushbutton
station is used,
omit Connector
“A” and connect
per sketch.

3
2
1

Start
Stop

T1
Start
Stop

3
2
1

T2

Field Conversion
to 1-Phase, Add
Dotted Connections
T1

T2

“A”
NEMA Sizes 0, 1 and 2

Motor

Figure 33-24. Typical Wiring Diagrams — Three-Phase and Single-Phase Applications

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Freedom

33-75

March 2009

Starters — 3-Phase Non-reversing and Reversing, Full Voltage, Bi-Metallic Overload

Product Selection
When Ordering Supply
■
■

Catalog Number
Heater pack number (see selection
table, Pages 33-107 – 33-108) or full load
current.

Size 0
Non-reversing
Starter

Size 3
Vertical
Reversing
Starter

Size 1
Reversing
Starter

Table 33-99. Type AN16/AN56 NEMA — Manual or Automatic Reset Overload Relay — Non-reversing and Reversing
Maximum UL Horsepower 

NEMA Continuous Service-Limit
Size
Ampere
Current
Rating
Rating 
(Amperes)
00

9

11

0

18

21

1-Phase

115V 230V 208V
1/3
1

3-Pole
Non-reversing 


3-Phase
240V

480V 600V Catalog
Number

Price
U.S. $

3-Pole
Reversing 


Vertical
Reversing 


Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

1

1-1/2

1-1/2

2

2

AN16AN0_C

AN56AN0_C

—

2

3

3

5

5

AN16BN0_C

AN56BN0_C

AN56BNV0_

1

27

32

2

3

2

45

52

3

7-1/2

10

7-1/2

15

7-1/2

10

10

AN16DN0_B

AN56DN0_B

AN56DNV0_

25

25

AN16GN0_B

AN56GN0_B

AN56GNV0_
AN56KNV0_

3

90

104

—

—

25

30

50

50

AN16KN0_

AN56KN0_

4

135

156

—

—

40

50

100

100

AN16NN0_

AN56NN0_

AN56NNV0_

5

270

311

—

—

75

100

200

200

AN16SN0_B

AN56SN0_B

—

6

540

621

—

—

150

200

400

400

AN16TN0_C

AN56TN0_C

—

7

810

932

—

—

200

300

600

600

AN16UN0_B

AN56UN0_B

—

1215

1400

—

—

400

450

900

900

AN16VN0_B

AN56VN0_B

—

8

Price
U.S. $

Note: Starter Catalog Numbers do not include heater packs. Select one carton of three heater packs. Heater pack selection, Pages 33-107 – 33-108.








Underscore (_) indicates coil suffix required, see Table 33-100.
Maximum horsepower rating of starters for 380V 50 Hz applications:
NEMA Size

00

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Horsepower

1-1/2

5

10

25

50

75

150

300

600

900

The service-limit current ratings represent the maximum rms current, in amperes, which the controller shall be permitted to carry for protracted periods
in normal service. At service-limit current ratings, temperature rises shall be permitted to exceed those obtained by testing the controller at its
continuous current rating. The current rating of overload relays or trip current of other motor protective devices used shall not exceed the service-limit
current rating of the controller.
Common control. For separate 120V control, insert letter D in 7th position of listed Catalog Number. EXAMPLE: AN56VND0CB.

Magnet Coils — AC or DC
Starter coils listed in this section also
have a 50 Hz rating as shown in the
adjacent table. Select required starter
by Catalog Number and replace the
magnet coil alpha designation in the
Catalog Number (_) with the proper
Code Suffix from the adjacent table.

NEMA Size 0
Cat. No. AN56BN0AC

For Sizes 00 – 2 and 5 – 8, the magnet
coil alpha designation will be the next
to last digit of the listed Catalog Number. EXAMPLE: For a 380V, 50 Hz coil,
change AN16BN0_C to AN16BN0LC.
For all other sizes, the magnet coil
alpha designation will be the last digit
of the listed Catalog Number.
For DC Magnet Coils, see Accessories,
Pages 33-88 – 33-89.

Table 33-100. AC Suffix Code
Coil Volts and Hertz

Code Suffix

120/60 or 110/50
240/60 or 220/50
480/60 or 440/50
600/60 or 550/50

A
B
C
D

208/60
277/60
208 – 240/60 
240/50

E
H
J
K

380 – 415/50
550/50
24/60, 24/50 
24/50

L
N
T
U

32/50
48/60
48/50



NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only.
NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only. Sizes 1 – 8 are
24/60 only.

Technical Data. . . . . . . . . .
Overload Relay . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . .
Special Modifications . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heater Packs . . . . . . . . . . .
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . .
CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

V
W
Y

Pages 33-79 – 33-81
Page 33-103
Pages 33-96 – 33-98
Page 33-90
Pages 33-82 – 33-90
Pages 33-107 – 33-108
1CD1

33

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Freedom

33-76

March 2009

Starters — 3-Phase Multispeed, Bi-Metallic Overload

33

Catalog Number AN700BN0218
NEMA Size 0, Open Type
Two-Speed, Reconnectable
(One-Winding)

Catalog Number AN700DN0218
NEMA Size 1, Open Type
Two-Speed, Reconnectable Winding
(One-Winding)

Product Selection

Catalog Number AN700DN022
NEMA Size 1, Open Type
Two-Speed, Two-Winding
Separate Winding) Wye-Wye Motor

For 2-Speed other than Selective
Control:

When Ordering Specify

Note: 2-speed starters are designed for
starting and controlling both separate
(2-winding) and reconnectable (1-winding)
motors. Separate winding, WYE-WYE
motors have a separate winding for each
speed. Reconnectable, consequent pole
motors use the same winding for both
speeds. All standard starters are wired for
selective control.

Catalog Number plus magnet coil
Code Suffix and option required.
Example: AN700BN022B except
Compelling.
■ Heater pack number or full load
current for each speed.
■

For 2-Speed Selective Control:
Catalog Number plus magnet coil
Code Suffix. Example: Size 0 —
AN700BN022B.
■ Heater pack number or full load
current for each speed.
■

Table 33-101. Product Selection — 2-Speed — Selective Control — Separate Winding 

Maximum Horsepower — 60/50 Hertz
Constant or Variable Torque

Constant Horsepower

115V

200V

230V

460V/575V

115V

200V

230V

460/575V

1-1/2
3
—
—
—
—

3
7-1/2
10
25
40
75

3
7-1/2
15
30
50
100

5
10
25
50
100
200

1
2
—
—
—
—

2
5
7-1/2
20
30
60

2
5
10
25
40
75

3
7-1/2
20
40
75
150

NEMA
Size

Open Type

0
1
2
3
4
5

AN700BN022_
AN700DN022_
AN700GN022_
AN700KN022_
AN700NN022_
AN700SN022_

Catalog
Number

Price
U.S. $

Prices of starters do not include heater packs. Select 2 packs (2 overload relays, one for each speed). Heater pack selection, Pages 33-107 – 33-108.



If branch circuit protective device is 45A or greater, C320FBR1 fuse kit(s) may be required for circuit protection per NEC 530-072.

Table 33-102. Product Selection — 2-Speed — Selective Control — Reconnectable Winding
Maximum Horsepower — 60/50 Hertz
Constant or Variable Torque
115V

200V

1-1/2
3
—
—
—

3
7-1/2
10
25
40

230V
3
7-1/2
15
30
50

NEMA
Size

Constant Horsepower
460V/575V

115V

200V

230V

5
10
25
50
100

1
2
—
—
—

2
5
7-1/2
20
30

2
5
10
25
40

460/575V
3
7-1/2
20
40
75

0
1
2
3
4



Open Type
Constant or
Variable Torque

Constant
Horsepower

Price
U.S. $

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

AN700BN0218_
AN700DN0218_
AN700GN0218_
AN700KN0218_
AN700NN0218_

AN700BN0219_
AN700DN0219_
AN700GN0219_
AN700KN0219_
AN700NN0219_

Prices of starters do not include heater packs. Select 2 packs (2 overload relays, one for each speed). Heater pack selection, Pages 33-107 – 33-108.


If branch circuit protective device is 45A or greater, C320FBR1 fuse kit(s) may be required for circuit protection per NEC 530-072.

Table 33-103. Magnetic Coils — AC or DC
Coil Voltage and Hz

Code Suffix

Coil Voltage and Hz

Code Suffix

Coil Voltage and Hz

Code Suffix

120/60 or 110/50
240/60 or 220/50
480/60 or 440/50
600/60 or 550/50
208/60

A
B
C
D
E

277/60
208 – 240/60
240/50
380 – 415/50
550/50

H
J
K
L
N

24/60, 24/50 
24/50
32/50
48/60
48/50

T
U
V
W
Y



NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only. Sizes 1 – 5 are 24/60 only.

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-99
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1
For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Freedom

33-77

March 2009

Starters — Single-Phase Non-reversing, Full Voltage, Bi-Metallic Overload

Wiring Diagrams
1
L1

AC Lines

1

A1

“C”

3
L2

33

A2

2/13

M
3/14
98
97
96
Reset
95

OL
2/T1 4/T2
T1
2

6/T3

T2
4

Separate Control
Remove Wire “C” if supplied and connect separate control
lines to the Number 1 Terminal on the remote pilot device
and to the Number 96 Terminal on the overload relay.
Front View of Panel

NEMA Size 1 — Cat. No. BN16DN0AB

T1

Product Description
Single-phase, full voltage magnetic starters connect the
motor directly across the line, allowing it to draw full inrush
current during start-up. These starters are most commonly
used for control of self-starting single-phase motors up to
15 horsepower at 230V. They consist of a 2-pole electromagnetic contactor to make and break the motor power circuit
and an overload relay to provide running overload protection. Starters listed in the table include:
Two-pole Freedom Series contactor with long life twin
break, silver cadmium oxide contacts. Generously sized
for low resistance and cool operation. Designed to 3 million electrical operations at maximum hp and 30 million
mechanical operations to Size 0, 10 million operations to
Size 2 and 6 million operations to Size 3.
■ Three-pole Freedom Series overload with poles 2 and 3
wired in series for motor overload protection. This overload is ambient compensated, selectable Manual or Automatic reset, interchangeable Class 10 or 20 heater packs,
1.0 or 1.15 service factor selectability, overload trip indication and electrically isolated NO-NC contacts (pull RESET
button to test).
■ Holding circuit NO auxiliary contact supplied as standard.
On Size 00, the contact occupies the 4th power pole position.
Sizes 0 – 3 have the NO auxiliary mounted on the right
side of the contactor.
■ Steel mounting plate as standard on all open type starters.
Wired for separate or common control.

T2

1 Phase Motor
3/14
1

START

Not for Use with
Auto Reset OL Relays

STOP

2 Wire Control

3 Wire Control

When more than
one pushbutton
station is used,
omit Connector “A”
and connect per
sketch at right.

■

3/14
2/13
1

START “A” START
STOP

STOP

3/14
2/13
1

Figure 33-25. Typical Wiring Diagrams — Single-Phase Applications
(Factory Wired)

Product Selection
When Ordering Specify
■
■

Catalog Number
Heater Pack Number (see selection table, Pages 33-107 –
33-108) or full load current.

Table 33-104. Type BN16 NEMA — Manual or Automatic Reset
Overload Relay
NEMA
Size

Maximum Horsepower

Magnet
Coil Voltage
(60 Hz)

Open Type 2-Pole

00

115
230

1/3
1

120 

240

BN16AN0AC
BN16AN0BC

0

115
230

1
2

120 

240

BN16BN0AC
BN16BN0BC

1

115
230

2
3

120 

240

BN16DN0AB
BN16DN0BB

1P

115
230

3
5

120 

240

BN16PN0AB
BN16PN0BB

2

115
230

3
7-1/2

120 

240

BN16GN0AB
BN16GN0BB

3

115
230

7-1/2
15

120 

240

BN16KN0A
BN16KN0B

Motor
Voltage

1-Phase

Catalog
Number

Price
U.S. $

Note: Starter Catalog Numbers do not include heater packs. Select 1
carton of 3 heater packs. Heater pack selection, Pages 33-107 –
33-108.



For separate 120V control circuit. For maximum hp at listed motor
voltages, use the rating of other starters of same size.

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-82 – 33-90
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . 1CD1
CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Freedom

33-78

March 2009

Starters — 3-Phase Non-reversing and Reversing, Full Voltage, C396 Electronic Overload

Product Selection

33

Catalog Number AN14GN0_ _ _

Table 33-105. Type AN14/AN54 NEMA — C396 Selectable Reset Electronic Overload Relay — Non-reversing and Reversing
NEMA
Size

00
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8







Cont.
Amp
Rating

9
18
27
45
90
135
270
540
810
1215

ServiceLimit
Current
Rating 
(Amps)

Maximum UL Horsepower 
1-Phase
3-Phase
115V

230V

208V

240V

480V

600V

Catalog
Number

11
21
32
52
104
156
311
621
932
1400

1/3
1
2
3
—
—
—
—
—
—

1
2
3
7-1/2
—
—
—
—
—
—

1-1/2
3
7-1/2
10
25
40
75
150
200
400

1-1/2
3
7-1/2
15
30
50
100
200
300
450

2
5
10
25
50
100
200
400
600
900

2
5
10
25
50
100
200
400
600
900

AN14AN0_ _ _
AN14BN0_ _ _
AN14DN0_ _ _
AN14GN0_ _ _
AN14KN0_ _ _
AN14NN0_ _ _
AN14SN0_ _ _
AN14TN0_ _ _
AN14UN0_ _ _
AN14VN0_ _ _



1-1/2

5

Coil Volts and Hertz

Code Suffix

120/60 or 110/50
240/60 or 220/50
480/60 or 440/50
600/60 or 550/50
208/60
277/60
208 – 240/60 
240/50
380 – 415/50
550/50
24/60, 24/50 	
24/50
32/50
48/60
48/50

A
B
C
D
E
H
J
K
L
N
T
U
V
W
Y

	

Vertical
Reversing

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

AN54AN0_ _ _
AN54BN0_ _ _
AN54DN0_ _ _
AN54GN0_ _ _
AN54KN0_ _ _
AN54NN0_ _ _
AN54SN0_ _ _
AN54TN0_ _ _
AN54UN0_ _ _
AN54VN0_ _ _

—
AN54BNV_ _ _
AN54DNV_ _ _
AN54GNV_ _ _
AN54KNV_ _ _
AN54NNV_ _ _
—
—
—
—




Price
U.S. $




Price
U.S. $

10

25

50

75

150

300

600

900

The service-limit current ratings represent the maximum rms current, in amperes, which the controller shall be permitted to carry for protracted periods
in normal service. At service-limit current ratings, temperature rises shall be permitted to exceed those obtained by testing the controller at its
continuous current rating. The current rating of overload relays or trip current of other motor protective devices used shall not exceed the service-limit
current rating of the controller.
Common control. For separate 120V control, insert letter D in 7th position of listed Catalog Number. EXAMPLE: AN54VND_ _ _.

Table 33-106. AC Suffix Code






3-Pole
Reversing

Underscore (_) indicates coil suffix required, see Table 33-106.
Underscore (_) indicates OLR designation required, see Table 33-107.
Underscore (_) indicates FLA range, see Table 33-108.
Starter is shipped unassembled. Catalog Number includes overload relay and contactor. Not a direct dimensional replacement for Size 4 Starter with
C306 bi-metallic overload.
Maximum horsepower rating of starters for 380V 50 Hz applications:
NEMA Size
00
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Horsepower



3-Pole
Non-reversing

NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only.
NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only. Sizes 1 – 8 are
24/60 only.

Table 33-107. OLR Designation
OLR

Table 33-108. C396 FLA Range (FNVR & FVR
Only)
NEMA Size FLA Range
00
0

1

2
3
4
5

6

7

8




P05 = 0.1 – 0.5A 005 = 1.0 – 5.0A
002 = 0.4 – 2.0A 008 = 1.6 – 8.0A
P05 = 0.1 – 0.5A 008 = 1.6 – 8.0A
002 = 0.4 – 2.0A 032 = 6.4 – 32A
005 = 1.0 – 5.0A
P05 = 0.1 – 0.5A 008 = 1.6 – 8.0A
002 = 0.4 – 2.0A 032 = 6.4 – 32A
005 = 1.0 – 5.0A
008 = 1.6 – 8.0A 045 = 9.0 – 45A
110 = 22 – 110A
150 = 30 – 150A
300 = 60 – 300A
600 = 120 – 600A
10C = 200 – 1000A
15C = 300 – 1500A

Uses panel-mount CT with
C396A2A005SELAX Overload.

3E = Standard C396 OLR, SEL Reset, SEL Class

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

Technical Data –
Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data –
Overload. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . .
Special Modifications. . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . .
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . .

Pages 33-79 – 33-81
Page 33-113
Page 33-108
Pages 33-96 – 33-98
Page 33-90
Pages 33-82 – 33-90
1CD1
CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Freedom

33-79

March 2009

Technical Data and Specifications
Table 33-109. Coil Data Notes
P.U.

Pick-up time is the average time taken
from closing of the coil circuit to main
contact touch.

D.O.

Drop-out time is the average time taken
from opening of the coil circuit to main
contact separation.

All data is based on a standard contactor with no auxiliary devices and a
120V AC or 24V DC magnet coil. Coil
data has a ±5% range depending on
the application, therefore specific data
may vary.

33

Cold Coil data with a cold coil.
Hot

Coil data with a hot coil.

Table 33-110. Specifications — Sizes 00 – 3
Description

Contactor Catalog Number/Size
CN15A
NEMA Size 00

CN15B
NEMA Size 0

CN15D
NEMA Size 1

CN15G
NEMA Size 2

CN15K
NEMA Size 3

Configuration
Number of Poles
Auxiliary Contacts, Standard
Add-On Auxiliary Contacts

2, 3, 4
4th Pole NO (1)
Top (4) or Side (4)

2, 3
Side NO (1)
Top (4) or Side (3)

2, 3, 4, 5
Side NO (1)
Top (4) or Side (3)

2, 3, 4, 5
Side NO (1)
Top (4) or Side (3)

2, 3
Side NO (1)
Left Side (4) or Right Side (3)

Frame Size

45 mm

45 mm

65 mm

65 mm

90 mm

Maximum Voltage Rating

600V AC

600V AC

600V AC

600V AC

600V AC

Continuous Ampere Ratings (I)

9A

18A

27A

45A

90A

Maximum Horsepower (hp)
1-Phase
115V
230V

1/3
1

1
2

2
3

3
7-1/2

7-1/2
15

1-1/2
1-1/2
2
2

3
3
5
5

7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10

10
15
25
25

25
30
50
50

AC Magnet Coil Data
Pick-Up Volts — Cold
Pick-Up Volts — Hot
Pick-Up Voltamperes
Pick-Up Watts
Sealed Voltamperes
Sealed Watts

74%
78%
80
49
7.5
2.4

74%
78%
100
65
10
3.1

74%
78%
230
95
28
7.8

74%
78%
230
95
28
7.8

72%
76%
390
112
49.8
13

Drop-Out Volts — Cold
Drop-Out Volts — Hot
Maximum Operation Rate — Ops/Hour
Pick-Up Time (mS)
Drop-Out Time (mS)

45%
46%
12,000
12
12

45%
46%
12,000
12
12

49%
50%
12,000
20
14

49%
50%
12,000
20
14

50%
52%
7,200
14
11

Coil Operating Range
% of Rated Voltage

-15% to +10%

-15% to +10%

-15% to +10%

-15% to +10%

-15% to +10%

3-Phase

200V
230V
460V
575V

DC Magnet Coil Data
Operating Temperature
Maximum Operating Altitude (ft.)
Mechanical Life
Electrical Life (480V/60 Hz)
AC-3
AC-4
Wire Range
Power Terminals

For DC Magnet Coils (and coil data), see Accessories, Pages 33-88 – 33-89.
-20° to 65°C
6,000
20,000,000

-20° to 65°C
6,000
20,000,000

-20° to 65°C
6,000
10,000,000

-20° to 65°C
6,000
10,000,000

4,000,000
90,000

3,000,000
85,000

5,000,000
200,000

3,500,000
62,000

12 – 16 stranded,
12 – 14 solid Cu

8 – 16 stranded,
10 – 14 solid Cu

8 – 14 stranded
or solid Cu

Control Terminals

12 – 16 stranded,
12 – 14 solid Cu

12 – 16 stranded,
12 – 14 solid Cu

12 – 16 stranded,
12 – 14 solid Cu

Power Terminal Torque
Line and Load — lb-in

7

15

20

Auxiliary Contact Rating

CA08102001E

1,700,000
80,000

2 – 14 (upper) and/or
6 – 14 (lower)
stranded or solid Cu
12 – 16 stranded,
12 – 14 solid Cu

1/0 – 14 Cu

40 (14 – 8 AWG)
45 (6 – 4 AWG)
50 (3 AWG)

35 (14 – 10 AWG)
40 (8 AWG)
45 (6 – 4 AWG)
50 (3 – 1/0 AWG)

A600, P300

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

-20° to 65°C
6,000
6,000,000

12 – 16 stranded
12 – 14 solid Cu

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Freedom

33-80

March 2009

Technical Data and Specifications
Table 33-111. Specifications — Sizes 4 – 8
Description

33

Contactor Catalog Number/Size
CN15N
NEMA Size 4

CN15S
NEMA Size 5

CN15T
NEMA Size 6

CN15U
NEMA Size 7

CN15V
NEMA Size 8

2, 3
Side NO (1)
Left side (3) or
Right side (4)

2, 3
Side NO (1)
Left side (3) or
Right side (4)

3
Top left 2NO/2NC (1)
Top right 2NO/2NC (1)

3
Top left 2NO/2NC (1)
Top right 2NO/2NC (1)

3
Side 2NO/NC (1)
NO/NC (2)

Frame Size

180 mm

180 mm

280 mm

280 mm

334 mm

Maximum Voltage Rating

600V AC

600V AC

600V AC

600V AC

600V AC

Continuous Ampere Ratings (I)

135A

270A

540A

810A

1215A

Maximum Horsepower (hp)
1-Phase
115V
230V

—
—

—
—

—
—

—
—

—
—

40
50
100
100

75
100
200
200

150
200
400
400

200
300
600
600

400
450
900
900

AC Magnet Coil Data
Pick-Up Volts — Cold
Pick-Up Volts — Hot
Pick-Up Voltamperes
Pick-Up Watts
Sealed Voltamperes
Sealed Watts

72.5%
76%
1158
240
100
27.2

75%
77%
1158
240
100
27.2

75%
75%
1600
1345
25
22

75%
75%
1600
1345
25
22

75%
75%
2450
2060
75
60

Drop-Out Volts — Cold
Drop-Out Volts — Hot
Maximum Operation Rate — Ops/Hour
Pick-Up Time (mS)
Drop-Out Time (mS)

54%
56%
2,400
28
14

63%
64%
2,400
25
13
















N/A
105
200

N/A
105
200

N/A
70
50

Coil Operating Range
% of Rated Voltage

-15% to +10%

-15% to +10%

-15% to +10%

-15% to +10%

-15% to +10%

Configuration
Number of Poles
Auxiliary Contacts, Standard
Add-On Auxiliary Contacts

3-Phase

200V
230V
460V
575V

DC Magnet Coil Data

For DC Magnet Coils (and coil data), see Accessories, Pages 33-88 – 33-89.

Operating Temperature
Maximum Operating Altitude (ft.)
Mechanical Life

-20° to 65°C
6,000
5,000,000

-20° to 65°C
6,000
5,000,000

-20° to 65°C
6,000
5,000,000

-20° to 65°C
6,000
5,000,000

-20° to 65°C
6,000
5,000,000

Electrical Life (480V/60 Hz)
AC-3
AC-4

800,000
70,000

500,000
34,000

590,000
7,400

450,000
5,000

420,000
4,200

Open — 3/0 – 8 Cu; 750 kcmil — 2 or
Enclosed —
(2) 250 kcmil –
250 kcmil – 6 Cu/Al 3/0 Cu/Al
12 – 16 stranded,
12 – 16 stranded,
12 – 14 solid Cu
12 – 14 solid Cu

(2) 750 kcmil –
3/0 Cu/Al

(3) 750 kcmil –
3/0 Cu/Al

(4) 750 kcmil –
1/0 Cu/Al

12 – 16 stranded,
12 – 14 solid Cu

12 – 16 stranded,
12 – 14 solid Cu

12 – 16 stranded,
12 – 14 solid Cu

200

550

550

500

Wire Range
Power Terminals
Control Terminals
Power Terminal Torque
Line and Load — lb-in
Auxiliary Contact Rating



550

A600, P300

20 – 30% of rated coil voltage.

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Freedom

33-81

March 2009

Technical Data and Specifications

Electrical Life — AC-3 and AC-4
Utilization Categories

100,000,000

Life Load Curves

Note: AC-3 tests are conducted at rated
device currents and AC-4 tests are conducted at six times rated device currents.
All tests have been run at 460V, 60 Hz.

Size 5

Size 3

Size 2

Size 4

270
1000

100,000,000

10,000,000

1,000,000

1

Size 5

Size 4

10,000

Size 3

100,000

54 108 153 270 540 822 1620
100
1000
Break Amperes
NEMA AC-4 Load Life, Sizes 00 – 5, 480V 60 Hz
10

Figure 33-26. AC-3 and AC-4 Utilization Categories

Contactor Choice
Decide what utilization category
your application is and choose the
appropriate curve.
■ Locate the intersection of the
life-load curve of the appropriate
contactor with the applications
operational current (Ie), as found on
the horizontal axis.
■ Read the estimated contact life
along the vertical axis in number of
operational cycles.
■

CA08102001E

Size 1

27
45
90 135
100
Break Amperes
NEMA AC-3 Load Life, Sizes 00 – 5, 480V 60 Hz

Size 2

AC-4 — Squirrel cage motors; starting,
plugging, inching or jogging.

18

Size 0
Size 1

AC-3 — Squirrel cage motors; starting,
switching off motors during running.

9
10

Size 00

AC-2 — Starting of slip-ring motors.

1

Operations

AC-1 — Non-inductive or slightly
inductive loads, such as resistance
furnaces and heating.

100,000

Size 0

Size 00

1,000,000

Utilization Categories
The International Electrotechnical
Commission (IEC) has developed
utilization categories for contactors
and auxiliary contacts. The IEC utilization categories are used to define the
type of electrical load for estimating
electrical life, and do not imply the
devices are IEC rated.

33

10,000,000
Operations

Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer Freedom
Series NEMA contactors have been
designed and manufactured for superior life performance in any worldwide
application. All testing has been based
on requirements as found in NEMA and
UL standards and conducted by Eaton.
Actual application life may vary
depending on environmental conditions and application duty cycle.

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

10,000

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Freedom

33-82

March 2009

Accessories

3-Pole Top Mounted Fuse Block Kit

Mechanical Interlock and Reversing Kits

IEC Sizes A – K, NEMA Sizes 00 – 2

Mechanical interlocks and reversing kits are designed for
field assembly of reversing contactors or starters from
Freedom Series components. The Reversing Kits include a
Mechanical Interlock, stabilizer bar and a pre-cut, trimmed
and formed wire set. Auxiliary contacts, if required, must be
ordered separately. See Page 33-86.

Field mount to Freedom Series starters and
contactors. Designed to save space and
reduce installation costs. They provide
short circuit protection for branch circuits.

33

Mounted Fuse
Block Kit
Cat. No.
C321KM60B

Table 33-112. Fuse Block Kits
Fuse Type

Catalog
Number

Class H
Class R

— 30A 250V
— 30A 250V

C350KH21
C350KR21

Class G
Class G
Class G
Class G

— 15A 300V
— 20A 300V
— 30A 300V
— 60A 300V

C350KG37
C350KG38
C350KG31
C350KG32

Class T
Class T

— 30A 300V
— 60A 300V

C350KT31
C350KT32

Class J
Class J
Type M
Class CC

— 30A 600V
— 60A 600V
— 30A 600V 

— 30A 600V

C350KJ61
C350KJ62
C350KM61
C350KC63

Class T
Class T

— 30A 600V
— 60A 600V

C350KT61
C350KT62




Price
U.S. $

Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Class

Amperes Volts Wide A

High B

G

15, 20, 30 300
60
300

2.40 (61.0)
2.62 (66.5)

3.00 (76.2) 2.04 (51.8) —
4.25 (108.0) 2.08 (52.8) —

H

30

3.00 (76.2)

3.10 (78.7)

J

Deep C

D

30, 60

2.23 (56.6) 3.62 (91.9)

600

4.81 (122.2) 4.12 (104.6) 2.82 (71.6) —

M, CC 30

600

2.40 (61.0)

3.00 (76.2)

2.04 (51.8) —

R

30

250

3.00 (76.2)

3.10 (78.7)

2.23 (56.6) 3.62 (91.9)

T

30, 60
30
60

300
600
600

3.44 (87.4) 3.00 (76.2)
3.75 (95.3) 3.31 (84.1)
4.87 (123.7) 3.00 (76.2)

D
A

Table 33-114. Mechanical Interlock Only
NEMA Size

Table 33-113. Approximate Dimensions

250

Wire Set

Application

Type M fuse block not approved for branch circuit protection.

Fuse Block

Part No.
23-7165

2.33 (59.2) —
2.26 (57.4) —
2.58 (65.5) —

C

B

IEC Size

Contactor
Mounting



Catalog
Number

00 – 2

A–K

Horizontal

C321KM60B

3

L–N

Horizontal

C321KM30

3 to 4

N to P

Horizontal

C321KM43

4

P–S

Horizontal

C321KM40

4 to 5

—

Horizontal

C321KM45

4 to 6

S to T/U

Horizontal

C321KM80

5

—

Horizontal

C321KM50

5 to 6

—

Horizontal

C321KM56

6

T and U

Horizontal

C321KM70

6 to 7

T/U to V – X

Horizontal

C321KM90

7

V, W and X

Horizontal

C321KM34

4 or 5 to 5

P – S to 5

Vertical

C321KM55

5 to 6

—

Vertical

C321KM65

6

T and U

Vertical

C321KM66

6 to 7

T/U to V – X

Vertical

C321KM67




Price
U.S. $

Without cross-wiring.
For use with latest series product.

Table 33-115. Reversing Kits (Horizontal Contactor Mounting Only)
NEMA Size

Application
IEC Size

Catalog
Number

00
0
1
2
3

A–C
D–F
—
G–K
—

C321KM60K14B
C321KM60K13B
C321KM60K15B
C321KM60K16B
C321KM60K17 

—
—
4
5
—

L and M
N
—
—
P–S

C321KM60K21 
C321KM60K18 
C321KM60K19 
C321KM60K20 
C321KM60K44 



Price
U.S. $

Kit includes (2) NC auxiliary contacts.

Mounting
Plate

Figure 33-27. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C
For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Freedom

33-83

March 2009

Accessories

Solid-State Timers

Solid-State Timer

Solid-State ON DELAY Timer — Side
Mounted on Freedom Series NEMA 00 – 2,
IEC A – K and C25D, C25E and C25F Frame
This timer is designed to be wired in
series with the load (typically a coil).
When the START button is pushed
(power applied to timer), the ON
DELAY timing function starts. At the
completion of the set timing period,
timer and series wired load will both
be energized.
Table 33-116. Mounted Timer Product
Selection
Timing Range
.1 – 1.0 Seconds
1 – 30 Seconds
30 – 300 Seconds
5 – 30 Minutes





Catalog
Number 


Price
U.S. $

C320TDN1_
C320TDN30_
C320TDN300_
C320TDN3000_

Add operating voltage Suffix to Catalog
Number. A = 120V, B = 240V, E = 208V
Rated .5 ampere pilot duty — not to be used
on larger contactors.
Terminal connections are quick connects
only. Two per side.

Pneumatic Timers — Top Mounted

Identification Markers

Attachment mounts on
top of any NEMA Size
00 – 2 or IEC Size A – K
Freedom Series starter or
contactor (top mounted
auxiliary contacts can not
be installed on device when timer is
used). Timer unit has 1NO-1NC isolated timed contacts — circuits in each
pole must be the same polarity. Units
are convertible from OFF to ON DELAY
or vice-versa.

IEC Sizes A – K, NEMA Sizes 00 – 2

Table 33-118. Product Selection

Control Circuit Fuse Block

Timing Range

Catalog
Number

.1 to 30 Seconds
10 to 180 Seconds

C320TP1
C320TP2

Table 33-119. Maximum Ampere Ratings
Description

Make
Break

Table 33-117. Product Selection
Description

Catalog
Number

NEMA Size 3,
IEC Sizes L – N
NEMA Size 4,
IEC Sizes A – S
NEMA Size 6,
IEC Sizes T and U

C321SB18
C321SB19
C321SB22

Price
U.S. $

Volts AC
120

240

480

600

30
3

15
1.5

7.5
.75

6
.6

Locking Cover for Overload Relay
— C306 Only
Snap-on transparent or
opaque plastic panel for
covering access port to the
overload relay trip setting dial
— helps prevent accidental or
unauthorized changes to trip
and reset setting.

Description

Min.
Catalog
Ordering
Number
Quantity
(Std. Pkg.)

Clear cover, no
accessibility

50

C320PC3

Gray cover, no
accessibility,
with Auto
only nib

50

C320PC4

Gray cover, no
accessibility,
with Manual
only nib

50

C320PC5

Gray cover
with FLA dial
accessibility,
A, B, C, D
positions and
Auto only nib

50

C320PC6

Gray cover
50
with FLA dial
accessibility,
A, B, C, D
positions and
Manual only nib

C320PC7

Table 33-121. Product Selection
Description

Catalog
Number

Identification
Marker

C320DL2

Price
U.S. $

These panel mounted fuse
holders, designed for
control circuit protection
or other similar low current
requirements, have extractor
type fuse caps. The Class CC
rejection type fuses (KTK-R) used in
these holders are intended for use
with equipment designated as being
suitable for use on systems having high
available fault currents. If branch circuit
protective device is 45A or greater,
C320FBR fuse kit may be required for
control circuit protection per NEC 430-72.
Table 33-122. Product Selection
Type

Max.
Catalog
Amperes Number

Fuse Holder 15
Only
30


Table 33-120. Product Selection

Shorting Bar Kits
These kits provide phase-to-phase
power connections of contactors for
field assembly. The kits include bus
connections and mounting hardware.
The shorting bars connect all three
phases of a single contactor.

Price
U.S. $

Designed to snap on the face of contactor for easy, personalized identification of individual devices. Includes
holder and labels.



Price
U.S. $

C320FB 
C320FBR 

A fuse is not supplied, but holder will
accept a Bussman Type KTK or KTK-R
(13/32" x 1-1/2") fuse, 600V maximum.
Includes a 5A, 600V KTK-R fuse.

Price
U.S. $

1.88 (47.8)
1.25 (31.8)
.97
(24.6)

.88 1.19
(22.4) (30.2)
Fuse

2.06
(52.3)

Figure 33-28. Approximate Dimensions
in Inches (mm)

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C
CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

33

33-84

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Freedom
March 2009

Accessories

DIN Rail Mounting Channel —
35 mm

Adapter to DIN Rail Mount

Designed for DIN rail mounting of IEC
style contactors and starters.

Designed to allow DIN rail mounting of
NEMA 1 – 2 and IEC G – K contactors.
Includes all hardware required to convert contactors from panel mounting
to 35 mm DIN rail mounting.

33

NEMA 1 – 2 and IEC G – K Contactors

These devices mount directly to the
coil terminals of Freedom Series contactors or starters NEMA Sizes 00 – 2,
IEC Sizes A – K and lighting contactors
10 – 60A. Reversing devices will
require two.
Table 33-126. Product Selection
Description

Coil 

Voltage

Catalog
Number

Transient
Suppressor

24/120V
208/240V
277/480V

C320TS1
C320TS2
C320TS3

Table 33-125. Product Selection
Catalog
Number
C320DN65

DIN Rail

Transient Suppressor Kits

Table 33-123. Product Selection
Description
1 Meter Length

Catalog
Number

Price
U.S. $

MC382MA1

Finger Protection Shields
Snap-on shields for both contactors
and starters provide IEC Type IP20 Finger Protection. Prevents accidental
contact with line/load terminals.
Table 33-124. Product Selection
Application

Catalog
Number

NEMA Size 00, IEC Sizes
A–C
NEMA Size 0, IEC Sizes
D–F

C320LS1

Price
U.S. $

Price
U.S. $




Price
U.S. $

Suppressor is compatible with coil voltages/
ranges as shown, both 50 and 60 Hz.

NEMA Sizes 3 – 5, IEC Sizes L – S
NEMA Sizes 00 – 2, IEC Sizes A – K
These kits limit high
voltage transients
produced in the
control circuit when
power is removed
from the contactor
or starter coil. There
are three separate
Cat. No. C320TS2
suppressors for use
on 24 – 120V, 208 – 240V or 277 – 480V
coils respectively.

This device mounts
on top of any side
mounted auxiliary
contact on Freedom
Series NEMA Sizes
3 – 5, IEC Sizes L – S
and lighting contactors 100 – 300A. It
connects across coil terminals on any
120V contactor or starter magnet coil
(reversing starters or contactors
require 2).
Limits high voltage transients produced in the circuit when power is
removed from the coil.

C320LS2

Table 33-127. Product Selection

NEMA Sizes 1 – 2, IEC
Sizes G – K
Contactors
Reversing Contactors

C320LS3
C320LS4

NEMA Size 1
Starters
Reversing Starters

C320LS5
C320LS6

NEMA Size 2, IEC Sizes
G–K
Starters
Reversing Starters

C320LS7
C320LS8

Description

Coil
Voltage

Catalog
Number

Transient
Suppressor

120V

C320AS1

Price
U.S. $

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C
For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Freedom

33-85

March 2009

Accessories

DC/AC Interface Module
The Catalog Number
C320DC Interface
Module is an optically
isolated solid-state
switch which provides a means of
operating AC coils
with 5 – 48V DC control signal. It acts as a Cat. No. C320DC
space saving interposing relay which
can switch a specified 50/60 Hz AC
source to the contactor or starter coil.
The module may be directly attached
to the coil terminals of any Freedom
Series contactor or starter — NEMA
Sizes 00 – 3, IEC Sizes A – N and lighting contactors 10 – 100A. It also has
provisions for DIN rail mounting.
The module will operate coils
within the voltage ranges shown
in Table 33-128.

Table 33-128. Controller Coil Voltage Ranges
Controller Catalog
Number Prefix

Controller Coil
Size or
Range
Rating
Volts AC

AE16, AE17, AE56,
AE57, CE15, CE55

A–F
G–K
L–N

24 – 240
48 – 240
110 – 240

AN16, AN56, CN15,
CN55

00 – 0
1–2
3

24 _ 240
48 – 240
110 – 240

CN35

10 – 30A
60A
100A

24 – 240
48 – 240
110 – 240

Coil
Voltage

Catalog
Number

5V DC
6V DC
9V DC

C320DC2V5
C320DC2V6
C320DC2V9

12V DC
48V DC

C320DC2V12
C320DC2V48

Price
U.S. $

33

Contactor Coil
24V DC Input
Observe
Polarity
on Module

24 – 240V AC
50/60 Hz

Solid-State Switch

Figure 33-29. Typical Application

Adhesive Dust Cover

Design Characteristics

NEMA Sizes 00 – 2, IEC Sizes A – K

DC Input: 5 – 48V DC at mA nominal
■ AC Operating Voltage:
240V AC (360 VA) ±10% 50/60 Hz;
■ DC Operating Voltage:
30V DC max. (.5A)
■ AC Current Rating
❑ 10A make (inrush)
❑ 1A break (sealed)

These adhesive stickers come 25
to a package and provide extra protection from contaminants when applied
to the sides of Freedom NEMA Sizes
00 – 2 and IEC Sizes A – K. Adhesive
covers are easily applied to side opening where auxiliaries are not installed
and provide extra protection from
metal filings and other debris.

■

Table 33-129. Product Selection

Table 33-130. Product Selection
Description

Catalog
Number

25 to a package

C320DSTCVR

Price
U.S. $

Add-On Power Pole Kit
NEMA Sizes 00 – 2, IEC A – K
This device mounts on the side of
Freedom NEMA Size 00 – 2 and IEC
Size A – K contactors. One unit can be
mounted on each side and carries UL,
cUL and IEC ratings. The device is
rated for resistive, inductive and
lighting applications.
Table 33-131. Product Selection
UL Ampere Rating

IEC 947 Ampere Rating 1NO Power Pole

Inductive Resistive Horsepower
600V
600V
1-Phase

15

20

115V

230V

1/2

2

Locked Lighting AC-1
Rotor Ballast
600V
240V
Tungsten
480V

AC-3
600V

AC-5a
AC-5b
480V

Catalog
Number

96

12

18

C320PPD10

20

20

Price
U.S. $

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C
CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Freedom

33-86

March 2009

Accessories

Auxiliary Contacts

NEMA Sizes 3 – 8 — IEC Sizes L – Z

Contact Configuration Code

33

Base
Auxiliary
Contact
Cat. No.
C320KGS42

This two-digit code is found on the auxiliary contact to assist
in identifying the specific contact configuration. The first
digit indicates the quantity of NO contacts and the second
indicates the quantity of NC contacts.

Auxiliary
Contact
Cat. No.
C320KGS22

NEMA Sizes 00 – 2 — IEC Sizes A – K
The auxiliary contacts listed below are designed for installation on Freedom Series starters and contactors. Snap-on
design facilitates quick, easy installation.
These bifurcated design contact blocks, featuring silver
cadmium alloy contacts, are well suited for use in very low
energy (logic level) circuits.

Table 33-133. Product Selection
Circuit

Contact
Configuration
Code 

Catalog Number

Price
U.S. $

Base Auxiliary Contacts — NEMA Sizes 3 – 5, IEC Sizes L – S

NO
NO-NC

10
11

NEMA Size 3
IEC Sizes L – N

NEMA Sizes 4 – 5
IEC Sizes P – S

C320KGS31
C320KGS32

C320KGS41
C320KGS42

Auxiliary Contacts — NEMA Sizes 3 – 5, IEC Sizes L – S
Catalog Number
NO
NC
NO-NC 

Side Mounted

Top Mounted

10
01
11

C320KGS20
C320KGS21
C320KGS22

Auxiliary Contacts, Sealed Logic Level – NEMA Sizes 3 – 5, IEC Sizes L – S
Catalog Number

Table 33-132. Product Selection
Description

Contact
Configuration
Code 


Catalog
Number

1NO
1NC

10
01

C320KGS1
C320KGS2

1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
1NO-1NCI
1NO (EC)-1NC (LO)
1NCI

11
20
02
N/A
N/A
N/A

C320KGS3
C320KGS4
C320KGS5
C320KGS6
C320KGS7
C320KGS8

1NO
1NC

10
01

C320KGT1
C320KGT2

1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
1NO-1NCI
1NO (EC)-1NC (LO)
1NCI

11
20
02
N/A
N/A
N/A

C320KGT3
C320KGT4
C320KGT5
C320KGT6
C320KGT7
C320KGT8

3NO
2NO-1NC
1NO-2NC
3NC
4NO

30
21
12
03
40

C320KGT9
C320KGT10
C320KGT11
C320KGT12
C320KGT13

3NO-1NC
2NO-2NC
1NO-3NC
4NC
3NO-1NCI

31
22
13
04
N/A

C320KGT14
C320KGT15
C320KGT16
C320KGT17
C320KGT18

2NO-1NCI-1NC
2NO-1NO (EC)-1NC (LO)
1NO-1NC-1NO (EC)-1NC (LO)

N/A
N/A
N/A

C320KGT19
C320KGT20
C320KGT21

Price
U.S. $

10
01
11

C320KGS20L
C320KGS21L
C320KGS22L

Auxiliary Contacts — NEMA Sizes 6 – 8, IEC Sizes T – Z

Side Mounted

Top Mounted

Note: NCI = Normally Closed early opening designed for use in
reversing applications. EC = Early Closing. LO = Late Opening.



NO
NC
NO-NC 

For reference only — not part of Catalog Number. See above.

NO-NC
2NO-2NC
2NO-2NC




11
22
22

Size

Catalog Number

NEMA 8, IEC Z
NEMA 6 – 7
IEC T – X

C320KA5
C320KA6
C320KA8

For reference only — not part of Catalog Number. See above left.
NO-NC occupies two positions — L2 and L3, or R2 and R3.
See Figure 33-30 on Page 33-87.
Form C contacts.

Auxiliary Contact Ratings (Amperes)
Table 33-134. Ratings — NEMA A600
Current

AC Volts

Make and Interrupting
Break
Continuous

120V

240V

480V

600V

60
6
10

30
3
10

15
1.5
10

12
1
10

Table 33-135. Ratings — NEMA P300
Continuous Thermal Rating: 5A
DC Volts

Make/Break Amperes

125
250

1.10
.55

Table 33-136. Ratings — Logic Level
Minimum Ratings for Logic Level and Hostile Atmosphere Application
Minimum Amperes
Minimum Volts

20 mA
24V AC/DC

Table 33-137. Ratings C320KGS20L, C320KGS21L, C320KGS22L
DC-12

AC-12

Ue

Ie

Ue

Ie

80

0.1

250

0.1

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C
For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Freedom

33-87

March 2009

Accessories

Auxiliary Contact Location
NEMA Sizes 00 – 2, IEC Sizes A – K

NEMA Sizes 3 – 8, IEC Sizes L – Z

The sketches below illustrate the maximum number of auxiliary contacts that can be assembled to a contactor or starter
and their locations.

The sketches below illustrate the maximum number of auxiliary contacts that can be assembled to a contactor and their
locations.

Table 33-138. Auxiliary Contacts

Note: A Base Auxiliary Contact must be added in position R1 before
additional auxiliary contacts can be mounted on NEMA Size 3 and
IEC Sizes L – N, or in L1 on NEMA Sizes 4 – 5 and IEC Sizes P – S.

Catalog
Number

Size

AE16

A–K

AN16

Poles

Available Mounting Positions 

Open Type

Enclosed

3

T1, L1

L1

00
0–2

3
3

T1, L1, R1
T1, L1

L1
L1

AE56

A–K

3

L1, R1

L1, R1

AN56

00 – 2

3

T1, T2

—

CE15

A–C
D–K
G–J
G–J

2–4
3
4
5

T1, L1, R1
T1, L1
T1, R1
T1

L1, R1
L1
—
—

CN15

00
0–2
1, 2
1, 2

2–4
2–3
4
5

T1, L1, R1
T1, L1
T1, L1
T1, L1

L1
L1
—
—

CN35

10A
20 – 60A
60A
60A

2–4
2–3
4
5

T1, L1, R1
T1, L1
T1, L1
T1, L1

L1
L1
—
—

CE55

A–K

3

L1, R1

L1, R1

CN55

00 – 2

3

T1, T2

—



Size

Available Mounting Positions 

NEMA Size 3, IEC Sizes L – N

R2, R3, L1, L2, L3

NEMA Sizes 4 – 5, IEC Sizes P – S

L2, L3, R1, R2, R3

NEMA Sizes 6 – 7, IEC Sizes T – X

R1

NEMA Size 8, IEC Size Z

L2, R2



Available positions on contactors or starters other than what is factory
installed.

Rear

L1

L2

L3

R3

Base Aux. Aux.
Aux. Cont. Cont.
Cont.
Front
of Contactor

Left Side
of Contactor

L1

Right Side
of Contactor

NEMA Sizes 3 – 5
IEC Sizes L – S

L1
R1

R1

R1
NEMA Sizes 6 – 7
IEC Sizes T, U, V, W and X

T1

T1

L1

T1

T2
Top View

Top View

R1

L1

T1

T2

L1

R1

L2

R2

R1
NEMA Size 8
IEC Size Z

Front View

Front View

Non-reversing
Contactors and Starters

Reversing
Contactors and Starters

Figure 33-31. Auxiliary Contact Location

Figure 33-30. Auxiliary Contact Location

CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

R1

Aux. Aux. Base
Cont. Cont. Aux.
Cont.

Available positions on contactors or starters other than what is factory
installed.
When a pneumatic timer is mounted on contactor, only side mounted
auxiliary contact positions are available. The solid-state timer, when
added, takes up side mounted auxiliary contact position.

L1

R2

Rear




Table 33-139. Mounting Positions

33

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Freedom

33-88

March 2009

Accessories

DC Magnet Coils

EXAMPLE: For Size 0 AC contactor
with a 24V DC coil, change
AN16BN0AC to AN16BN0T1C.

When Ordering Specify
Conversion Kit for Field Assembly

33

■

Catalog Number

■
■

Application
Connect for separate control
■ Not for use with cover control
switch operators
■ Use twin break, heavy-duty pilot
devices.
■ Designed for +10%, -20% rated voltage, continuous duty operation.

For factory installed DC magnet
coil on AC contactors or noncombination starters (open type
only), substitute the Code Suffix
from table below for the magnet coil
identifier in the device Catalog
Number.

1 Encapsulated DC magnet coil
1 NCI or NO/NCI side mounted
auxiliary contact
Note: These kits are supplied with a
NO/NCI side mounted auxiliary contact
in place of the NCI contact.

■

Factory Installed DC Coil
■

Non-reversing Kit Consists of:

■
■

2 Blue colored connection wires
1 Instruction publication

Operation
See next page for operation details.

Table 33-140. Product Selection
Contactor or
Starter Size
NEMA

Conversion Data
Volts
IEC

Complete Conversion Kit

Magnet Coil
Coil
Number

Amps
P.U./Seal

Watts
P.U./Seal

NCI
Interlock

Catalog
Number

Price
U.S. $

Factory
Installed
Ship Wt.
Lbs. (kg)

Code
Suffix

Adder
U.S. $

Non-reversing — Kit includes NCI Side Mounted Auxiliary contact
00 and 0
CN35 – A, B, D
D15 Relays

A–F

12
24
48
120

9-2988-11
9-2988-12
9-2988-13
9-2988-14

6.4/.28
3.2/.14
1.6/.07
.64/.028

76.8/3.36
76.8/3.36
76.8/3.36
76.8/3.36

C320KGD1
C320KGD1
C320KGD1
C320KGD1

C335KD3R1
C335KD3T1
C335KD3W1
C335KD3A1

1.0 (.5)

R1
T1
W1
A1




A–F

12
24
48
120

9-2988-11
9-2988-12
9-2988-13
9-2988-14

6.4/.28
3.2/.14
1.6/.07
.64/.028

76.8/3.36
76.8/3.36
76.8/3.36
76.8/3.36

C320KGD2 

C320KGD2 

C320KGD2 

C320KGD2 


C335KD3R4
C335KD3T4
C335KD3W4
C335KD3A4

1.0 (.5)

R4
T4
W4
A4

1 and 2
CN35 – G

G–K

12
24
48
120

9-2990-1
9-2990-2
9-2990-3
9-2990-4

15.4/.42
7.7/.21
3.9/.11
1.5/.041

185/4.98
185/4.96
185/5.04
185/4.87

C320KGD5
C320KGD5
C320KGD5
C320KGD5

C335KD4R4
C335KD4T4
C335KD4W4
C335KD4A4

1.0 (.5)

R4
T4
W4
A4

3
CN35 – K

L–N

12
24
48
120

9-3002-1
9-3002-2
9-3002-3
9-3002-4

24/.40
12/.20
6.1/.097
2.5/.038

293/4.84
288/4.75
295/4.67
298/4.57

C320KGD3
C320KGD3
C320KGD3
C320KGD3

C335KD5R1
C335KD5T1
C335KD5W1
C335KD5A1

2.0 (.9)

R1
T1
W1
A1

4 and 5
CN35 – N, S

P–S

24
48
120
240

9-2026-4
9-2026-3
9-2026-2
9-2026-1

18/.22
9/.11
3.3/.05
1.7/.02

400/5.3
400/5.2
450/5.4
440/4.9

C320KGD3
C320KGD3
C320KGD3
C320KGD3

C335KA3T1
C335KA3W1
C335KA3A1
C335KA3B1

2.5 (1.1)

T1B
W1B
A1B
B1B

00 and 0
CN35 – A, B, D
D15 Relays

A–F

12
24
48
120

(2) 9-2988-1
(2) 9-2988-2
(2) 9-2988-3
(2) 9-2988-4

(2) C320KGD1
(2) C320KGD1
(2) C320KGD1
(2) C320KGD1

C335RD3R1 
C335RD3T1 
C335RD3W1 
C335RD3A1 

1.0 (.5)

R1 
T1 
W1 
A1 

1 and 2
CN35 – G

G–K

12
24
48
120

(2) 9-2990-1
(2) 9-2990-2
(2) 9-2990-3
(2) 9-2990-4

(2) C320KGD3
(2) C320KGD3
(2) C320KGD3
(2) C320KGD3






—

R1 
T1 
W1 
A1 

00 and 0
CN35 – A, B, D
D15 Relays

Reversing







6.4/.28
3.2/.14
1.6/.07
.64/.028
15.4/.42
7.7/.21
3.9/.11
1.5/.041

76.8/3.36
76.8/3.36
76.8/3.36
76.8/3.36
185/4.98
185/4.96
185/5.04
185/4.87

These kits are supplied with a NO/NCI side mounted auxiliary contact in place of the NCI contact.
Kit does not include mechanical interlock or crossover wiring. Two NO/NCI top mounted auxiliary contacts are supplied for electrical interlocking.
Factory installed DC coils on NEMA contactors and starters include a NO/NC top mounted auxiliary contact on each contactor for electrical interlocking. On IEC contactors and starters, a NC top mounted auxiliary contact is supplied on each contactor for electrical interlocking.
Available factory assembled only.

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C
For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Freedom

33-89

March 2009

Accessories
Operation

A1

These DC coil kits have separate pickup and seal windings. A special (side
mounted) early-break NCI auxiliary
contact is used to either disconnect the
pick-up winding or insert the seal
winding in series with the pick-up
winding, depending on the frame size
of the contactor. DC coil kits come in
two styles, a suffix 1 and a suffix 4. The
1 suffix contains only the special (side
mounted) early break NCI auxiliary
contact. The 4 suffix contains a NO
contact in the same package as the
special (side mounted) early-break NCI
auxiliary contact.

A2
Hold

Pick-Up

NCI

33
2

3



NO

DC Coil Elementary Diagram
for NEMA Sizes 1 – 3 and IEC Sizes G – N
Contactors and Starters
Important
Incoming DC must be connected
between A1 and Top A2 Terminal.
A1

Note: For NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 and IEC
Sizes A – F, contactors may utilize either suffix 1 or 4 DC coil kits; starters may utilize suffix 4 DC coil kits only. For NEMA Sizes 1 and
2 and IEC Sizes G – K, both contactors and
starters may utilize a suffix 4 DC coil kit only.

C321CMP1

A2 Top
Hold



2

NCI

3

Auxiliary
Contact

NO
Pick-Up

On the above sizes only, when the
special auxiliary package is mounted
on the side of a contactor or starter,
no standard auxiliary contact may be
mounted on the same side.
Note: For NEMA Sizes 3 – 5 and IEC Sizes
L – S, special coil NCI clearing contact is an
add-on auxiliary (must mount on a base
mount auxiliary contact; normally a 1NO).
This arrangement will normally account for
two of the three contact positions on the
side of each contactor or starter.

3

Competitive Mounting Plates

A2 Bottom
DC Coil Elementary Diagram
for NEMA Sizes 00, 0, 4 & 5
and IEC Sizes A – F & P – S
Contactors and Starters

Figure 33-32. Elementary Diagrams



1NO available in Suffix 4 kits only.

The C321 adapter plates permit direct
replacement of competitive starters with
Freedom Series starters without drilling
and tapping new mounting holes. AllenBradley 509, Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer A10
(adapter plate not required for replacing
A10 Starter Sizes 1, 4 and 5), Furnas 14,
ESP100, General Electric CR206, CR306,
Siemens SXL, Square D 8536, Westinghouse A200, B200.
Table 33-141. Product Selection
Freedom
NEMA Size

Index Number 

00, 0

C321CMP0

1

C321CMP1

2

C321CMP2

3

C321CMP3

4

C321CMP4

5


Catalog
Number

Price
U.S. $

C321CMP5
Handling Number Only — Does not appear
on product. The handling number is
stamped on the carton label only.

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C
CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Freedom

33-90

March 2009

Accessories
Table 33-142. Competitive Mounting Plates — Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights

33

NEMA
Size

Catalog
Number

Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Wide A
Deep B

Ship Wt.
Lbs. (kg)

0 – 00
1
2
3
4
5

C321CMP0
C321CMP1
C321CMP2
C321CMP3
C321CMP4
C321CMP5

3.25 (82.6)
3.75 (95.3)
3.75 (95.3)
6.00 (152.4)
7.50 (190.5)
11.00 (279.4)

.63 (.29)
.90 (.41)
1.20 (.54)
2.40 (1.09)
3.00 (1.36)
6.63 (3.01)

8.50 (215.9)
9.50 (241.3)
10.25 (260.4)
12.75 (323.9)
13.50 (342.9)
19.00 (482.6)

A

A

B

B

A

Size 1

Sizes 0 – 00

A
A

A
B

B

B
B

Size 2

Size 4

Size 3

Size 5

Figure 33-33. Approximate Dimensions

Special Modifications
Table 33-143. For Catalog Numbers AE16, AE17, AN16, AE56, AE57, AN56, CE15, CN15, CN35, CE55, CN55
Addition or Special Feature

Starter Size and Price Adder (U.S. $) — NEMA/IEC
00/
0/
1
2/
3/
4/
5/
A–C
D–F
—
G–K L–N
P–S
T–U

6/
V

7/
W–X

8/
Z

NA

NA

NA

Control Circuit
Extra Auxiliary Circuit, Factory Installed NO or NC —
each contact 

Transient Suppressor 


Power Circuit
Contactor/Starter for Ring Lug Capability —
Add Mod Code T16 to Catalog Number
(Power Terminals Only, Control Terminals as Standard)
Standalone Overload Relays Can Not Accept Ring Lugs on Line Side

Factory Installed Dust Covers
Factory Installed C320DSTCVR —
Add Mod Code -53 to Catalog Number 




NA

NA

NA

These modifications are generally available in Kit form at lower cost. See specific product sections for Kit listings.

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Freedom

33-91

March 2009

Renewal Parts
Note: For a complete listing of parts, refer to the Renewal Parts Publication Number referenced below.

Table 33-144. For Catalog Numbers AN16, AN30, AN40, AN56, AN70, AN80, AN800, CN15, CN35  and CN55 Contactors and Starters
Description

NEMA
Size 00-0

Renewal Parts Publication Number

Price
U.S. $

NEMA
Size 00

Price
U.S. $

NEMA
Size 0

Price
U.S. $

Series A1

Series B1

Series C1

Series B1

Series C1

Part No.

Part No.

Part No.

Part No.

Part No.

None

None

None

None

None














































Contact Kits
2-Pole
3-Pole
4-Pole
5-Pole

........................
........................
........................
........................

Magnet Coils

Coil Suffix

120V 60 Hz or 110V 50 Hz . .
240V 60 Hz or 220V 50 Hz . .
480V 60 Hz or 440V 50 Hz . .
600V 60 Hz or 550V 50 Hz . .

A
B
C
D

9-2650-1
9-2650-2
9-2650-3
—

9-2875-1
9-2875-2
9-2875-3
9-2875-4

9-2875-1
9-2875-2
9-2875-3
9-2875-4

9-2876-1
9-2876-2
9-2876-3
9-2876-4

9-2876-1
9-2876-2
9-2876-3
9-2876-4

208V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
277V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
208/240V 60Hz . . . . . . . . . .
240V 50Hz. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
380 – 415V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . .

E
H
J
K
L

9-2650-5
9-2650-13
—
—
9-2650-6

9-2875-5
9-2875-12
9-2875-37
9-2875-11
9-2875-6

9-2875-5
9-2875-12
9-2875-37
9-2875-11
9-2875-6

9-2876-5
9-2876-12
9-2876-17
9-2876-11
9-2876-6

9-2876-5
9-2876-12
9-2876-17
9-2876-11
9-2876-6

380V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L
415V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M
550V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N

—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

24V 60 Hz – 24V 50 Hz . . . . .
24V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
24V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
32V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
48V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
48V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

—
9-2650-7
9-2650-14
—
—
—

9-2875-36
—
9-2875-36
9-2875-16
9-2875-8
9-2875-9

9-2875-36
—
9-2875-36
9-2875-16
9-2875-8
9-2875-9

9-2876-36
—
9-2876-36
9-2876-16
9-2876-8
9-2876-9

9-2876-36
—
9-2876-36
9-2876-16
9-2876-8
9-2876-9


























Price
U.S. $

NEMA Size 2

Price
U.S. $

NEMA Size 3 Price
U.S. $

T
T
U
V
W
Y

Magnet Frame Armature
Lower Magnet Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Upper Magnet Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description

NEMA Size 1

Renewal Parts Publication Number

Series A1

Series B1

Series A1

Series B1

Part No.
20861

Part No.

Part No.

Part No.

Part No.

22177

20861

22177

20426

6-65
6-65-2
6-65-9
6-65-10

6-65
6-65-2
6-65-9
6-65-10

6-65-7
6-65-8
6-65-15
6-65-16

6-65-7
6-65-8
6-65-15
6-65-16

6-43-5
6-43-6
—
—

Contact Kits
2-Pole
3-Pole
4-Pole
5-Pole

........................
........................
........................
........................

Magnet Coils

Coil Suffix

120V 60 Hz or 110V 50 Hz . .
240V 60 Hz or 220V 50 Hz . .
480V 60 Hz or 440V 50 Hz . .
600V 60 Hz or 550V 50 Hz . .

A
B
C
D

9-2703-1
9-2703-2
9-2703-3
9-2703-4

9-2703-1
9-2703-2
9-2703-3
9-2703-4

9-2703-1
9-2703-2
9-2703-3
9-2703-4

9-2703-1
9-2703-2
9-2703-3
9-2703-4

9-2756-1
9-2756-2
9-2756-3
9-2756-4

208V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
277V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
208/240V 60Hz . . . . . . . . . .
240V 50Hz. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
380 – 415V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . .

E
H
J
K
L

9-2703-9
9-2703-7
—
9-2703-14
9-2703-8

9-2703-9
9-2703-7
—
9-2703-14
9-2703-8

9-2703-9
9-2703-7
—
9-2703-14
9-2703-8

9-2703-9
9-2703-7
—
9-2703-14
9-2703-8

9-2756-5
9-2756-9
—
9-2756-13
—

380V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L
415V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M
550V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N

—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

9-2756-12
9-2756-8
9-2756-14

24V 60 Hz – 24V 50 Hz . . . . .
24V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
24V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
32V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
48V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
48V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

—
9-2703-6
9-2703-12
9-2703-10
9-2703-11
9-2703-13

—
9-2703-6
9-2703-12
9-2703-10
9-2703-11
9-2703-13

—
9-2703-6
9-2703-12
9-2703-10
9-2703-11
9-2703-13

—
9-2703-6
9-2703-12
9-2703-10
9-2703-11
9-2703-13

—
9-2756-6
9-2756-11
9-2756-10
9-2756-15
9-2756-7

17-18200
48-1936

17-18200
48-1936

17-18200
48-1936

17-18200
48-1936

17-8955-2
48-1902

T
T
U
V
W
Y

Magnet Frame Armature
Lower Magnet Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Upper Magnet Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . .




Replace with complete contactor.
CN35A = Size 00, CN35B and CN35D = Size 0, CN35G = Size 2, CN35K = Size 3, CN35N = Size 4, and CN35S = Size 5.

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C
CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

33

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Freedom

33-92

March 2009

Renewal Parts
Note: For a complete listing of parts, refer to the Renewal Parts Publication Number referenced below.

Table 33-144. For Catalog Numbers AN16, AN30, AN40, AN56, AN70, AN80, AN800, CN15, CN35 
 and CN55 Contactors and Starters (Continued)
Description

NEMA Size 4

NEMA Size 5

Series A1

Series B1

Renewal Parts Publication Number

Part No.
20428

NEMA Size 6

Series A1

Series B1

Part No.

Part No.

Part No.

Part No.

Part No.

20428

20429

20429

20146

23349

6-44
6-44-2

6-26
6-26-2

6-45
6-45-2

6-45
6-45-2

6-601-2
6-601

—
6-648

33

Price
U.S. $

Price
U.S. $

Contactor
& Starter
Series A1,
Starter
Series B1

Price
U.S. $

Contactor
& Starter
Series B1,
Starter
Series C1

Price
U.S. $

Contact Kits
2-Pole
3-Pole

Magnet
Coils

Coil
Suffix

120V 60 Hz or 110V 50 Hz. . . . . .
240V 60 Hz or 220V 50 Hz. . . . . .
480V 60 Hz or 440V 50 Hz. . . . . .
600V 60 Hz or 550V 50 Hz. . . . . .

A
B
C
D

9-1891-1
9-1891-2
9-1891-3
9-1891-4

9-1891-1
9-1891-2
9-1891-3
9-1891-4

9-1891-1
9-1891-2
9-1891-3
9-1891-4

9-1891-1
9-1891-2
9-1891-3
9-1891-4

9-2698
9-2698-2
9-2698-3
9-2698-4

9-3006
9-3006-2
9-3006-3
9-3006-4

208V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
277V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
208/240V 60Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
240V 50Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
380 – 415V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . .

E
H
J
K
L

9-1891-13
9-1891-26
—
9-1891-20
—

9-1891-13
9-1891-26
—
9-1891-20
—

9-1891-13
9-1891-26
—
9-1891-20
—

9-1891-13
9-1891-26
—
9-1891-20
—

9-2698-5
—
—
—
9-2698-6

—
—
—
—
9-3006-7

380V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L
415V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M
550V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N

9-1891-14
9-1891-21
9-1891-8

9-1891-14
9-1891-21
9-1891-8

9-1891-14
9-1891-21
9-1891-8

9-1891-14
9-1891-21
9-1891-8

—
—
—

—
—
—

24V 60 Hz – 24V 50 Hz. . . . . . . . .
24V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
24V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
48V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
48V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

T
T
U
W
Y

—
9-1891-15
9-1891-16
—
9-1891-18

—
9-1891-15
9-1891-16
—
9-1891-18

—
9-1891-15
9-1891-16
—
9-1891-18

—
9-1891-15
9-1891-16
—
9-1891-18

—
—
—
9-2698-8
—

9-3006-8
—
—
9-3006-9
—

For replacement on existing starters
3-Pole — Ambient Compensated
Bimetallic

10-6530-4

10-6530-4

C306DN3B

C306DN3B

C306DN3B

C306DN3B

—

—

42-3564

42-3564

42-3598

42-3598

48-1030-2
48-1029-4

48-1030-2
48-1029-4

48-1030-2
48-1029-4

48-1030-2
48-1029-4

—
—

—
—

Overload Relays

Current Transformer
Magnet Frame Armature 
Lower Magnet Frame
Upper Magnet Frame

Feeder Group Renewal 
Volts

Hertz

NEMA Size 4

NEMA Size 5

Series A1

Series B1

Price
U.S. $

Series A1

Series B1

NEMA Size 6
Price
U.S. $

Contactor
& Starter
Series A1,
Starter
Series B1

Price
U.S. $

Contactor
& Starter
Series B1,
Starter
Series C1

110 – 120
220 – 240
440 – 480
550 – 600

50/60
50/60
50/60
50/60

—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—

9-2705
9-2705-2
9-2705-3
9-2705-4

9-3007
9-3007-2
9-3007-3
9-3007-4

208
380 – 415
48 – 52

50/60
50/60
50/60

—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

9-2705-5
9-2705-6
9-2705-8

9-3007-5
9-3007-8
9-3007-6






Price
U.S. $

CN35A = Size 00, CN35B and CN35D = Size 0, CN35G = Size 2, CN35K = Size 3, CN35N = Size 4, and CN35S = Size 5.
Consult factory.
Voltage ratings of the main coils must match those of the feeder group for proper operation of the starter/contactor.

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C
For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Freedom

33-93

March 2009

Renewal Parts
Note: For a complete listing of parts, refer to the Renewal Parts Publication Number referenced below.

Table 33-144. For Catalog Numbers AN16, AN30, AN40, AN56, AN70, AN80, AN800, CN15, CN35 
 and CN55 Contactors and Starters (Continued)
Description

Renewal Parts Publication Number

NEMA Size 7
Series A1
Part No.
20848

Series B1
Part No.
20848

—
6-613

Price
U.S. $

NEMA Size 8
Series A1
Part No.
20849

Series B1
Part No.
20849

—
6-613

—
6-571

—
6-571

9-2698
9-2698-2
9-2698-3
9-2698-4
9-2698-5
—
—
—
—
9-2698-6
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

9-2698
9-2698-2
9-2698-3
9-2698-4
9-2698-5
—
—
—
—
9-2698-6
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

9-2654
9-2654-2
9-2654-3
9-2654-4
9-2654-6
—
—
—
—
9-2654-5
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

9-2654
9-2654-2
9-2654-3
9-2654-4
9-2654-6
—
—
—
—
9-2654-5
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

C306DN3B

C306DN3B

C306DN3B

C306DN3B

42-3598-2

42-3598-2

42-3598-3

42-3598-3

—
—

—
—

—
—

—
—

Price
U.S. $

33

Contact Kits
2-Pole
3-Pole

Magnet Coils

Coil Suffix

120V 60 Hz or 110V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . .
240V 60 Hz or 220V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . .
480V 60 Hz or 440V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . .
600V 60 Hz or 550V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . .
208V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
277V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
208/240V 60Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
240V 50Hz. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
380 – 415V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
380V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
415V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
550V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
24V 60 Hz – 24V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . .
24V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
24V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
32V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
48V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
48V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

A
B
C
D
E
H
J
K
L
L
M
N
T
T
U
V
W
Y

Overload Relays
For replacement on existing starters
3-Pole — Ambient Compensated Bimetallic

Current Transformer
Magnet Frame Armature 
Lower Magnet Frame
Upper Magnet Frame

Feeder Group Renewal 
Volts

Hertz

NEMA Size 7

NEMA Size 8

Series A1

Series B1

Price
U.S. $

Series A1

Series B1

110 – 120
220 – 240
440 – 480
550 – 600

50/60
50/60
50/60
50/60

9-2705
9-2705-2
9-2705-3
9-2705-4

9-2705
9-2705-2
9-2705-3
9-2705-4

—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—

208
380 – 415
48 – 52

50/60
50/60
50/60

9-2705-5
9-2705-6
9-2705-8

9-2705-5
9-2705-6
9-2705-8

—
—
—

—
—
—

120
240
480
600

50/60
50/60
50/60
50/60

—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—

9-2664
9-2664-2
9-2664-3
9-2664-4

9-2664
9-2664-2
9-2664-3
9-2664-4

380
208
415

50/60
50/60
50/60

—
—
—

—
—
—

9-2664-5
9-2664-6
9-2664-7

9-2664-5
9-2664-6
9-2664-7

110
220
550
440

50/60
50/60
50/60
50/60

—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—

9-2664-8
9-2664-9
9-2664-10
9-2664-11

9-2664-8
9-2664-9
9-2664-10
9-2664-11






Price
U.S. $

CN35A = Size 00, CN35B and CN35D = Size 0, CN35G = Size 2, CN35K = Size 3, CN35N = Size 4, and CN35S = Size 5.
Consult factory.
Voltage ratings of the main coils must match those of the feeder group for proper operation of the starter/contactor.

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C
CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Freedom

33-94

March 2009

Dimensions

Non-reversing Contactors
Table 33-145. Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights — Open Type
NEMA
Size

Number
of Poles

Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Wide
A

33

High
B

Deep
C

Mounting
D

G

4.62 (117.3)
4.62 (117.3)
5.80 (147.3)
5.80 (147.3)
5.80 (147.3)

.54 (13.7)
.54 (13.7)
.54 (13.7)
.54 (13.7)
.54 (13.7)

—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—

E

00
0
1–2
1–2
1–2

2–4
2–3
2–3
4
5

1.75 (44.5)
1.75 (44.5)
2.56 (65.0)
3.44 (87.4)
4.32 (109.7)

3.88 (98.6)
3.88 (98.6)
5.05 (128.3)
5.05 (128.3)
5.05 (128.3)

3.49 (88.6)
3.49 (88.6)
4.44 (112.8)
4.44 (112.8)
4.44 (112.8)

1.50 (38.1) 

1.50 (38.1) 

2.00 (50.8) 

2.00 (50.8) 

2.00 (50.8) 


3.38 (85.9)
3.38 (85.9)
4.50 (114.3)
4.50 (114.3)
4.50 (114.3)

3
4
5
6
7
8

2–3
2–3
2–3
3
3
3

4.08 (103.6)
7.05 (179.1)
7.05 (179.1)
8.63 (219.2)
11.02 (279.9)
13.00 (330.2)

7.17 (182.1)
9.11 (231.4)
13.12 (333.2)
13.54 (343.9)
19.30 (490.2)
24.50 (622.3)

5.94 (150.9)
7.25 (184.2)
7.78 (197.6)
8.88 (225.6)
11.46 (291.1)
13.63 (346.2)

3.00 (76.2)
6.00 (152.4)
6.00 (152.4)
4.33 (110.0)
6.89 (175.0)
4.22 (107.2)

6.63 (168.4)
8.50 (215.9)
12.50 (317.5)
8.63 (219.2)
11.02 (279.9)
14.86 (377.4)




Ship Wt.
Lbs. (kg)

F

1.7 (.8)
1.8 (.8)
3.1 (1.4)
3.6 (1.6)
4.0 (1.8)
8.5 (3.9)
20.0 (9.1)
23.0 (10.4)
35.0 (15.9)
100.0 (45.4)
160.0 (72.6)

Center mounting slot at bottom supplied only on Size 00 and 0 contactors.

G

G

A

G

F

A

G

A
U
X

Top
Mtd.
Aux.

D

G

A
U E
X

Top
Mtd.
Aux.

Side
Mtd.
Aux.

G

A

G

F

C

A
U
X

B

Top
Mtd.
Aux.

C

Top Side
Mtd. Mtd.
Aux. Aux.

A
U E
X

B

A
U
X

Auxiliary
Contacts
Mtg. Holes for
#10-32 Screws
Sizes 0 – 2, 2- and 3-Pole

Auxiliary
Contacts
Mtg. Holes for
#10-32 Screws
Sizes 00, 2- to 4-Pole

A

G

F

C

A

A
U E
X

Top
Mtd.
Aux.

Side
Mtd.
Aux.

B

Auxiliary
Contacts
Mtg. Holes for
#10-32 Screws
Sizes 0 – 2, 2- and 3-Pole

D

F

Top
Mtd.
Aux.

D

A

C

C

C

A
U
X

Top
Mtd.
Aux.

D

A
U E
X

Top
Mtd.
Aux.

Side
Mtd.
Aux.

B

Auxiliary
Contacts
Mtg. Holes for
#10-32 Screws
Sizes 1 – 2, 5-Pole

Side
Mtd.
Aux.

E

D

D

Mtg. Holes for (3)
1/4-20 Screws
Size 3

A

Mtg. Holes for (2)
5/16-18 Screws

E

B

B

Mtg. Holes for
(3) Screws
Sizes 4 – 5

C

E

B

D
Mtg. Slots for (2)
5/16-18 Screws
Size 6

Figure 33-34. Approximate Dimensions

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Freedom

33-95

March 2009

Dimensions

Reversing Contactors
Table 33-146. Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights — Open Type
NEMA
Size

Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Wide
A

High
B

00 – 0
1–2
3
4
5

4.20 (106.7)
5.71 (145.0)
8.70 (221.0)
14.68 (372.9)
14.50 (368.3)

4.35 (110.5)
5.05 (128.3)
7.17 (182.1)
9.11 (231.4)
12.25 (311.2)

6
7
8

19.77 (502.2)
28.00 (711.2)
30.13 (765.3)

16.61 (421.9)
26.75 (679.5) 

39.00 (990.6) 





Deep
C

Mounting

F

G

Ship Wt.
Lbs. (kg)

33

D

E

3.52 (89.4)
4.44 (112.8)
5.94 (150.9)
7.25 (184.2)
7.78 (197.6)

3.50 (88.9)
5.25 (133.4)
7.00 (177.8)
13.50 (342.9)
13.50 (342.9)

3.86 (98.0)
3.63 (92.2)
6.63 (168.4)
8.50 (215.9)
11.50 (292.1)

4.90 (124.5)
5.80 (147.3)
—
—
—

.54 (13.7)
.54 (13.7)
—
—
—

9.90 (251.5)
12.75 (323.9)
14.69 (373.1)

18.00 (457.2)
12.75 (323.9)
14.13 (358.9)

12.00 (304.8)
11.00 (279.4)
15.00 (381.0)

—
—
—

—
—
—

3.3 (1.5)
7.8 (3.5)
17.0 (7.7)
47.0 (21.3)
63.0 (28.6)
80.0 (36.3)
260.0 (118.0)
350.0 (158.9)

Includes cross wiring.

A

G

G

F

C

A
C

A
U
X

Top
Mtd.
Aux.

Top
Mtd.
Aux.

D

Top
Mtd.
Aux.

A
U
X E

Side
Mtd.
Aux.

B

Auxiliary
Contacts
Mtg. Holes for (3)
#10-32 Screws
Sizes 00 – 2

A

B

E

Mtg. Holes for (3)
1/4-20 Screws
Size 3

D

C
A

E

C

B

E

D
D

Mtg. for (4)
1/4-20 Screws
Sizes 4 – 5

A

Mtg. Holes for (6)
1/2-13 Screws
Open Type — Sizes 7 – 8 Horizontal

C

B

E

Mtg. Holes for (4)
3/8-16 Screws

D
Size 6

Figure 33-35. Approximate Dimensions

CA08102001E

D

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

B

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Freedom

33-96

March 2009

Dimensions

Non-reversing Starters, Bi-Metallic Overload
Table 33-147. Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights — Open Type
NEMA
Size

33
00 – 0
1 – 1P
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Wide
A

High
B

Deep
C

Mounting
D

E

F

G

Ship. Wt.
Lbs. (kg)

1.80 (45.7)
2.56 (65.0)
2.56 (65.0)
4.08 (103.6)
7.05 (179.1)

6.60 (167.6)
7.08 (179.8)
8.08 (205.2)
11.35 (288.3)
12.06 (306.3)

3.52 (89.4)
4.44 (112.8)
4.44 (112.8)
5.94 (150.9)
7.25 (184.2)

—
2.00 (50.8)
2.00 (50.8)
3.00 (76.2)
6.00 (152.4)

6.07 (154.2)
6.63 (168.4)
7.63 (193.8)
10.81 (274.6)
8.50 (215.9)

4.90 (124.5)
5.80 (147.3)
5.80 (147.3)
—
—

.54 (13.7)
.54 (13.7)
.54 (13.7)
—
—

7.00 (177.8)
9.47 (240.5)
15.13 (384.3)
15.13 (384.3)

17.77 (451.4)
21.69 (550.9)
29.13 (739.9)
34.50 (876.3)

7.76 (197.1)
9.90 (251.5)
12.64 (321.1)
15.00 (381.0)

6.00 (152.4)
3.10 (78.7)
13.25 (336.6)
13.25 (336.6)

16.00 (406.4)
18.00 (457.2)
21.25 (539.8)
16.75 (425.5)

—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—

G

A

G

Top
Mtd.
Aux.

G

F

Side
Mtd.
Aux.

A Top A
U Mtd. U
X Aux. X

A

G

Side
Mtd.
Aux.

B

E

E
CL

C

A Top A
U Mtd. U
X Aux. X

B

36.0 (16.3)
75.0 (34.1)
120.0 (54.5)
210.0 (95.3)

F

Top
Mtd.
Aux.

C

2.2 (1.0)
4.5 (2.0)
4.7 (2.1)
11.0 (5.0)
23.0 (10.4)

.13
(3.3)

Auxiliary
Contacts

CL

Auxiliary
Contacts

Mtg. Holes for #10-32 Screws

Mtg. Holes for
#10-32 Screws

D

Sizes 00 – 0 

Sizes 1 – 2

C

A
G

C

C

A

Aux.
Aux.
Cont.
E

D
A

E
B

B

B

E

D
Mtg. Holes for (3)
1/4-20 Screws

Mtg. Holes for
1/4-20 Screws

Size 3

Mtg. Holes for
1/4-20 Screws
Size 5

D

Size 4

A

C

C

A

B

E

E

D
D

Mtg. Holes for (4)
3/8-16 Screws

B

Mtg. Holes for
1/2-13 Screws
Sizes 7 – 8

Size 6

Figure 33-36. Approximate Dimensions



Holding circuit contact for Size 00 occupies 4th power pole position — no increase in width.

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Freedom

33-97

March 2009

Dimensions

Reversing Starters, Bi-Metallic Overload
Table 33-148. Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights — Open Type
NEMA Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Size
Wide
High
A
B

Deep
C

00 – 0
1
2
3
4

4.20 (106.7)
5.71 (145.0)
5.71 (145.0)
8.70 (221.0)
14.68 (372.9)

7.38 (187.5)
7.08 (179.8)
8.08 (205.2)
11.35 (288.3)
12.06 (306.3)

5
6
7
8

14.50 (368.3)
19.77 (502.2)
28.06 (712.7)
30.38 (771.7)

17.77 (451.4)
22.63 (574.8)
32.13 (816.1) 

41.50 (1054.1) 





Mounting

D1

E1

F

G

Ship. Wt.
Lbs. (kg)

33

D

E

3.52 (89.4)
4.44 (112.8)
4.44 (112.8)
5.94 (150.9)
7.25 (184.2)

3.50 (88.9)
5.25 (133.4)
5.25 (133.4)
7.00 (177.8)
13.50 (342.9)

6.87 (174.5)
5.75 (146.1)
6.75 (171.5)
10.81 (274.6)
8.50 (215.9)

—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—

4.90 (124.5)
5.80 (147.3)
5.80 (147.3)
—
—

.54 (13.7)
.54 (13.7)
.54 (13.7)
—
—

7.76 (197.1)
9.90 (251.5)
12.70 (322.6)
14.70 (373.4)

13.50 (342.9)
18.00 (457.2)
12.75 (323.9)
14.13 (358.9)

16.00 (406.4)
12.00 (304.8)
21.25 (539.8)
16.75 (425.5)

—
3.10 (78.7)
—
—

—
18.00 (457.2)
—
—

—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—

3.6 (1.6)
8.3 (3.8)
8.5 (3.9)
20.0 (9.1)
49.0 (22.2)
68.0 (30.9)
90.0 (40.9)
175.0 (79.5)
430.0 (195.2)

Includes cross wiring overhang.

A

C

CL
G

A

G

F
C

B

E
A
U
X

Top
Mtd.
Aux.

CL

Top
Mtd.
Aux.

Top
Mtd.
Aux.

A
U
X

Side
Mtd.
Aux.
B

E

D

Auxiliary
Contacts

Mtg. Holes for (3)
1/4-20 Screws
Size 3



.13
(3.3)

D

Mtg. Holes for (3)
#10-32 Screws
Sizes 00 – 2

C

A

E
A
D

B

C

Mtg. Holes for (4)
1/4-20 Screws

D
Sizes 4 – 5

E
E1

B
C

A

E

D1

Mtg. Holes for (6)
3/8-16 Screws
Size 6

D

D

B

Mtg. Holes for (6)
1/2-13 Screws

Open Type — Sizes 7 – 8 Horizontal

Figure 33-37. Approximate Dimensions


See catalog listings for type and location of auxiliary contacts supplied with a particular starter.

CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Freedom

33-98

March 2009

Dimensions

Reversing Starters — Vertical Construction, Bi-Metallic Overload
Table 33-149. Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights — AN56V Open Vertical Starter
NEMA
Size

Dimensions in Inches (mm)

33
0
1
2
3
4



Wide
A

High
B

Deep
C

Mounting
Wide
D

High
E

4.25 (108.0)
4.25 (108.0)
4.25 (108.0)
9.25 (235.0)
9.08 (230.6)

12.05 (306.1)
12.05 (306.1)
12.05 (306.1)
16.75 (425.5)
19.84 (503.9)

3.84 (97.5)
3.86 (98.0)
3.86 (98.0)
5.18 (131.6)
5.18 (131.6)

2.00 (50.8)
2.00 (50.8)
2.00 (50.8)
7.15 (181.6)
8.00 (203.2)

11.50 (292.1)
11.50 (292.1)
11.50 (292.1)
16.07 (408.2)
18.51 (470.2)

Ship. Wt.
Lbs. (kg)

Wire Zone

4.0 (1.8)
9.0 (4.1)
9.5 (4.3)
21.0 (9.5)
50.0 (22.7)

—
1.00 (25.4)
1.00 (25.4)



1.50 (38.1)

Wire overhang 1.00 mm left, 50 mm right.

A

C
F

A

Mtg. Holes for (3)
#10-32 Screws
NEMA Size 0

A

F

E

D

Mtg. Holes for (3)
1/4-20 Screws
NEMA Size 3

B

E

D

F

C

B

E

D

F

C

F

A

Mtg. Holes for (3)
#10-32 Screws
NEMA Sizes 1 – 2

C

F

E

B

D

B

Mtg. Holes for (4)
1/4-20 Screws
NEMA Size 4

Figure 33-38. Approximate Dimensions

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Freedom

33-99

March 2009

Dimensions

Multispeed Starters, Bi-Metallic Overload
Table 33-150. Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights — AN700 Open Vertical Starter
NEMA
Size

Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Wide
High
A
B

Ship Wt.
Lbs. (kg)

Deep
C

Mounting
Wide
D

Wire
Zone F

High
E

3.52 (89)
4.42 (112)
4.42 (112)
5.89 (150)
7.25 (184)
7.76 (197)

3.50 (89)
5.25 (133)
5.25 (133)
7.00 (178)
13.50 (343)
13.50 (343)

6.87 (175)
5.75 (146)
6.75 (165)
10.81 (275)
8.50 (216)
16.00 (406)

.89 (23)
1.23 (31)
1.63 (41)
1.77 (45)
1.95 (50)
4.56 (116)

4.5 (2.0)
9.0 (4.1)
10.0 (4.5)
24.0 (10.9)
53.0 (24.1)
73.0 (33.1)

3.82 (81)
4.72 (120)
4.75 (121)
6.38 (162)
7.74 (197)

6.62 (168)
6.62 (168)
8.40 (213)
15.00 (381)
13.50 (343)

6.50 (165)
6.50 (165)
8.12 (206)
12.25 (311)
30.00 (762)

.50 (13)
1.04 (26)
1.03 (26)
1.24 (31)
1.84 (47)

6.0 (2.7)
10.0 (4.5)
11.0 (5.0)
31.0 (14.1)
72.0 (32.7)

33

2-Speed — Selective Control — Separate Winding
0
1
2
3
4
5

5.19 (132)
5.66 (144)
5.66 (144)
8.72 (221)
14.68 (373)
14.50 (368)

7.38 (188)
7.08 (180)
8.08 (205)
11.35 (288)
12.06 (306)
17.82 (453)

2-Speed — Selective Control — Reconnectable Winding
0
1
2
3
4

8.62 (219)
8.97 (228)
8.90 (226)
16.00 (406)
15.46 (393)

7.06 (179)
7.12 (181)
8.62 (219)
13.46 (342)
31.00 (787)

A

A

F

C

A

F

C

F
E

B

B

E



C

D



E

D


Size“0” Multispeed Starter
2-Speed, 2-Winding

D
Size“3” Multispeed Starter
2-Speed, 2-Winding

Size“1 – 2” Multispeed Starter
2-Speed, 2-Winding

C

A

F

B

A

F

C

D

E
B
B

E


D
Size“4” Multispeed Starter
2-Speed, 2-Winding
A

F



A

Size“5” Multispeed Starter
2-Speed, 2-Winding

F

C

A

C

F
E



B

E

C

D



B

D


Size“0” Multispeed Starter
2-Speed, 1-Winding

F

Size“1” Multispeed Starter
2-Speed, 1-Winding

A

D
Size“2” Multispeed Starter
2-Speed, 1-Winding

A

C

E



B

E

E

B

F
D
Size“3” Multispeed Starter
2-Speed, 1-Winding

C

D

B



Size“4” Multispeed Starter
2-Speed, 1-Winding

Figure 33-39. Approximate Dimensions




Mounting holes for (3) #10 screws.
Mounting holes for (3) 1/4-20 screws.

CA08102001E




Mounting holes for (4) 1/4-20 screws.
Mounting holes for (4) 5/16 screws.

For more information visit: www.eaton.com



Mounting holes for (4) 3/8 screws.

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Freedom

33-100

March 2009

Dimensions

Non-reversing Starters, C396 Electronic Overload
Table 33-151. Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights — C396 Electronic Overload
NEMA
Size

Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Wide
High
A
B

33
00 – 0
1
2
3



2.13 (54.0)
2.59 (65.9)
2.59 (65.9)
4.09 (103.9)

6.60 (167.6)
7.08 (179.7)
8.08 (205.1)
11.40 (289.6)

Deep
C

Mounting
Wide
D

High
E

Wide
D1

High
E1

3.65 (92.8)
4.49 (114.0)
4.49 (114.0)
5.82 (147.9)

1.01 (25.7)
2.00 (50.8)
2.00 (50.8)
3.00 (76.2)

6.18 (157.0)
6.50 (165.1)
7.50 (190.5)
10.81 (274.6)

—
1.29 (32.8)
1.29 (32.8)
1.50 (38.1)

—
—
6.50 (165.1)
6.63 (168.3)

Consult Eaton.
Mtg. Holes for
#10 Screws or M5 Screws
(2 Places)

C

D1

C

E B
E B

Press
.09 (2.3)
To Reset

Press
.09 (2.3)
To Reset

D
A

Mtg. Holes for
#10 Screws or M5 Screws
(3 Places)
NEMA Size 1

D
A
NEMA Size 00-0

C

C

D1

D1

D1
E1

E B
E1
E B

Press
.09 (2.3)
To Reset
Press
.09 (2.3)
To Reset
Mtg. Holes for
#10 Screws or M5 Screws
(3 Places)
NEMA Size 2

D
A

Mtg. Holes for
1/4-20 Screws or M6 Screws
(5 Places)
NEMA Size 3

D
A

Figure 33-40. Approximate Dimensions

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Freedom

33-101

March 2009

Dimensions
Table 33-152. Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights — C396 Electronic Overload
NEMA
Size

4
5
6

Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Wide
High
A
B

Deep
C

Mounting
Wide
D

High
E

Wide
D1

High
E1

7.00 (177.8)
7.64 (194.0)
9.47 (240.5)

7.17 (182.2)
7.57 (192.4)
9.89 (251.2)

6.00 (152.4)
6.00 (152.4)
3.10 (79.7)

8.50 (215.8)
16.01 (406.6)
18.00 (457.2)

—
—
3.18 (80.9)

—
.66 (16.7)
.89 (22.5)

9.11 (231.4)
17.86 (453.7)
21.69 (551.0)

A

A

D

E1

D

E B

Mtg. Holes for
.25 (6.4) Screws
(3 Places)

C

E

Press
.09 (2.3)
To Reset

Press
.09 (2.3)
To Reset

Size 5

Size 4

A
D

B

Mtg. Holes for
.28 (7.1) Screws
(4 Places)

Note: Size 4 Starter comes unassembled.
The starter is comprised of the Size 4
Freedom Series NEMA Contactor and
the C396 Overload Relay.

D1

C
E1

E

B

Mtg. Holes for
.42 (10.7) Screws
(4 Places)

Press
.09 (2.3)
To Reset

Size 6

Figure 33-41. Approximate Dimensions

CA08102001E

C

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

33

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Freedom

33-102

March 2009

Dimensions
Table 33-153. Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights — C396 Electronic Overload
NEMA
Size

33

7
8

Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Wide
High
A
B

Deep
C

Mounting
Wide
D

High
E

Wide
D1

High
E1

15.11 (383.8)
15.11 (383.8)

12.63 (320.9)
14.69 (373.0)

13.25 (336.6)
13.25 (336.6)

21.25 (539.8)
16.75 (425.5)

.93 (23.7)
.93 (23.7)

1.27 (32.4)
—

29.04 (737.7)
35.28 (895.1)

D1

A
D

C

E1

E B

Mtg. Holes for
.50 (12.7) Screws
(4 Places)

Press
.09 (2.3)
To Reset

Size 7
D1

A
D

C

E
B

Mtg. Holes for
.50 (12.7) Screws
(4 Places)
Press
.09 (2.3)
To Reset
Size 8

Figure 33-42. Approximate Dimensions

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Freedom

33-103

March 2009

Relays — Thermal Overload

Contents

Shrouded or fingerproof terminals
to reduce possibility of electrical
shock.
■ Meets UL 508 single-phasing
requirements.
■ UL listed, CSA certified, NEMA
compliance and CE mark.
■

Description

Page

Thermal Overload Relays
Product Description . . . . . .
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Information . . . .
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . .
Factory Modifications . . . .
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement Parts . . . . . . .
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . .
Heater Pack Selection . . . .

33-103
33-103
33-103
33-103
33-104
33-105
33-105
33-105
33-106
33-107
33-107

Operation
C306 Overload Relay Setting
1.0
1.15
Service Service
Factor Factor
B

C

A

D

Example of 12.0 FLA setting for
heater pack number H2011B showing
position for 1.0 or 1.15
service factor motors.

32A Overload
Cat. No. C306DN3B

Product Description
C306 Overload Relays are designed for
use with CE or CN non-reversing and
reversing contactors. Four sizes are
available for overload protection up
to 144A.

Features
■
■

■
■
■
■

■

Selectable Manual or Automatic
Reset operation.
Interchangeable Heater Packs
adjustable ±24% to match motor
FLA and calibrated for use with 1.0
and 1.15 service factor motors.
Heater packs for 32A overload relay
will mount in 75A overload relay —
useful in derating applications such
as jogging.
Class 10 or 20 heater packs.
Load lugs built into relay base.
Bimetallic, ambient compensated
operated. Trip free mechanism.
Electrically isolated NO-NC contacts
(pull RESET button to test).
(Electrical Ratings see Table 33-158
on Page 33-104).
Overload trip indication.

CA08102001E

Test for Trip Indication
To test overload relay for trip indication when in manual reset, pull out the
blue reset button. An orange flag will
appear indicating that the device has
tripped. Push reset button in to reset.
Warning — To provide continued protection against fire or shock hazard,
the complete overload relay must be
replaced if burnout of the heater
element occurs.

Technical Information
General
“Overload relays are provided to protect motors, motor control apparatus
and motor-branch circuit conductors
against excessive heating due to
motor overloads and failure to start.
This definition does not include:
1) motor circuits over 600V, 2) short
circuits, 3) ground faults and 4) fire
pump control.” (NEC Art. 430-31)

Figure 33-43. FLA Dial Adjustment

Time Current Characteristics

For motors having a 1.15 service factor, rotate the FLA adjustment dial to
correspond to the motor’s FLA rating.

The time-current characteristics of an
overload relay is an expression of performance which defines its operating
time at various multiples of its current
setting. Tests are run at Underwriters
Laboratories (UL) in accordance with
NEMA Standards and the NEC. UL
requires:

Estimate the dial position when the
motor FLA falls between two letter
values as shown in the example.
For motors having a 1.0 service factor,
rotate the FLA dial one-half position
counterclockwise (CCW).
A
M

Example of setting for
manual reset.

Figure 33-44. Manual/Automatic Reset
The overload relay is factory set at M
for manual reset operation. For automatic reset operation, turn the reset
adjustment dial to the A position as
shown in the illustration.
Automatic reset is not intended for
two-wire control devices.

When tested at 100 percent of its
current rating, the overload relay
shall trip ultimately.
■ When tested at 200 percent of its
current rating, the overload relay
shall trip in not more than 8
minutes.
■ When tested at 600 percent of the
current rating, the overload relay
shall trip in not more than 10 or 20
seconds, depending on the Class
of the relay.
■

“Current Rating” is defined as the
minimum current at which the relay
will trip. Per NEC, an overload must
ultimately trip at 125% of FLA current
(heater) setting for a 1.15 service factor
motor and 115% FLA for a 1.0 service
factor motor.
“Current Setting” is defined as the FLA
(Full Load Amperes) of the motor and
thus the overload heater pack setting.
Example: 600% of current rating is
defined as 750% (600 x 1.25) of FLA
current (heater) setting for a 1.15 service factor motor. A 10A heater setting
must trip in 20 seconds or less at 75A
motor current for a Class 20 relay.

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

33

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Freedom

33-104

March 2009

Relays — Thermal Overload

33

10,000

10,000

5000
4000
3000
2000

5000
4000
3000
2000

1000

1000

500
400
300
200

500
400
300
200

From
Cold Start

Trip Time
(Seconds) 100

From
Hot Start

50
40
30
20

Trip Time
(Seconds) 100

10

5
4
3
2
1

5
4
3
2
1
2
4
6
8
Multiples of Current Setting

From
Hot Start

50
40
30
20

10

0

From
Cold Start

0

10

Class 10 Overload Relay 25°C Open Rating

2
4
6
8
Multiples of Current Setting

10

Class 20 Overload Relay 25°C Open Rating

Figure 33-45. Class 10 and Class 20 Trip Curves

Technical Data

Table 33-156. Power Terminal Torque Line and Load Terminals
Terminal

Table 33-154. Wire (75°C) Sizes — AWG or kcmil — NEMA Sizes 00 – 2,
IEC A – K — Open
IEC
Size

NEMA
Size

32A
75A

Catalog Number

Torque in lb-in

C306DT3B
C306GT3B

20
35 (14 – 10 AWG)
40 (8 AWG)
45 (6 – 4 AWG)
50 (3 – 2 AWG)
120 (3/16)
200 (1/4)
250 (5/16)
120 (3/16)
200 (1/4)
250 (5/16)
35 (14 – 10 AWG)
40 (8 AWG)
45 (6 – 4 AWG)
50 (3 – 1/0 AWG)

Cu Only

Power Terminals — Line
A, B, C
D, E, F
G, H, J, K

00
0
1
2

12 – 16 Stranded, 12 – 14 Solid
8 – 16 Stranded, 10 – 14 Solid
8 – 14 Stranded or Solid
3 – 14 (Upper) and/or 6 – 14
(Lower) Stranded or Solid 


105A

144A

Power Terminals — Load — Cu Only (Stranded or Solid)
Catalog
Number

Terminal

Wire Size

C306DN3B

32A

14 – 6 AWG

C306GN3B

75A

14 – 2 AWG

Table 33-157. Plugging and Jogging Service Horsepower Ratings 

Control Terminals — Cu Only
12 – 16 AWG Stranded, 12 – 14 AWG Solid



Two compartment box lug.

Table 33-155. Wire (75°C) Sizes — AWG or kcmil — NEMA Sizes 3 – 8,
IEC L – N — Open
IEC Size

NEMA Size

Wire Size

Power Terminals — Line and Load
L
M
N

3
—
—

1/0 – 14 Cu/Al
1/0 – 8 Cu/Al
3/0 – 8 Cu/Al

—

4

Open — 3/0 – 8 Cu
Enclosed — 250 kcmil — 6 Cu/Al

—

5

750 kcmil — 2 or
(2) 250 kcmil — 3/0 Cu/Al
(2) 750 kcmil — 3/0 Cu/Al
(2) 750 kcmil — 1/0 Cu/Al

6–7
8

Control Terminals — Cu Only
12 – 16 AWG Stranded, 12 – 14 AWG Solid

C306KN3
(Socket Head
Screw)
C306NN3
(Socket Head
Screw)
C306NN3
(Slotted Head
Screw)

NEMA Size

200V

230V

460V

575V

00
0
1
2
3
4
5
6

—

1/2
1-1/2
3
10
20
30
75
150

1/2
2
5
15
30
60
150
300

1/2
2
5
15
30
60
150
300



1-1/2
3
7-1/2
15
25
60
125

Maximum horsepower where operation is interrupted more than 5
times per minute or more than 10 times in a 10 minute period. NEMA
standard ICS 2-1993 table 2-4-3.

Table 33-158. Overload Relay UL/CSA Contact Ratings Control Circuit 
AC Volts

120V

240V

480V

600V

30

15

7.5

6

NC Contact B600
Make and Break Amps
Break Amps

3

1.5

.75

Continuous Amps

5

5

5

5

.6

7.5

3.375

3

NO Contact C600
Make and Break Amps

15

Break Amps

1.5

Continuous Amps

2.5



.75
2.5

.375
2.5

.3
2.5

DC ratings cover Freedom Series coils only.

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Freedom

33-105

March 2009

Relays — Thermal Overload

Factory Modifications

Replacement Parts

C306 Thermal Overload Relays with Mounting Adapter

Heater Pack Replacement

Consists of a thermal overload relay mounted to a terminal
base adapter — permits fast and easy installation.

The heater pack series is determined by the 6th character of
the Catalog Number. Series A or prior heater packs (identified by either “A” or “-” as the 6th character) have built-in
load lugs. Series B or later heater packs do not (load lugs are
on overload relay). Replacement of Series A or earlier heater
packs with Series B or later heater packs, requires the one
time addition of Lug Adapter Kit C3606KAL1-3B to the Series
A1 overload relay.

Table 33-159. Product Selection
Description

Catalog
Number

C306DN3B + C306TB1
C306GN3B + C306TB2B

C306DT3B
C306GT3B

Price
U.S. $

Accessories
DIN Rail and Panel Mounting Adapter
These adapters are required when
component overload relays are to be
separately mounted. The terminal base
adapter includes line terminals and
connects with the overload relays on
Page 33-107.

Superseded
Series A
Heater Pack

Cat. No. C306TB1

Table 33-160. Product Selection
Description

Catalog
Number

For 32A Overload Relay
For 75A Overload Relay

C306TB1
C306TB2B 





Price
U.S. $

This Series B adapter will accept Series A or B overload relays
(C306GN3 or C306GN3B), C306TB2 can only be used with C306GN3.

Locking Cover for Overload Relay — C306 Only
Snap-on transparent or opaque plastic
panel for covering access port to the
overload relay trip setting dial — helps
prevent accidental or unauthorized
changes to trip and reset setting.

Series B
Heater Pack

Table 33-162. Heater Pack Replacement Requirements
Existing Heater Pack
Catalog Numbers

Replacement Product Required

H2001-3 – H2013-3
H2001A-3 – H2013A-3

Lug Adapter Kit C306KAL1-3B and Series B
Heater Pack

H2001B-3 – H2013B-3

Series B Heater Pack

H2014-3
H2014A-3

When inventory is exhausted, replace with
Lug Adapter Kit C3606KAL1-3B and Series B
Heater Pack

H2014B-3

Series B Heater Pack

H2015-3 – H2017-3

When inventory is exhausted, replace with
heater pack chosen from Table 33-163

H2015A-3 – H2017A-3

When inventory is exhausted, replace with
Lug Adapter Kit C3606KAL1-3B and Series B
Heater Pack

H2015B-3 – H2017B-3

Series B Heater Pack

Table 33-163. Heater Pack Ratings
Motor Full Load Ampere Rating
Dial Position

Overload Relay
Cover

Table 33-161. Product Selection
Description

Min.
Order Qty.
(Std. Pkg.)

Catalog
Number

Clear cover, no accessibility

50

C320PC3

Gray cover, no accessibility
w/Auto only nib

50

C320PC4

Gray cover, no accessibility,
w/Manual only nib

50

C320PC5

Gray cover with FLA dial
accessibility, A, B, C, D positions
and Auto only nib

50

C320PC6

Gray cover with FLA dial
accessibility, A, B, C, D positions
and Manual only nib

50

C320PC7

A

B

C

D

29.0
39.6
53.9

32.5
44.3
60.4

36.0
49.1
66.8

39.5
53.8
74.9

Order
Price
Heater Pack
U.S. $
Catalog Number
H2015B-3
H2016B-3
H2017B-3

Price
U.S. $

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C
CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

33

33-106

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Freedom
March 2009

Relays — Thermal Overload

Overload Relay Lug Adapter Kit

Overload Relay Replacement —
Series A Only
When replacing a Catalog Number
C306DN3 (Part No. 10-6044) or
C306GN3 (10-6319) Series A overload
relay on a starter, order a Series B
overload relay and Series B heater
packs.

33
Cat. No. C306KAL1-3
Overload Relay
Lug Adapter Kit

Superseded 32A Series A
Overload Relay
Cat. No. C306DN3

These kits are used in conjunction with
Catalog Numbers H2001B – H2014B or
H2101B – H2114B heater packs as a
means of utilizing these Series B
heater packs in Catalog Numbers
C306DN3 and C306GN3 Series Al overload relays. The kit consists of 3 lug
adapters and installation instructions.
When installing Series B heater packs
plus lug adapters in Series A overload
relays, refer to heater pack FLA adjustment tables originally supplied with
equipment (also supplied with kit).

Superseded 75A Series A
Overload Relay
Cat. No. C306GN3

Table 33-164. Product Selection — Overload
Relay Lug
Description

Catalog
Number

Price
U.S. $

Series Al Overload
C306KAL1-3B
Relay Lug Adapter Kit

Dimensions
Table 33-165. Stand-Alone Overload Relays — Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weight
Ampere
Size

32A
75A
105 & 144A

Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Ship. Wt.
Lbs. (kg)

Wide
A

High
B

Deep
C

Mounting
D

E

F (Slot)

G (Hole)

1.77 (45.0)
2.54 (64.5)
4.00 (101.6)

4.13 (104.9)
4.69 (119.1)
7.17 (182.1)

3.69 (93.7)
3.74 (95.0)
4.91 (124.7)

1.36 (34.5)
2.00 (50.8)
3.00 (76.2)

3.74 (95.0)
3.45 (87.6)
6.62 (168.1)

.18 x .30 (4.6 x 7.6)
.22 x .26 (5.6 x 6.6)
—

.18 (4.6) Dia.
.21 (5.3) Dia.
—

.8 (.4)
1.4 (.6)
4.0 (1.8)

Stand-Alone Overload Relays
D

B

F

G

A

C

C

B

E

A

E

Mtg. Holes for (3)
1/4-20 Screws
105A and 144A Sizes
C306KN3 and C306NN3
D

32A and 75A Sizes
C306DT3B and C306GT3B

Figure 33-46. Approximate Dimensions — Stand-Alone Overload Relays

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C
For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Freedom

33-107

March 2009

Relays — Thermal Overload

Product Selection

33

75A Overload
Cat. No. C306GN3B

75A Overload
Cat. No. C306GT3B

32A Overload
Cat. No. C306DT3B

32A Overload
Cat. No. C306DN3B

Table 33-166. C306 Thermal Overload Relays
For Use with Freedom
Series Contactors
NEMA
Size
00, 0
1, 2
3
4
5–8






Maximum
Ampere
Rating

Number
of Poles

32 
75 
105 
144 
—

3
3
3
3
—

Open Type
Catalog
Number

Number
of Poles

NEMA Size

Maximum
Ampere
Rating

00, 0, 1 
1
3
4
5–8

32
75
105
144
—

3
3
3
3
—



Catalog
Number

Price
U.S. $

C306DG3B
C306GG3B
—

NEMA Sizes 5 – 8 use the 32A overload in conjunction with CTs.
Series B overload relays have load lugs built into relay base and will only accept Series B heater packs. These relays can be directly attached to
contactor or they can be DIN rail or panel mounted using adapter on Page 33-105.
These relays can be panel mounted only.

For Stand-Alone
Applications



Price
U.S. $

C306DN3B
C306GN3B
C306KN3
C306NN3
—

Heater Pack Selection

Table 33-167. C306 Thermal Overload Relays



NEMA 1 Enclosed

Open Type
Catalog
Number

Price
U.S. $

C306DT3B
C306GT3B
C306KN3
C306NN3
—

Overload relay assembled with mounting adapter for DIN rail or
panel mount.
Panel mount only.
NEMA Sizes 5 – 8 use the 32A overload in conjunction with CTs.

Heater packs H2001B to H2017B and H2101B to H2117B are
to be used only with Series B overload relays Catalog
Numbers C306DN3B (Part No. 10-7016) and C306GN3B
(Part No. 10-7020). The load lugs are built into the overload
relay base to allow load wiring prior to heater pack installation. The previous heater design had integral load lugs.
The Series B heater packs are electrically equivalent to the
previous heater design. Heaters H2018-3 to H2024-3 have
not changed.
Table 33-168. Starters with Series B Overload Relays
NEMA — AN Type

IEC — AE Type

Size

Series

Size

Series

00 – 0
1–2
5
6
7–8

C
B
B
C
B

A–F
G–K

C
B

Note: The series of a starter is the last digit of the listed Catalog
Number. EXAMPLE: AN16DN0AB.
Heater Pack
H2001B – H2017B

Heater Pack
H2101B – H2117B

Heater Pack
H2018 – H2024

Technical Data . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement Parts . . . . .
Discount Symbol . . . . . . .
CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

Page 33-104
Page 33-106
Pages 33-105 – 33-106
1CD1C

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Freedom

33-108

March 2009

Relays — Thermal Overload
Table 33-169. Standard Trip — Class 20 Heater Selection
Overload
Relay
Size

33

Motor Full Load Ampere Rating

Catalog
Number
(Includes
3 Heater
Packs) 


Dial Position
A

B

C

D

Table 33-170. Fast Trip — Class 10 Heater Selection
Price
U.S. $

For Use with NEMA Sizes 00 – 0 Series C, NEMA Sizes 1 – 2 Series B;
IEC Sizes A – F Series C, IEC Sizes G – K Series B
32A or
75A

.254
.375
.560
.814
1.20

.306
.452
.676
.983
1.45

.359
.530
.791
1.15
1.71

1.79
2.15
3.23
4.55
6.75

2.16
2.60
3.90
5.50
8.17

2.53
3.04
4.56
6.45
9.58

9.14
14.0
18.7
23.5

10.8
16.9
22.7
28.5

12.4
19.9
26.7
33.5

.411
.607
.907
1.32
1.96

H2001B-3
H2002B-3
H2003B-3
H2004B-3
H2005B-3

29.0
39.6
53.9

34.0
45.5
60.9

39.1
51.5
67.9

11.5
15.7
19.0
24.5
33.4

H2025-3
H2026-3
H2027-3
H2018-3
H2019-3

33.5
45.7
62.2
84.7
106.0

37.5
51.2
69.7
95.0
118.0

41.5
56.7
77.1
105.0
131.0

45.6
62.1
84.6
115.0
144.0

H2020-3
H2021-3
H2022-3
H2023-3
H2024-3

79
118
174
209
—

H2004B-3
H2005B-3
H2006B-3
H2007B-3
H2008B-3

For Use with Size 6 Starters Only — Series B and IEC T – V with 600/5 CT
32A 

144
215
258
388

174
259
312
468

205
304
365
547

235
348
419
627

H2005B-3
H2006B-3
H2007B-3
H2008B-3

75A

163
240
358
430
646

197
290
432
520
780

230
342
506
608
912

.313
.464
.688
1.02
1.55
2.33
2.79
4.10
6.03
8.58

264
392
580
698
—

11.2
17.5
21.8
27.3

.367
.543
.806
1.20
1.83

.420
.623
.924
1.37
2.10

H2101B-3
H2102B-3
H2103B-3
H2104B-3
H2105B-3

2.74
3.28
4.82
7.09
10.1

3.15
3.77
5.54
8.16
11.6

H2106B-3
H2107B-3
H2108B-3
H2109B-3
H2110B-3

12.8
20.7
25.0
31.0

14.4
23.8
28.1
34.8

H2111B-3
H2112B-3
H2113B-3
H2114B-3

H2004B-3
H2005B-3
H2006B-3
H2007B-3
H2008B-3

28.3
36.6
53.8

32.6
42.3
60.8

37.0
48.1
67.9

41.3
53.8
74.9

H2115B-3
H2116B-3
H2117B-3

For Use with Size 5 Starters Only — Series B and IEC P, R and S with 300/5 CT
32A 

51
77
115
138
203

61
93
140
167
246

72
110
164
197
289

82
126
189
226
—

H2104B-3
H2105B-3
H2106B-3
H2107B-3
H2108B-3

For Use with Size 6 Starters Only — Series B and IEC T – V with 600/5 CT
32A 

154
230
276
406

186
280
335
492

220
329
394
578

252
378
452
—

H2105B-3
H2106B-3
H2107B-3
H2108B-3

For Use with Size 7 Starters Only — Series B and IEC W – X with 1000/5 CT
32A 

169
256
384
460
676

204
310
466
558
820

240
366
543
656
—

274
420
630
754
—

H2104B-3
H2105B-3
H2106B-3
H2107B-3
H2108B-3

For Use with Size 8 Starters Only — Series B and IEC Z with 1500/5 CT
32A 

For Use with Size 7 Starters Only — Series B and IEC W – X with 1000/5 CT
32A 

D

Price
U.S. $

For Use with NEMA Size 2, IEC Sizes G – K Only — Series B

H2015B-3
H2016B-3
H2017B-3

10.3
14.3
17.4
22.3
30.5

69
103
152
182
274

C

.260
.384
.570
.846
1.28

9.60
14.4
18.7
23.5

9.2
12.8
15.7
20.2
27.6

59
87
130
156
234

32A or
75A

H2011B-3
H2012B-3
H2013B-3
H2014B-3

44.1
57.4
74.9

Catalog
Number
(Includes
3 Heater
Packs) 

For Use with NEMA Sizes 00 – 0 Series C, NEMA Sizes 1 – 2 Series B;
IEC Sizes A – F Series C, IEC Sizes G – K Series B

14.0
22.8
30.7
38.5

8.0
11.4
14.3
18.0
24.6

49
72
107
129
194

B

1.92
2.30
3.38
4.96
7.07

For Use with Size 5 Starters — Series B and IEC P, R and S with 300/5 CT
32A 

A

H2006B-3
H2007B-3
H2008B-3
H2009B-3
H2010B-3

For Use with NEMA Sizes 3 – 4, IEC Sizes L – N Only — Series A
105A or
144A

Motor Full Load Ampere Rating
Dial Position

2.90
3.49
5.23
7.40
11.0

For Use with NEMA Size 2, IEC Sizes G – K Only — Series B
75A

Overload
Relay
Size




254
384
576
690
1014

306
465
699
837
1230

360
549
822
984
—

411
630
945
1131
—

H2104B-3
H2105B-3
H2106B-3
H2107B-3
H2108B-3

Heater packs are shipped 3 to a carton. Catalog Numbers are for
3 heater packs.
Sizes 5 – 8 and IEC P – Z use the 32A overload relay with current
transformers.

For Use with Size 8 Starters Only — Series B and IEC Z with 1500/5 CT
32A 





244
360
537
645
969

295
435
648
780
1170

345
513
759
912
1368

396
588
870
1047
—

H2004B-3
H2005B-3
H2006B-3
H2007B-3
H2008B-3

Heater packs are shipped 3 to a carton. Catalog Numbers are for
3 heater packs.
Sizes 5 – 8 and IEC P – Z use the 32A overload relay with current
transformers.

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C
For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Freedom

33-109

March 2009

Relays — C396 Electronic Overload

Contents
Description

Page

Electronic Overload Relays
Product Description . . . . . .
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Standards and
Certifications . . . . . . . . . .
Catalog Number
Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . .
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and
Specifications . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . .

33-109
33-109
33-109
33-110
33-111
33-112
33-113
33-114

Product Description

Standards and Certifications

The C396 is a self-powered, robust
electronic overload designed for integrated use with Freedom NEMA, XT
IEC, and DP contactors. The overload
can also be ordered as a stand-alone
device that is designed for PanelMounting and for use on 35 mm DIN
rail. The C396 has an FLA range of
0.1 – 150 Amps with internal CTs, and
up to 1500 Amps using external CTs.

■

Features
■

■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■

Standard Version: Selectable trip
class (5, 10, 20, 30) with Selectable
Manual or Auto Reset
Broad 5:1 FLA range
Self-Powered Design, will accept AC
voltages from 12 – 690V 50/60 Hz
Ambient Temperature
Compensation
Low Heat Generation
Phase Loss Protection
Phase Unbalance Protection
Electrically isolated 1NO-1NC
Contacts (Push-to-Test)
Trip Status Indicator
FLA range of 0.1 – 1500 Amps

C396 Electronic
Overload Relay

CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

■

■
■
■

UL Listed Components: Standalone, starter-mounted devices and
remote reset kit.
CSA Certified Components: Standalone, starter-mounted devices and
remote reset kit.
IEC EN 60947-4-1, EN 60947-5-1
CE
RoHS

33

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Freedom

33-110

March 2009

Relays — C396 Electronic Overload

Catalog Number Selection
Table 33-171. C396 Electronic Overload Catalog Numbering System

C396 A 2 A P05 SEL AX

33
Device Type

Adapter Suffix Code 


C396 = C396 Electronic Overload Relay

See Tables 33-172 to 33-175.
Class

Frame Size

SEL = Selectable

A = 45 mm
B = 65 mm
C = 110 mm

Max. Amperes
Current Rating
Feature Set

Frame A (45 mm)
P05 = 0.1 – 0.5
002 = 0.4 – 2.0
005 = 1 – 5
008 = 1.6 – 8
032 = 6.4 – 32
045 = 9 – 45

Reset Type
2 = Standard

A = Auto

Frame B (65 mm)
075 = 15 – 75
110 = 22 – 110
Frame C (110 mm)
150 = 30 – 150



Choose appropriate adapter based on application FLA range and contactor’s frame size.

Table 33-172. Stand-Alone Overload Relay
Suffix Code
FLA Range

Frame Size

Suffix

All

N/A

AX

Table 33-174. Freedom NEMA Adapter
Suffix Code
FLA Range
(Amps)

Contactor
Frame Size

Suffix

0.1 – 0.5

NEMA Size 00
NEMA Size 0
NEMA Size 1

FLA Range
(Amps)

Contactor
Frame Size

Suffix

FD

0.1 – 0.5
0.4 – 2.0
1–5

15, 25, 30A

DC

0.4 – 2.0

NEMA Size 00
NEMA Size 0
NEMA Size 1

FD

1.6 – 8

15, 25, 30, 40A

DE

6.4 – 32

15, 25, 30, 40, 50A

DF

1–5

NEMA Size 00
NEMA Size 0
NEMA Size 1

F00
F0
F01

9 – 45

40, 50A

DF

15 – 75

60, 75A

DG

1.6 – 8

NEMA Size 00
NEMA Size 0
NEMA Size 1
NEMA Size 2

F00
F0
F1
F2

6.4 – 32

NEMA Size 0
NEMA Size 1

FB
FD

9 – 45

NEMA Size 2

FG

22 – 110

NEMA Size 3

FK

Table 33-173. XT IEC Adapter Suffix Code
Contactor
Frame Size
IEC Frame B

IEC Frame C

IEC Frame D

IEC Frame F – G

FLA Range
(Amps)

Suffix

0.1 – 0.5
0.4 – 2.0
1–5
1.6 – 8
6.4 – 32

XB

0.1 – 0.5
0.4 – 2.0
1–5
1.6 – 8
6.4 – 32

XC

6.4 – 32
9 – 45
15 – 75

XD

22 – 110

XF

Table 33-175. DP Contactor Adapter
Suffix Code

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Freedom

33-111

March 2009

Relays — C396 Electronic Overload

Product Selection

Table 33-176. C396 Stand-Alone Overload Relay
FLA Range
(Amps)

Description

Catalog
Number

Price
U.S. $

45 mm Overload Frame Size 

0.1 – 0.5
0.4 – 2.0
1–5
1.6 – 8
6.4 – 32
9 – 45

Cat. No.
C396A2A045SELAX

—

C396A2AP05SELAX
C396A2A002SELAX
C396A2A005SELAX
C396A2A008SELAX
C396A2A032SELAX
C396A2A045SELAX

33

65 mm Overload Frame Size 

15 – 75
22 – 110

—

C396B2A075SELAX
C396B2A110SELAX

110 mm Overload Frame Size 
30 – 150




—

C396C2A150SELAX

Overload comes with a panel/DIN rail mounting adapter assembled. No separate mounting
adapter accessory offered.
Panel mount only! Overload comes with integrated pass-through holes for power wires. Bus Bar Kit
(C396CBAR or C396CBARXT, see Table 33-181) and Lug Kit (C396CLUG) must be purchased separately if customer prefers not to use pass-through capability.

Table 33-177. Current Transformer Kits for Use with Stand-Alone Overload Relay C396A2A005SELAX 
Cat. No.
C396B2A110SELFK

FLA Range
(Amps)

Description

Catalog
Number

60 – 300

300: 5 Panel-mount CT Kit with integrated,
pass-through holes. Kit includes CT, bus
bars, lugs and hardware to mount
C396A2A005SELAX (not included).
600: 5 Panel-mount CT Kit with integrated,
pass-through holes. Kit includes CT, bus
bars, lugs and hardware to mount
C396A2A005SELAX (not included).
1000: 5 Panel-mount CT Kit with integrated,
pass-through holes. Kit includes CT, bus
bars, lugs and hardware to mount
C396A2A005SELAX (not included).
1500: 5 Panel-mount CT Kit with integrated,
pass-through holes. Kit includes CT, bus
bars, lugs and hardware to mount
C396A2A005SELAX (not included).

C396CTK300

120 – 600

200 – 1000

300 – 1500

Cat. No.
C396C2A150SELAX


Price
U.S. $

C396CTK600

C396CTK1000

C396CTK1500

C396A2A005SELAX is not included in the current transformer kits. This item must be ordered
separately.

Table 33-178. C396 Overload for Integrated Use with XT IEC Contactors
FLA Range
(Amps)

XT IEC Contactor
Frame Size / Width

Catalog
Number

Price
U.S. $

B / 45 mm
B / 45 mm
B / 45 mm
B / 45 mm
B / 45 mm
C / 45 mm
C / 45 mm
C / 45 mm
C / 45 mm
C / 45 mm
D / 55 mm
D / 55 mm

C396A2AP05SELXB
C396A2A002SELXB
C396A2A005SELXB
C396A2A008SELXB
C396A2A032SELXB
C396A2AP05SELXC
C396A2A002SELXC
C396A2A005SELXC
C396A2A008SELXC
C396A2A032SELXC
C396A2A032SELXD
C396A2A045SELXD

D / 55 mm
F – G / 90 mm

C396B2A075SELXD
C396B2A110SELXF

45 mm Overload Frame Size
0.1 – 0.5
0.4 – 2.0
1–5
1.6 – 8
6.4 – 32
0.1 – 0.5
0.4 – 2.0
1–5
1.6 – 8
6.4 – 32
6.4 – 32
9 – 45

Cat. No.
C396C2A150SELAX +
C396CBAR

65 mm Overload Frame Size
15 – 75
22 – 110

110 mm Overload Frame Size — Stand-Alone or Direct to XT Contactor with Indicated Kit
30 – 150
110 mm XT Bus Bar Kit


G / 90 mm

Catalog Number shown is for Stand-Alone C396 Overload Relay. For direct connection to XT
Frame G contactor, order additional XT Bus Bar Kit, C396CBARXT, shown in Tables 33-178 and
33-181. If load side lugs are required, order C396CLUG (set of 3).

Technical Data. . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . .

Cat. No.
C396C2A150SELAX +
C396CBAR + C396CLUG

CA08102001E

C396C2A150SELAX 
C396CBARXT

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

Page 33-113
Page 33-114 – 33-114
Pages 33-112
1CD7

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Freedom

33-112

March 2009

Relays — C396 Electronic Overload
Table 33-179. C396 Overload for Integrated Use with Freedom NEMA
Contactors 

FLA
Range
(Amps)

33

NEMA
Contactor
Frame Size

Description

Catalog
Number

Price
U.S. $

Accessories
Table 33-181. C396 Electronic Overload Accessories
Description

45 mm Overload Frame Size
0.1 – 0.5
0.4 – 2.0

00, 0, 1
00, 0, 1

—

C396A2AP05SELFD
C396A2A002SELFD

1–5

00
0
1

—

C396A2A005SELF00
C396A2A005SELF0
C396A2A005SELF1

1.6 – 8

00
0
1
2

—

C396A2A008SELF00
C396A2A008SELF0
C396A2A008SELF1
C396A2A008SELF2

6.4 – 32

0
1

—

C396A2A032SELFB
C396A2A032SELFD

9 – 45

2

—

C396A2A045SELFG

—

C396B2A110SELFK

3

Price
U.S. $

Reset Bar Kit 
C396ARST
assembles to the top
of the overload to
increase reset area.
110 mm Lug Kit 

C396CLUG

110 mm Bus Bar Kit

C396CBAR

110 mm XT Bus Bar
Kit 

C396CBARXT

Remote Reset
24V DC 


C396RR024DC

Remote Reset
24V AC 


C396RR024AC

Remote Reset
120V AC 


C396RR120AC

Remote Reset
240V AC 


C396RR240AC



65 mm Overload Frame Size
22 – 110

Catalog
Number

110 mm Overload Frame Size — Stand-Alone 
30 – 150

4

—

C396C2A150SELAX 

Note: For NEMA Sizes 5 – 8, refer to Table 33-177, Current
Transformer Kits.





Discount Symbol 1CD1.
Discount Symbol 1CD7.
Panel mount only! Overload comes with integrated pass-through
holes for power wires. Bus Bar Kit (C396CBAR or C396CBARXT, see
Table 33-181) and Lug Kit (C396CLUG) must be purchased separately
if customer prefers not to use pass-through capability.

C396ARST +
C396RR _ _ _ _ _
Assembled to a C396
Overload Relay

Mechanical Reset
with E22 Flush Pushbutton and Mechanical Push Rod 	
Plastic Black Bezel
Chrome Bezel

E22MRL
Mechanical Push
Rod — for external
mechanical reset 

Cat. No.
C396A2A008SELDC

Table 33-180. C396 Overload for Integrated Use with DP Contactors by
Feature Set 
FLA
Range
(Amps)

DP
Contactor Rating

Catalog
Number

Price
U.S. $

45 mm Overload Frame Size
0.1 – 0.5
0.4 – 2.0
1–5
1.6 – 8
6.4 – 32
9 – 45

15, 25, 30
15, 25, 30
15, 25, 30
15, 25, 30, 40
15, 25, 30, 40, 50
40, 50



60, 75

Mounting Hole
Adapter Kit 	






C396A2AP05SELDC
C396A2A002SELDC
C396A2A005SELDC
C396A2A008SELDE
C396A2A032SELDF
C396A2A045SELDF

65 mm Overload Frame Size
15 – 75

E22PB6N29L
E22P6N29L

C396B2A075SELDG

	





Discount Symbol 1CD-5C.

	

E22ARK

Discount Symbol 1CD7.
Discount Symbol 1CD1.
Set of 3 lugs and hardware, 2 sets are required to wire line and load
sides. Bus Bar Kit (C396CBAR or C396CBARXT) is needed to use the
Lug Kit.
Bus bar kits do not include lugs. Order C396CLUG if lugs are needed
(3 lugs per kit).
The operator button is blue with the letters “RESET” printed in white.
The push rod is 4.72" long and can be cut to the desired length. This kit
can be used alone or in conjunction with the C396 Reset Bar Kit,
C396ARST, to increase the size of the reset area on the overload.
Reset Bar Kit (C396ARST) required to use the Remote Reset modules.
Note that all Freedom Starters come with Reset Bars.
When used in conjunction with a Stand-Alone C396 Overload Relay
(overloads with an “AX” suffix), style number of the overload must
end in a “B” or later.
Must be cut to proper length — uncut 4.72 inches (119.9 mm) long.
Enables a 22.5 mm operator to be mounted in a 30.5 mm holes —
1/16 to 7/32 inch (1.6 to 5.6 mm) panel thickness.

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-114, Page 33-115
For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Freedom

33-113

March 2009

Relays — C396 Electronic Overload

Technical Data and Specifications
Table 33-182. Overload Relay Specifications
General
Description

Table 33-182. Overload Relay Specifications (Continued)

C396_2_

General
Description

Standard

Protection

C396_2_
Standard

Climate Considerations

Thermal

1.05 x FLA: Does not trip
1.25 x FLA: Overload trip

Ambient Temperature
(Operating)

-25° to 65°C (-13° to 149°F) inside
enclosure

Phase Loss

1 Phase = 0, Trip time = 3s (Hot Status)
Max - Min / Max > 40%,
Trip time = 3s (Hot Status)

Ambient Temperature
(Storage / Transportation)

-40° to 80°C (-40° to 176°F)

Phase Imbalance
Inrush Current

> 8 x Max FLA, Trip time is 0.3s (Cold Status)

Trip Class
Class 5, 10, 20, 30

Selectable

Reset
M / M-O
A / A-O

Manual / Manual + Stop
Auto / Auto + Stop
Auto Reset Time = up to 165s

Indications
Test Indicator

Yellow

Trip Indicator

Yellow

UL991 (H3): 20 – 95% non-condensing

Altitude
(Operating)

NEMA ICS1: 2000 meters max above
sea level

Pollution (Operating —
External)

Pollution degree 3

Mechanical Shock
Resistance
(IEC/EN 68-2-17)

15g

Vibration (Lloyd’s Register
of Shipping, Vibration Test 2)

6g

Temperature
Compensation

Continuous

Voltages

PCBA
Power Sensing

Humidity

3 phase

Instant Reset by Power ON

CPU reset by Power ON after 2 – 3s

Thermal memory

< 3 min.

Cold and Hot Trip Curves

Power ON > 20 min. is Hot Status

Power Consumption

< 300 mW

Options
Safety Cover

Covers FLA dial, DIP switches

Remote Reset

24V DC, 24V AC, 120V AC, 240V AC

Control Voltage

12 – 690V AC, 50/60 Hz

Insulation Voltage (Ui) —
Main Circuit

1000V AC

Insulation Voltage (Ui) —
Control Circuit

690V AC

Impulse Withstand Voltage
(Uimp) VAC

6000

FLA Range
45 mm Frame: C396A_

0.1 – 45A

65 mm Frame: C396B_

15 – 110A

110 mm Frame: C396C_

30 – 150A

Safety
Degree of Protection

IP20 (Stand-Alone Version Only)

Capacity
Control Terminal Capacity

18 – 14 AWG

Control Terminal Tightening
Torque in Nm (lb-in)

0.79 (7)

Load Terminal Capacity
45 mm Frame: C396A_

14 – 6 AWG

65 mm Frame: C396B_

10 – 1 AWG

110 mm Frame: C396C_

6 AWG – 250 mcm

Load Terminal Tightening Torque in Nm (lb-in)
45 mm Frame: C396A_

3.2 (28)

65 mm Frame: C396B_

9.0 (80)

110 mm Frame: C396C_

22.6 (200)

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-114, 33-115
CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

33

33-114

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Freedom
March 2009

Relays — C396 Electronic Overload

Dimensions

33

Mounting Holes for
#6 or M4 Screws
(2 Qty.)

3.60
(91.5)

3.23
(82.0)

2.34
(59.5)
1.54
(39.1)

1.57
(40.0)

.18 .20
(4.5) (5.0)

3.41
(86.5)

.94
(23.8)

1.93
(49.0)

Figure 33-47. 45 mm Stand-Alone C396 Electronic Overload Relay — Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Mounting Holes for
#10 or M5 Screws
(4 Qty.)
.03
(.8)

1.65
(41.9)

4.49
(114.0)

.16
(4.1)

.24
(6.1)
2.50
(63.5)
4.28
(108.7)

.03
(.8)

1.59
(40.4)

4.72
(119.9)

2.56
(65.0)

.06
(1.5)

Figure 33-48. 65 mm Stand-Alone C396 Electronic Overload Relay — Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Freedom

33-115

March 2009

Relays — C396 Electronic Overload

3.80
(96.5)

.25
(6.4)

6.10
(154.9)

Mounting
Holes for
#10 or M5
Screws
(4 Qty.)

1.25
(31.9)

33
1.89
(47.9)

.04
(1.0)

.06
(1.5)
3.70
(94.0)

3.70
(94.0)

8.54
(217.0)

.12
(3.0)

3.80
(96.5)

.16
(4.0)

6.05
(153.7)

Figure 33-49. 110 mm Stand-Alone C396 Electronic Overload Relay

CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

4.33
(110.0)

33-116

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Freedom, Full Voltage — Enclosed
March 2009

Product Family Overview

33

Product Description

■

Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer® “Freedom
Series” Starters and Contactors feature
a compact, space-saving design, high
strength, impact and temperature
resistant insulating materials.

■

Features
■

Catalog Number ECN2208AAC
■
■
■

■
■

Adjustable Bimetallic Ambient
Compensated Overload Relays with
interchangeable heater packs —
available in three basic sizes,
covering applications up to 900 hp
— reducing the number of different
contactor/overload relay combinations that have to be stocked.
Fixed heater overloads optional.
Electronic/Solid-State Overload
optional.
A full line of snap-on accessories —
top and side mounted auxiliary
contacts, solid-state and pneumatic
timers, etc.
Straight-through wiring — line lugs
at top, load lugs at bottom.
Horizontal or vertical mounting on
upright panel for application freedom.

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

■

■

■

Screw type power terminals have
captive, backed-out self-lifting
pressure plates with ± screws —
reduced wiring time.
Accessible terminals for easy
wiring. Optional fingerproof shields
available to prevent electrical shock.
Top located coil terminals
convenient and readily accessible.
45 mm contactor magnet coils have
three terminals, permitting either
top or diagonal wiring — easy to
replace European or U.S. style
starters or contactors without
changing wiring layout.
Encapsulated dual voltage/
frequency magnet coils —
permanently marked with voltage,
frequency and part number.
Designed to meet or exceed UL,
CSA, IEC, VDE, BS and other
international standards and listings.

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Freedom, Full Voltage — Enclosed

33-117

March 2009

Product Family Overview

Standards and Certifications
Note: See Enclosed Control Product Guide
PG0300001E for additional information on
Standards and Certifications that apply to all
Cutler-Hammer Enclosed Control products.

UL Listed
■ cUL Listed (indicates appropriate
CSA Standard investigation)
■ ABS Type Approved
■

Certified Type 2 Coordination
Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer Freedom
Series IEC starters and NEMA starters
are UL Certified to achieve IEC 947
Type 2 coordination against 100,000A
short circuit fault currents. Any brand
of properly selected fuse can be used.
Type 2 coordination means that the
starter will be suitable for further use
following a short circuit fault.

CA08102001E

ISO 9001 Certification
When you turn to Eaton’s CutlerHammer Products, you turn to quality.
The International Standards
Organization (ISO) has established a
series of standards acknowledged by
91 industrialized nations to bring
harmony to the international quest for
quality. The ISO certification process
covers 20 quality system elements in
design, production and installation
that must conform to achieve
registration. The Enclosed Control is
manufactured in our Fayetteville, NC
plant, and this facility is registered ISO
9001. This commitment to quality
results in increased product reliability
and total customer satisfaction.

Freedom NEMA contactors and starters are extremely rugged products
built for any application. Their long
electrical/mechanical life is extended
through easy maintainability.
■
■
■
■
■

Meets and exceeds all UL and CSA
standards.
Sized based on standard NEMA size
classifications.
Designed and built for a variety of
demanding applications.
Easy coil change and inspectable/
replaceable contacts.
Available Open and in Type 1, 3R,
4, 4X, 7/9 and 12 enclosures.

Short Circuit Protection
Fuses and Inverse-Time Circuit Breakers
may be selected per Article 430, Part D
of the National Electrical Code to protect motor branch circuits from fault
conditions. If higher ratings or settings
are required to start the motor, do not
exceed the maximum as listed in
Exception No. 2, Article 430-52.

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

33

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Freedom, Full Voltage — Enclosed

33-118

March 2009

Product Family Overview

Catalog Number Selection
Table 33-183. NEMA Freedom Line Enclosed Control Catalog Numbering System

EC N

33

22

2

1

A

A

F -

Design

Modification Codes
See Page 33-42 – 33-49

N = Freedom NEMA
2 = A200
Class

Table

01 = Non-reversing Contactor — 3-Pole

33-189

Non-reversing Contactor — 2-Pole

33-190

Non-reversing Contactor — 4-Pole

33-191

Non-reversing Contactor — 5-Pole

33-192

02 = Reversing Contactor — 3-Pole

33-193

05 = Non-combination Non-reversing Starter

33-194

06 = Non-combination Reversing Starter

33-195

07 = Non-combination Non-reversing Starter with CPT

33-196

08 = Non-combination Single-Phase Non-reversing Starter

33-197

16 = Combination Non-reversing Starter — Fusible
Disconnect

33-198,
33-287

Combination Non-reversing Starter — Non-fusible
Disconnect

33-199

Special Enclosure Combination Non-reversing
Starter —
Fusible/Non-fusible Disconnect

33-200

17 = Combination Reversing Starter — Fusible Disconnect

33-201

Combination Reversing Starter — Non-fusible
Disconnect

33-202

18 = Combination Reversing Starter — Fusible Disconnect
with CPT

33-203,
33-288

Combination Reversing Starter — Non-fusible
Disconnect with CPT

33-204

Cover Control
Type 1 Non-comb., Table 33-186
All Others, Table 33-187
E22 Style Comb., Table 33-189
Contactors
3 = 3 Poles
Coil Voltage and/or Control Transformers
See Tables 33-184 and 33-185
Disconnect Fuse Clip Ratings

33-205,

Special Enclosure Combination Non-reversing
Starter — Circuit Breaker

33-206




3=
4=
5=
6=

Size 3
Size 4
Size 5
Size 6

100A/600V R
200A/250V R
200A/600V R
400A/250V R
400A/600V R
600A/250V R

N=
P=
Q=
R=
S=
T=

600A/600V R
800A/600V L
1200A/600V L
1600A/600V L
2000A/600V L
by Description

H=
J=
K=
L=
M=
N=
P=
Q=

150A
250A
400A
600A
800A
1000A
1200A
2000A

R = 3000A
T = by Description
5=
3A 

7A 

6=
15A 

7=
30A 

8=
50A 

9=
I = 100A 


Type 1 — General Purpose
Type 3R — Rainproof
Type 4 — Watertight (Painted Steel)
Type 4X — Watertight (304-Grade Stainless Steel)
Type 4X — Corrosion (Nonmetallic)
Type 7/9 — Bolted Hazardous Location
Type 7/9 — Threaded Hazardous Location
Type 12 — Dust-Tight
Type 4X — 316-Grade Stainless Steel

Use for Sizes 0 – 3, HMCP 600V applications only.

Code



None
3A
7A
15A
30A
50A
70A
100A

G=
H=
J=
K=
L=
M=

Enclosure Type

7 = Size 7
8 = Size 8
9 = Size 9

Table 33-184. Magnetic Coil Codes (System Voltage) 
A
B
C
D
E
G
H
J

A=
B=
C=
D=
E=
F=
W=
G=

1=
2=
3=
4=
5=
6=
7=
8=
9=

NEMA Size
Size 00
Size 0
Size 1
Size 2

None
30A/250V R
30A/600V R
60A/250V R
60A/600V R
100A/250V R

HMCP/E or Breaker Ratings

22 = Combination Non-reversing Starter — Circuit Breaker

A=
0=
1=
2=

A=
B=
C=
D=
E=
F=

Magnet Coil
120/60 110/50
240/60 220/50
460/60 440/50
575/60 550/50
208/60
550/50
277/60
208 – 240/60

Code
K
L
M
P
Q
R
S
T

Magnet Coil
240/50
380/50
415/50
12V DC
24V DC
48V DC
125V DC
24/60

Code
U
V
W
X
Y
Z

Table 33-185. Control Power Transformer Codes (System Voltage)
Magnet Coil

Code

Primary

Secondary

24/50
32/50
48/60
104 – 120/60
48/50
By Description

B
C
D
E
H
L
M
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
Y
Z

240/480 – 220/440 Wired for 240V
240/480 – 220/440 Wired for 480V
600/60 – 550/50
208/60
277/60
380/50
415/50
208/60
240/480 – 220/440 Wired for 240V
240/480 – 220/440 Wired for 480V
600/60
277/60
380/50
415/50
240/480/600 Wired for 480V
240/480/600 Wired for 480V
By Description

120/60 – 110/50
120/60 – 110/50
120/60 – 110/50
120/60
120/60
110/50
110/50
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
120
24

When control power transformer modification codes (C1 – C11)
are used or when starter class includes CPT (i.e. ECN07, 18) see
Table 33-185 for system voltage code.

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Freedom, Full Voltage — Enclosed

33-119

March 2009

Product Family Overview

Cover Control
Non-combination Starters
Control Power Transformer (CPT) may be required.

33

Combination Starters
■
■
■
■
■
■

Cover control for Combination Starters uses 10250T
style devices as standard.
E22 style cover control options are available
(Table 33-188).
Selector switches are maintained with lever operators.
Pushbuttons are momentary type with extended
pushbutton.
The kit includes hardware and connecting wires (where
possible).
For factory installed control devices other than shown
below, refer to Modification Codes, Page 33-42.

Type 1 Cover Control

Table 33-186. Type 1 Non-combination Cover Control
Description

10250T Selector Switch

Table 33-187. Type 1 Combination and All Type 3R, 4X and 12
Cover Control 
Description

Factory Installed
Flange Control

Field
Installation Kits

Position
9 Code

Catalog
Number

No Cover Mounted Pilot Devices
START/STOP Pushbuttons
with Red RUN Pilot Light
with Red RUN/Green OFF Lights

A
B
C
D

—
C400T1
—
—

ON/OFF Pushbuttons
with Red RUN Pilot Light
with Red RUN/Green OFF Lights

E
F
G

C400T2
—
—

HAND/OFF/AUTO Selector Switch
with Red RUN Pilot Light
with Red RUN/Green OFF Lights

H
J
K

C400T12
—
—

START Pushbutton
ON Pushbutton
OFF Pushbutton
Red RUN Pilot Light
Green OFF
Red RUN/Green OFF Pilot Lights

L
M
N
P
Q
R

C400T3
C400T4
C400T5
C400T9 
C400T10 
C400T11 

START/STOP Selector Switch
with Red RUN Pilot Light
with Red RUN/Green OFF Lights

S
T
U

C400T13
—
—

ON/OFF Selector Switch
with Red RUN Pilot Light
with Red RUN/Green OFF Lights

V
W
X

C400T14
—
—

Non-reversing

Factory Installed
Flange Control 


Field
Installation Kits

Position
9 Code

Catalog
Number

No Cover Mounted Pilot Devices
START/STOP Pushbuttons
with Red RUN Pilot Light
with Red RUN/Green OFF Lights

A
B
C
D

C400GK0
C400GK1
C400GK12 
C400GK16 

HAND/OFF/AUTO Selector Switch
with Red RUN Pilot Light
with Red RUN/Green OFF Lights

H
J
K

C400GK3
C400GK32 
C400GK36 

No Cover Mounted Pilot Devices
FOR/REV/STOP Pushbuttons
with 2 Red Pilot Lights
with 2 Red/1 Green Pilot Lights

A
B
C
D

—
C400T6
—
—

Red RUN Pilot Light
Green OFF
Red RUN/Green OFF Pilot Lights

P
Q
R

C400GK42 
C400GK41 
C400GK46 

UP/STOP/DOWN Pushbuttons
with 2 Red Pilot Lights

E
F

—
—

No Cover Mounted Pilot Devices
FOR/REV/STOP Pushbuttons
with 2 Red Pilot Lights

A
B
C

C400GK0
C400GR1
C400GR14 

FOR/OFF/REV Selector Switch
with 2 Red Pilot Lights
with 2 Red/1 Green Pilot Lights

H
J
K

C400T15
—
—

UP/STOP/DOWN Pushbuttons
with 2 Red Pilot Lights

E
F

C400GR2
C400GR24 

Non-reversing

Reversing

Two Red Pilot Lights
P
C400GK44 
C400GK41 
One Green Pilot Light
Q

 For more available factory installed flange control, see Table 33-187.
 Add Code Letter from the table below to Catalog Number for voltage —
Kits only. Example: C400T9B.
Rating

Code
Letter

Rating

Code
Letter

Rating

Code
Letter

120V 60 Hz
208V 60 Hz
240V 60 Hz

A
E
B

277V 60 Hz
380V 50 Hz

H
L

480V 60 Hz
600V 60 Hz

C
D

CA08102001E

Reversing


Two Red Pilot Lights
P
C400T10 
One Green Pilot Light
Q
—
Two Red/One Green Pilot Lights
R
C400T16
OPEN/OFF/CLOSE Selector Switch
V
—
with 2 Red Pilot Lights
W
—
with 2 Red/1 Green Pilot Lights
X
 For Type 1 Non-combination field installation kits, see Table 33-186.
 Add Code Letter from the table below to Catalog Number for voltage —
Kits only. Example: C400T9B.



Rating

Code
Letter

Rating

Code
Letter

Rating

Code
Letter

120V 60 Hz
208V 60 Hz
240V 60 Hz

A
E
B

277V 60 Hz
380V 50 Hz

H
L

480V 60 Hz
600V 60 Hz

C
D

Order Quantity (2) of C400T10.

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Freedom, Full Voltage — Enclosed

33-120

March 2009

Contactors

33
E22 Selector Switch

Table 33-188. Type 1, 3R, 4X and 12 E22 Style Combination Starter Cover Control
Description

Factory Installed 

Position 9
Cover Control
Code

Field Installation Kits
Combination
Only
Catalog
Number

A
B
C
D
H
J
K
P
Q
R
S
T
U

—
CE400T01
CE400T02 
CE400T03 
CE400T04
CE400T05 
CE400T06 
CE400T10 
CE400T11 
CE400T12 
CE400T07
CE400T08 
CE400T09 

A
B
C
D
H
J
K
V
W
X

—
CE400T50
CE400T51 
CE400T52 
CE400T53
CE400T54 
CE400T55 
CE400T56
CE400T57 
CE400T58 

Non-reversing
No Cover Mounted Pilot Devices
START/STOP Pushbuttons (PB)
START/STOP PB & Red RUN Light
START/STOP PB, Red RUN, & Green STOPPED Light
HAND/OFF/AUTO Selector Switch (SS)
H-O-A SS & Red RUN Light
H-O-A SS, Red RUN, & Green STOPPED Light
Red RUN Pilot Light
Green Off Pilot Light
Red RUN/Green OFF Pilot Light
ON/OFF Selector Switch (SS)
ON/OFF SS, Red RUN Light
ON/OFF SS, Red RUN, & Green STOPPED Light

Reversing
No Cover Mounted Pilot Devices
FWD/REV/STOP Pushbuttons (PB)
FWD/REV/STOP PB + Red FWD & REV Lights
FWD/REV/STOP PB, Red FWD/REV, & Green STOPPED
FOR/OFF/REV Selector Switch (SS)
FOR/OFF/REV SS + Red FWD & REV Lights
FOR/OFF/REV SS, Red FWD/REV, & Green STOPPED
OPEN/OFF/CLOSE Selector Switch (SS)
OPEN/OFF/CLOSE SS + Red FWD & REV Lights
OPEN/OFF/CLOSE SS, Red FWD/REV, & Green STOPPED





To include any of the above cover controls, place the control code character in position 9 of your
Catalog Number and add Mod Code C29.
Example: ECN16A4ADA-C29.
Full voltage non-reversing fusible starter with START/STOP pushbutton with red RUN and green
OFF pilot lights.
Suffix for lights (required for field installed kits only) in the table below:
Rating

Code Letter

Rating

Code Letter

Rating

Code Letter

120V 60 Hz
208V 60 Hz
240V 60 Hz

A
E
B

277V 60 Hz
380V 50 Hz

H
L

480V 60 Hz
600V 60 Hz

C
D

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Freedom, Full Voltage — Enclosed

33-121

March 2009

Contactors

Features
■
■

1-Phase or 3-Phase Magnetic
2-, 3-, 4- or 5-Pole Non-reversing or 3-Pole Reversing

■

600V Maximum

Product Selection

33

Table 33-189. Class ECN01 — Non-reversing Contactor — 3-Pole
NEMA
Size

Continuous
Ampere
Rating

00

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9







Motor
Voltage

Maximum
hp Rating



Magnet
Coil
Voltage

Type 1
General
Purpose
Catalog
Number

9

—
—
120
ECN01A1A3A
200
1-1/2
208
ECN01A1E3A
230
1-1/2
240
ECN01A1B3A
460
2
480
ECN01A1C3A
575
2
600
ECN01A1D3A
18
—
—
120
ECN0101A3A
200
3
208
ECN0101E3A
230
3
240
ECN0101B3A
460
5
480
ECN0101C3A
575
5
600
ECN0101D3A
27
—
—
120
ECN0111A3A
200
7-1/2
208
ECN0111E3A
230
7-1/2
240
ECN0111B3A
460
10
480
ECN0111C3A
575
10
600
ECN0111D3A
45
—
—
120
ECN0121A3A
200
10
208
ECN0121E3A
230
15
240
ECN0121B3A
460
25
480
ECN0121C3A
575
25
600
ECN0121D3A
90
—
—
120
ECN0131A3A
200
25
208
ECN0131E3A
230
30
240
ECN0131B3A
460
50
480
ECN0131C3A
575
50
600
ECN0131D3A
135
—
—
120
ECN0141A3A
200
40
208
ECN0141E3A
230
50
240
ECN0141B3A
460
100
480
ECN0141C3A
575
100
600
ECN0141D3A
270
—
—
120
ECN0151A3A
200
75
208
ECN0151E3A
230
100
240
ECN0151B3A
460
200
480
ECN0151C3A
575
200
600
ECN0151D3A
540
—
—
120
ECN0161A3A
200
150
208
ECN0161E3A
230
200
240
ECN0161B3A
460
400
480
ECN0161C3A
575
400
600
ECN0161D3A
810
—
—
120
ECN0171A3A
230
300
240
ECN0171B3A
460
600
480
ECN0171C3A
575
600
600
ECN0171D3A
1215
—
—
120
ECN0181A3A
230
450
240
ECN0181B3A
460
900
480
ECN0181C3A
575
900
600
ECN0181D3A
2250
—
—
120
ECN0191A3A
230
800
240
ECN0191B3A
460
1600
480
ECN0191C3A
575
1600
600
ECN0191D3A
Maximum horsepower rating of contactors for 380V 50 Hz applications:
NEMA Size

00

0

Horsepower

1-1/2 5

1

2

3

4

5

6

10

25

50

75

150

300

Type 3R
Rainproof
Catalog
Number
ECN01A2A3A
ECN01A2E3A
ECN01A2B3A
ECN01A2C3A
ECN01A2D3A
ECN0102A3A
ECN0102E3A
ECN0102B3A
ECN0102C3A
ECN0102D3A
ECN0112A3A
ECN0112E3A
ECN0112B3A
ECN0112C3A
ECN0112D3A
ECN0122A3A
ECN0122E3A
ECN0122B3A
ECN0122C3A
ECN0122D3A
ECN0132A3A
ECN0132E3A
ECN0132B3A
ECN0132C3A
ECN0132D3A
ECN0142A3A
ECN0142E3A
ECN0142B3A
ECN0142C3A
ECN0142D3A
ECN0152A3A
ECN0152E3A
ECN0152B3A
ECN0152C3A
ECN0152D3A
ECN0162A3A
ECN0162E3A
ECN0162B3A
ECN0162C3A
ECN0162D3A
ECN0172A3A
ECN0172B3A
ECN0172C3A
ECN0172D3A
ECN0182A3A
ECN0182B3A
ECN0182C3A
ECN0182D3A
ECN0192A3A
ECN0192B3A
ECN0192C3A
ECN0192D3A

Type 4X Watertight &
Dust-Tight Stainless
Steel 
Catalog
Number

(Select Contactor from
Size 0 Listing)

ECN0104A3A
ECN0104E3A
ECN0104B3A
ECN0104C3A
ECN0104D3A
ECN0114A3A
ECN0114E3A
ECN0114B3A
ECN0114C3A
ECN0114D3A
ECN0124A3A
ECN0124E3A
ECN0124B3A
ECN0124C3A
ECN0124D3A
ECN0134A3A
ECN0134E3A
ECN0134B3A
ECN0134C3A
ECN0134D3A
ECN0144A3A
ECN0144E3A
ECN0144B3A
ECN0144C3A
ECN0144D3A
ECN0154A3A
ECN0154E3A
ECN0154B3A
ECN0154C3A
ECN0154D3A
ECN0164A3A
ECN0164E3A
ECN0164B3A
ECN0164C3A
ECN0164D3A
ECN0173A3A 
ECN0173B3A 
ECN0173C3A 
ECN0173D3A 
ECN0183A3A 
ECN0183B3A 
ECN0183C3A 
ECN0183D3A 
ECN0193A3A 
ECN0193B3A 
ECN0193C3A 
ECN0193D3A 

ECN0108A3A
ECN0108E3A
ECN0108B3A
ECN0108C3A
ECN0108D3A
ECN0118A3A
ECN0118E3A
ECN0118B3A
ECN0118C3A
ECN0118D3A
ECN0128A3A
ECN0128E3A
ECN0128B3A
ECN0128C3A
ECN0128D3A
ECN0138A3A
ECN0138E3A
ECN0138B3A
ECN0138C3A
ECN0138D3A
ECN0148A3A
ECN0148E3A
ECN0148B3A
ECN0148C3A
ECN0148D3A
ECN0158A3A
ECN0158E3A
ECN0158B3A
ECN0158C3A
ECN0158D3A
ECN0168A3A
ECN0168E3A
ECN0168B3A
ECN0168C3A
ECN0168D3A
ECN0178A3A
ECN0178B3A
ECN0178C3A
ECN0178D3A
ECN0188A3A
ECN0188B3A
ECN0188C3A
ECN0188D3A
ECN0198A3A
ECN0198B3A
ECN0198C3A
ECN0198D3A

Component
Contactor
(Open)
Catalog
Number
CN15AN3AB
CN15AN3EB
CN15AN3BB
CN15AN3CB
CN15AN3DB
CN15BN3AB
CN15BN3EB
CN15BN3BB
CN15BN3CB
CN15BN3DB
CN15DN3AB
CN15DN3EB
CN15DN3BB
CN15DN3CB
CN15DN3DB
CN15GN3AB
CN15GN3EB
CN15GN3BB
CN15GN3CB
CN15GN3DB
CN15KN3A
CN15KN3E
CN15KN3B
CN15KN3C
CN15KN3D
CN15NN3A
CN15NN3E
CN15NN3B
CN15NN3C
CN15NN3D
CN15SN3A
CN15SN3E
CN15SN3B
CN15SN3C
CN15SN3D
CN15TN3A
CN15TN3E
CN15TN3B
CN15TN3C
CN15TN3D
CN15UN3A
CN15UN3B
CN15UN3C
CN15UN3D
CN15VN3A
CN15VN3B
CN15VN3C
CN15VN3D
CN15WN3A
CN15WN3B
CN15WN3C
CN15WN3D

Note: NEMA Sizes 00, 0 and 1 of 3-Pole/3-Phase Non-reversing Contactors are available with auxiliary contact omitted. Add Modification
Code A44. Example: ECN0101A3A-A44.

Type 4 (Painted steel) Sizes 7 – 9.
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X
304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4.
Example: ECN0104A3A. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel,
change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit
to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these
Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.

CA08102001E

Type 12
Dust-Tight
Industrial
Catalog
Number

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other Magnet Coils . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page 33-119
Page 33-118
PG03300001E
PG03300001E
Page 33-42
PG03300001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Freedom, Full Voltage — Enclosed

33-122

March 2009

Contactors
Table 33-190. Class ECN01 — Non-reversing Contactor — 2-Pole
NEMA
Size

Continuous
Ampere
Rating

Motor
Voltage

Maximum
hp Rating

Magnet
Coil
Voltage

33
00

9

0

18

1

27

2

45

3

90

4

135

5

270

6

540

7

810

8

1215

9

2250





115
—
230
—
—
115
—
230
—
—
115
—
230
—
—
115
—
230
—
—
115
—
230
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

1/3
—
1
—
—
1
—
2
—
—
2
—
3
—
—
3
—
7-1/2
—
—
7-1/2
—
15
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

120
208
240
480
600
120
208
240
480
600
120
208
240
480
600
120
208
240
480
600
120
208
240
480
600
120
208
240
480
600
120
208
240
480
600
120
208
240
480
600
120
208
240
480
600
120
208
240
480
600
120
208
240
480
600

Type 1
General
Purpose

Type 3R
Rainproof

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

ECN01A1A2A
ECN01A1E2A
ECN01A1B2A
ECN01A1C2A
ECN01A1D2A
ECN0101A2A
ECN0101E2A
ECN0101B2A
ECN0101C2A
ECN0101D2A
ECN0111A2A
ECN0111E2A
ECN0111B2A
ECN0111C2A
ECN0111D2A
ECN0121A2A
ECN0121E2A
ECN0121B2A
ECN0121C2A
ECN0121D2A
ECN0131A2A
ECN0131E2A
ECN0131B2A
ECN0131C2A
ECN0131D2A
ECN0141A2A
ECN0141E2A
ECN0141B2A
ECN0141C2A
ECN0141D2A
ECN0151A2A
ECN0151E2A
ECN0151B2A
ECN0151C2A
ECN0151D2A
ECN0161A2A
ECN0161E2A
ECN0161B2A
ECN0161C2A
ECN0161D2A
ECN0171A2A
ECN0171E2A
ECN0171B2A
ECN0171C2A
ECN0171D2A
ECN0181A2A
ECN0181E2A
ECN0181B2A
ECN0181C2A
ECN0181D2A
ECN0181A2A
ECN0181E2A
ECN0191B2A
ECN0191C2A
ECN0191D2A

Type 4X 
Watertight &
Dust-Tight
Stainless Steel
Catalog
Number

Type 12
Dust-Tight
Industrial

Component
Contactor
(Open)

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

(Select Contactor from Size 0 Listing)

ECN0102A2A
ECN0102E2A
ECN0102B2A
ECN0102C2A
ECN0102D2A
ECN0112A2A
ECN0112E2A
ECN0112B2A
ECN0112C2A
ECN0112D2A
ECN0122A2A
ECN0122E2A
ECN0122B2A
ECN0122C2A
ECN0122D2A
ECN0132A2A
ECN0132E2A
ECN0132B2A
ECN0132C2A
ECN0132D2A
ECN0142A2A
ECN0142E2A
ECN0142B2A
ECN0142C2A
ECN0142D2A
ECN0152A2A
ECN0152E2A
ECN0152B2A
ECN0152C2A
ECN0152D2A
ECN0162A2A
ECN0162E2A
ECN0162B2A
ECN0162C2A
ECN0162D2A
ECN0172A2A
ECN0172E2A
ECN0172B2A
ECN0172C2A
ECN0172D2A
ECN0182A2A
ECN0182E2A
ECN0182B2A
ECN0182C2A
ECN0182D2A
ECN0192A2A
ECN0192E2A
ECN0192B2A
ECN0192C2A
ECN0192D2A

ECN0104A2A
ECN0104E2A
ECN0104B2A
ECN0104C2A
ECN0104D2A
ECN0114A2A
ECN0114E2A
ECN0114B2A
ECN0114C2A
ECN0114D2A
ECN0124A2A
ECN0124E2A
ECN0124B2A
ECN0124C2A
ECN0124D2A
ECN0134A2A
ECN0134E2A
ECN0134B2A
ECN0134C2A
ECN0134D2A
ECN0144A2A
ECN0144E2A
ECN0144B2A
ECN0144C2A
ECN0144D2A
ECN0154A2A
ECN0154E2A
ECN0154B2A
ECN0154C2A
ECN0154D2A
ECN0164A2A
ECN0164E2A
ECN0164B2A
ECN0164C2A
ECN0164D2A
ECN0173A2A 

ECN0173E2A 

ECN0173B2A 

ECN0173C2A 

ECN0173D2A 

ECN0183A2A 

ECN0183E2A 

ECN0183B2A 

ECN0183C2A 

ECN0183D2A 

ECN0193A2A 

ECN0193E2A 

ECN0193B2A 

ECN0193C2A 

ECN0193D2A 


ECN0108A2A
ECN0108E2A
ECN0108B2A
ECN0108C2A
ECN0108D2A
ECN0118A2A
ECN0118E2A
ECN0118B2A
ECN0118C2A
ECN0118D2A
ECN0128A2A
ECN0128E2A
ECN0128B2A
ECN0128C2A
ECN0128D2A
ECN0138A2A
ECN0138E2A
ECN0138B2A
ECN0138C2A
ECN0138D2A
ECN0148A2A
ECN0148E2A
ECN0148B2A
ECN0148C2A
ECN0148D2A
ECN0158A2A
ECN0158E2A
ECN0158B2A
ECN0158C2A
ECN0158D2A
ECN0168A2A
ECN0168E2A
ECN0168B2A
ECN0168C2A
ECN0168D2A
ECN0178A2A
ECN0178E2A
ECN0178B2A
ECN0178C2A
ECN0178D2A
ECN0188A2A
ECN0188E2A
ECN0188B2A
ECN0188C2A
ECN0188D2A
ECN0198A2A
ECN0198E2A
ECN0198B2A
ECN0198C2A
ECN0198D2A

CN15AN2AB
CN15AN2EB
CN15AN2BB
CN15AN2CB
CN15AN2DB
CN15BN2AB
CN15BN2EB
CN15BN2BB
CN15BN2CB
CN15BN2DB
CN15DN2AB
CN15DN2EB
CN15DN2BB
CN15DN2CB
CN15DN2DB
CN15GN2AB
CN15GN2EB
CN15GN2BB
CN15GN2CB
CN15GN2DB
CN15KN2A
CN15KN2E
CN15KN2B
CN15KN2C
CN15KN2D
CN15NN2A
CN15NN2E
CN15NN2B
CN15NN2C
CN15NN2D
CN15SN2A
CN15SN2E
CN15SN2B
CN15SN2C
CN15SN2D
CN15TN2A
CN15TN2E
CN15TN2B
CN15TN2C
CN15TN2D
CN15UN2A
CN15UN2E
CN15UN2B
CN15UN2C
CN15UN2D
CN15VN2A
CN15VN2E
CN15VN2B
CN15VN2C
CN15VN2D
CN15WN2A
CN15WN2E
CN15WN2B
CN15WN2C
CN15WN2D

Type 4 (Painted steel) Sizes 7 – 9.
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4.
Example: ECN0104A2A. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3.
To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.

Note: NEMA Sizes 00, 0 and 1 of 2-Pole/2-Phase Non-reversing Contactors are available with auxiliary contact omitted. Add Modification
Code A44. Example: ECN0101A2A-A44.

Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other Magnet Coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
For more information visit: www.eaton.com

Page 33-119
Page 33-118
PG03300001E
PG03300001E
Page 33-42
PG03300001E
CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Freedom, Full Voltage — Enclosed

33-123

March 2009

Contactors
Table 33-191. Class ECN01 — Non-reversing Contactor — 4-Pole
NEMA
Size

Continuous
Ampere
Rating

Motor
Voltage

Maximum
hp Rating

Magnet
Coil
Voltage

Type 1
General
Purpose

Type 3R
Rainproof

Type 4X 
Watertight &
Dust-Tight
Stainless Steel

Type 12
Dust-Tight
Industrial

Component
Contactor
(Open)

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

00

9

—
200
230
460
575

—
1-1/2
1-1/2
2
2

120
208
240
480
600

ECN01A1A4A
ECN01A1E4A
ECN01A1B4A
ECN01A1C4A
ECN01A1D4A

0

18

—
200
230
460
575

—
3
3
5
5

120
208
240
480
600

ECN0101A4A
ECN0101E4A
ECN0101B4A
ECN0101C4A
ECN0101D4A

ECN0102A4A
ECN0102E4A
ECN0102B4A
ECN0102C4A
ECN0102D4A

ECN0104A4A
ECN0104E4A
ECN0104B4A
ECN0104C4A
ECN0104D4A

ECN0108A4A
ECN0108E4A
ECN0108B4A
ECN0108C4A
ECN0108D4A

(Select
Contactor from
Size 1 Listing)

1

27

—
200
230
460
575

—
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10

120
208
240
480
600

ECN0111A4A
ECN0111E4A
ECN0111B4A
ECN0111C4A
ECN0111D4A

ECN0112A4A
ECN0112E4A
ECN0112B4A
ECN0112C4A
ECN0112D4A

ECN0114A4A
ECN0114E4A
ECN0114B4A
ECN0114C4A
ECN0114D4A

ECN0118A4A
ECN0118E4A
ECN0118B4A
ECN0118C4A
ECN0118D4A

CN15DN4AB
CN15DN4EB
CN15DN4BB
CN15DN4CB
CN15DN4DB

2

45

—
200
230
460
575

—
10
15
25
25

120
208
240
480
600

ECN0121A4A
ECN0121E4A
ECN0121B4A
ECN0121C4A
ECN0121D4A

ECN0122A4A
ECN0122E4A
ECN0122B4A
ECN0122C4A
ECN0122D4A

ECN0124A4A
ECN0124E4A
ECN0124B4A
ECN0124C4A
ECN0124D4A

ECN0128A4A
ECN0128E4A
ECN0128B4A
ECN0128C4A
ECN0128D4A

CN15GN4AB
CN15GN4EB
CN15GN4BB
CN15GN4CB
CN15GN4DB




(Select Contactor from Size 0 Listing)

CN15AN4AB
CN15AN4EB
CN15AN4BB
CN15AN4CB
CN15AN4DB

The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4.
Example: ECN0104A4A. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3.
To order Non-metallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.

Table 33-192. Class ECN01 — Non-reversing Contactor — 5-Pole
NEMA
Size

Continuous
Ampere
Rating

00

9

0

18

1

27

2

45



Motor
Voltage

—
200
230
460
575
—
200
230
460
575
—
200
230
460
575
—
200
230
460
575

Maximum
hp Rating

—
1-1/2
1-1/2
2
2
—
3
3
5
5
—
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10
—
10
15
25
25

Magnet
Coil
Voltage

120
208
240
480
600
120
208
240
480
600
120
208
240
480
600
120
208
240
480
600

Type 1
General
Purpose

Type 3R
Rainproof

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

ECN01A1A5A
ECN01A1E5A
ECN01A1B5A
ECN01A1C5A
ECN01A1D5A
ECN0101A5A
ECN0101E5A
ECN0101B5A
ECN0101C5A
ECN0101D5A
ECN0111A5A
ECN0111E5A
ECN0111B5A
ECN0111C5A
ECN0111D5A
ECN0121A5A
ECN0121E5A
ECN0121B5A
ECN0121C5A
ECN0121D5A

Type 4X 
Watertight &
Dust-Tight
Stainless Steel
Catalog
Number

Type 12
Dust-Tight
Industrial

Component
Contactor
(Open)

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

(Select Contactor from Size 1 Listing)

(Select Contactor from Size 1 Listing)

ECN0112A5A
ECN0112E5A
ECN0112B5A
ECN0112C5A
ECN0112D5A
ECN0122A5A
ECN0122E5A
ECN0122B5A
ECN0122C5A
ECN0122D5A

ECN0114A5A
ECN0114E5A
ECN0114B5A
ECN0114C5A
ECN0114D5A
ECN0124A5A
ECN0124E5A
ECN0124B5A
ECN0124C5A
ECN0124D5A

ECN0118A5A
ECN0118E5A
ECN0118B5A
ECN0118C5A
ECN0118D5A
ECN0128A5A
ECN0128E5A
ECN0128B5A
ECN0128C5A
ECN0128D5A

CN15DN5AB
CN15DN5EB
CN15DN5BB
CN15DN5CB
CN15DN5DB
CN15GN5AB
CN15GN5EB
CN15GN5BB
CN15GN5CB
CN15GN5DB

The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4.
Example: ECN0114A5A. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3.
To order Non-metallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.

Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other Magnet Coils. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

Page 33-119
Page 33-118
PG03300001E
PG03300001E
Page 33-42
PG03300001E

33

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Freedom, Full Voltage — Enclosed

33-124

March 2009

Contactors
Table 33-193. Class ECN02 — Reversing Contactor — 3-Pole
NEMA
Size

Continuous
Ampere
Rating

Motor
Voltage

Maximum
hp Rating



Magnet
Coil
Voltage

Type 1
Type 3R
General Purpose Rainproof

Catalog
Number

33
00

0

1

2

3

4

9

18

27

45

90

135

5

270

6

540

7

810

8

1215

9

2250







—
200
230
460
575
—
200
230
460
575
—
200
230
460
575
—
200
230
460
575
—
200
230
460
575
—
200
230
460
575
—
200
230
460
575
—
200
230
460
575
—
230
460
575
—
230
460
575
—
230
460
575

—
1-1/2
1-1/2
2
2
—
3
3
5
5
—
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10
—
10
15
25
25
—
25
30
50
50
—
40
50
100
100
—
75
100
200
200
—
150
200
400
400
—
300
600
600
—
450
900
900
—
800
1600
1600

120
208
240
480
600
120
208
240
480
600
120
208
240
480
600
120
208
240
480
600
120
208
240
480
600
120
208
240
480
600
120
208
240
480
600
120
208
240
480
600
120
240
480
600
120
240
480
600
120
240
480
600

ECN02A1A3A
ECN02A1E3A
ECN02A1B3A
ECN02A1C3A
ECN02A1D3A
ECN0201A3A
ECN0201E3A
ECN0201B3A
ECN0201C3A
ECN0201D3A
ECN0211A3A
ECN0211E3A
ECN0211B3A
ECN0211C3A
ECN0211D3A
ECN0221A3A
ECN0221E3A
ECN0221B3A
ECN0221C3A
ECN0221D3A
ECN0231A3A
ECN0231E3A
ECN0231B3A
ECN0231C3A
ECN0231D3A
ECN0241A3A
ECN0241E3A
ECN0241B3A
ECN0241C3A
ECN0241D3A
ECN0251A3A
ECN0251E3A
ECN0251B3A
ECN0251C3A
ECN0251D3A
ECN0261A3A
ECN0261E3A
ECN0261B3A
ECN0261C3A
ECN0261D3A
ECN0271A3A
ECN0271B3A
ECN0271C3A
ECN0271D3A
ECN0281A3A
ECN0281B3A
ECN0281C3A
ECN0281D3A
ECN0291A3A
ECN0291B3A
ECN0291C3A
ECN0291D3A

Catalog
Number

Type 4X 
Watertight &
Dust-Tight
Stainless Steel
Catalog
Number

Type 12
Dust-Tight
Industrial

Component
Contactor
(Open)

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

(Select Contactor from Size 0 Listing)

ECN0202A3A
ECN0202E3A
ECN0202B3A
ECN0202C3A
ECN0202D3A
ECN0212A3A
ECN0212E3A
ECN0212B3A
ECN0212C3A
ECN0212D3A
ECN0222A3A
ECN0222E3A
ECN0222B3A
ECN0222C3A
ECN0222D3A
ECN0232A3A
ECN0232E3A
ECN0232B3A
ECN0232C3A
ECN0232D3A
ECN0242A3A
ECN0242E3A
ECN0242B3A
ECN0242C3A
ECN0242D3A
ECN0252A3A
ECN0252E3A
ECN0252B3A
ECN0252C3A
ECN0252D3A
ECN0262A3A
ECN0262E3A
ECN0262B3A
ECN0262C3A
ECN0262D3A
ECN0272A3A
ECN0272B3A
ECN0272C3A
ECN0272D3A
ECN0282A3A
ECN0282B3A
ECN0282C3A
ECN0282D3A
ECN0292A3A
ECN0292B3A
ECN0292C3A
ECN0292D3A

ECN0204A3A
ECN0204E3A
ECN0204B3A
ECN0204C3A
ECN0204D3A
ECN0214A3A
ECN0214E3A
ECN0214B3A
ECN0214C3A
ECN0214D3A
ECN0224A3A
ECN0224E3A
ECN0224B3A
ECN0224C3A
ECN0224D3A
ECN0234A3A
ECN0234E3A
ECN0234B3A
ECN0234C3A
ECN0234D3A
ECN0244A3A
ECN0244E3A
ECN0244B3A
ECN0244C3A
ECN0244D3A
ECN0254A3A
ECN0254E3A
ECN0254B3A
ECN0254C3A
ECN0254D3A
ECN0263A3A 
ECN0263E3A 
ECN0263B3A 
ECN0263C3A 
ECN0263D3A 
ECN0273A3A 
ECN0273B3A 
ECN0273C3A 
ECN0273D3A 
ECN0283A3A 
ECN0283B3A 
ECN0283C3A 
ECN0283D3A 
ECN0293A3A 
ECN0293B3A 
ECN0293C3A 
ECN0293D3A 

ECN0208A3A
ECN0208E3A
ECN0208B3A
ECN0208C3A
ECN0208D3A
ECN0218A3A
ECN0218E3A
ECN0218B3A
ECN0218C3A
ECN0218D3A
ECN0228A3A
ECN0228E3A
ECN0228B3A
ECN0228C3A
ECN0228D3A
ECN0238A3A
ECN0238E3A
ECN0238B3A
ECN0238C3A
ECN0238D3A
ECN0248A3A
ECN0248E3A
ECN0248B3A
ECN0248C3A
ECN0248D3A
ECN0258A3A
ECN0258E3A
ECN0258B3A
ECN0258C3A
ECN0258D3A
ECN0268A3A
ECN0268E3A
ECN0268B3A
ECN0268C3A
ECN0268D3A
ECN0278A3A
ECN0278B3A
ECN0278C3A
ECN0278D3A
ECN0288A3A
ECN0288B3A
ECN0288C3A
ECN0288D3A
ECN0298A3A
ECN0298B3A
ECN0298C3A
ECN0298D3A

CN55AN3AB
CN55AN3EB
CN55AN3BB
CN55AN3CB
CN55AN3DB
CN55BN3AB
CN55BN3EB
CN55BN3BB
CN55BN3CB
CN55BN3DB
CN55DN3AB
CN55DN3EB
CN55DN3BB
CN55DN3CB
CN55DN3DB
CN15GN3AB
CN55GN3EB
CN55GN3BB
CN55GN3CB
CN55GN3DB
CN55KN3A
CN55KN3E
CN55KN3B
CN55KN3C
CN55KN3D
CN55NN3A
CN55NN3E
CN55NN3B
CN55NN3C
CN55NN3D
CN55SN3A
CN55SN3E
CN55SN3B
CN55SN3C
CN55SN3D
CN55TN3A
CN55TN3E
CN55TN3B
CN55TN3C
CN55TN3D
CN55UN3A
CN55UN3B
CN55UN3C
CN55UN3D
CN55VN3A
CN55VN3B
CN55VN3C
CN55VN3D
CN55WN3A
CN55WN3B
CN55WN3C
CN55WN3D

Maximum horsepower rating of contactors for 380V 50 Hz applications:
NEMA Size

00

0

Horsepower

1-1/2 5

1

2

3

4

5

6

10

25

50

75

150

300

Type 4 (Painted steel) Sizes 6 – 9.
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X
304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4.
Example: ECN0204A3A. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel,
change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit
to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these
Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other Magnet Coils . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page 33-119
Page 33-118
PG03300001E
PG03300001E
Page 33-42
PG03300001E
CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Freedom, Full Voltage — Enclosed

33-125

March 2009

Non-combination Starters

Features
1-Phase or 3-Phase Magnetic
2- or 3-Pole Non-reversing or 3-Pole Reversing
■ Standard Interchangeable Heater OLR
■ Optional Electronic Overload
■ 600V Maximum
■
■

33

Product Selection
Table 33-194. Class ECN05 — Non-combination Non-reversing Starter
NEMA
Size

Motor
Voltage

Maximum
hp
Rating 


Magnet
Coil
Voltage

Type 1
General Purpose

Type 3R
Rainproof

Type 4X  Watertight & Type 12
Dust-Tight
Dust-Tight Industrial
Stainless Steel
External Reset

Component
Starter
(Open)

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

00

—
200
230
460
575

—
1-1/2
1-1/2
2
2

120
208
240
480
600

ECN05A1AAA
ECN05A1EAA
ECN05A1BAA
ECN05A1CAA
ECN05A1DAA

ECN05A2AAA
ECN05A2EAA
ECN05A2BAA
ECN05A2CAA
ECN05A2DAA

ECN05A4AAA
ECN05A4EAA
ECN05A4BAA
ECN05A4CAA
ECN05A4DAA

ECN05A8AAA
ECN05A8EAA
ECN05A8BAA
ECN05A8CAA
ECN05A8DAA

AN16AN0AC
AN16AN0EC
AN16AN0BC
AN16AN0CC
AN16AN0DC

0

—
200
230
460
575

—
3
3
5
5

120
208
240
480
600

ECN0501AAA
ECN0501EAA
ECN0501BAA
ECN0501CAA
ECN0501DAA

ECN0502AAA
ECN0502EAA
ECN0502BAA
ECN0502CAA
ECN0502DAA

ECN0504AAA
ECN0504EAA
ECN0504BAA
ECN0504CAA
ECN0504DAA

ECN0508AAA
ECN0508EAA
ECN0508BAA
ECN0508CAA
ECN0508DAA

AN16BN0AC
AN16BN0EC
AN16BN0BC
AN16BN0CC
AN16BN0DC

1

—
200
230
460
575

—
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10

120
208
240
480
600

ECN0511AAA
ECN0511EAA
ECN0511BAA
ECN0511CAA
ECN0511DAA

ECN0512AAA
ECN0512EAA
ECN0512BAA
ECN0512CAA
ECN0512DAA

ECN0514AAA
ECN0514EAA
ECN0514BAA
ECN0514CAA
ECN0514DAA

ECN0518AAA
ECN0518EAA
ECN0518BAA
ECN0518CAA
ECN0518DAA

AN16DN0AB
AN16DN0EB
AN16DN0BB
AN16DN0CB
AN16DN0DB

2

—
200
230
460
575

—
10
15
25
25

120
208
240
480
600

ECN0521AAA
ECN0521EAA
ECN0521BAA
ECN0521CAA
ECN0521DAA

ECN0522AAA
ECN0522EAA
ECN0522BAA
ECN0522CAA
ECN0522DAA

ECN0524AAA
ECN0524EAA
ECN0524BAA
ECN0524CAA
ECN0524DAA

ECN0528AAA
ECN0528EAA
ECN0528BAA
ECN0528CAA
ECN0528DAA

AN16GN0AB
AN16GN0EB
AN16GN0BB
AN16GN0CB
AN16GN0DB

3

—
200
230
460
575

—
25
30
50
50

120
208
240
480
600

ECN0531AAA
ECN0531EAA
ECN0531BAA
ECN0531CAA
ECN0531DAA

ECN0532AAA
ECN0532EAA
ECN0532BAA
ECN0532CAA
ECN0532DAA

ECN0534AAA
ECN0534EAA
ECN0534BAA
ECN0534CAA
ECN0534DAA

ECN0538AAA
ECN0538EAA
ECN0538BAA
ECN0538CAA
ECN0538DAA

AN16KN0A
AN16KN0E
AN16KN0B
AN16KN0C
AN16KN0D

Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E.
Starters with Electronic Overload, see Page 33-47 of Modification Codes.



Maximum horsepower rating of starters for 380V 50 Hz applications:
NEMA Size
00
0
1
2
3
4
5
6



The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X
304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4.
Example: ECN0504AAA. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel,
change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit
to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these
Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.

Horsepower

1-1/2

5

10

25

50

75

150

300

Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other Magnet Coils . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

Page 33-119
Page 33-118
PG03300001E
PG03300001E
Page 33-42
PG03300001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Freedom, Full Voltage — Enclosed

33-126

March 2009

Non-combination Starters
Table 33-194. Class ECN05 — Non-combination Non-reversing Starter (Continued)
NEMA
Size

Motor
Voltage

Maximum
hp
Rating 


Type 1
General Purpose

Type 3R
Rainproof

Type 4X  Watertight & Type 12
Dust-Tight
Dust-Tight Industrial
Stainless Steel
External Reset

Component
Starter
(Open)

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

120
208
240
480
600

ECN0541AAA
ECN0541EAA
ECN0541BAA
ECN0541CAA
ECN0541DAA

ECN0542AAA
ECN0542EAA
ECN0542BAA
ECN0542CAA
ECN0542DAA

ECN0544AAA
ECN0544EAA
ECN0544BAA
ECN0544CAA
ECN0544DAA

ECN0548AAA
ECN0548EAA
ECN0548BAA
ECN0548CAA
ECN0548DAA

AN16NN0A
AN16NN0E
AN16NN0B
AN16NN0C
AN16NN0D

Magnet
Coil
Voltage

33
4

—
200
230
460
575

—

—
200
230
460
575

—
75
100
200
200

120
208
240
480
600

ECN0551AAA
ECN0551EAA
ECN0551BAA
ECN0551CAA
ECN0551DAA

ECN0552AAA
ECN0552EAA
ECN0552BAA
ECN0552CAA
ECN0552DAA

ECN0554AAA
ECN0554EAA
ECN0554BAA
ECN0554CAA
ECN0554DAA

ECN0558AAA
ECN0558EAA
ECN0558BAA
ECN0558CAA
ECN0558DAA

AN16SN0AB
AN16SN0EB
AN16SN0BB
AN16SN0CB
AN16SN0DB

6

—
200
230
460
575

—
150
200
400
400

120
208
240
480
600

ECN0561AAA
ECN0561EAA
ECN0561BAA
ECN0561CAA
ECN0561DAA

ECN0562AAA
ECN0562EAA
ECN0562BAA
ECN0562CAA
ECN0562DAA

ECN0564AAA
ECN0564EAA
ECN0564BAA
ECN0564CAA
ECN0564DAA

ECN0568AAA
ECN0568EAA
ECN0568BAA
ECN0568CAA
ECN0568DAA

AN16TN0AB
AN16TN0EB
AN16TN0BB
AN16TN0CB
AN16TN0DB

7

—
230
460
575

—
300
600
600

120
240
480
600

ECN0571AAA
ECN0571BAA
ECN0571CAA
ECN0571DAA

ECN0572AAA
ECN0572BAA
ECN0572CAA
ECN0572DAA

ECN0573AAA 
ECN0573BAA 
ECN0573CAA 
ECN0573DAA 

ECN0578AAA
ECN0578BAA
ECN0578CAA
ECN0578DAA

AN16UN0AB
AN16UN0BB
AN16UN0CB
AN16UN0DB

8

—
230
460
575

—
450
900
900

120
240
480
600

ECN0581AAA
ECN0581BAA
ECN0581CAA
ECN0581DAA

ECN0582AAA
ECN0582BAA
ECN0582CAA
ECN0582DAA

ECN0583AAA 
ECN0583BAA 
ECN0583CAA 
ECN0583DAA 

ECN0588AAA
ECN0588BAA
ECN0588CAA
ECN0588DAA

AN16VN0AB
AN16VN0BB
AN16VN0CB
AN16VN0DB

9

—
230
460
575

—
800
1600
1600

120
240
480
600

ECN0591AAA
ECN0591BAA
ECN0591CAA
ECN0591DAA

ECN0592AAA
ECN0592BAA
ECN0592CAA
ECN0592DAA

ECN0593AAA 
ECN0593BAA 
ECN0593CAA 
ECN0593DAA 

ECN0598AAA
ECN0598BAA
ECN0598CAA
ECN0598DAA

AN16WN0A
AN16WN0B
AN16WN0C
AN16WN0D

5

40
50
100
100

Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E.
Starters with Electronic Overload, see Page 33-47 of Modification Codes.



Maximum horsepower rating of starters for 380V 50 Hz applications:
NEMA Size
00
0
1
2
3
4
5
6



Type 4 (Painted steel) Sizes 7 – 9.
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X
304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4.
Example: ECN0504AAA. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel,
change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit
to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these
Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.

Horsepower


1-1/2

5

10

25

50

75

150

300

Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-119
Other Magnet Coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-118
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-42
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Freedom, Full Voltage — Enclosed

33-127

March 2009

Non-combination Starters
Table 33-195. Class ECN06 — Non-combination Reversing Starter
NEMA
Size

Motor
Voltage

Type 1
General Purpose

Type 3R
Rainproof

Type 4X  Watertight & Type 12
Dust-Tight
Dust-Tight Industrial
Stainless Steel
External Reset

Component
Starter
(Open)

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

1-1/2
1-1/2
2
2

120
208
240
480
600

ECN06A1AAA
ECN06A1EAA
ECN06A1BAA
ECN06A1CAA
ECN06A1DAA

ECN06A2AAA
ECN06A2EAA
ECN06A2BAA
ECN06A2CAA
ECN06A2DAA

ECN06A4AAA
ECN06A4EAA
ECN06A4BAA
ECN06A4CAA
ECN06A4DAA

ECN06A8AAA
ECN06A8EAA
ECN06A8BAA
ECN06A8CAA
ECN06A8DAA

AN56AN0AC
AN56AN0EC
AN56AN0BC
AN56AN0CC
AN56AN0DC

3
3
5
5

120
208
240
480
600

ECN0601AAA
ECN0601EAA
ECN0601BAA
ECN0601CAA
ECN0601DAA

ECN0602AAA
ECN0602EAA
ECN0602BAA
ECN0602CAA
ECN0602DAA

ECN0604AAA
ECN0604EAA
ECN0604BAA
ECN0604CAA
ECN0604DAA

ECN0608AAA
ECN0608EAA
ECN0608BAA
ECN0608CAA
ECN0608DAA

AN56BN0AC
AN56BN0EC
AN56BN0BC
AN56BN0CC
AN56BN0DC

7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10

120
208
240
480
600

ECN0611AAA
ECN0611EAA
ECN0611BAA
ECN0611CAA
ECN0611DAA

ECN0612AAA
ECN0612EAA
ECN0612BAA
ECN0612CAA
ECN0612DAA

ECN0614AAA
ECN0614EAA
ECN0614BAA
ECN0614CAA
ECN0614DAA

ECN0618AAA
ECN0618EAA
ECN0618BAA
ECN0618CAA
ECN0618DAA

AN56DN0AB
AN56DN0EB
AN56DN0BB
AN56DN0CB
AN56DN0DB

10
15
25
25

120
208
240
480
600

ECN0621AAA
ECN0621EAA
ECN0621BAA
ECN0621CAA
ECN0621DAA

ECN0622AAA
ECN0622EAA
ECN0622BAA
ECN0622CAA
ECN0622DAA

ECN0624AAA
ECN0624EAA
ECN0624BAA
ECN0624CAA
ECN0624DAA

ECN0628AAA
ECN0628EAA
ECN0628BAA
ECN0628CAA
ECN0628DAA

AN56GN0AB
AN56GN0EB
AN56GN0BB
AN56GN0CB
AN56GN0DB

25
30
50
50

120
208
240
480
600

ECN0631AAA
ECN0631EAA
ECN0631BAA
ECN0631CAA
ECN0631DAA

ECN0632AAA
ECN0632EAA
ECN0632BAA
ECN0632CAA
ECN0632DAA

ECN0634AAA
ECN0634EAA
ECN0634BAA
ECN0634CAA
ECN0634DAA

ECN0638AAA
ECN0638EAA
ECN0638BAA
ECN0638CAA
ECN0638DAA

AN56KN0A
AN56KN0E
AN56KN0B
AN56KN0C
AN56KN0D

40
50
100
100

120
208
240
480
600

ECN0641AAA
ECN0641EAA
ECN0641BAA
ECN0641CAA
ECN0641DAA

ECN0642AAA
ECN0642EAA
ECN0642BAA
ECN0642CAA
ECN0642DAA

ECN0644AAA
ECN0644EAA
ECN0644BAA
ECN0644CAA
ECN0644DAA

ECN0648AAA
ECN0648EAA
ECN0648BAA
ECN0648CAA
ECN0648DAA

AN56NN0A
AN56NN0E
AN56NN0B
AN56NN0C
AN56NN0D

Maximum
hp
Rating 


Magnet
Coil
Voltage

—
200
230
460
575

—

—
200
230
460
575

—

—
200
230
460
575

—

—
200
230
460
575

—

—
200
230
460
575

—

—
200
230
460
575

—

—
200
230
460
575

—
75
100
200
200

120
208
240
480
600

ECN0651AAA
ECN0651EAA
ECN0651BAA
ECN0651CAA
ECN0651DAA

ECN0652AAA
ECN0652EAA
ECN0652BAA
ECN0652CAA
ECN0652DAA

ECN0654AAA
ECN0654EAA
ECN0654BAA
ECN0654CAA
ECN0654DAA

ECN0658AAA
ECN0658EAA
ECN0658BAA
ECN0658CAA
ECN0658DAA

AN56SN0AB
AN56SN0EB
AN56SN0BB
AN56SN0CB
AN56SN0DB

6

—
200
230
460
575

—
150
200
400
400

120
208
240
480
600

ECN0661AAA
ECN0661EAA
ECN0661BAA
ECN0661CAA
ECN0661DAA

ECN0662AAA
ECN0662EAA
ECN0662BAA
ECN0662CAA
ECN0662DAA

ECN0663AAA 
ECN0663EAA 
ECN0663BAA 
ECN0663CAA 
ECN0663DAA 

ECN0668AAA
ECN0668EAA
ECN0668BAA
ECN0668CAA
ECN0668DAA

AN56TN0AB
AN56TN0EB
AN56TN0BB
AN56TN0CB
AN56TN0DB

7

—
230
460
575

—
300
600
600

120
240
480
600

ECN0671AAA
ECN0671BAA
ECN0671CAA
ECN0671DAA

ECN0672AAA
ECN0672BAA
ECN0672CAA
ECN0672DAA

ECN0673AAA 
ECN0673BAA 
ECN0673CAA 
ECN0673DAA 

ECN0678AAA
ECN0678BAA
ECN0678CAA
ECN0678DAA

AN56UN0AB
AN56UN0BB
AN56UN0CB
AN56UN0DB

8

—
230
460
575

—
450
900
900

120
240
480
600

ECN0681AAA
ECN0681BAA
ECN0681CAA
ECN0681DAA

ECN0682AAA
ECN0682BAA
ECN0682CAA
ECN0682DAA

ECN0683AAA 
ECN0683BAA 
ECN0683CAA 
ECN0683DAA 

ECN0688AAA
ECN0688BAA
ECN0688CAA
ECN0688DAA

AN56VN0AB
AN56VN0BB
AN56VN0CB
AN56VN0DB

9

—
230
460
575

—
800
1600
1600

120
240
480
600

ECN0691AAA
ECN0691BAA
ECN0691CAA
ECN0691DAA

ECN0692AAA
ECN0692BAA
ECN0692CAA
ECN0692DAA

ECN0693AAA 
ECN0693BAA 
ECN0693CAA 
ECN0693DAA 

ECN0698AAA
ECN0698BAA
ECN0698CAA
ECN0698DAA

AN56WN0A
AN56WN0B
AN56WN0C
AN56WN0D

00

0

1

2

3

4

5

Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E.
Starters with Electronic Overload, see Page 33-47 of Modification Codes.



Maximum horsepower rating of starters for 380V 50 Hz applications:
NEMA Size
00
0
1
2
3
4
5
6



Type 4 (Painted steel) Sizes 6 – 9.
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X
304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4.
Example: ECN0604AAA. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel,
change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit
to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these
Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.

Horsepower


CA08102001E

1-1/2

5

10

25

50

75

150

300

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other Magnet Coils . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page 33-119
Page 33-118
PG03300001E
PG03300001E
Page 33-42
PG03300001E

33

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Freedom, Full Voltage — Enclosed

33-128

March 2009

Non-combination Starters
Table 33-196. Class ECN07 — Non-combination Non-reversing Starter with CPT
NEMA
Size

Primary
Voltage


Max. hp
Rating



33

Secondary
Voltage

Type 1
General Purpose

Type 3R
Rainproof

Type 4X
Watertight & Dust-Tight
Stainless Steel 

Type 12
Dust-Tight Industrial
External Reset

Component
Starter
(Open)

Magnet
Coil Voltage

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

00

208
240
480
600

1-1/2
1-1/2
2
3

120

ECN07A1EAA
ECN07A1BAA
ECN07A1CAA
ECN07A1DAA

ECN07A2EAA
ECN07A2BAA
ECN07A2CAA
ECN07A2DAA

ECN07A4EAA
ECN07A4BAA
ECN07A4CAA
ECN07A4DAA

ECN07A8EAA
ECN07A8BAA
ECN07A8CAA
ECN07A8DAA

AN16AN0EC
AN16AN0BC
AN16AN0CC
AN16AN0DC

0

208
240
480
600

3
3
5
5

120

ECN0701EAA
ECN0701BAA
ECN0701CAA
ECN0701DAA

ECN0702EAA
ECN0702BAA
ECN0702CAA
ECN0702DAA

ECN0704EAA
ECN0704BAA
ECN0704CAA
ECN0704DAA

ECN0708EAA
ECN0708BAA
ECN0708CAA
ECN0708DAA

AN16BN0EC
AN16BN0BC
AN16BN0CC
AN16BN0DC

1

208
240
480
600

7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10

120

ECN0711EAA
ECN0711BAA
ECN0711CAA
ECN0711DAA

ECN0712EAA
ECN0712BAA
ECN0712CAA
ECN0712DAA

ECN0714EAA
ECN0714BAA
ECN0714CAA
ECN0714DAA

ECN0718EAA
ECN0718BAA
ECN0718CAA
ECN0718DAA

AN16DN0EB
AN16DN0BB
AN16DN0CB
AN16DN0DB

2

208
240
480
600

10
15
25
25

120

ECN0721EAA
ECN0721BAA
ECN0721CAA
ECN0721DAA

ECN0722EAA
ECN0722BAA
ECN0722CAA
ECN0722DAA

ECN0724EAA
ECN0724BAA
ECN0724CAA
ECN0724DAA

ECN0728EAA
ECN0728BAA
ECN0728CAA
ECN0728DAA

AN16GN0EB
AN16GN0BB
AN16GN0CB
AN16GN0DB

3

208
240
480
600

25
30
50
50

120

ECN0731EAA
ECN0731BAA
ECN0731CAA
ECN0731DAA

ECN0732EAA
ECN0732BAA
ECN0732CAA
ECN0732DAA

ECN0734EAA
ECN0734BAA
ECN0734CAA
ECN0734DAA

ECN0738EAA
ECN0738BAA
ECN0738CAA
ECN0738DAA

AN16KN0E
AN16KN0B
AN16KN0C
AN16KN0D

4

208
240
480
600

40
50
100
100

120

ECN0741EAA
ECN0741BAA
ECN0741CAA
ECN0741DAA

ECN0742EAA
ECN0742BAA
ECN0742CAA
ECN0742DAA

ECN0744EAA
ECN0744BAA
ECN0744CAA
ECN0744DAA

ECN0748EAA
ECN0748BAA
ECN0748CAA
ECN0748DAA

AN16NN0E
AN16NN0B
AN16NN0C
AN16NN0D

5

208
240
480
600

75
100
200
200

120

ECN0751EAA
ECN0751BAA
ECN0751CAA
ECN0751DAA

ECN0752EAA
ECN0752BAA
ECN0752CAA
ECN0752DAA

ECN0754EAA
ECN0754BAA
ECN0754CAA
ECN0754DAA

ECN0758EAA
ECN0758BAA
ECN0758CAA
ECN0758DAA

AN16SN0EB
AN16SN0BB
AN16SN0CB
AN16SN0DB

6

208
240
480
600

150
200
400
400

120

ECN0761EAA
ECN0761BAA
ECN0761CAA
ECN0761DAA

ECN0762EAA
ECN0762BAA
ECN0762CAA
ECN0762DAA

ECN0763EAA 
ECN0763BAA 
ECN0763CAA 
ECN0763DAA 

ECN0768EAA
ECN0768BAA
ECN0768CAA
ECN0768DAA

AN56TN0EB
AN56TN0BB
AN56TN0CB
AN56TN0DB

7

240
480
600

300
600
600

120

ECN0771BAA
ECN0771CAA
ECN0771DAA

ECN0772BAA
ECN0772CAA
ECN0772DAA

ECN0773BAA 
ECN0773CAA 
ECN0773DAA 

ECN0778BAA
ECN0778CAA
ECN0778DAA

AN16UN0BB
AN16UN0CB
AN16UN0DB

8

240
480
600

450
900
900

120

ECN0781BAA
ECN0781CAA
ECN0781DAA

ECN0782BAA
ECN0782CAA
ECN0782DAA

ECN0783BAA 
ECN0783CAA 
ECN0783DAA 

ECN0788BAA
ECN0788CAA
ECN0788DAA

AN16VN0BB
AN16VN0CB
AN16VN0DB

9

240
480
600

800
1600
1600

120

ECN0791BAA
ECN0791CAA
ECN0791DAA

ECN0792BAA
ECN0792CAA
ECN0792DAA

ECN0793BAA 
ECN0793CAA 
ECN0793DAA 

ECN0798BAA
ECN0798CAA
ECN0798DAA

AN16WN0B
AN16WN0C
AN16WN0D

Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E.
Starters with Electronic Overload, see Page 33-47 of Modification Codes.



Maximum horsepower rating of starters for 380V 50 Hz applications:
NEMA Size
00
0
1
2
3
4
5
6



Other control power transformer primary and/or secondary voltages,
see Page 33-118.
Type 4 (Painted steel) Sizes 6 – 9.
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X
304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4.
Example: ECN0704EAA. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel,
change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit
to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these
Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.

Horsepower




1-1/2

5

10

25

50

75

150

300

ECN0712CAA

Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other Magnet Coils. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
For more information visit: www.eaton.com

Page 33-119
Page 33-118
PG03300001E
PG03300001E
Page 33-42
PG03300001E
CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Freedom, Full Voltage — Enclosed

33-129

March 2009

Non-combination Starters
Table 33-197. Class ECN08 — Non-combination Single Phase Non-reversing Starter
NEMA
Size

Motor
Voltage

00

115
230

0

115
230

1

Max. hp
Rating

1/3

Magnet
Coil Voltage

Type 1
General Purpose

Type 3R
Rainproof

Type 4X 
 Watertight &
Dust-Tight
Stainless Steel

Type 12
Dust-Tight Industrial
External Reset

Component
Starter
(Open)

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

1

120
240

ECN08A1AAA
ECN08A1BAA

(Select Contactor from Size 0 Listing)

AN16AN0AC
AN16AN0BC

1
2

120
240

ECN0801AAA
ECN0801BAA

ECN0802AAA
ECN0802BAA

ECN0804AAA
ECN0804BAA

ECN0808AAA
ECN0808BAA

AN16BN0AC
AN16BN0BC

115
230

2
3

120
240

ECN0811AAA
ECN0811BAA

ECN0812AAA
ECN0812BAA

ECN0814AAA
ECN0814BAA

ECN0818AAA
ECN0818BAA

AN16DN0AB
AN16DN0BB

1P

115
230

3
5

120
240

ECN08C1AAA
ECN08C1BAA

ECN08C2AAA
ECN08C2BAA

ECN08C4AAA
ECN08C4BAA

ECN08C8AAA
ECN08C8BAA

AN16PN0A
AN16PN0B

2

115
230

3
7-1/2

120
240

ECN0821AAA
ECN0821BAA

ECN0822AAA
ECN0822BAA

ECN0824AAA
ECN0824BAA

ECN0828AAA
ECN0828BAA

AN16GN0AB
AN16GN0BB

3

115
230

7-1/2
15

120
240

ECN0831AAA
ECN0831BAA

ECN0832AAA
ECN0832BAA

ECN0834AAA
ECN0834BAA

ECN0838AAA
ECN0838BAA

AN16KN0A
AN16KN0B

Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E.



The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4.
Example: ECN0804AAA. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3.
To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.

Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-119
Other Magnet Coils. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-118
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-42
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

33

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Freedom, Full Voltage — Enclosed

33-130

March 2009

Combination Starters — Fusible and Non-fusible

Features
■
■

33

■
■
■
■

3-Phase Magnetic
3-Pole Non-reversing or Reversing
Standard Interchangeable Heater OLR
Optional Electronic Overload
600V Maximum
100,000 RMS Short Circuit Rating with Fuses

Product Selection
Table 33-198. Class ECN16 — Combination Non-reversing Starter — Fusible Disconnect
NEMA
Size

Type 1
General Purpose

Type 3R
Rainproof

Type 4X 
 Watertight & Type 12
Dust-Tight
Dust-Tight Industrial
Stainless Steel
External Reset 

Component
Starter
(Open)

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

30A

ECN16A1AAB
ECN16A1EAB
ECN16A1BAB
ECN16A1CAC
ECN16A1DAC

ECN16A2AAB
ECN16A2EAB
ECN16A2BAB
ECN16A2CAC
ECN16A2DAC

ECN16A4AAB
ECN16A4EAB
ECN16A4BAB
ECN16A4CAC
ECN16A4DAC

ECN16A8AAB
ECN16A8EAB
ECN16A8BAB
ECN16A8CAC
ECN16A8DAC

AN16AN0AC
AN16AN0EC
AN16AN0BC
AN16AN0CC
AN16AN0DC

120
208
240
480
600

30A

ECN1601AAB
ECN1601EAB
ECN1601BAB
ECN1601CAC
ECN1601DAC

ECN1602AAB
ECN1602EAB
ECN1602BAB
ECN1602CAC
ECN1602DAC

ECN1604AAB
ECN1604EAB
ECN1604BAB
ECN1604CAC
ECN1604DAC

ECN1608AAB
ECN1608EAB
ECN1608BAB
ECN1608CAC
ECN1608DAC

AN16BN0AC
AN16BN0EC
AN16BN0BC
AN16BN0CC
AN16BN0DC

120
208
240
480
600

30A

ECN1611AAB
ECN1611EAB
ECN1611BAB
ECN1611CAC
ECN1611DAC

ECN1612AAB
ECN1612EAB
ECN1612BAB
ECN1612CAC
ECN1612DAC

ECN1614AAB
ECN1614EAB
ECN1614BAB
ECN1614CAC
ECN1614DAC

ECN1618AAB
ECN1618EAB
ECN1618BAB
ECN1618CAC
ECN1618DAC

AN16DN0AB
AN16DN0EB
AN16DN0BB
AN16DN0CB
AN16DN0DB

—
10
15
25
25

120
208
240
480
600

60A

ECN1621AAD
ECN1621EAD
ECN1621BAD
ECN1621CAE
ECN1621DAE

ECN1622AAD
ECN1622EAD
ECN1622BAD
ECN1622CAE
ECN1622DAE

ECN1624AAD
ECN1624EAD
ECN1624BAD
ECN1624CAE
ECN1624DAE

ECN1628AAD
ECN1628EAD
ECN1628BAD
ECN1628CAE
ECN1628DAE

AN16GN0AB
AN16GN0EB
AN16GN0BB
AN16GN0CB
AN16GN0DB

—
200
230
460
575

—
25
30
50
50

120
208
240
480
600

100A

ECN1631AAF
ECN1631EAF
ECN1631BAF
ECN1631CAG
ECN1631DAG

ECN1632AAF
ECN1632EAF
ECN1632BAF
ECN1632CAG
ECN1632DAG

ECN1634AAF
ECN1634EAF
ECN1634BAF
ECN1634CAG
ECN1634DAG

ECN1638AAF
ECN1638EAF
ECN1638BAF
ECN1638CAG
ECN1638DAG

AN16KN0A
AN16KN0E
AN16KN0B
AN16KN0C
AN16KN0D

—
200
230
460
575

—
40
50
100
100

120
208
240
480
600

200A

ECN1641AAH
ECN1641EAH
ECN1641BAH
ECN1641CAJ
ECN1641DAJ

ECN1642AAH
ECN1642EAH
ECN1642BAH
ECN1642CAJ
ECN1642DAJ

ECN1644AAH
ECN1644EAH
ECN1644BAH
ECN1644CAJ
ECN1644DAJ

ECN1648AAH
ECN1648EAH
ECN1648BAH
ECN1648CAJ
ECN1648DAJ

AN16NN0A
AN16NN0E
AN16NN0B
AN16NN0C
AN16NN0D

Motor Max. hp
Voltage Rating
Dual
Element
Fuses

Magnet
Coil
Voltage

00

—
200
230
460
575

120
208
240
480
600

0

—
200
230
460
575

1

—
200
230
460
575

—

2

—
200
230
460
575

3

4

—
1-1/2
1-1/2
2
2
—
3
3
5
5
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10

Fuse
Clip
Amps

Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E.
Starters with Electronic Overload, see Page 33-47 of Modification Codes.






The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example:
ECN1604EAB. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order
Non-metallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
All Type 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order Mod Code R5.
Type 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, add modification E11.

Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other Magnet Coils . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
For more information visit: www.eaton.com

Page 33-119
Page 33-118
PG03300001E
PG03300001E
Page 33-42
PG03300001E
CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Freedom, Full Voltage — Enclosed

33-131

March 2009

Combination Starters — Fusible and Non-fusible
Table 33-198. Class ECN16 — Combination Non-reversing Starter — Fusible Disconnect (Continued)
NEMA
Size

Type 1
General Purpose

Type 3R
Rainproof

Type 4X 
 Watertight & Type 12
Dust-Tight
Dust-Tight Industrial
Stainless Steel
External Reset 

Component
Starter
(Open)

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

400A

ECN1651AAK
ECN1651EAK
ECN1651BAK
ECN1651CAL
ECN1651DAL

ECN1652AAK
ECN1652EAK
ECN1652BAK
ECN1652CAL
ECN1652DAL

ECN1654AAK
ECN1654EAK
ECN1654BAK
ECN1654CAL
ECN1654DAL

ECN1658AAK
ECN1658EAK
ECN1658BAK
ECN1658CAL
ECN1658DAL

AN16SN0AB
AN16SN0EB
AN16SN0BB
AN16SN0CB
AN16SN0DB

120
208
240
480
600

600A

ECN1661AAM
ECN1661EAM
ECN1661BAM
ECN1661CAN
ECN1661DAN

ECN1662AAM
ECN1662EAM
ECN1662BAM
ECN1662CAN
ECN1662DAN

ECN1663AAM 
ECN1663EAM 
ECN1663BAM 
ECN1663CAN 
ECN1663DAN 

ECN1668AAM
ECN1668EAM
ECN1668BAM
ECN1668CAN
ECN1668DAN

AN16TN0AB
AN16TN0EB
AN16TN0BB
AN16TN0CB
AN16TN0DB

—
300
600
600

120
240
480
600



ECN1671AAU
ECN1671BAU
ECN1671CAU
ECN1671DAU

ECN1672AAU
ECN1672BAU
ECN1672CAU
ECN1672DAU

ECN1673AAU 
ECN1673BAU 
ECN1673CAU 
ECN1673DAU 

ECN1678AAU
ECN1678BAU
ECN1678CAU
ECN1678DAU

AN16UN0AB
AN16UN0BB
AN16UN0CB
AN16UN0DB

—
230
460
575

—
450
900
900

120
240
480
600



ECN1681AAU
ECN1681BAU
ECN1681CAU
ECN1681DAU

ECN1682AAU
ECN1682BAU
ECN1682CAU
ECN1682DAU

ECN1683AAU 
ECN1683BAU 
ECN1683CAU 
ECN1683DAU 

ECN1688AAU
ECN1688BAU
ECN1688CAU
ECN1688DAU

AN16VN0AB
AN16VN0BB
AN16VN0CB
AN16VN0DB

—
230
460
575

—
800
1000 
1000

120
240
480
600



ECN1691AAU
ECN1691BAU
ECN1691CAU
ECN1691DAU

ECN1692AAU
ECN1692BAU
ECN1692CAU
ECN1692DAU

ECN1693AAU 
ECN1693BAU 
ECN1693CAU 
ECN1693DAU 

ECN1698AAU
ECN1698BAU
ECN1698CAU
ECN1698DAU

AN16WN0A
AN16WN0B
AN16WN0C
AN16WN0D

Motor Max. hp
Voltage Rating
Dual
Element
Fuses

Magnet
Coil
Voltage

—
200
230
460
575

—
75
100
200
200

120
208
240
480
600

6

—
200
230
460
575

—
150
200
400
400

7

—
230
460
575

8

9

5

Fuse
Clip
Amps

Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E.
Starters with Electronic Overload, see Page 33-47 of Modification Codes.









The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4.
Example: ECN1604EAB. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3.
To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
All Type 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order Mod Code R5.
Type 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, add modification E11.
For 1250 and 1600 hp ratings at 460V, consult Eaton.
Supply hp, voltage, FLA and whether motor is design E or not when ordering the starter.
Type 4 (Painted steel) Sizes 6 – 9.

Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other Magnet Coils. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

Page 33-119
Page 33-118
PG03300001E
PG03300001E
Page 33-42
PG03300001E

33

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Freedom, Full Voltage — Enclosed

33-132

March 2009

Combination Starters — Fusible and Non-fusible
Table 33-199. Class ECN16 — Combination Non-reversing Starter — Non-fusible Disconnect 

NEMA
Size

33

Motor
Voltage

Max. hp
Rating

Magnet
Coil
Voltage

Disconnect
Amps

Type 1
General Purpose

Type 3R
Rainproof

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Type 4X  Watertight
& Dust-Tight
Stainless Steel
Catalog
Number

00

—
—
ECN16A1AAA
120
ECN16A2AAA
30A
ECN16A4AAA
1-1/2
200
ECN16A1EAA
208
ECN16A2EAA
ECN16A4EAA
1-1/2
230
ECN16A1BAA
240
ECN16A2BAA
ECN16A4BAA
2
460
ECN16A1CAA
480
ECN16A2CAA
ECN16A4CAA
2
575
ECN16A1DAA
600
ECN16A2DAA
ECN16A4DAA
—
ECN1601AAA
0
—
120
ECN1602AAA
30A
ECN1604AAA
3
ECN1601EAA
200
208
ECN1602EAA
ECN1604EAA
3
ECN1601BAA
230
240
ECN1602BAA
ECN1604BAA
5
ECN1601CAA
460
480
ECN1602CAA
ECN1604CAA
5
ECN1601DAA
575
600
ECN1602DAA
ECN1604DAA
ECN1611AAA
120
1
—
ECN1612AAA
30A
—
ECN1614AAA
7-1/2
ECN1611EAA
208
200
ECN1612EAA
ECN1614EAA
7-1/2
ECN1611BAA
240
230
ECN1612BAA
ECN1614BAA
10
ECN1611CAA
480
460
ECN1612CAA
ECN1614CAA
10
ECN1611DAA
600
575
ECN1612DAA
ECN1614DAA
ECN1621AAA
2
—
ECN1622AAA
—
ECN1624AAA
120
60A
ECN1621EAA
ECN1622EAA
200
10
ECN1624EAA
208
ECN1621BAA
230
ECN1622BAA
15
ECN1624BAA
240
ECN1621CAA
460
ECN1622CAA
25
ECN1624CAA
480
ECN1621DAA
575
ECN1622DAA
25
ECN1624DAA
600
ECN1631AAA
ECN1632AAA
3
—
ECN1634AAA
—
120
100A
ECN1631EAA
ECN1632EAA
200
ECN1634EAA
25
208
ECN1631BAA
ECN1632BAA
230
ECN1634BAA
30
240
ECN1631CAA
ECN1632CAA
460
ECN1634CAA
50
480
ECN1631DAA
ECN1632DAA
575
ECN1634DAA
50
600
ECN1641AAA
4
—
ECN1642AAA
—
ECN1644AAA
120
200A
ECN1641EAA
200
ECN1642EAA
40
ECN1644EAA
208
ECN1641BAA
230
ECN1642BAA
50
ECN1644BAA
240
ECN1641CAA
460
ECN1642CAA
100
ECN1644CAA
480
ECN1641DAA
575
ECN1642DAA
100
ECN1644DAA
600
ECN1651AAA
5
—
ECN1652AAA
—
ECN1654AAA
120
400A
ECN1651EAA
200
ECN1652EAA
75
ECN1654EAA
208
ECN1651BAA
230
ECN1652BAA
100
ECN1654BAA
240
ECN1651CAA
460
ECN1652CAA
200
ECN1654CAA
480
ECN1651DAA
575
ECN1652DAA
200
ECN1654DAA
600
ECN1661AAA
6
—
ECN1662AAA
—
ECN1663AAA 
120
600A
ECN1663EAA 
ECN1661EAA
200
ECN1662EAA
150
208
ECN1663BAA 
ECN1661BAA
230
ECN1662BAA
200
240
ECN1663CAA 
ECN1661CAA
460
ECN1662CAA
400
480
ECN1663DAA 
ECN1661DAA
575
ECN1662DAA
400
600

ECN1671AAA
ECN1672AAA
7
—
ECN1673AAA 
—
120
ECN1673BAA 
ECN1671BAA
ECN1672BAA
230
300
240
ECN1673CAA 
ECN1671CAA
ECN1672CAA
460
600
480
ECN1673DAA 
ECN1671DAA
ECN1672DAA
575
600
600

ECN1681AAA
ECN1682AAA
8
—
ECN1683AAA 
—
120
ECN1683BAA 
ECN1681BAA
ECN1682BAA
230
450
240
ECN1683CAA 
ECN1681CAA
ECN1682CAA
460
900
480
ECN1683DAA 
ECN1681DAA
ECN1682DAA
575
900
600

120
ECN1691AAA
ECN1692AAA
9
—
ECN1693AAA 
—
ECN1693BAA 
240
ECN1691BAA
ECN1692BAA
230
800
ECN1693CAA 
480
ECN1691CAA
ECN1692CAA
460
1000 
1000
ECN1693DAA 
600
ECN1691DAA
ECN1692DAA
575
Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E.
Starters with Electronic Overload, see Page 33-47 of Modification Codes.










Field installed Fuse Clips available, see PG03300001E.
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X
304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4.
Example: ECN1604AAA. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel,
change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit
to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these
Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
All Type 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For
internal reset, order Mod Code R5.
Type 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door
interlock is required, add modification E11.
For 1250 and 1600 hp ratings at 460V, consult Eaton.
Supply hp, voltage, FLA and whether motor is design E or not when
ordering the starter.
Type 4 (Painted steel) Sizes 6 – 9.

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

Type 12
Dust-Tight Industrial
External Reset  
Catalog
Number

Component
Starter
(Open)
Catalog
Number

ECN16A8AAA
ECN16A8EAA
ECN16A8BAA
ECN16A8CAA
ECN16A8DAA
ECN1608AAA
ECN1608EAA
ECN1608BAA
ECN1608CAA
ECN1608DAA
ECN1618AAA
ECN1618EAA
ECN1618BAA
ECN1618CAA
ECN1618DAA
ECN1628AAA
ECN1628EAA
ECN1628BAA
ECN1628CAA
ECN1628DAA
ECN1638AAA
ECN1638EAA
ECN1638BAA
ECN1638CAA
ECN1638DAA
ECN1648AAA
ECN1648EAA
ECN1648BAA
ECN1648CAA
ECN1648DAA
ECN1658AAA
ECN1658EAA
ECN1658BAA
ECN1658CAA
ECN1658DAA
ECN1668AAA
ECN1668EAA
ECN1668BAA
ECN1668CAA
ECN1668DAA
ECN1678AAA
ECN1678BAA
ECN1678CAA
ECN1678DAA
ECN1688AAA
ECN1688BAA
ECN1688CAA
ECN1688DAA
ECN1698AAA
ECN1698BAA
ECN1698CAA
ECN1698DAA

AN16AN0AC
AN16AN0EC
AN16AN0BC
AN16AN0CC
AN16AN0DC
AN16BN0AC
AN16BN0EC
AN16BN0BC
AN16BN0CC
AN16BN0DC
AN16DN0AB
AN16DN0EB
AN16DN0BB
AN16DN0CB
AN16DN0DB
AN16GN0AB
AN16GN0EB
AN16GN0BB
AN16GN0CB
AN16GN0DB
AN16KN0A
AN16KN0E
AN16KN0B
AN16KN0C
AN16KN0D
AN16NN0A
AN16NN0E
AN16NN0B
AN16NN0C
AN16NN0D
AN16SN0AB
AN16SN0EB
AN16SN0BB
AN16SN0CB
AN16SN0DB
AN16TN0AB
AN16TN0EB
AN16TN0BB
AN16TN0CB
AN16TN0DB
AN16UN0AB
AN16UN0BB
AN16UN0CB
AN16UN0DB
AN16VN0AB
AN16VN0BB
AN16VN0CB
AN16VN0DB
AN16WN0A
AN16WN0B
AN16WN0C
AN16WN0D

Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-119
Other Magnet Coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-118
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-42
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Freedom, Full Voltage — Enclosed

33-133

March 2009

Combination Starters — Fusible and Non-fusible
Table 33-200. Class ECN16 — Special Enclosure Combination Non-reversing Starter — Fusible/Non-fusible Disconnect
NEMA
Size

Motor
Voltage

Maximum Magnet
hp
Coil
Rating
Voltage

Fuse
Clip
Amperes

Type 12
Dust-Tight Industrial 

External Reset
Catalog
Number

Type 4X 
Watertight &
Dust-Tight
Stainless Steel
External Reset
Catalog
Number

External Reset
Catalog
Number

Internal Reset
Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

ECN1611AAB-E13
ECN1611EAB-E13
ECN1611BAB-E13
ECN1611CAC-E13
ECN1611DAC-E13
ECN1621AAD-E13
ECN1621EAD-E13
ECN1621BAD-E13
ECN1621CAE-E13
ECN1621DAE-E13

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

ECN1618AAB-E13
ECN1618EAB-E13
ECN1618BAB-E13
ECN1618CAC-E13
ECN1618DAC-E13
ECN1628AAD-E13
ECN1628EAD-E13
ECN1628BAD-E13
ECN1628CAE-E13
ECN1628DAE-E13

ECN1618AAB-E13R5
ECN1618EAB-E13R5
ECN1618BAB-E13R5
ECN1618CAC-E13R5
ECN1618DAC-E13R5
ECN1628AAD-E13R5
ECN1628EAD-E13R5
ECN1628BAD-E13R5
ECN1628CAE-E13R5
ECN1628DAE-E13R5

AN16DN0AB
AN16DN0EB
AN16DN0BB
AN16DN0CB
AN16DN0DB
AN16GN0AB
AN16GN0EB
AN16GN0BB
AN16GN0CB
AN16GN0DB

ECN1611AAA-E13
ECN1611EAA-E13
ECN1611BAA-E13
ECN1611CAA-E13
ECN1611DAA-E13
ECN1621AAA-E13
ECN1621EAA-E13
ECN1621BAA-E13
ECN1621CAA-E13
ECN1621DAA-E13

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

ECN1618AAA-E13
ECN1618EAA-E13
ECN1618BAA-E13
ECN1618CAA-E13
ECN1618DAA-E13
ECN1628AAA-E13
ECN1628EAA-E13
ECN1628BAA-E13
ECN1628CAA-E13
ECN1628DAA-E13

ECN1618AAA-E13R5
ECN1618EAA-E13R5
ECN1618BAA-E13R5
ECN1618CAA-E13R5
ECN1618DAA-E13R5
ECN1628AAA-E13R5
ECN1628EAA-E13R5
ECN1628BAA-E13R5
ECN1628CAA-E13R5
ECN1628DAA-E13R5

AN16DN0AB
AN16DN0EB
AN16DN0BB
AN16DN0CB
AN16DN0DB
AN16GN0AB
AN16GN0EB
AN16GN0BB
AN16GN0CB
AN16GN0DB

ECN1604AAB-E3
ECN1604EAB-E3
ECN1604BAB-E3
ECN1604CAC-E3
ECN1604DAC-E3
ECN1614AAB-E3
ECN1614EAB-E3
ECN1614BAB-E3
ECN1614CAC-E3
ECN1614DAC-E3
ECN1624AAD-E3
ECN1624EAD-E3
ECN1624BAD-E3
ECN1624CAE-E3
ECN1624DAE-E3

ECN1608AAB-E3
ECN1608EAB-E3
ECN1608BAB-E3
ECN1608CAC-E3
ECN1608DAC-E3
ECN1618AAB-E3
ECN1618EAB-E3
ECN1618BAB-E3
ECN1618CAC-E3
ECN1618DAC-E3
ECN1628AAD-E3
ECN1628EAD-E3
ECN1628BAD-E3
ECN1628CAE-E3
ECN1628DAE-E3

ECN1608AAB-E3R5
ECN1608EAB-E3R5
ECN1608BAB-E3R5
ECN1608CAC-E3R5
ECN1608DAC-E3R5
ECN1618AAB-E3R5
ECN1618EAB-E3R5
ECN1618BAB-E3R5
ECN1618CAC-E3R5
ECN1618DAC-E3R5
ECN1628AAD-E3R5
ECN1628EAD-E3R5
ECN1628BAD-E3R5
ECN1628CAE-E3R5
ECN1628DAE-E3R5

AN16BN0AC
AN16BN0EC
AN16BN0BC
AN16BN0CC
AN16BN0DC
AN16DN0AB
AN16DN0EB
AN16DN0BB
AN16DN0CB
AN16DN0DB
AN16GN0AB
AN16GN0EB
AN16GN0BB
AN16GN0CB
AN16GN0DB

ECN1608AAA-E3R5
ECN1608EAA-E3R5
ECN1608BAA-E3R5
ECN1608CAA-E3R5
ECN1608DAA-E3R5
ECN1618AAA-E3R5
ECN1618EAA-E3R5
ECN1618BAA-E3R5
ECN1618CAA-E3R5
ECN1618DAA-E3R5
ECN1628AAA-E3R5
ECN1628EAA-E3R5
ECN1628BAA-E3R5
ECN1628CAA-E3R5
ECN1628DAA-E3R5

AN16BN0AC
AN16BN0EC
AN16BN0BC
AN16BN0CC
AN16BN0DC
AN16DN0AB
AN16DN0EB
AN16DN0BB
AN16DN0CB
AN16DN0DB
AN16GN0AB
AN16GN0EB
AN16GN0BB
AN16GN0CB
AN16GN0DB

Type 1
General Purpose




Component
Starter
(Open)

Horizontal Enclosure — Fusible
1

2

—
200
230
460
575
—
200
230
460
575

—
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10
—
10
15
25
25

120
208
240
480
600
120
208
240
480
600

30A

60A

Horizontal Enclosure — Non-fusible
1

2

—
200
230
460
575
—
200
230
460
575

—
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10
—
10
15
25
25

120
208
240
480
600
120
208
240
480
600

—

—

Oversize Enclosure — without Control Transformer — Fusible
0

1

2

—
200
230
460
575
—
200
230
460
575
—
200
230
460
575

—
3
3
5
5
—
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10
—
10
15
25
25

120
208
240
480
600
120
208
240
480
600
120
208
240
480
600

30A

30A

60A

ECN1601AAB-E3
ECN1601EAB-E3
ECN1601BAB-E3
ECN1601CAC-E3
ECN1601DAC-E3
ECN1611AAB-E3
ECN1611EAB-E3
ECN1611BAB-E3
ECN1611CAC-E3
ECN1611DAC-E3
ECN1621AAD-E3
ECN1621EAD-E3
ECN1621BAD-E3
ECN1621CAE-E3
ECN1621DAE-E3

Oversize Enclosure — without Control Transformer — Non-fusible
ECN1604AAA-E3 ECN1608AAA-E3
—
ECN1601AAA-E3
120
—
—
ECN1604EAA-E3 ECN1608EAA-E3
ECN1601EAA-E3
208
3
200
ECN1604BAA-E3 ECN1608BAA-E3
ECN1601BAA-E3
240
3
230
ECN1604CAA-E3 ECN1608CAA-E3
ECN1601CAA-E3
480
5
460
ECN1604DAA-E3 ECN1608DAA-E3
ECN1601DAA-E3
600
5
575
ECN1614AAA-E3 ECN1618AAA-E3
—
ECN1611AAA-E3
120
—
1
—
ECN1614EAA-E3 ECN1618EAA-E3
ECN1611EAA-E3
208
7-1/2
200
ECN1614BAA-E3 ECN1618BAA-E3
ECN1611BAA-E3
240
7-1/2
230
ECN1614CAA-E3 ECN1618CAA-E3
ECN1611CAA-E3
480
10
460
ECN1614DAA-E3 ECN1618DAA-E3
ECN1611DAA-E3
600
10
575
ECN1624AAA-E3 ECN1628AAA-E3
—
ECN1621AAA-E3
120
—
2
—
ECN1624EAA-E3 ECN1628EAA-E3
ECN1621EAA-E3
208
10
200
ECN1624BAA-E3 ECN1628BAA-E3
ECN1621BAA-E3
240
15
230
ECN1624CAA-E3 ECN1628CAA-E3
ECN1621CAA-E3
480
25
460
ECN1624DAA-E3 ECN1628DAA-E3
ECN1621DAA-E3
600
25
575
Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E.
Starters with Electronic Overload, see Page 33-47 of Modification Codes.

0







Fuse clips are for Class R fuses only. For H and J fuses see mods, Page 33-44.
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4.
Example: ECN1604EAB-E3. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3.
To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
To order Type 12 enclosures with safety door interlock add modification E11.

Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other Magnet Coils . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

Page 33-119
Page 33-119
PG03300001E
PG03300001E
Page 33-42
PG03300001E

33

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Freedom, Full Voltage — Enclosed

33-134

March 2009

Combination Starters — Fusible and Non-fusible
Starters — Fusible and Non-fusible
Table 33-201. Class ECN17 — Combination Reversing Starter — Fusible Disconnect
NEMA
Size

33

Motor Max. hp
Voltage Rating Dual
Element
Fuses

Magnet
Coil
Voltage

Type 3R
Rainproof

Type 4X 

Watertight &
Dust-Tight
Stainless Steel

Type 12
Dust-Tight
Industrial
External Reset 

Component
Starter
(Open)

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Fuse Type 1
Clip
General Purpose
Amps

120
208
240
480
600

30A

ECN1701AAB
ECN1701EAB
ECN1701BAB
ECN1701CAC
ECN1701DAC

ECN1702AAB
ECN1702EAB
ECN1702BAB
ECN1702CAC
ECN1702DAC

ECN1704AAB
ECN1704EAB
ECN1704BAB
ECN1704CAC
ECN1704DAC

ECN1708AAB
ECN1708EAB
ECN1708BAB
ECN1708CAC
ECN1708DAC

AN56BN0AC
AN56BN0EC
AN56BN0BC
AN56BN0CC
AN56BN0DC

120
208
240
480
600

30A

7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10

ECN1711AAB
ECN1711EAB
ECN1711BAB
ECN1711CAC
ECN1711DAC

ECN1712AAB
ECN1712EAB
ECN1712BAB
ECN1712CAC
ECN1712DAC

ECN1714AAB
ECN1714EAB
ECN1714BAB
ECN1714CAC
ECN1714DAC

ECN1718AAB
ECN1718EAB
ECN1718BAB
ECN1718CAC
ECN1718DAC

AN56DN0AB
AN56DN0EB
AN56DN0BB
AN56DN0CB
AN56DN0DB

120
208
240
480
600

60A

10
15
25
25

ECN1721AAD
ECN1721EAD
ECN1721BAD
ECN1721CAE
ECN1721DAE

ECN1722AAD
ECN1722EAD
ECN1722BAD
ECN1722CAE
ECN1722DAE

ECN1724AAD
ECN1724EAD
ECN1724BAD
ECN1724CAE
ECN1724DAE

ECN1728AAD
ECN1728EAD
ECN1728BAD
ECN1728CAE
ECN1728DAE

AN56GN0AB
AN56GN0EB
AN56GN0BB
AN56GN0CB
AN56GN0DB

120
208
240
480
600

100A

25
30
50
50

ECN1731AAF
ECN1731EAF
ECN1731BAF
ECN1731CAG
ECN1731DAG

ECN1732AAF
ECN1732EAF
ECN1732BAF
ECN1732CAG
ECN1732DAG

ECN1734AAF
ECN1734EAF
ECN1734BAF
ECN1734CAG
ECN1734DAG

ECN1738AAF
ECN1738EAF
ECN1738BAF
ECN1738CAG
ECN1738DAG

AN56KN0A
AN56KN0E
AN56KN0B
AN56KN0C
AN56KN0D

120
208
240
480
600

200A

40
50
100
100

ECN1741AAH
ECN1741EAH
ECN1741BAH
ECN1741CAJ
ECN1741DAJ

ECN1742AAH
ECN1742EAH
ECN1742BAH
ECN1742CAJ
ECN1742DAJ

ECN1744AAH
ECN1744EAH
ECN1744BAH
ECN1744CAJ
ECN1744DAJ

ECN1748AAH
ECN1748EAH
ECN1748BAH
ECN1748CAJ
ECN1748DAJ

AN56NN0A
AN56NN0E
AN56NN0B
AN56NN0C
AN56NN0D

120
208
240
480
600

400A

75
100
200
200

ECN1751AAK
ECN1751EAK
ECN1751BAK
ECN1751CAL
ECN1751DAL

ECN1752AAK
ECN1752EAK
ECN1752BAK
ECN1752CAL
ECN1752DAL

ECN1754AAK
ECN1754EAK
ECN1754BAK
ECN1754CAL
ECN1754DAL

ECN1758AAK
ECN1758EAK
ECN1758BAK
ECN1758CAL
ECN1758DAL

AN56SN0AB
AN56SN0EB
AN56SN0BB
AN56SN0CB
AN56SN0DB

—
200
230
460
575

—
150
200
400
400

120
208
240
480
600

600A

ECN1761AAM
ECN1761EAM
ECN1761BAM
ECN1761CAN
ECN1761DAN

ECN1762AAM
ECN1762EAM
ECN1762BAM
ECN1762CAN
ECN1762DAN

ECN1763AAM 
ECN1763EAM 
ECN1763BAM 
ECN1763CAN 
ECN1763DAN 

ECN1768AAM
ECN1768EAM
ECN1768BAM
ECN1768CAN
ECN1768DAN

AN56TN0AB
AN56TN0EB
AN56TN0BB
AN56TN0CB
AN56TN0DB

7

—
230
460
575

—
300
600
600

120
240
480
600



ECN1771AAU
ECN1771BAU
ECN1771CAU
ECN1771DAU

ECN1772AAU
ECN1772BAU
ECN1772CAU
ECN1772DAU

ECN1773AAU 
ECN1773BAU 
ECN1773CAU 
ECN1773DAU 

ECN1778AAU
ECN1778BAU
ECN1778CAU
ECN1778DAU

AN56UN0AB
AN56UN0BB
AN56UN0CB
AN56UN0DB

8

—
230
460
575

—
450
900
900

120
240
480
600



ECN1781AAU
ECN1781BAU
ECN1781CAU
ECN1781DAU

ECN1782AAU
ECN1782BAU
ECN1782CAU
ECN1782DAU

ECN1783AAU 
ECN1783BAU 
ECN1783CAU 
ECN1783DAU 

ECN1788AAU
ECN1788BAU
ECN1788CAU
ECN1788DAU

AN56VN0AB
AN56VN0BB
AN56VN0CB
AN56VN0DB

9

—
230
460
575

—
800
1000 
1000

120
240
480
600



ECN1791AAU
ECN1791BAU
ECN1791CAU
ECN1791DAU

ECN1792AAU
ECN1792BAU
ECN1792CAU
ECN1792DAU

ECN1793AAU 
ECN1793BAU 
ECN1793CAU 
ECN1793DAU 

ECN1798AAU
ECN1798BAU
ECN1798CAU
ECN1798DAU

AN56WN0A
AN56WN0B
AN56WN0C
AN56WN0D

0

—
200
230
460
575

—

—
200
230
460
575

—

—
200
230
460
575

—

—
200
230
460
575

—

—
200
230
460
575

—

—
200
230
460
575

—

6

1

2

3

4

5

3
3
5
5

Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E.
Starters with Electronic Overload, see Page 33-47 of Modification Codes.









The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4.
Example: ECN1704EAB. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3.
To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
All Type 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order Mod Code R5.
Type 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, add modification E11.
For 1250 and 1600 hp ratings at 460V, consult Eaton.
Supply hp, voltage, FLA and whether motor is design E or not when ordering the starter.
Type 4 (Painted steel) Sizes 6 – 9.

Cover Control
Other Magnet Coils
Dimensions
Accessories
Modifications
Technical Data
For more information visit: www.eaton.com

Page 33-119
Page 33-118
PG03300001E
PG03300001E
Page 33-42
PG03300001E
CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Freedom, Full Voltage — Enclosed

33-135

March 2009

Combination Starters — Fusible and Non-fusible
Table 33-202. Class ECN17 — Combination Reversing Starter — Non-fusible Disconnect
NEMA
Size

Motor Max. hp
Voltage Rating

Magnet
Coil
Voltage

Disconnect
Amps

Type 1
General Purpose

Type 3R
Rainproof

Type 4X 

Watertight &
Dust-Tight
Stainless Steel

Type 12
Dust-Tight
Industrial
External Reset 

Component
Starter
(Open)

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

120
208
240
480
600

30A

ECN1701AAA
ECN1701EAA
ECN1701BAA
ECN1701CAA
ECN1701DAA

ECN1702AAA
ECN1702EAA
ECN1702BAA
ECN1702CAA
ECN1702DAA

ECN1704AAA
ECN1704EAA
ECN1704BAA
ECN1704CAA
ECN1704DAA

ECN1708AAA
ECN1708EAA
ECN1708BAA
ECN1708CAA
ECN1708DAA

AN56BN0AC
AN56BN0EC
AN56BN0BC
AN56BN0CC
AN56BN0DC

120
208
240
480
600

30A

7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10

ECN1711AAA
ECN1711EAA
ECN1711BAA
ECN1711CAA
ECN1711DAA

ECN1712AAA
ECN1712EAA
ECN1712BAA
ECN1712CAA
ECN1712DAA

ECN1714AAA
ECN1714EAA
ECN1714BAA
ECN1714CAA
ECN1714DAA

ECN1718AAA
ECN1718EAA
ECN1718BAA
ECN1718CAA
ECN1718DAA

AN56DN0AB
AN56DN0EB
AN56DN0BB
AN56DN0CB
AN56DN0DB

120
208
240
480
600

60A

10
15
25
25

ECN1721AAA
ECN1721EAA
ECN1721BAA
ECN1721CAA
ECN1721DAA

ECN1722AAA
ECN1722EAA
ECN1722BAA
ECN1722CAA
ECN1722DAA

ECN1724AAA
ECN1724EAA
ECN1724BAA
ECN1724CAA
ECN1724DAA

ECN1728AAA
ECN1728EAA
ECN1728BAA
ECN1728CAA
ECN1728DAA

AN56GN0AB
AN56GN0EB
AN56GN0BB
AN56GN0CB
AN56GN0DB

120
208
240
480
600

100A

25
30
50
50

ECN1731AAA
ECN1731EAA
ECN1731BAA
ECN1731CAA
ECN1731DAA

ECN1732AAA
ECN1732EAA
ECN1732BAA
ECN1732CAA
ECN1732DAA

ECN1734AAA
ECN1734EAA
ECN1734BAA
ECN1734CAA
ECN1734DAA

ECN1738AAA
ECN1738EAA
ECN1738BAA
ECN1738CAA
ECN1738DAA

AN56KN0A
AN56KN0E
AN56KN0B
AN56KN0C
AN56KN0D

120
208
240
480
600

200A

40
50
100
100

ECN1741AAA
ECN1741EAA
ECN1741BAA
ECN1741CAA
ECN1741DAA

ECN1742AAA
ECN1742EAA
ECN1742BAA
ECN1742CAA
ECN1742DAA

ECN1744AAA
ECN1744EAA
ECN1744BAA
ECN1744CAA
ECN1744DAA

ECN1748AAA
ECN1748EAA
ECN1748BAA
ECN1748CAA
ECN1748DAA

AN56NN0A
AN56NN0E
AN56NN0B
AN56NN0C
AN56NN0D

120
208
240
480
600

400A

75
100
200
200

ECN1751AAA
ECN1751EAA
ECN1751BAA
ECN1751CAA
ECN1751DAA

ECN1752AAA
ECN1752EAA
ECN1752BAA
ECN1752CAA
ECN1752DAA

ECN1754AAA
ECN1754EAA
ECN1754BAA
ECN1754CAA
ECN1754DAA

ECN1758AAA
ECN1758EAA
ECN1758BAA
ECN1758CAA
ECN1758DAA

AN56SN0AB
AN56SN0EB
AN56SN0BB
AN56SN0CB
AN56SN0DB

—
200
230
460
575

—
150
200
400
400

120
208
240
480
600

600A

ECN1761AAA
ECN1761EAA
ECN1761BAA
ECN1761CAA
ECN1761DAA

ECN1762AAA
ECN1762EAA
ECN1762BAA
ECN1762CAA
ECN1762DAA

ECN1763AAA 
ECN1763EAA 
ECN1763BAA 
ECN1763CAA 
ECN1763DAA 

ECN1768AAA
ECN1768EAA
ECN1768BAA
ECN1768CAA
ECN1768DAA

AN56TN0AB
AN56TN0EB
AN56TN0BB
AN56TN0CB
AN56TN0DB

7

—
230
460
575

—
300
600
600

120
240
480
600



ECN1771AAA
ECN1771BAA
ECN1771CAA
ECN1771DAA

ECN1772AAA
ECN1772BAA
ECN1772CAA
ECN1772DAA

ECN1773AAA 
ECN1773BAA 
ECN1773CAA 
ECN1773DAA 

ECN1778AAA
ECN1778BAA
ECN1778CAA
ECN1778DAA

AN56UN0AB
AN56UN0BB
AN56UN0CB
AN56UN0DB

8

—
230
460
575

—
450
900
900

120
240
480
600



ECN1781AAA
ECN1781BAA
ECN1781CAA
ECN1781DAA

ECN1782AAA
ECN1782BAA
ECN1782CAA
ECN1782DAA

ECN1783AAA 
ECN1783BAA 
ECN1783CAA 
ECN1783DAA 

ECN1788AAA
ECN1788BAA
ECN1788CAA
ECN1788DAA

AN56VN0AB
AN56VN0BB
AN56VN0CB
AN56VN0DB

9

—
230
460
575

—
800
1000 
1000

120
240
480
600



ECN1791AAA
ECN1791BAA
ECN1791CAA
ECN1791DAA

ECN1792AAA
ECN1792BAA
ECN1792CAA
ECN1792DAA

ECN1793AAA 
ECN1793BAA 
ECN1793CAA 
ECN1793DAA 

ECN1798AAA
ECN1798BAA
ECN1798CAA
ECN1798DAA

AN56WN0A
AN56WN0B
AN56WN0C
AN56WN0D

0

—
200
230
460
575

—

—
200
230
460
575

—

—
200
230
460
575

—

—
200
230
460
575

—

—
200
230
460
575

—

—
200
230
460
575

—

6

1

2

3

4

5

3
3
5
5

Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E.
Starters with Electronic Overload, see Page 33-47 of Modification Codes.









The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4.
Example: ECN1704AAA. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3.
To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
All Type 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order Mod Code R5.
Type 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, add modification E11.
For 1250 and 1600 hp ratings at 460V, consult Eaton.
Supply hp, voltage, FLA and whether motor is design E or not when ordering the starter.
Type 4 (Painted steel) Sizes 6 – 9.

Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other Magnet Coils. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

Page 33-119
Page 33-118
PG03300001E
PG03300001E
Page 33-42
PG03300001E

33

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Freedom, Full Voltage — Enclosed

33-136

March 2009

Combination Starters — Fusible and Non-fusible
Table 33-203. Class ECN18 — Combination Reversing Starter — Fusible Disconnect with CPT 

NEMA
Size

33

Primary
Voltage



Max. hp
Rating

Magnet
Coil
Voltage

Fuse
Clip
Amps

Type 1
General Purpose

Type 3R
Rainproof

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Type 4X Watertight &
Dust-Tight
Stainless Steel 
Catalog
Number

Type 12
Dust-Tight Industrial
External Reset 
Catalog
Number

208
1-1/2 120
ECN18A2EAB
30A  ECN18A1EAB
ECN18A4EAB
ECN18A8EAB
240
ECN18A1BAB
1-1/2
ECN18A2BAB
ECN18A4BAB
ECN18A8BAB
480
ECN18A1CAC
2
ECN18A2CAC
ECN18A4CAC
ECN18A8CAC
600
ECN18A1DAC
2
ECN18A2DAC
ECN18A4DAC
ECN18A8DAC
0
208
ECN1802EAB
3
ECN1804EAB
120
30A  ECN1801EAB
ECN1808EAB
ECN1801BAB
240
ECN1802BAB
3
ECN1804BAB
ECN1808BAB
ECN1801CAC
480
ECN1802CAC
5
ECN1804CAC
ECN1808CAC
ECN1801DAC
600
ECN1802DAC
5
ECN1804DAC
ECN1808DAC
7-1/2 120
30A  ECN1811EAB
ECN1812EAB
1
208
ECN1814EAB
ECN1818EAB
7-1/2
ECN1811BAB
ECN1812BAB
240
ECN1814BAB
ECN1818BAB
10
ECN1811CAC
ECN1812CAC
480
ECN1814CAC
ECN1818CAC
10
ECN1811DAC
ECN1812DAC
600
ECN1814DAC
ECN1818DAC
ECN1822EAD
2
208
ECN1824EAD
10
ECN1828EAD
120
60A  ECN1821EAD
ECN1821BAD
ECN1822BAD
240
ECN1824BAD
15
ECN1828BAD
ECN1821CAE
ECN1822CAE
480
ECN1824CAE
25
ECN1828CAE
ECN1821DAE
ECN1822DAE
600
ECN1824DAE
25
ECN1828DAE
ECN1831EAF
ECN1832EAF
3
208
ECN1834EAF
25
ECN1838EAF
120
100A
ECN1831BAF
ECN1832BAF
240
ECN1834BAF
30
ECN1838BAF
ECN1831CAG
ECN1832CAG
480
ECN1834CAG
50
ECN1838CAG
ECN1831DAG
ECN1832DAG
600
ECN1834DAG
50
ECN1838DAG
ECN1841EAH
ECN1842EAH
4
208
ECN1844EAH
40
ECN1848EAH
120
200A
ECN1841BAH
ECN1842BAH
240
ECN1844BAH
50
ECN1848BAH
ECN1841CAJ
ECN1842CAJ
480
ECN1844CAJ
100
ECN1848CAJ
ECN1841DAJ
ECN1842DAJ
600
ECN1844DAJ
100
ECN1848DAJ
ECN1851EAK
ECN1852EAK
5
208
ECN1854EAK
75
ECN1858EAK
120
400A
ECN1851BAK
ECN1852BAK
240
ECN1854BAK
100
ECN1858BAK
ECN1851CAL
ECN1852CAL
480
ECN1854CAL
200
ECN1858CAL
ECN1851DAL
ECN1852DAL
600
ECN1854DAL
200
ECN1858DAL
ECN1861EAM
ECN1868EAM
ECN1862EAM
6
208
ECN1863EAM 	
150
120
600A
ECN1863BAM 	
ECN1861BAM
ECN1868BAM
ECN1862BAM
240
200
ECN1863CAN 	
ECN1861CAN
ECN1868CAN
ECN1862CAN
480
400
ECN1863DAN 	
ECN1861DAN
ECN1868DAN
ECN1862DAN
600
400

ECN1871BAU
ECN1878BAU
ECN1872BAU
7
240
ECN1873BAU 	
300
120
ECN1873CAU 	
ECN1871CAU
ECN1878CAU
ECN1872CAU
480
600
	
ECN1873DAU
ECN1871DAU
ECN1878DAU
ECN1872DAU
600
600

ECN1881BAU
ECN1888BAU
ECN1882BAU
8
240
ECN1883BAU 	
450
120
ECN1883CAU 	
ECN1881CAU
ECN1888CAU
ECN1882CAU
480
900
ECN1883DAU 	
ECN1881DAU
ECN1888DAU
ECN1882DAU
600
900

ECN1891BAU
ECN1898BAU
120
ECN1892BAU
9
240
ECN1893BAU 	
800
ECN1893CAU 	
ECN1891CAU
ECN1898CAU
ECN1892CAU
480
1000 
	
1000
ECN1893DAU
ECN1891DAU
ECN1898DAU
ECN1892DAU
600
Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E.
Starters with Electronic Overload, see Page 33-47 of Modification Codes.
00











	

Component
Starter
(Open)
Catalog
Number
AN16AN0EC
AN16AN0BC
AN16AN0CC
AN16AN0DC
AN16BN0EC
AN16BN0BC
AN16BN0CC
AN16BN0DC
AN16DN0EB
AN16DN0BB
AN16DN0CB
AN16DN0DB
AN16GN0EB
AN16GN0BB
AN16GN0CB
AN16GN0DB
AN16KN0E
AN16KN0B
AN16KN0C
AN16KN0D
AN16NN0E
AN16NN0B
AN16NN0C
AN16NN0D
AN16SN0EB
AN16SN0BB
AN16SN0CB
AN16SN0DB
AN16TN0EB
AN16TN0BB
AN16TN0CB
AN16TN0DB
AN16UN0BB
AN16UN0CB
AN16UN0DB
AN16VN0BB
AN16VN0CB
AN16VN0DB
AN16WN0B
AN16WN0C
AN16WN0D

100,000 RMS short-circuit rating.
Other control power transformer primary and/or secondary voltages, see Page 33-118.
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4.
Example: ECN1804EAB. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3.
To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
All Type 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order mod code R5.
Type 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, add modification E11.
For 1250 and 1600 hp ratings at 460V, consult Eaton.
Fuse clips are for Class R fuses. For H and J fuses see mods, Page 33-44.
Supply hp, voltage, FLA and whether motor is design E or not when ordering the motor.
Type 4 (Painted steel) Sizes 6 – 9.

Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other Magnet Coils . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
For more information visit: www.eaton.com

Page 33-119
Page 33-118
PG03300001E
PG03300001E
Page 33-42
PG03300001E
CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Freedom, Full Voltage — Enclosed

33-137

March 2009

Combination Starters — Fusible and Non-fusible
Table 33-204. Class ECN18 — Combination Reversing Starter — Non-fusible Disconnect with CPT
NEMA
Size

Primary
Voltage




Max. hp
Rating

Magnet
Coil
Voltage

Disconnect
Switch
Rating

Type 1
General Purpose

Type 3R
Rainproof

Type 4X Watertight
& Dust-Tight
Stainless Steel 

Type 12
Dust-Tight Industrial
External Reset  

Component
Starter
(Open)

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

00

208
240
480
600

1-1/2 120
1-1/2
2
2

30A

ECN18A1EAA
ECN18A1BAA
ECN18A1CAA
ECN18A1DAA

ECN18A2EAA
ECN18A2BAA
ECN18A2CAA
ECN18A2DAA

ECN18A4EAA
ECN18A4BAA
ECN18A4CAA
ECN18A4DAA

ECN18A8EAA
ECN18A8BAA
ECN18A8CAA
ECN18A8DAA

AN16AN0EC
AN16AN0BC
AN16AN0CC
AN16AN0DC

0

208
240
480
600

3
3
5
5

120

30A

ECN1801EAA
ECN1801BAA
ECN1801CAA
ECN1801DAA

ECN1802EAA
ECN1802BAA
ECN1802CAA
ECN1802DAA

ECN1804EAA
ECN1804BAA
ECN1804CAA
ECN1804DAA

ECN1808EAA
ECN1808BAA
ECN1808CAA
ECN1808DAA

AN16BN0EC
AN16BN0BC
AN16BN0CC
AN16BN0DC

1

208
240
480
600

7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10

120

30A

ECN1811EAA
ECN1811BAA
ECN1811CAA
ECN1811DAA

ECN1812EAA
ECN1812BAA
ECN1812CAA
ECN1812DAA

ECN1814EAA
ECN1814BAA
ECN1814CAA
ECN1814DAA

ECN1818EAA
ECN1818BAA
ECN1818CAA
ECN1818DAA

AN16DN0EB
AN16DN0BB
AN16DN0CB
AN16DN0DB

2

208
240
480
600

10
15
25
25

120

60A

ECN1821EAA
ECN1821BAA
ECN1821CAA
ECN1821DAA

ECN1822EAA
ECN1822BAA
ECN1822CAA
ECN1822DAA

ECN1824EAA
ECN1824BAA
ECN1824CAA
ECN1824DAA

ECN1828EAA
ECN1828BAA
ECN1828CAA
ECN1828DAA

AN16GN0EB
AN16GN0BB
AN16GN0CB
AN16GN0DB

3

208
240
480
600

25
30
50
50

120

100A

ECN1831EAA
ECN1831BAA
ECN1831CAA
ECN1831DAA

ECN1832EAA
ECN1832BAA
ECN1832CAA
ECN1832DAA

ECN1834EAA
ECN1834BAA
ECN1834CAA
ECN1834DAA

ECN1838EAA
ECN1838BAA
ECN1838CAA
ECN1838DAA

AN16KN0E
AN16KN0B
AN16KN0C
AN16KN0D

4

208
240
480
600

40
50
100
100

120

200A

ECN1841EAA
ECN1841BAA
ECN1841CAA
ECN1841DAA

ECN1842EAA
ECN1842BAA
ECN1842CAA
ECN1842DAA

ECN1844EAA
ECN1844BAA
ECN1844CAA
ECN1844DAA

ECN1848EAA
ECN1848BAA
ECN1848CAA
ECN1848DAA

AN16NN0E
AN16NN0B
AN16NN0C
AN16NN0D

5

208
240
480
600

75
100
200
200

120

400A

ECN1851EAA
ECN1851BAA
ECN1851CAA
ECN1851DAA

ECN1852EAA
ECN1852BAA
ECN1852CAA
ECN1852DAA

ECN1854EAA
ECN1854BAA
ECN1854CAA
ECN1854DAA

ECN1858EAA
ECN1858BAA
ECN1858CAA
ECN1858DAA

AN16SN0EB
AN16SN0BB
AN16SN0CB
AN16SN0DB

6

208
240
480
600

150
200
400
400

120

600A

ECN1861EAA
ECN1861BAA
ECN1861CAA
ECN1861DAA

ECN1862EAA
ECN1862BAA
ECN1862CAA
ECN1862DAA

ECN1863EAA 
ECN1863BAA 
ECN1863CAA 
ECN1863DAA 

ECN1868EAA
ECN1868BAA
ECN1868CAA
ECN1868DAA

AN16TN0EB
AN16TN0BB
AN16TN0CB
AN16TN0DB

7

240
480
600

300
600
600

120



ECN1871BAA
ECN1871CAA
ECN1871DAA

ECN1872BAA
ECN1872CAA
ECN1872DAA

ECN1873BAA 
ECN1873CAA 
ECN1873DAA 

ECN1878BAA
ECN1878CAA
ECN1878DAA

AN16UN0BB
AN16UN0CB
AN16UN0DB

8

240
480
600

450
900
900

120



ECN1881BAA
ECN1881CAA
ECN1881DAA

ECN1882BAA
ECN1882CAA
ECN1882DAA

ECN1883BAA 
ECN1883CAA 
ECN1883DAA 

ECN1888BAA
ECN1888CAA
ECN1888DAA

AN16VN0BB
AN16VN0CB
AN16VN0DB

9

240
480
600

800
1000 
1000

120



ECN1891BAA
ECN1891CAA
ECN1891DAA

ECN1892BAA
ECN1892CAA
ECN1892DAA

ECN1893BAA 
ECN1893CAA 
ECN1893DAA 

ECN1898BAA
ECN1898CAA
ECN1898DAA

AN16WN0B
AN16WN0C
AN16WN0D

Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E.
Starters with Electronic Overload, see Page 33-47 of Modification Codes.










Other control power transformer primary and/or secondary voltages, see Page 33-118.
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4.
Example: ECN1804EAA. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3.
To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
All Type 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order Mod Code R5.
Type 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, add modification E11.
For 1250 and 1600 hp ratings at 460V, consult Eaton.
Supply hp, voltage, FLA and whether motor is design E or not when ordering the starter.
Type 4 (Painted steel) Sizes 6 – 9.

Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other Magnet Coils. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

Page 33-119
Page 33-118
PG03300001E
PG03300001E
Page 33-42
PG03300001E

33

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Freedom, Full Voltage — Enclosed

33-138

March 2009

Combination Starters — Circuit Breaker

Features

33

3-Phase Magnetic
3-Pole Non-reversing or Reversing
■ Standard Interchangeable Heater
OLR

Optional Electronic Overload
600V Maximum
■ 100,000 RMS 480V, 25,000 RMS
600V

■

■

■

■

Product Selection
Table 33-205. Class ECN22 — Combination Non-reversing Starter — Circuit Breaker
NEMA
Size

00

0

1

Motor Max. hp
Voltage Rating

Magnet
Coil
Voltage 


120

Type 1
General Purpose

Type 3R
Rainproof

Type 4X  Watertight
& Dust-Tight Stainless
Steel

Type 12
Dust-Tight Industrial
External Reset 

Component
Starter
(Open)

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A

ECN22A1AAC
ECN22A1AAD

ECN22A2AAC
ECN22A2AAD

ECN22A4AAC
ECN22A4AAD

ECN22A8AAC
ECN22A8AAD

AN16AN0AC

Circuit
Breaker
Type

200

1
1-1/2

230

1
1-1/2

HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A

ECN22A1AAC
ECN22A1AAD

ECN22A2AAC
ECN22A2AAD

ECN22A4AAC
ECN22A4AAD

ECN22A8AAC
ECN22A8AAD

460

1
2

HMCPE 3A
HMCPE 7A

ECN22A1AAB
ECN22A1AAC

ECN22A2AAB
ECN22A2AAC

ECN22A4AAB
ECN22A4AAC

ECN22A8AAB
ECN22A8AAC

575

1
2

HMCP 3A
HMCP 7A

ECN22A1AAB
ECN22A1AAC

ECN22A2AAB
ECN22A2AAC

ECN22A4AAB
ECN22A4AAC

ECN22A8AAB
ECN22A8AAC

200

1
3

HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A

ECN2201AAC
ECN2201AAD

ECN2202AAC
ECN2202AAD

ECN2204AAC
ECN2204AAD

ECN2208AAC
ECN2208AAD

230

1
3

HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A

ECN2201AAC
ECN2201AAD

ECN2202AAC
ECN2202AAD

ECN2204AAC
ECN2204AAD

ECN2208AAC
ECN2208AAD

460

1
3
5

HMCPE 3A
HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A

ECN2201AAB
ECN2201AAC
ECN2201AAD

ECN2202AAB
ECN2202AAC
ECN2202AAD

ECN2204AAB
ECN2204AAC
ECN2204AAD

ECN2208AAB
ECN2208AAC
ECN2208AAD

575

1
3
5

HMCP 3A
HMCP 15A
HMCP 7A

ECN2201AAB
ECN2201AAD
ECN2201AAC

ECN2202AAB
ECN2202AAD
ECN2202AAC

ECN2204AAB
ECN2204AAD
ECN2204AAC

ECN2208AAB
ECN2208AAD
ECN2208AAC

200

1
3
5
7-1/2

HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
HMCPE 30A
HMCPE 50A

ECN2211AAC
ECN2211AAD
ECN2211AAE
ECN2211AAF

ECN2212AAC
ECN2212AAD
ECN2212AAE
ECN2212AAF

ECN2214AAC
ECN2214AAD
ECN2214AAE
ECN2214AAF

ECN2218AAC
ECN2218AAD
ECN2218AAE
ECN2218AAF

230

1
3
5
7-1/2

HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
HMCPE 30A
HMCPE 50A

ECN2211AAC
ECN2211AAD
ECN2211AAE
ECN2211AAF

ECN2212AAC
ECN2212AAD
ECN2212AAE
ECN2212AAF

ECN2214AAC
ECN2214AAD
ECN2214AAE
ECN2214AAF

ECN2218AAC
ECN2218AAD
ECN2218AAE
ECN2218AAF

120

120

460

1
3
5
10

HMCPE 3A
HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
HMCPE 30A

ECN2211AAB
ECN2211AAC
ECN2211AAD
ECN2211AAE

ECN2212AAB
ECN2212AAC
ECN2212AAD
ECN2212AAE

ECN2214AAB
ECN2214AAC
ECN2214AAD
ECN2214AAE

ECN2218AAB
ECN2218AAC
ECN2218AAD
ECN2218AAE

575

1
3
5
10

HMCP 3A
HMCP 7A
HMCP 15A
HMCP 30A

ECN2211AAB
ECN2211AAC
ECN2211AAD
ECN2211AAE

ECN2212AAB
ECN2212AAC
ECN2212AAD
ECN2212AAE

ECN2214AAB
ECN2214AAC
ECN2214AAD
ECN2214AAE

ECN2218AAB
ECN2218AAC
ECN2218AAD
ECN2218AAE

AN16BN0AC

AN16DN0AB

Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E.
Starters with Electronic Overload, see Page 33-47 of Modification Codes.







For other magnet coil voltages substitute the eighth digit with appropriate digit based on Table 33-184.
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4.
Example: ECN2204AAC. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3.
To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
All Type 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order Mod Code R5.
Type 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, add modification E11.

Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other Magnet Coils . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
For more information visit: www.eaton.com

Page 33-119
Page 33-118
PG03300001E
PG03300001E
Page 33-42
PG03300001E
CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Freedom, Full Voltage — Enclosed

33-139

March 2009

Combination Starters — Circuit Breaker
Table 33-205. Class ECN22 — Combination Non-reversing Starter — Circuit Breaker (Continued)
NEMA
Size

2

3

Motor Max. hp
Voltage Rating

200

10

230

10
15

460
575

Magnet
Coil
Voltage 


120

Circuit
Breaker
Type

Component
Starter
(Open)

Catalog
Number

Type 4X 
Type 12
Watertight & Dust-Tight Dust-Tight
Stainless Steel
Industrial
External Reset 
Catalog
Catalog
Number
Number

AN16GN0AB

Type 1
General Purpose

Type 3R
Rainproof

Catalog
Number
HMCPE 50A

ECN2221AAF

ECN2222AAF

ECN2224AAF

ECN2228AAF

HMCPE 50A
HMCPE 70A

ECN2221AAF
ECN2221AAW

ECN2222AAF
ECN2222AAW

ECN2224AAF
ECN2224AAW

ECN2228AAF
ECN2228AAW

25

HMCPE 50A

ECN2221AAF

ECN2222AAF

ECN2224AAF

ECN2228AAF

15
25

HMCP 30A
HMCP 50A

ECN2221AAE
ECN2221AAF

ECN2222AAE
ECN2222AAF

ECN2224AAE
ECN2224AAF

ECN2228AAE
ECN2228AAF

20
120
HMCPE 100A ECN2231AAG
ECN2232AAG
ECN2234AAG
25
HMCPE 100A ECN2231AAX
ECN2232AAX
ECN2234AAX
230
25
HMCPE 100A ECN2231AAG
ECN2232AAG
ECN2234AAG
30
HMCPE 100A ECN2231AAX
ECN2232AAX
ECN2234AAX
460
50
HMCPE 100A ECN2231AAG
ECN2232AAG
ECN2234AAG
575
30
HMCP 50A
ECN2231AAF
ECN2232AAF
ECN2234AAF
50
HMCP 100A ECN2231AAG
ECN2232AAG
ECN2234AAG
4
200
40
ECN2242AAH
120
HMCP 150A ECN2241AAH
ECN2244AAH
230
50
ECN2242AAH
HMCP 150A ECN2241AAH
ECN2244AAH
460
100
ECN2242AAH
HMCP 150A ECN2241AAH
ECN2244AAH
575
100
ECN2242AAH
HMCP 150A ECN2241AAH
ECN2244AAH
5
200
50
120
HMCP 250A ECN2251AAJ
ECN2252AAJ
ECN2254AAJ
75
HMCP 400A ECN2251AAK
ECN2252AAK
ECN2254AAK
230
60
HMCP 250A ECN2251AAJ
ECN2252AAJ
ECN2254AAJ
100
HMCP 400A ECN2251AAK
ECN2252AAK
ECN2254AAK
460
125
HMCP 250A ECN2251AAJ
ECN2252AAJ
ECN2254AAJ
200
HMCP 400A ECN2251AAK
ECN2252AAK
ECN2254AAK
575
150
HMCP 250A ECN2251AAJ
ECN2252AAJ
ECN2254AAJ
200
HMCP 400A ECN2251AAK
ECN2252AAK
ECN2254AAK
6
200
150
120
HMCP 600A ECN2261AAL
ECN2262AAL
ECN2263AAL 
230
200
HMCP 600A ECN2261AAL
ECN2262AAL
ECN2263AAL 
460
350
HMCP 600A ECN2261AAL
ECN2262AAL
ECN2263AAL 
ECN2263AAP 
400
HMCP 1200A ECN2261AAP
ECN2262AAP
575
400
HMCP 600A ECN2261AAL
ECN2262AAL
ECN2263AAL 
7
230
ECN2271AAU
300
ECN2272AAU
120
—
ECN2273AAU 
ECN2273AAU 
460
ECN2271AAU
600
ECN2272AAU
—
ECN2273AAU 
575
ECN2271AAU
600
ECN2272AAU
—
8
230
ECN2281AAU
450
ECN2282AAU
120
—
ECN2283AAU 
ECN2283AAU 
460
ECN2281AAU
900
ECN2282AAU
—
ECN2283AAU 
575
ECN2281AAU
900
ECN2282AAU
—
9
230
ECN2291AAU
800
ECN2292AAU
120
—
ECN2293AAU 
ECN2293AAU 
460
ECN2291AAU
1600
ECN2292AAU
—
ECN2293AAU 
575
ECN2291AAU
1600
ECN2292AAU
—
Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E.
Starters with Electronic Overload, see Page 33-47 of Modification Codes.








200

ECN2238AAG
ECN2238AAX
ECN2238AAG
ECN2238AAX
ECN2238AAG
ECN2238AAF
ECN2238AAG
ECN2248AAH
ECN2248AAH
ECN2248AAH
ECN2248AAH
ECN2258AAJ
ECN2258AAK
ECN2258AAJ
ECN2258AAK
ECN2258AAJ
ECN2258AAK
ECN2258AAJ
ECN2258AAK
ECN2268AAL
ECN2268AAL
ECN2268AAL
ECN2268AAP
ECN2268AAL
ECN2278AAU
ECN2278AAU
ECN2278AAU
ECN2288AAU
ECN2288AAU
ECN2288AAU
ECN2298AAU
ECN2298AAU
ECN2298AAU

Catalog
Number

AN16KN0A

AN16NN0A

AN16SN0AB

AN16TN0AB

AN16UN0AB

AN16VN0AB

AN16WN0A

For other magnet coil voltages substitute the eighth digit with appropriate digit based on Table 33-184.
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4.
Example: ECN2204AAC. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3.
To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
All Type 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order Mod Code R5.
Type 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, add modification E11.
Type 4 (Painted steel) Sizes 6 – 9.

Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other Magnet Coils. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

Page 33-119
Page 33-118
PG03300001E
PG03300001E
Page 33-42
PG03300001E

33

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Freedom, Full Voltage — Enclosed

33-140

March 2009

Combination Starters — Circuit Breaker
Table 33-206. Class ECN22 — Special Enclosure Combination Non-reversing Starter — Circuit Breaker
NEMA
Size

Motor
Voltage

Max. hp Magnet
Rating
Coil
Voltage

Type 12
Dust-Tight Industrial 
External Reset
Internal Rest

Component
Starter
(Open)

Catalog
Number

Type 4X 
Watertight &
Dust-Tight
Stainless Steel
Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

ECN2211AAC-E13
ECN2211AAD-E13
ECN2211AAE-E13
ECN2211AAF-E13
ECN2211AAC-E13
ECN2211AAD-E13
ECN2211AAE-E13
ECN2211AAF-E13
ECN2211AAB-E13
ECN2211AAC-E13
ECN2211AAD-E13
ECN2211AAE-E13
ECN2211AAB-E13
ECN2211AAC-E13
ECN2211AAD-E13
ECN2211AAE-E13
ECN2221AAF-E13
ECN2221AAF-E13
ECN2221AAW-E13
ECN2221AAF-E13
ECN2221AAE-E13
ECN2221AAF-E13

ECN2212AAC-E13
ECN2212AAD-E13
ECN2212AAE-E13
ECN2212AAF-E13
ECN2212AAC-E13
ECN2212AAD-E13
ECN2212AAE-E13
ECN2212AAF-E13
ECN2212AAB-E13
ECN2212AAC-E13
ECN2212AAD-E13
ECN2212AAE-E13
ECN2212AAB-E13
ECN2212AAC-E13
ECN2212AAD-E13
ECN2212AAE-E13
ECN2222AAF-E13
ECN2222AAF-E13
ECN2222AAW-E13
ECN2222AAF-E13
ECN2222AAE-E13
ECN2222AAF-E13

ECN2214AAC-E13
ECN2214AAD-E13
ECN2214AAE-E13
ECN2214AAF-E13
ECN2214AAC-E13
ECN2214AAD-E13
ECN2214AAE-E13
ECN2214AAF-E13
ECN2214AAB-E13
ECN2214AAC-E13
ECN2214AAD-E13
ECN2214AAE-E13
ECN2214AAB-E13
ECN2214AAC-E13
ECN2214AAD-E13
ECN2214AAE-E13
ECN2224AAF-E13
ECN2224AAF-E13
ECN2224AAW-E13
ECN2224AAF-E13
ECN2224AAE-E13
ECN2224AAF-E13

ECN2218AAC-E13
ECN2218AAD-E13
ECN2218AAE-E13
ECN2218AAF-E13
ECN2218AAC-E13
ECN2218AAD-E13
ECN2218AAE-E13
ECN2218AAF-E13
ECN2218AAB-E13
ECN2218AAC-E13
ECN2218AAD-E13
ECN2218AAE-E13
ECN2218AAB-E13
ECN2218AAC-E13
ECN2218AAD-E13
ECN2218AAE-E13
ECN2228AAF-E13
ECN2228AAF-E13
ECN2228AAW-E13
ECN2228AAF-E13
ECN2228AAE-E13
ECN2228AAF-E13

AN16DN0AB

Circuit
Type 1
Breaker Type General Purpose




33
Horizontal Enclosure
1

200

230

460

575

2

200
230
460
575

1
3
5
7-1/2
1
3
5
7-1/2
1
3
5
10
1
3
5
10
10
10
15
25
15
25

120

120

HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
HMCPE 30A
HMCPE 50A
HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
HMCPE 30A
HMCPE 50A
HMCPE 3A
HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
HMCPE 30A
HMCP 3A
HMCP 7A
HMCP 15A
HMCP 30A
HMCPE 50A
HMCPE 50A
HMCPE 70A
HMCPE 50A
HMCP 30A
HMCP 50A

AN16GN0AB

Oversize Enclosure — without Control Transformer
0

200

1
120
HMCPE 7A
ECN2201AAC-E3
ECN2202AAC-E3
ECN2204AAC-E3
ECN2208AAC-E3
AN16BN0AC
3
HMCPE 15A ECN2201AAD-E3
ECN2202AAD-E3
ECN2204AAD-E3
ECN2208AAD-E3
230
1
HMCPE 7A
ECN2201AAC-E3
ECN2202AAC-E3
ECN2204AAC-E3
ECN2208AAC-E3
3
HMCPE 15A ECN2201AAD-E3
ECN2202AAD-E3
ECN2204AAD-E3
ECN2208AAD-E3
460
1
HMCPE 3A
ECN2201AAB-E3
ECN2202AAB-E3
ECN2204AAB-E3
ECN2208AAB-E3
3
HMCPE 7A
ECN2201AAC-E3
ECN2202AAC-E3
ECN2204AAC-E3
ECN2208AAC-E3
5
HMCPE 15A ECN2201AAD-E3
ECN2202AAD-E3
ECN2204AAD-E3
ECN2208AAD-E3
575
1
HMCP 3A
ECN2201AAB-E3
ECN2202AAB-E3
ECN2204AAB-E3
ECN2208AAB-E3
3
HMCP 15A
ECN2201AAD-E3
ECN2202AAD-E3
ECN2204AAD-E3
ECN2208AAD-E3
5
HMCP 7A
ECN2201AAC-E3
ECN2202AAC-E3
ECN2204AAC-E3
ECN2208AAC-E3
1
200
1
120
HMCPE 7A
ECN2211AAC-E3
ECN2212AAC-E3
ECN2214AAC-E3
ECN2218AAC-E3
AN16DN0AB
3
HMCPE 15A ECN2211AAD-E3
ECN2212AAD-E3
ECN2214AAD-E3
ECN2218AAD-E3
5
HMCPE 30A ECN2211AAE-E3
ECN2212AAE-E3
ECN2214AAE-E3
ECN2218AAE-E3
7-1/2
HMCPE 50A ECN2211AAF-E3
ECN2212AAF-E3
ECN2214AAF-E3
ECN2218AAF-E3
230
1
HMCPE 7A
ECN2211AAC-E3
ECN2212AAC-E3
ECN2214AAC-E3
ECN2218AAC-E3
3
HMCPE 15A ECN2211AAD-E3
ECN2212AAD-E3
ECN2214AAD-E3
ECN2218AAD-E3
5
HMCPE 30A ECN2211AAE-E3
ECN2212AAE-E3
ECN2214AAE-E3
ECN2218AAE-E3
7-1/2
HMCPE 50A ECN2211AAF-E3
ECN2212AAF-E3
ECN2214AAF-E3
ECN2218AAF-E3
460
1
HMCPE 3A
ECN2211AAB-E3
ECN2212AAB-E3
ECN2214AAB-E3
ECN2218AAB-E3
3
HMCPE 7A
ECN2211AAC-E3
ECN2212AAC-E3
ECN2214AAC-E3
ECN2218AAC-E3
5
HMCPE 15A ECN2211AAD-E3
ECN2212AAD-E3
ECN2214AAD-E3
ECN2218AAD-E3
10
HMCPE 30A ECN2211AAE-E3
ECN2212AAE-E3
ECN2214AAE-E3
ECN2218AAE-E3
575
1
HMCP 3A
ECN2211AAB-E3
ECN2212AAB-E3
ECN2214AAB-E3
ECN2218AAB-E3
3
HMCP 7A
ECN2211AAC-E3
ECN2212AAC-E3
ECN2214AAC-E3
ECN2218AAC-E3
5
HMCP 15A
ECN2211AAD-E3
ECN2212AAD-E3
ECN2214AAD-E3
ECN2218AAD-E3
10
HMCP 30A
ECN2211AAE-E3
ECN2212AAE-E3
ECN2214AAE-E3
ECN2218AAE-E3
2
200
10
120
HMCPE 50A ECN2221AAF-E3
ECN2222AAF-E3
ECN2224AAF-E3
ECN2228AAF-E3
AN16GN0AB
230
10
HMCPE 50A ECN2221AAF-E3
ECN2222AAF-E3
ECN2224AAF-E3
ECN2228AAF-E3
15
HMCPE 70A ECN2221AAW-E3 ECN2222AAW-E3 ECN2224AAW-E3
ECN2228AAW-E3
460
25
HMCPE 50A ECN2221AAF-E3
ECN2222AAF-E3
ECN2224AAF-E3
ECN2228AAF-E3
575
15
HMCP 30A
ECN2221AAE-E3
ECN2222AAE-E3
ECN2224AAE-E3
ECN2228AAE-E3
25
HMCP 50A
ECN2221AAF-E3
ECN2222AAF-E3
ECN2224AAF-E3
ECN2228AAF-E3
Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E.
Starters with Electronic Overload, see Page 33-47 of Modification Codes.

 For other magnet coil voltages substitute the
 To order Type 12 enclosures with safety
eighth digit with appropriate digit based on
door interlock add modification E11.
Table 33-184.
 The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X
column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless
Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4.
Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-119
Example: ECN2204AAC-E3. To order Type
Other Magnet Coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-118
4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel,
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
change that digit to 3. To order Nonmetallic,
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-42
change that digit to 5. For details on these
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Freedom, Full Voltage — Enclosed

33-141

March 2009

Combination Starters — Circuit Breaker
Table 33-207. Class ECN23 — Combination Reversing Starter — Circuit Breaker 

NEMA
Size

Motor
Voltage

Max. hp
Rating

Magnet
Coil
Voltage



00

0

1

2

120

Type 1
General Purpose

Type 3R
Rainproof

Type 4X 
Watertight &
Dust-Tight
Stainless Steel

Type 12
Dust-Tight Industrial
External Reset 

Component
Starter
(Open)

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A

ECN23A1AAC
ECN23A1AAD

ECN23A2AAC
ECN23A2AAD

ECN23A4AAC
ECN23A4AAD

ECN23A8AAC
ECN23A8AAD

AN56AN0AC

Circuit
Breaker
Type

200

1
1-1/2

230

1
1-1/2

HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A

ECN23A1AAC
ECN23A1AAD

ECN23A2AAC
ECN23A2AAD

ECN23A4AAC
ECN23A4AAD

ECN23A8AAC
ECN23A8AAD

460

1
2

HMCPE 3A
HMCPE 7A

ECN23A1AAB
ECN23A1AAC

ECN23A2AAB
ECN23A2AAC

ECN23A4AAB
ECN23A4AAC

ECN23A8AAB
ECN23A8AAC

575

1
2

HMCP 3A
HMCP 7A

ECN23A1AAB
ECN23A1AAC

ECN23A2AAB
ECN23A2AAC

ECN23A4AAB
ECN23A4AAC

ECN23A8AAB
ECN23A8AAC

200

1
3

HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A

ECN2301AAC
ECN2301AAD

ECN2302AAC
ECN2302AAD

ECN2304AAC
ECN2304AAD

ECN2308AAC
ECN2308AAD

230

1
3

HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A

ECN2301AAC
ECN2301AAD

ECN2302AAC
ECN2302AAD

ECN2304AAC
ECN2304AAD

ECN2308AAC
ECN2308AAD

460

1
3
5

HMCPE 3A
HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A

ECN2301AAB
ECN2301AAC
ECN2301AAD

ECN2302AAB
ECN2302AAC
ECN2302AAD

ECN2304AAB
ECN2304AAC
ECN2304AAD

ECN2308AAB
ECN2308AAC
ECN2308AAD

575

1
3
5

HMCP 3A
HMCP 15A
HMCP 7A

ECN2301AAB
ECN2301AAD
ECN2301AAC

ECN2302AAB
ECN2302AAD
ECN2302AAC

ECN2304AAB
ECN2304AAD
ECN2304AAC

ECN2308AAB
ECN2308AAD
ECN2308AAC

200

1
3
5
7-1/2

HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
HMCPE 30A
HMCPE 50A

ECN2311AAC
ECN2311AAD
ECN2311AAE
ECN2311AAF

ECN2312AAC
ECN2312AAD
ECN2312AAE
ECN2312AAF

ECN2314AAC
ECN2314AAD
ECN2314AAE
ECN2314AAF

ECN2318AAC
ECN2318AAD
ECN2318AAE
ECN2318AAF

230

1
3
5
7-1/2

HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
HMCPE 30A
HMCPE 50A

ECN2311AAC
ECN2311AAD
ECN2311AAE
ECN2311AAF

ECN2312AAC
ECN2312AAD
ECN2312AAE
ECN2312AAF

ECN2314AAC
ECN2314AAD
ECN2314AAE
ECN2314AAF

ECN2318AAC
ECN2318AAD
ECN2318AAE
ECN2318AAF

120

120

460

1
3
5
10

HMCPE 3A
HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
HMCPE 30A

ECN2311AAB
ECN2311AAC
ECN2311AAD
ECN2311AAE

ECN2312AAB
ECN2312AAC
ECN2312AAD
ECN2312AAE

ECN2314AAB
ECN2314AAC
ECN2314AAD
ECN2314AAE

ECN2318AAB
ECN2318AAC
ECN2318AAD
ECN2318AAE

575

1
3
5
10

HMCP 3A
HMCP 7A
HMCP 15A
HMCP 30A

ECN2311AAB
ECN2311AAC
ECN2311AAD
ECN2311AAE

ECN2312AAB
ECN2312AAC
ECN2312AAD
ECN2312AAE

ECN2314AAB
ECN2314AAC
ECN2314AAD
ECN2314AAE

ECN2318AAB
ECN2318AAC
ECN2318AAD
ECN2318AAE

200

10

230

10
15

460
575

120

HMCPE 50A

ECN2321AAF

ECN2322AAF

ECN2324AAF

ECN2328AAF

HMCPE 50A
HMCPE 70A

ECN2321AAF
ECN2321AAW

ECN2322AAF
ECN2322AAW

ECN2324AAF
ECN2324AAW

ECN2328AAF
ECN2328AAW

25

HMCPE 50A

ECN2321AAF

ECN2322AAF

ECN2324AAF

ECN2328AAF

15
25

HMCP 30A
HMCP 50A

ECN2321AAE
ECN2321AAF

ECN2322AAE
ECN2322AAF

ECN2324AAE
ECN2324AAF

ECN2328AAE
ECN2328AAF

AN56BN0AC

AN56DN0AB

AN56GN0AB

Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E.
Starters with Electronic Overload, see Page 33-47 of Modification Codes.








100,000 RMS short-circuit – 480V
25,000 RMS short-circuit – 600V
For other magnet coil voltages substitute the eighth digit with appropriate digit based on Table 33-184.
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4.
Example: ECN2304AAC. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3.
To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
All Type 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order Mod Code R5.
Type 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, add modification E11.

Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-119
Other Magnet Coils. . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-118
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-42
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

33

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Freedom, Full Voltage — Enclosed

33-142

March 2009

Combination Starters — Circuit Breaker
Table 33-207. Class ECN23 — Combination Reversing Starter — Circuit Breaker 
 (Continued)
NEMA
Size

Motor
Voltage

Max. hp
Rating

Magnet
Coil
Voltage



Type 1
General Purpose

Type 3R
Rainproof

Type 4X 
Watertight &
Dust-Tight
Stainless Steel

Type 12
Dust-Tight Industrial
External Reset 

Component
Starter
(Open)

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

HMCPE 100A ECN2331AAG
HMCPE 100A ECN2331AAX

ECN2332AAG
ECN2332AAX

ECN2334AAG
ECN2334AAX

ECN2338AAG
ECN2338AAX

AN56KN0A

HMCPE 100A ECN2331AAG
HMCPE 100A ECN2331AAX

ECN2332AAG
ECN2332AAX

ECN2334AAG
ECN2334AAX

ECN2338AAG
ECN2338AAX

Circuit
Breaker
Type

33
3

200

20
25

230

25
30

460

50

HMCPE 100A ECN2331AAG

ECN2332AAG

ECN2334AAG

ECN2338AAG

575

30
50

HMCP 50A
HMCP 100A

ECN2331AAF
ECN2331AAG

ECN2332AAF
ECN2332AAG

ECN2334AAF
ECN2334AAG

ECN2338AAF
ECN2338AAG

4

200
230
460
575

40
50
100
100

120

HMCP 150A
HMCP 150A
HMCP 150A
HMCP 150A

ECN2341AAH
ECN2341AAH
ECN2341AAH
ECN2341AAH

ECN2342AAH
ECN2342AAH
ECN2342AAH
ECN2342AAH

ECN2344AAH
ECN2344AAH
ECN2344AAH
ECN2344AAH

ECN2348AAH
ECN2348AAH
ECN2348AAH
ECN2348AAH

AN56NN0A

5

200

50
75

230

HMCP 250A
HMCP 400A

ECN2351AAJ
ECN2351AAK

ECN2352AAJ
ECN2352AAK

ECN2354AAJ
ECN2354AAK

ECN2358AAJ
ECN2358AAK

AN56SN0AB

230

60
100

HMCP 250A
HMCP 400A

ECN2351AAJ
ECN2351AAK

ECN2352AAJ
ECN2352AAK

ECN2354AAJ
ECN2354AAK

ECN2358AAJ
ECN2358AAK

460

125
200

HMCP 250A
HMCP 400A

ECN2351AAJ
ECN2351AAK

ECN2352AAJ
ECN2352AAK

ECN2354AAJ
ECN2354AAK

ECN2358AAJ
ECN2358AAK

575

150
200

HMCP 250A
HMCP 400A

ECN2351AAJ
ECN2351AAK

ECN2352AAJ
ECN2352AAK

ECN2354AAJ
ECN2354AAK

ECN2358AAJ
ECN2358AAK

6

120

200

150

HMCP 600A

ECN2361AAL

ECN2362AAL

ECN2363AAL 

ECN2368AAL

230

200

HMCP 600A

ECN2361AAL

ECN2362AAL

ECN2363AAL 

ECN2368AAL

460

350
400

HMCP 600A ECN2361AAL
HMCP 1200A ECN2361AAP

ECN2362AAL
ECN2362AAP

ECN2363AAL 
ECN2363AAP 

ECN2368AAL
ECN2368AAP

120

AN56TN0AB

575

400

HMCP 600A

ECN2361AAL

ECN2362AAL

ECN2363AAL 

ECN2368AAL

7

230
460
575

300
600
600

120

—
—
—

ECN2371AAU 
ECN2371AAU 
ECN2371AAU 

ECN2372AAU 
ECN2372AAU 
ECN2372AAU 

ECN2373AAU 
ECN2373AAU 
ECN2373AAU 

ECN2378AAU 
ECN2378AAU 
ECN2378AAU 

AN56UN0AB

8

230
460
575

450
900
900

120

—
—
—

ECN2381AAU 
ECN2381AAU 
ECN2381AAU 

ECN2382AAU 
ECN2382AAU 
ECN2382AAU 

ECN2383AAU 
ECN2383AAU 
ECN2383AAU 

ECN2388AAU 
ECN2388AAU 
ECN2388AAU 

AN56VN0AB

9

230
460
575

800
1600
1600

120

—
—
—

ECN2391AAU 
ECN2391AAU 
ECN2391AAU 

ECN2392AAU 
ECN2392AAU 
ECN2392AAU 

ECN2393AAU 
ECN2393AAU 
ECN2393AAU 

ECN2398AAU 
ECN2398AAU 
ECN2398AAU 

AN56WN0A

Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E.
Starters with Electronic Overload, see Page 33-47 of Modification Codes.










100,000 RMS Short-circuit – 480V
25,000 RMS Short-circuit – 600V
For other magnet coil voltages substitute the eighth digit with appropriate digit based on Table 33-184.
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4.
Example: ECN2304AAC. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3.
To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
All Type 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order Mod Code R5.
Type 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, add modification E11.
Provide FLA to size disconnect properly.
Type 4 (Painted steel) Sizes 6 – 9.

Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-119
Other Magnet Coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-118
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-42
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Freedom, Full Voltage — Enclosed

33-143

March 2009

Combination Starters — Circuit Breaker
Table 33-208. Class ECN24 — Combination Non-reversing Starter — Circuit Breaker with CPT 

NEMA
Size

Motor
Voltage



Max. hp
Rating

Magnet
Coil
Voltage


00

Circuit
Breaker
Type

Type 1
General Purpose

Type 3R
Rainproof

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Type 4X 
Watertight &
Dust-Tight
Stainless Steel
Catalog
Number

Type 12
Dust-Tight Industrial
External Reset 

Component
Starter
(Open)

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

200

1
120
HMCPE 7A
ECN24A1EAC
ECN24A2EAC
ECN24A4EAC
ECN24A8EAC
AN16AN0AC
1-1/2
HMCPE 15A ECN24A1EAD
ECN24A2EAD
ECN24A4EAD
ECN24A8EAD
230
1
HMCPE 7A
ECN24A1BAC
ECN24A2BAC
ECN24A4BAC
ECN24A8BAC
1-1/2
HMCPE 15A ECN24A1BAD
ECN24A2BAD
ECN24A4BAD
ECN24A8BAD
460
1
HMCPE 3A
ECN24A1CAB
ECN24A2CAB
ECN24A4CAB
ECN24A8CAB
2
HMCPE 7A
ECN24A1CAC
ECN24A2CAC
ECN24A4CAC
ECN24A8CAC
575
1
HMCP 3A
ECN24A1DAB
ECN24A2DAB
ECN24A4DAB
ECN24A8DAB
2
HMCP 7A
ECN24A1DAC
ECN24A2DAC
ECN24A4DAC
ECN24A8DAC
0
200
1
120
HMCPE 7A
ECN2401EAC
ECN2402EAC
ECN2404EAC
ECN2408EAC
AN16BN0AC
3
HMCPE 15A ECN2401EAD
ECN2402EAD
ECN2404EAD
ECN2408EAD
230
1
HMCPE 7A
ECN2401BAC
ECN2402BAC
ECN2404BAC
ECN2408BAC
3
HMCPE 15A ECN2401BAD
ECN2402BAD
ECN2404BAD
ECN2408BAD
460
1
ECN2401CAB
HMCPE 3A
ECN2402CAB
ECN2404CAB
ECN2408CAB
3
HMCPE 7A
ECN2401CAC
ECN2402CAC
ECN2404CAC
ECN2408CAC
HMCPE 15A ECN2401CAD
5
ECN2402CAD
ECN2404CAD
ECN2408CAD
575
1
ECN2401DAB
HMCP 3A
ECN2402DAB
ECN2404DAB
ECN2408DAB
3
ECN2401DAD
HMCP 15A
ECN2402DAD
ECN2404DAD
ECN2408DAD
5
ECN2401DAC
HMCP 7A
ECN2402DAC
ECN2404DAC
ECN2408DAC
1
200
1
ECN2411EAC
120
HMCPE 7A
ECN2412EAC
ECN2414EAC
ECN2418EAC
AN16DN0AB
3
HMCPE 15A ECN2411EAD
ECN2412EAD
ECN2414EAD
ECN2418EAD
HMCPE 30A ECN2411EAE
5
ECN2412EAE
ECN2414EAE
ECN2418EAE
HMCPE 50A ECN2411EAF
7-1/2
ECN2412EAF
ECN2414EAF
ECN2418EAF
230
1
ECN2411BAC
HMCPE 7A
ECN2412BAC
ECN2414BAC
ECN2418BAC
3
HMCPE 15A ECN2411BAD
ECN2412BAD
ECN2414BAD
ECN2418BAD
HMCPE 30A ECN2411BAE
5
ECN2412BAE
ECN2414BAE
ECN2418BAE
HMCPE 50A ECN2411BAF
7-1/2
ECN2412BAF
ECN2414BAF
ECN2418BAF
460
1
ECN2411CAB
HMCPE 3A
ECN2412CAB
ECN2414CAB
ECN2418CAB
3
HMCPE 7A
ECN2411CAC
ECN2412CAC
ECN2414CAC
ECN2418CAC
HMCPE 15A ECN2411CAD
5
ECN2412CAD
ECN2414CAD
ECN2418CAD
HMCPE 30A ECN2411CAE
10
ECN2412CAE
ECN2414CAE
ECN2418CAE
575
1
ECN2411DAB
HMCP 3A
ECN2412DAB
ECN2414DAB
ECN2418DAB
3
ECN2411DAC
HMCP 7A
ECN2412DAC
ECN2414DAC
ECN2418DAC
5
ECN2411DAD
HMCP 15A
ECN2412DAD
ECN2414DAD
ECN2418DAD
10
ECN2411DAE
HMCP 30A
ECN2412DAE
ECN2414DAE
ECN2418DAE
2
200
10
120
HMCPE 50A ECN2421EAF
ECN2422EAF
ECN2424EAF
ECN2428EAF
AN16GN0AB
230
10
HMCPE 50A ECN2421BAF
ECN2422BAF
ECN2424BAF
ECN2428BAF
15
HMCPE 70A ECN2421BAW
ECN2422BAW
ECN2424BAW
ECN2428BAW
460
25
HMCPE 50A ECN2421CAF
ECN2422CAF
ECN2424CAF
ECN2428CAF
575
15
HMCP 30A
ECN2421CAE
ECN2422CAE
ECN2424CAE
ECN2428CAE
25
HMCP 50A
ECN2421DAF
ECN2422DAF
ECN2424DAF
ECN2428DAF
Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E.
Starters with Electronic Overload, see Page 33-47 of Modification Codes.

 100,000 RMS short-circuit – 480V
25,000 RMS short-circuit – 600V
 For other control power transformer primary and/or secondary voltages, substitute the eighth digit with appropriate digit based on Table 33-185.
 The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4.
Example: ECN2404AAC. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3.
To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
 All Type 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order Mod Code R5.
 Type 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, add modification E11.

Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-119
Other Magnet Coils. . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-118
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-42
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

33

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Freedom, Full Voltage — Enclosed

33-144

March 2009

Combination Starters — Circuit Breaker
Table 33-208. Class ECN24 — Combination Non-reversing Starter — Circuit Breaker with CPT 
 (Continued)
NEMA
Size

Motor
Voltage

Max. hp
Rating

Magnet
Coil
Voltage



Type 1
General Purpose

Type 3R
Rainproof

Type 4X 
Watertight &
Dust-Tight
Stainless Steel

Type 12
Dust-Tight Industrial
External Reset 

Component
Starter
(Open)

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

HMCPE 100A ECN2431EAG
HMCPE 100A ECN2431EAX

ECN2432EAG
ECN2432EAX

ECN2434EAG
ECN2434EAX

ECN2438EAG
ECN2438EAX

AN16KN0A

HMCPE 100A ECN2431BAG
HMCPE 100A ECN2431BAX

ECN2432BAG
ECN2432BAX

ECN2434BAG
ECN2434BAX

ECN2438BAG
ECN2438BAX

Circuit
Breaker
Type

33
3

200

20
25

230

25
30

460

50

HMCPE 100A ECN2431CAG

ECN2432CAG

ECN2434CAG

ECN2438CAG

575

30
50

HMCP 50A
HMCP 100A

ECN2431DAF
ECN2431DAG

ECN2432DAF
ECN2432DAG

ECN2434DAF
ECN2434DAG

ECN2438DAF
ECN2438DAG

4

200
230
460
575

40
50
100
100

120

HMCP 150A
HMCP 150A
HMCP 150A
HMCP 150A

ECN2441EAH
ECN2441BAH
ECN2441CAH
ECN2441DAH

ECN2442EAH
ECN2442BAH
ECN2442CAH
ECN2442DAH

ECN2444EAH
ECN2444BAH
ECN2444CAH
ECN2444DAH

ECN2448EAH
ECN2448BAH
ECN2448CAH
ECN2448DAH

AN16NN0A

5

200

50
75

120

HMCP 250A
HMCP 400A

ECN2451EAJ
ECN2451EAK

ECN2452EAJ
ECN2452EAK

ECN2454EAJ
ECN2454EAK

ECN2458EAJ
ECN2458EAK

AN16SN0AB

230

60
100

HMCP 250A
HMCP 400A

ECN2451BAJ
ECN2451BAK

ECN2452BAJ
ECN2452BAK

ECN2454BAJ
ECN2454BAK

ECN2458BAJ
ECN2458BAK

460

125
200

HMCP 250A
HMCP 400A

ECN2451CAJ
ECN2451CAK

ECN2452CAJ
ECN2452CAK

ECN2454CAJ
ECN2454CAK

ECN2458CAJ
ECN2458CAK

575

150
200

HMCP 250A
HMCP 400A

ECN2451DAJ
ECN2451DAK

ECN2452DAJ
ECN2452DAK

ECN2454DAJ
ECN2454DAK

ECN2458DAJ
ECN2458DAK

6

120

200

150

HMCP 600A

ECN2461EAL

ECN2462EAL

ECN2463EAL 

ECN2468EAL

230

200

HMCP 600A

ECN2461BAL

ECN2462BAL

ECN2463BAL 

ECN2468BAL

460

350
400

HMCP 600A ECN2461CAL
HMCP 1200A ECN2461CAP

ECN2462CAL
ECN2462CAP

ECN2463CAL 
ECN2463CAP 

ECN2468CAL
ECN2468CAP

120

AN16TN0AB

575

400

HMCP 600A

ECN2461DAL

ECN2462DAL

ECN2463DAL 

ECN2468DAL

7

230
460
575

300
600
600

120

—
—
—

ECN2471BAU 
ECN2471CAU 
ECN2471DAU 

ECN2472BAU 
ECN2472CAU 
ECN2472DAU 

ECN2473BAU 
ECN2473CAU 
ECN2473DAU 

ECN2478BAU 
ECN2478CAU 
ECN2478DAU 

AN16UN0AB

8

230
460
575

450
900
900

120

—
—
—

ECN2481BAU 
ECN2481CAU 
ECN2481DAU 

ECN2482BAU 
ECN2482CAU 
ECN2482DAU 

ECN2483BAU 
ECN2483CAU 
ECN2483DAU 

ECN2488BAU 
ECN2488CAU 
ECN2488DAU 

AN16VN0AB

9

230
460
575

800
1600
1600

120

—
—
—

ECN2491BAU 
ECN2491CAU 
ECN2491DAU 

ECN2492BAU 
ECN2492CAU 
ECN2492DAU 

ECN2493BAU 
ECN2493CAU 
ECN2493DAU 

ECN2498BAU 
ECN2498CAU 
ECN2498DAU 

AN16WN0A

Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E.
Starters with Electronic Overload, see Page 33-47 of Modification Codes.










100,000 RMS short-circuit – 480V
25,000 RMS short-circuit – 600V
For other control power transformer primary and/or secondary voltages, substitute the eighth digit with appropriate digit based on Table 33-185.
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4.
Example: ECN2404AAC. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3.
To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
All Type 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order Mod Code R5.
Type 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, add modification E11.
Provide FLA to size disconnect properly.
Type 4 (Painted steel) Sizes 6 – 9.

Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other Magnet Coils . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
For more information visit: www.eaton.com

Page 33-119
Page 33-118
PG03300001E
PG03300001E
Page 33-42
PG03300001E
CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Freedom, Full Voltage — Enclosed

33-145

March 2009

Wiring Diagrams

Wiring Diagrams
Remote Pilot Devices

Connections for Non-reversing Starter

2-Wire Control

Figure 1
Front View of Panel
1
L1

3/14
1
Not for Use with Auto
Reset OL Relays

AC Lines

33

”C“

3
L2

1
A1

3-Wire Control
Start

A2

T1

2/13

T2

M
3/14
2/13
1

Stop

3/14
1-Phase Motor
98

When More Than One
Pushbutton Station Is
Used, Omit Connector
”A“ and Connect per
Sketch Below
Start

Start

Stop

Stop

97
OL

3/14
2/13
1

2/T1
T1
2

”A“

Separate Control
Remove Wire “C” if Supplied and
Connect Separate Control Lines to
the Number 1 Terminal on the Remote
Pilot Device and to the Number 96
Terminal on the Overload Relay

96
Reset
6/T3

4/T2

95

T2
4

260803 D1

Figure 33-50. Non-reversing Starter — Single-Phase Non-combination

4

2

Red

1

Figure C
3-Position Selector Switch
Yellow
3/14 To Coil
Hand
Terminal
”A1“
Black
3 Auto
3
Remote
4
4
Switch
1
Red

CPT
Fusible Control Transformer
(If Used)
See Figure 2
L1 L2

X1 Black / White
X2 Black / White
2/13
Start (ON)
3/14
3
4
Stop (OFF)

2

1

Omit This
Connector
3
if Figure 2 1
Is Used L1 L2
1

5
L3

A1 A2

2-Wire
Control
3/14
1
Not for
Use with
Auto Reset
OL Relays.

Local
Control
(Flange
Mounting
if Used)

“C”

2/13

H3

XF

1

1

Secondary
Connections

X2
G

1 3 5
L1 L2 L3

M

A1 A2

96
OL Reset
95

Connections for Dual
Voltage Rated Transformer –
See Transformer Nameplate

3/14
98
2/ 4/
T1 T2

6/
T3

T1 T2
4
2

T3
6

T1 T2

T3

97
96
Reset
95

Motor
Separate Control
Remove Wire “C” if Supplied and
Connect Separate Control Lines to
the Number 1 Terminal on the Remote
Pilot Device and to the Number 96
Terminal on the Overload Relay

Figure 33-51. Non-reversing Starter — Combination
CA08102001E

H2

See
Figures
A, B, C, D,
E and F

M

OL

Remote Control
When More Than One
3-Wire
Pushbutton Station Is Used,
Control
Omit Connector “A” and
Connect per Sketch Below
Start
3/14
Start
Start
2/13
Stop
3/14
1
2/13
Stop
1
“A”

H1 X1 CPT

4 H4

1

Combined Remote and Local for Figures 1 and 2
Local
Remote
Start (ON)
3/14
2/13
Start
4 3
Stop (OFF)
Stop
1
2 1
Omit Connector

Primary
Connections

L3

D.S. or C.B.
Disconnecting
Means

X1 Black / White
X2 Black / White
Figure F
START/STOP with Pilot Light
Connect to ”A1“
and ”A2“ Terminals

Figure 2
Fusible Control Transformer
Remove Wire “C” (Figure 1) if Used
and Connect as Shown Below.
(All Other Starter Wires Remain
as Shown in Figure 1)

Fuse
Fuse

3

Black
3/14
1 Start (ON)

Connections for Starters
Figure 1
Front View Diagram

Fuse

Connections for Control Stations
Local Control
Figure A
Figure D
START/STOP Pushbuttons
2-Position Selector Switch
Yellow
Yellow
2/13
3/14
Start (ON)
Hand
Black
Black
3/14
1
3 4
3 Auto
Stop (OFF) Red
2
4 Red
1
1 Red
1 2
Figure E
Pilot Light (Motor RUN)
Figure B
Connect to Coil Terminals
START/STOP Selector Switch
”A1“ and ”A2“

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

Field Conversion to 1-Phase
Add Dotted
1
3
5 Connection
L1
L2 L3
A1 A2

M

OL
2/
4/
T1
T2
T1

6/
T3
T2

T1

T2

Motor
260878 D4

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Freedom, Full Voltage — Enclosed

33-146

March 2009

Wiring Diagrams

Figure 1
Front View Diagram
AC Lines
Wire “F” Used
with Local Control
3
5
1
Pushbuttons
L2
L3
L1

Remote Control Stations

Hold Down
Pushbutton

S.P.D.T.
Switch
Forward

Forward

3

33

1

Reverse

5

3
1

Starter Elementary Diagram

Contactors “F” and “R” are
Mechanically Interlocked

Lines
L1 L2 L3

F

4
1

R

2

F

5

Reverse
Pushbutton

7 3

F

AC
Motor

OL

F
R

98

Pushbutton with FORWARD
and REVERSE Buttons
Electrically Interlocked

T2
4

T1
2

Forward
7 RLS
5

2
3
T2

T1

T3

AC Motor

97
“C”
96
Reset
95

OL
6/
T3

4/
T2

2/
T1

4
5
1

T3

R
6

5

5

Rev.

T1
T2

OL

“B”

1

Stop

4

R

5
Stop

A2

3

3
2
4

Rev.

A1

A2

A1

2

Forward

OL

“A”
Stop Reverse
1

“C”

Forward

6

F

T3
6

When Limit Switches Are
Used, Omit Connectors
3
“A” and “B” and Connect
per Dotted Lines

R

FLS

OL
95 96

(If Used)

5

A2 R A1

F

RLS
4

A1 F A2

R

FLS

3

2

7

6

Separate Control
Remove Wire “C” if Supplied and Connect
Separate Control Lines to the Number 1
Terminal on the Remote Pilot Device and to
the Number 96 Terminal on the Overload Relay

260844 D2

Figure 33-52. Reversing Starter — Non-combination

Pushbutton

Forward
3

3
2
4

Rev.

1
5
Reverse

2
3
Stop

1
4
5

3 4

Blue

Reverse
3 4

Hold Down
Pushbutton

Stop

Forward

1 2

1
Reverse

5

Contactors “F” and “R” are
Mechanically Interlocked.

4

Red

95

1
L1

Figure D
Pilot Light
(REVERSE)
Connect to Reverse
Coil Terminals
“A1” and “A2”
X1 Black/
X2 White
Black/
White

A1

R

AC
Motor

T3

R

FLS

3

2

5

F

Wire “F” – Use with
Local Control Pushbuttons

A2

A2

A1

2

Local
Control
(Flange
Mounting
if Used)

1
4

A1

7 3

F

6

5

R

3

H4

OL
95 96

H3
1

H1

X1
XF

See
Figures
A, B, C
and D

“B”

5

T1
2

1
Secondary
Connections
1
L1

G

3

2/
T1

7 RLS

X2

A2 R A1

OFF

98

R

3
5
L2 L3
A1 A2

Connections for Dual
Voltage Rated Transformer –
See Transformer Nameplate

96
OL Reset
95

97
96

OL

Primary
Connections

CPT

7

Forward
Reverse

4

H2

(If Used)
RLS

R

A1 F A2

6

F

2

Remove Wire “C” (Figure 1) if Used and
Connect as Shown Below (All Other Starter
Wires Remain as Shown in Figure 1)

Fuse

“C”

R
Forward

5
L3

4
1

A2

1

OL

F

3
L2

Figure 2
Fusible Control Transformer

T1
T2

OL

F

D.S. or C.B.
Disconnecting
Means

5

R

1

4

A1

OL

F

4

Black/
White

Blue
5
3 Reverse

3

Stop Reverse

Red

Figure B
3-Position
Selector Switch

Figure 1
Elementary Diagram

1

X1 Black/
X2 White

Black
3
Forward

Lines
L1 L2 L3
D.S.
or C.B.

5

Red 1

3
1

L1 L2 L3

CPT
Fusible Control
Transformer
(If Used)
See Figure 2

Connect to “A1” of
Forward Coil and “95”
of Overload Relay

Red

Fuse
Fuse

Stop

Black 3
Forward
Yellow 2

5

Rev.

Figure C
Pilot Light
(FORWARD)

Figure A
Pushbuttons

S.P.D.T.
Switch

Forward

Forward

Figure 1
Front View Diagram

Local Control

Remote Control Stations

Pushbutton with
FORWARD and
REVERSE Buttons
Electrically
Interlocked

T1

T2

4/
T2
T2
4

6/
T3

“A”
“C”

Reset
95

T3
6

When Limit Switches Are
Used, Omit Connectors
5 “A” and “B” and Connect
per Dotted Lines
T3

AC Motor

FLS

3

6

Separate Control
Remove Wire “C” When It Is Supplied. Connect
Separate Control Lines to the Number 1
Terminal on Remote Pilot Device, and to the
Number 95 Terminal on the Overload Relay
260882 D4

Figure 33-53. Reversing Starter — Combination
For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Freedom, Full Voltage — Enclosed

33-147

March 2009

Wiring Diagrams

Non-reversing Cover Control
Local Control Options (If Used)
Refer to Diagram Inside Enclosure for Connections

Local Control Options (If Used)
Refer to Diagram Inside Enclosure for Connections
Figure A
START/STOP Pushbutton

Figure D
Pilot Light (Motor RUN)

S.P.S.T.
Switch

Figure A
START/STOP
Pushbuttons
Yellow
2/13
Start

Figure F
Overload Tripped

Black “A1”

Start

Black 3/14

Red 1

Figure E
START/STOP
with Pilot Light

Hand

Yellow - to Coil
A1 Terminal

Black “A1”

Red

Red 1

Black 3/14

Stop

Yellow
2/13

Red
1

1

96
Reset
95

1

3

Connect to
OL Terminal
No. 96

L1, X1 or 1

OFF
Hand
or
Test

Black 3/14
1

4

Black/White

98
Figure E
Pilot Light (Motor RUN)

Black
3
Start
Red

2

Black/
White

X1

Figure G
Pilot Light (Motor STOP)
L1, X1 or 1
1

Remote
Switch

Yellow - to Coil
A1 Terminal

NC Interlock
(If Used)

Black
3 Auto

3

NC Interlock

Connect to OL
Terminal No. 96

4
Red

260808 D1

Figure 33-54. Type 1 C400GK Control Options

Stop

Black/ X1
White
To Coil

Red 1
4

Wire “C”

Black/
White

Figure C
3-Position Selector Switch
Yellow
To Coil
Hand

Stop

OL
96
Reset
95

X2

1

1

97

Connect to Coil
Terminals
“A1” & “A2”

Figure G
Pilot Light (Motor STOP)

1
Auto

2

Red 1

Wire “C”

4

Remove Lead from
Coil to Terminal Number 3
Remote
S.P.S.T.
Switch
Switch

3

2

Figure B
START/STOP
Selector Switch

Red 1
Figure C
3-Position Selector Switch

1

X2

Black
Auto

4

OL

Black “A2”
Start

X1

Stop

1

98
97

Figure B
2-Position Selector Switch
S.P.S.T.
Switch
Black 3/14

3

Black

Black

Stop

Auto

Black
3/14

Black “A2”

Yellow 2/13

Figure F
Overload Tripped
Black/
White

Figure D
2-Position Selector Switch
Yellow
Hand

X2
Black/
White

1
260811 D1

Figure 33-55. C400T Control Options

Reversing Cover Control
Local Control Options (If Used)
Refer to Diagram Inside Enclosure for Connections

Local Control Options (If Used)
Refer to Diagram Inside Enclosure for Connections

Figure A
Pushbutton
FORWARD/STOP/REVERSE

Figure B
Pilot Light (FORWARD)

Add Connector “F”
Between Aux. Contact
Terminals 2 and 4

Connect to Terminal A1 of the
Left Hand Coil and to Terminal
Number 95 of the Overload Relay

Blue

Figure A
Pushbuttons
Connect Wire “F”
per Diagram
Black
Forward

5

3

Reverse
.
Red

1

Stop

3
Yellow

2

Forward

4

Blue

Figure C
Pilot Light (REVERSE)

1

3

Black/White
3
2
5

Red

2

Red

1

Black
3
Forward

Black

Black/White
Connect to Reverse
Coil Terminals
“A1” & “A2”

X1
X2

Black/White

4
Red

260810 D1

CA08102001E

Figure D
Pilot Light (REVERSE)

Blue
5
3 Reverse
4

X2

Black/White

Figure B
3-Position Selector Switch

3

X1

4

Black

Figure 33-56. Type 1 C400GR Control Options

Connect to “A1” of
Forward Coil and “95”
of Overload Relay

Red

Stop

Connect to Terminals A1 & A2
of the Right Hand Contactor
Black

Yellow

Reverse
.

Black
Black

Figure C
Pilot Light (FORWARD)

1

Figure 33-57. C400T Control Options
For more information visit: www.eaton.com

260812 D1

33

33-148

NEMA Contactors & Starters
A200
March 2009

Contactors — Non-reversing and Reversing

Contents
Description

33

Contactors — Non-reversing
and Reversing. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Description —
Sizes 00 – 4 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Description —
Sizes 5 – 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instructional Leaflets . . . . . .
Product Selection —
Non-reversing,
Sizes 00 – 9 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection —
Reversing,
Sizes 00 – 9 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions and Shipping
Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Factory Modifications . . . . . . .
Accessories and Field
Modification Kits . . . . . . . . . .
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Class A201 Contactors, Sizes 00 – 4;
Three-Phase, 1-1/2 – 100 hp

Page

A201 Magnetic Contactors from
Eaton’s electrical business are 600V
rated devices available in NEMA Sizes
00 – 4, 10A through 150A (open rating).
Product features include:

33-148
33-148

33-150
Size 1 Contactor

33-151
33-152
33-162
33-166
33-166
33-169

Straight-through wiring to line and
load terminals located up front for
ease of installation.
■ Moving and stationary contacts are
front accessible, simplifying inspection and maintenance.
■ Reliable U-shaped magnet for
reduced power consumption.
■ Coil design reduces inventory/maintenance expenses. For a given voltage, one size coil fits all contactors
Sizes 00 – 2, and a second coil fits
three-pole Model J Sizes 3 and 4.
Model K coils are different design.
■

33-149
33-149

Product Description —
Sizes 00 – 4
Application
Magnetic contactors are used to
switch transformers and capacitors
and to control electrical power circuits
such as heating, lighting and motors
that require no overload protection, or
where overload protection is separately provided. They can be operated
remotely by manual or automatic pilot
devices.

A201 contactors have normally open
holding circuit interlocks which are
supplied as standard.
Panel layout and drilling are simplified
through the use of common backplates,
one for Sizes 00 – 2 and one for Sizes
3 – 4. In addition, panel space is
reduced dramatically through the use
of unique corner cavities for mounting
the wide variety of modifications
shown on Page 33-166.
For reversing applications, two contactors are supplied on a common base
with electrical and mechanical interlocks which prevent both contactors
from being closed at the same time.
A201 contactors are UL listed components and also have CSA certification.

Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-162 – 33-165
For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
A200

33-149

March 2009

Contactors — Non-reversing and Reversing
Multi-voltage coil ratings allow selection of the voltage which closely
matches the actual system voltage to
assure optimum contactor operation.
Each contactor accommodates two
Type J11 auxiliary contacts, providing
up to four auxiliary circuits,
normally-open or normally-closed
(NO and NC).
A201 Size 5 and 6 contactors and starters are UL recognized when supplied
without terminals. When supplied with
terminals, the devices are UL listed.
Size 5 Contactor

Product Description —
Sizes 5 – 9
Class A201, Contactors, Sizes 5 – 9;
Three-Phase, Over 100 hp
These Cutler-Hammer® AC magnetic
contactors utilize clapper design and
feature straight-through wiring.
Contacts are silver alloy for longer life.
The contacts close with optimum
wiping action which serves to keep the
contacting surfaces clean. De-ion ® arc
quenchers draw the arc away from the
contacts at opening, which reduces
burning and pitting and increases
contact life.
All of the contactors are complete with
one unwired, normally-open (NO) auxiliary contact mounted and have accommodations for additional auxiliary
contacts. No control circuit wiring or
terminal markings are included.

Size 5, 300A, 600V, Open
Size 6, 600A, 600V, Open
Cutler-Hammer Class A201 Size 5 and
6 contactors are front clapper design,
AC operated with the armature pivoting on dual needle bearings which
assure accurate contact alignment.
The contactor base is molded of a
high impact, non-tracking, nonhygroscopic glass polyester material
permitting front mounting and wiring
on a steel panel.
Floating magnet assures quiet
operation.

Two special configurations of the
Class A201 Size 5 and 6 contactors
are available:
Latched Design — This is a mechanically held, electrically released
device. It is applied where the contactor must remain closed during
extreme voltage fluctuations or
power failure. It is also suitable for
applications requiring quiet operation since the operating coil is deenergized when the contactor is
closed. The latch assembly consists
of a mechanical latch mechanism,
electrically operated AC trip solenoid and a clearing contact.
■ DC Operated — This device is DC
operated. It is used where low dropout voltage or exceptionally quiet
operation is desired. The DC assembly consists of a DC operating coil,
integrally mounted rectifier and
shorting contact.
■

Size 7, 900A, 600V, Open
Size 8, 1350A, 600V, Open
Size 9, 2500A, 600V, Open
Cutler-Hammer Class A201 Size 7 and
8 contactors are DC operated side
clapper design with the shaft mounted
on dual needle bearings to ensure
positive contact alignment and long
contact life.

The shunt for each pole is made of
flexible, braided copper cable for freedom of movement and long life.
The rugged DC operating coils are
designed to operate at high temperature
and insulated to meet Class H service.
An integrally mounted avalanche type
silicon rectifier supplies DC coil voltage from the AC control circuit.
Sizes 7 and 8 accommodate three
Type L-63 auxiliary contacts which are
easily converted from normally-open
to normally-closed, providing auxiliary
circuit flexibility. Size 9 uses L-64
auxiliary contacts with a total of four
circuits.
A201 Size 7, 8 and 9 contactors and
starters are UL recognized when
supplied without terminals. When
supplied with terminals, the devices
are UL listed.

Instructional Leaflets
16960B Sizes 00 – 1 Magnetic
Contactor, Non-reversing or
Reversing
16961E Size 2 Magnetic Contactor,
Non-reversing or Reversing
13238G Size 3 Magnetic Contactor,
Non-reversing or Reversing
17001C Size 4 Magnetic Contactor,
Non-reversing or Reversing
17049D Size 5 Magnetic Contactor,
Non-reversing or Reversing
17053B Size 6 Magnetic Contactor,
Non-reversing or Reversing
17048

Sizes 7 – 8 Magnetic Contactor,
Non-reversing or Reversing

16978

Size 9 Magnetic Contactor,
Non-reversing or Reversing

A steel panel base permits mounting on
angle or channel without additional support, for versatile low cost installation.
Each stationary contact assembly is
mounted on an individual molded
insulator. Each pair of contacts is surrounded by a De-ion grid type arc
quencher for rapid and confined arc
interruption and long contact life.

Size 5 and 6 contactors must be
mounted with the line terminals
directly above the load terminals.

Technical Data. . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-162 – 33-165
CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

33

NEMA Contactors & Starters
A200

33-150

March 2009

Contactors — Non-reversing and Reversing

33

A201 Size 1 Contactor

Product Selection —
Non-reversing, Sizes 00 – 9
When Ordering Specify
Order by Catalog Number from
Table 33-209, plus Suffix for coil voltages,
verifying usage of appropriate sizes.
Table 33-209. Front Connected Contactors Selection
Size Amps

Max. UL Horsepower

2 Poles — Open

3 Poles — Open

1-Phase

3-Phase

115V

208V

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

230V

240V

480V

600V

Price
U.S. $

Price
U.S. $

4 Poles — Open

5 Poles — Open

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Price
U.S. $

Price
U.S. $

Sizes 00 – 6
00

9

1

1-1/2

1-1/2

2

2

A201KAB_

A201KAC_

A201KAD_

A201KAE_

0

18

1

1/3

2

3

3

5

5

A201K0B_

A201K0C_

A201K0D_

A201K0E_

1

27

2

3

7-1/2

7-1/2

10

10

A201K1B_

A201K1C_

A201K1D_

A201K1E_

2

45

3

7-1/2

10

15

25

25

A201K2B_

A201K2C_

A201K2D_

A201K2E_

3

90

—

—

25

30

50

50

A201K3B_

A201K3C_

A201K3D_

A201K3E_

4

135

—

—

40

50

100

100

A201K4B_

A201K4C_

A201K4D_

A201K4E_

5

270

—

—

75

100

200

200

A201K5B_

A201K5C_

—

—

6

540

—

—

150

200

400

400

A201K6B_

A201K6C_

—

—
—

Sizes 7 – 9
7


810

—

—

200

300

600

600

A201K7B_

A201K7C_

—

8


1215

—

—

400

450

900

900

A201K8B_

A201K8C_

—

—

9


2250

—

—

—

800

1600

—

A201K9B_

A201K9C_Z1 

—

—






Sizes 7 – 9 use rectifier with DC coil.
For Size 9, only available coil voltage is 120V.
Supplied without terminal lugs.

Table 33-210. Rear Connected Contactors
Selection
120 Volt Rectified Coil/Open Only
Size
7
8
9

Catalog Number
A201K7CJZ1Z4
A201K8CJZ1Z4
A201K9CJZ1Z4

Price
U.S.

Table 33-211. Coils for Sizes 00 – 6

Table 33-212. Coils for Sizes 7, 8 and 9 

Coil Volts and Hz

Code Suffix

Coil Volts and Hz

Code Suffix

120/60 or 110/50

A

110 – 120/50 or 60

J

200 – 208/60

B

220 – 240/50 or 60

K

240/60

W

440 – 480/50 or 60

U

480/60

X

600/60

E

600/60

E



For Size 9, only available coil voltage is
120V.

Modification Kits,
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-166 – 33-168
Factory Modifications. . . . . Page 33-166
Other Coil Voltages . . . . . . . Page 33-165
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-162 – 33-165
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-152
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . 1CD1
For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
A200

33-151

March 2009

Contactors — Non-reversing and Reversing
Class A211 Reversing Contactors — Horizontally Mounted
Class A251 Reversing Contactors — Vertically Mounted
Table 33-213. Reversing Contactors Selection
Size Amps Max. UL Horsepower
1-Phase

Horizontal Design

3-Phase

115V 230V 208V

240V

Catalog
480V 600V Number

Price
U.S. $

Vertical Design
Catalog
Number

Price
U.S. $

Sizes 0 – 6

Size 1 Horizontal Reversing Contactor

Product Selection —
Reversing, Sizes 00 – 9
When Ordering Specify
Order by Catalog Number from Table
33-213, plus Suffix for coil voltages,
verifying usage of appropriate sizes.

0

18

1

2

3

3

1

27

2

3

7-1/2

7-1/2

5

5

A211K0C_

A251K0C_

10

10

A211K1C_

2

45

3

7-1/2

10

A251K1C_

15

25

25

A211K2C_

3

90

—

—

A251K2C_

25

30

50

50

A211K3C_

4

135

—

A251K3C_

—

40

50

100

100

A211K4C_

5

270

A251K4C_

—

—

75

100

200

200

A211K5C_

6

540

A251K5C_

—

—

150

200

400

400

A211K6C_

A251K6C_

Sizes 7 – 9
7


810

—

—

200

300

600

600

—

A251K7C_

8


1215

—

—

400

450

900

900

—

A251K8C_

9


2250

—

—

—

800

1600

—

—

A251K9C_ 





Sizes 7 – 9 use rectifier with DC coil.
For Size 9, only available coil voltage is 120V.

Table 33-214. Coils for Sizes 00 – 6

Table 33-215. Coils for Sizes 7, 8 and 9 

Coil Volts and Hz

Code Suffix

Coil Volts and Hz

Code Suffix

120/60 or 110/50

A

110 – 120/50 or 60

J

200 – 208/60

B

220 – 240/50 or 60

K

240/60

W

440 – 480/50 or 60

U

480/60

X

600/60

E

600/60

E



For Size 9, only available coil voltage is
120V.

Modification Kits,
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . .
Factory
Modifications. . . . . . . . . . .
Other Coil Voltages . . . . . . .
Technical Data. . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . .
CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

Pages 33-166 – 33-168
Page 33-166
Page 33-165
Pages 33-162 – 33-165
Page 33-153
1CD1

33

NEMA Contactors & Starters
A200

33-152

March 2009

Contactors — Non-reversing and Reversing

Dimensions and Shipping Weights
Not to be used for construction purposes unless approved.
Table 33-216. Non-reversing Open Contactors Dimensions

33

NEMA No.
Fig. Mounting
Size
of
Screws
Poles
No. Size

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
A

B

C

Weight,
Lbs. (kg)
D

E

F

G

H

00, 0, 1 2 – 4
5

A
A

3
3

#10
#10

3.31 (84.1)
4.19 (106.4)

4.38 (111.3)
4.38 (111.3)

4.61 (117.1)
4.61 (117.1)

3.95 (100.3)
3.95 (100.3)

1.50 (38.1)
1.50 (38.1)

1.66 (42.2)
2.09 (53.1)

.23 (5.8)
.23 (5.8)

—
—

2.6 (1.2)
3.2 (1.5)

2

2, 3
4, 5

A
A

3
3

#10
#10

3.31 (84.1)
5.06 (128.5)

4.38 (111.3)
4.38 (111.3)

4.94 (125.5)
4.94 (125.5)

3.95 (100.3)
3.95 (100.3)

1.50 (38.1)
1.50 (38.1)

1.66 (42.2)
2.53 (64.3)

.23 (5.8)
.23 (5.8)

—
—

3.3 (1.5)
4.5 (2.0)

3, 4

2, 3
4, 5

A
A

3
3

1/4 in.
1/4 in.

4.63 (117.6)
7.25 (184.2)

6.63 (168.4)
6.63 (168.4)

6.75 (171.5)
6.75 (171.5)

6.00 (152.4)
6.00 (152.4)

1.88 (47.8)
1.88 (47.8)

2.31 (58.7)
3.63 (92.2)

.38 (9.7)
.38 (9.7)

—
—

9.3 (4.2)
13.0 (5.9)

5

2, 3

B

4

3/8 in.

7.22 (183.4) 12.00 (304.8)

7.75 (196.9) 11.00 (279.4)

2.75 (69.9)

—

.59 (15.0)

2.22 (56.4)

25.0 (11.4)

6

2, 3

C

4

3/8 in.

7.22 (183.4) 13.50 (342.9)

9.50 (251.3) 11.00 (279.4)

2.75 (69.9)

—

.59 (15.0)

2.22 (56.4)

42.0 (19.1)

7

3

D

4

3/8 in. 23.50 (596.9) 18.63 (473.2) 11.00 (279.4) 12.00 (304.8) 22.00 (558.8) —

8

3

D

4

3/8 in. 23.50 (596.9) 19.25 (489.0) 11.00 (279.4) 12.00 (304.8) 22.00 (558.8) —

9

3

D

4

1/2 in. 33.00 (838.2) 29.75 (755.7) 12.94 (328.7)

8.00 (203.2) 30.75 (781.1) —

.22 (5.6)
Dia. Hole
A

5.63 (143.0)

.75 (19.1) 215.0 (97.6)

5.63 (143.0)

.75 (19.1) 265.0 (120.3)

14.50 (368.3) 1.63 (41.4) 315.0 (143.0)

.38 x .5 (9.7 x 12.7)
2 Mounting Slots

C

G

F
.12
(3)
D

B

D
B
C
E
2

.38 (9.7) Dia. Open End
Mounting Slot
(2 Places)
Figure B
Size 5

G .20 (5.1) 4
Mounting Slots

E

Figure A
Sizes 00 – 4 A201 Contactors

.38 x .5 (9.7 x 12.7)
2 Mounting Slots

G

C

E
2
E
A

H

A
E

.12
(3.0)

H
G

D

B
B

D

E
2

C
E

H

4 Holes for .38 (9.7) Dia.
Mounting Hardware
Figure D
Sizes 7 – 9

A
Figure C
Size 6

Figure 33-58. Non-reversing Open Contactors Dimensions

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
A200

33-153

March 2009

Contactors — Non-reversing and Reversing
Not to be used for construction purposes unless approved.
Table 33-217. Reversing Open Contactors Dimensions
NEMA No.
Size
of
Poles

Fig. Mounting
Screws
No. Size

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
A

B

C

Weight,
Lbs. (kg)
D

E

F

G

H

00, 0, 1 3 x 3 H. A
3 x 3 V. B

3
3

#10
#10

7.13 (181.1)
3.33 (84.6)

4.45 (113.0)
9.61 (244.1)

5.05 (128.3)
5.05 (128.3)

3.95 (100.3)
9.08 (230.6)

5.31 (134.9)
2.16 (54.9)

3.56 (90.4)
.75 (19.1)

.25 (6.4)
.25 (6.4)

—
4.52 (114.8)

7.8 (3.5)
8.9 (4.0)

2

3 x 3 H. A
3 x 3 V. B

3
3

#10
#10

7.13 (181.1)
3.33 (84.6)

4.45 (113.0)
9.61 (244.1)

5.38 (136.7)
5.38 (136.7)

3.95 (100.3)
9.08 (230.6)

5.31 (134.9)
2.16 (54.9)

3.56 (90.4)
.75 (19.1)

.25 (6.4)
.25 (6.4)

—
4.52 (114.8)

9.1 (4.1)
10.0 (4.5)

3, 4

3 x 3 H. A
3 x 3 V. B

3
3

1/4 in.
1/4 in.

9.75 (247.7) 6.88 (174.8)
4.63 (117.6) 16.56 (420.6)

7.25 (184.2) 6.00 (152.4)
7.25 (184.2) 15.69 (398.5)

7.00 (177.8)
2.75 (69.9)

4.88 (124.0)
.94 (23.9)

.44 (11.2)
.44 (11.2)

—
7.78 (197.6)

24.0 (10.9)
25.0 (11.4)

5

3 x 3 H. C
3 x 3 V. D

8
8

3/8 in. 17.22 (437.4) 12.00 (304.8)
3/8 in. 8.25 (209.6) 30.00 (762.0)

7.75 (196.9) 11.00 (279.4)
7.75 (196.9) 18.00 (457.8)

2.75 (69.9)
2.75 (69.9)

10.00 (254.0)
.59 (15.0)
—
—

1.38 (35.1)
1.38 (35.1)

55.0 (25.0)
55.0 (26.0)

6

3 x 3 H. C
3 x 3 V. D

8
8

3/8 in. 17.22 (437.4) 13.50 (342.9)
3/8 in. 8.25 (209.6) 41.50 (1054.1)

8.75 (222.3) 11.00 (279.4)
8.75 (222.3) 28.00 (711.2)

2.75 (69.9)
2.75 (69.9)

10.00 (254.0)
.59 (15.0)
—
—

1.38 (35.1)
1.38 (35.1)

90.0 (40.9)
90.0 (40.9)

7

3 x 3 V. E

8

3/8 in. 23.50 (596.9) 38.63 (981.2)

11.00 (279.4) 20.00 (508.0) 22.00 (558.8) —

5.63 (143.0)

.75 (19.1)

450.0 (204.3)

8

3 x 3 V. E

8

3/8 in. 23.50 (596.9) 39.25 (997.0)

11.00 (279.4) 20.00 (508.0) 22.00 (558.8) —

5.63 (143.0)

.75 (19.1)

550.0 (249.7)

9

3 x 3 V. E

8

1/2 in. 33.00 (838.2) 62.75 (1593.9) 12.94 (328.7) 33.00 (838.2) 30.75 (781.1) —

14.50 (368.3) 1.63 (41.4)

650.0 (295.1)

G
A

G

F

C
D

B

D B

E
2
E

C

.20 (5.1) Dia.
3 Mounting
Slots

F
A

Figure A
Sizes 00 – 4 Horizontal

A

G

E
2
E H

Figure C
Sizes 5, 6 Horizontal

A
E

C

C

H
G

H

D
D B

E
2

C
E

.20 (5.1)
Dia.
3 Mtg.
Holes

H

D

A
B

.53 (13.5) Dia. — 3 Holes

F
Figure B
Sizes 00 – 4 Vertical

Figure D
Sizes 5, 6 Vertical

Figure 33-59. Reversing Open Contactors Dimensions

CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

Figure E
Sizes 7 – 9 Vertical

B

33

33-154

NEMA Contactors & Starters
A200
March 2009

Starters — Non-reversing and Reversing

Contents

Type B Overload Relay, Manual Reset Only

Description

33

Page

Starters — Non-reversing and
Reversing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Description —
Sizes 00 – 4 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Description —
Sizes 5 – 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Features and Benefits . . . . .
Instructional Leaflets . . . . . .
Product Selection —
Non-reversing,
Sizes 00 – 9 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection —
Reversing,
Sizes 00 – 9 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions and
Shipping Weights . . . . . . .
Starters — Two-Speed. . . . . . .
Technical Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Factory Modifications . . . . . . .
Accessories and Field
Modification Kits . . . . . . . . . .
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . .

33-154
33-154
33-154
33-155
33-155

33-156

33-157
33-159
33-158
33-162
33-166
33-166
33-169

Supplied as standard on Class A200
and A900 starters (two-speed). The bimetallic overload relay offers ambient
compensation and trip-to-test feature
(relay contact status check) as standard. In addition, an isolated normallyopen contact is available in kit form for
customer mounting. Type B overload
relays are manual reset only.

Type A Overload Relay, Manual
or Automatic Reset
This is an optional overload relay,
offering the capability of field conversion to automatic reset. It is available
as an ambient compensated or noncompensated type.
Non-reversing starters are supplied as
open devices. All starters are supplied
with a normally-open holding circuit
interlock.
Class A200 starters are available as UL
listed or recognized components, as
well as with CSA certification.

Reversing Starters
For reversing applications (Class
A210), a starter and a contactor electrically and mechanically interlocked are
supplied on a common baseplate.
Reversing starters are used to start,
stop and reverse AC squirrel cage
motors and for primary control of
reversing wound-rotor motors.
For plugging or inching, when operations exceed five times per minute,
decreased horsepower ratings in
accordance with NEMA Standard ICS
2-321 are recommended.

Size 1 Starter

Product Description —
Sizes 00 – 4
Application
Magnetic starters are used for fullvoltage, across-the-line starting and
stopping of squirrel cage motors. They
can be operated locally or remotely by
manual or automatic pilot devices.

NEMA Sizes 00 – 4;
Three-Phase, 1-1/2 – 100 hp
These Cutler-Hammer® Starters from
Eaton’s electrical business use Class
A201 contactors as described on Page
33-148. Contactor features are
enhanced through the ability to provide positive motor protection in the
form of several types of overload
relays. See Pages 33-174 – 33-182.

Size 5 Starter

Non-reversing Starters

Two-Speed Starters, A900s
For across-the-line starting of twospeed constant hp, constant torque
and variable torque squirrel cage
motors, two-speed starters (Class A900)
are available. These Cutler-Hammer
starters consist of two starters, one for
each motor speed, mechanically and
electrically interlocked and wired for
manual speed selection by means of
pushbuttons. Auxiliary relays may be
added to provide automatic acceleration or deceleration.
Starters for two-speed, two independent winding motors consist of two-,
three- or four-pole starters electrically
and mechanically interlocked. Starters
for two-speed, single reconnectable
winding motors consist of one threepole and one five-pole starter mechanically and electrically interlocked.

Product Description —
Sizes 5 – 9
NEMA Sizes 5 – 9;
Three-Phase 75 to 1600 hp
Non-reversing (Class A200), and
reversing (Classes A210, A250) full
voltage starters are used for acrossthe-line starting of squirrel cage induction motors. They are used with
motors rated above 50 hp at 230V, and
above 100 hp at 460 through 600V.
Sizes 5 and 6 Cutler-Hammer starters
use Class A201 contactors as described
on Page 33-149. In addition to standard motor starters, special application devices are available: Sizes 5 and
6 starters with integrally rectified AC to
DC coils for applications where low
voltage problems are prevalent are
available.
Class A200 starters are UL listed
and recognized and also carry CSA
certification.
Front Removable Parts — All operating parts can be removed quickly and
easily from the front. Straight-through
wiring and conveniently located connection points for external wires and
cables minimize installation time.
Type B Block Type Thermal Overload
Relay — Dependable overload protection is assured by these snap-action,
manual reset relays. Automatic reset
Type A relays are available as an
option.

Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-162 – 33-165
For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
A200

33-155

March 2009

Starters — Non-reversing and Reversing
Types of Starters
Class A200, Sizes 5 and 6 — Nonreversing starters contain an AC
magnetically-operated Size 5 or Size 6
line contactor and block Type B threepole overload relay, along with three
current transformers. A control relay
whose contacts handle the coil current
of the starter is provided with Size 6
starters.
Class A200, Sizes 7, 8 and 9 — Nonreversing starters contain a DC
operated line contactor, DC power supply, block Type B three-pole overload
relay with three current transformers
and a control relay.

Features and Benefits

Instructional Leaflets

Sizes 00 – 4

16958

Sizes 00 – 1, 3-Pole Motor
Controller

16956

Sizes 00 – 1, 2-Pole, SinglePhase Motor Controller

16959

Size 2, 3-Pole Motor
Controller

16957

Size 2, 2-Pole, Single-Phase
Motor Controller

■

■

■
■

■

Class A960/A970/A980 Multi-Speed
Starters: Refer to Page 33-158.
■

Straight-Through Wiring, Up-Front,
Out-Front Terminals for ease in
installation.
Unique Accessory Mounting
Cavities reduce panel space
requirements.
Snap-in Accessories for application
flexibility.
Vertical and Horizontal Interlocking
capability increases application
flexibility.
Ambient Compensated Overload
Relays available as standard, offering superior motor protection in
variable motor/controller
environments.
Isolated Normally Open Relay
Contact available in kit mounting
form on Type B Overload Relay.

15465C Sizes 3 and 4J Motor
Controller
17000C Size 4, Model K Motor
Controller
17054C Size 5 Motor Controller
17055C Size 6 Motor Controller

Sizes 5 – 9
Rectified AC/DC Coils available
to reduce premature drop-out or
“kiss” problems due to inherent low
voltage conditions.
■ Clapper Design armature assembly
pivots on needle bearings resulting
in quick, smooth opening and closing of the magnet.
■ Stainless Steel Kick-Out Spring
assures quick, positive drop-out
time.
■ Front Removable Parts all current
carrying parts front removable for
easy inspection and maintenance.
■

Technical Data. . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-162 – 33-165
CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

33

33-156

NEMA Contactors & Starters
A200
March 2009

Starters — Non-reversing and Reversing
Table 33-218. Non-reversing Starters Selection — 2 Poles 
Size

Amps

Max. UL Horsepower

Open

1-Phase

600V

Catalog
Number 


115V

3-Phase
230V

208V

240V

480V

Price
U.S $

Sizes 00 – 2

33

00

9

—

1-1/2

1-1/2

2

2

A200MABR

0

18

1

—

3

3

5

5

A200M0BR

1

27

2

—

7-1/2

7-1/2

10

10

A200M1BR

1-1/2

36

3

—

2

45

7-12

—





1/3

—
10

—

—

15

—
25

A200MDBR

25

A200M2BR

For ambient compensated overload relay with auto-reset, add Suffix D.
Single-phase with one single-pole overload relay.

Table 33-219. Non-reversing Starters Selection — 3 Poles
Size 3 Starter

Product Selection —
Non-reversing, Sizes 00 – 9
When Ordering Specify
Order by Catalog Number from Table
33-218 or Table 33-219, plus Suffix for
coil voltages, verifying usage of appropriate sizes.

Size

Amps

Max. UL Horsepower

Open

1-Phase

600V

Catalog
Number 

115V

3-Phase
230V

208V

240V

480V

Price
U.S. $

Sizes 00 – 6
00

9

—

1-1/2

1-1/2

2

2

A200MAC_

0

18

1

1/3

—

3

3

5

5

A200M0C_

1

27

2

—

7-1/2

7-1/2

10

10

A200M1C_

2

45

7-12

—

10

15

25

25

A200M2C_

3

90

—

—

25

30

50

50

A200M3C_

4

135

—

—

40

50

100

100

A200M4C_

Heaters

5

270

—

—

75

100

200

200

A200M5C_

Enter heaters as separate item by
listing Catalog Number from tables,
Pages 33-181 – 33-182, as required per
starter.

6

540

—

—

150

200

400

400

A200M6C_

Sizes 7 – 9
7

810

—

—

200

300

600

600

A200M7C_

8

1215

—

—

400

450

900

900

A200M8C_

9

2250

—

—

—

800

1600

—

A200M9C_ 





For ambient compensated overload relay with auto-reset, add Suffix D.
Sizes 7 – 9 use rectifier with DC coil.
For Size 9, only available coil voltage is 120V.

Table 33-220. Coils for Sizes 00 – 6

Table 33-221. Coils for Sizes 7, 8 and 9 

Coil Volts and Hz

Code Suffix

Coil Volts and Hz

Code Suffix

120/60 or 110/50

AC

110 – 120/50 or 60

J

200 – 208/60

B

220 – 240/50 or 60

W

240/60

W

440 – 480/50 or 60

X

480/60

X

600/60

E

600/60

E



For Size 9, only available coil voltage is
120V.

Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-162 – 33-165
Heaters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-181 – 33-182
Other Coil Voltages . . . . . . . Page 33-165
Factory
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-166
Modification Kits,
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-166 – 33-168
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-159
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . 1CD1
For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
A200

33-157

March 2009

Starters — Non-reversing and Reversing
Table 33-222. Reversing Starters Selection
Size Amps Max. UL Horsepower
1-Phase

Horizontal Design

3-Phase

115V 230V 208V

240V

Price
Catalog

 U.S $
480V 600V Number

Vertical Design
Catalog
Number 


Price
U.S. $

Sizes 00 – 6

Size 1 Horizontal Reversing Starter

00

9

1/3

1

1-1/2

1-1/2

0

18

1

1

27

2

2

3

3

3

7-1/2

7-1/2

2

45

3

7-1/2

10

3

90

—

—

4

135

—

5

270

6

540

2

2

A210MAC_

A250MAC_

5

5

A210M0C_

A250M0C_

10

10

A210M1C_

A250M1C_

15

25

25

A210M2C_

A250M2C_

25

30

50

50

A210M3C_

A250M3C_

—

40

50

100 100

A210M4C_

A250M4C_

—

—

75

100

200 200

A210M5C_

A250M5C_

—

—

150

200

400 400

A210M6C_

A250M6C_

Sizes 7 – 9

Product Selection —
Reversing, Sizes 00 – 9
When Ordering Specify
Order by Catalog Number from Table
33-222, plus Suffix for coil voltages,
verifying usage of appropriate sizes.

7

810

—

—

200

300

600 600

—

A250M7C_

8

1215

—

—

400

450

900 900

—

A250M8C_

9

2250

—

—

—

800

—

A250M9C_ 






1600 —

For ambient compensated overload relay with auto-reset, add Suffix D.
Sizes 7 – 9 use rectifier with DC coil.
For Size 9, only available coil voltage is 120V.

Table 33-223. Coils for Sizes 00 – 6

Table 33-224. Coils for Sizes 7, 8 and 9 

Heaters

Coil Volts and Hz

Code Suffix

Coil Volts and Hz

Code Suffix

Enter heaters as separate item by
listing Catalog Number from tables,
Pages 33-181 – 33-182, as required per
starter.

120/60 or 110/50

AC

110 – 120/50 or 60

J

200 – 208/60

B

220 – 240/50 or 60

W

240/60

W

440 – 480/50 or 60

X

480/60

X

600/60

E

600/60

E



For Size 9, only available coil voltage is
120V.

Technical Data. . . . . . . . . . .
Heaters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other Coil Voltages . . . . . . .
Factory Modifications . . . .
Modification Kits,
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . .
CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

Pages 33-162 – 33-165
Pages 33-181 – 33-182
Page 33-165
Page 33-166
Pages 33-166 – 33-168
Page 33-160
1CD1

33

NEMA Contactors & Starters
A200

33-158

March 2009

Starters — Two-Speed

Product Selection
For Separate Two-Winding Motors
Heaters

33

Enter heaters as separate item by listing Catalog Number from table, Pages 33-181
– 33-182, as required per starter.
Table 33-227. Coils for Sizes 0 – 6

Table 33-225. Three-Phase, Non-reversing, Reversing 60 Hz Starters — Heater Selection
NEMA Amps Constant Horsepower
208V

240V

Constant or Variable Torque

480V 600V 208V

240V 480V

600V

3 Poles — Open
Catalog
Number 


Price
U.S. $

Sizes 0 – 6
0

18

1

3

27

2

3

7-1/2

7-1/2

5

5

10

2

10

45

10

15

25

3

90

25

30

50

50

4

135

40

50

100

100

5

25

7-1/2

2

3

5

3

7-1/2

A960M0C_

7-1/2 A960M1C_

10

20

20

A960M2C_

20

25

40

40

A960M3C_

30

40

75

75

A960M4C_

5

270

75

100

200

200

60

75

150

150

A960M5C_

6

540

150

200

400

400

100

150

300

300

A960M6C_




Coil Volts and Hz

Coil Suffix

120/60 or 110/50

AC

200 – 208/60

B

240/60

W

480/60

X

600/60

E

For ambient compensated overload relay with auto-reset, add Suffix D.

For Single-Winding Motors
Table 33-226. Product Selection — Sizes 0 – 6
NEMA

Amps

208V

240V

Table 33-228. Coils for Sizes 0 – 6

480V

600V

3 Poles — Open
Catalog
Number 

Price
U.S. $

Constant Horsepower
0
1
2

18
27

3
7-1/2

3
7-1/2

45

10

15

3

90

25

30

4

135

40

50

5

270

75

100

6

540

150

200

5
10
25

5
10

A970M0C_
A970M1C_

25

A970M2C_

50

50

A970M3C_

100

100

A970M4C_

200

200

A970M5C_

400

400

A970M6C_

Coil Volts and Hz

Coil Suffix

120/60 or 110/50

AC

200 – 208/60

B

240/60

W

480/60

X

600/60

E

Constant or Variable Torque
0

18

2

2

3

3

A980M0C_

1

27

5

5

7-1/2

7-1/2

A980M1C_

2

45

7-1/2

3

90

4

10

20

20

A980M2C_

20

25

40

40

A980M3C_

135

30

40

75

75

A980M4C_

5

270

60

75

150

150

A980M5C_

6

540

100

150

300

300

A980M6C_



For ambient compensated overload relay with auto-reset, add Suffix D.

Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-162 – 33-165
Heaters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-181 – 33-182
Other Coil Voltages . . . . . . . Page 33-165
Factory Modifications. . . . . Page 33-166
Modification Kits,
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-166 – 33-168
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-161
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . 1CD1
For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
A200

33-159

March 2009

Starters — Non-reversing and Reversing

Dimensions and Shipping Weights
Not to be used for construction purposes unless approved.
Table 33-229. Open Non-reversing Starters Dimensions
NEMA
Size

No.
of
Poles

Fig. Mounting
Screws

00, 0, 1

2, 3

2

Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Weight,
Lbs. (kg)

No.

Size

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

K

L

M

A

3

#10

3.31
(84.1)

6.42
(163.1)

4.61
(117.1)

6.00
(152.4)

1.88
(47.8)

1.66
(42.2)

.23
(5.8)

—

.39
(9.9)

.59
(15.0)

4.48
(113.8)

.27
(6.9)

35.0
(15.9)

2, 3

A

3

#10

3.31
(84.1)

7.17
(182.1)

4.94
(125.5)

6.75
(171.5)

1.88
(47.8)

1.66
(42.2)

.23
(5.8)

—

.41
(10.4)

.77
(19.6)

4.53
(115.1)

.27
(6.9)

43.0
(19.5)

3, 4

2, 3

A

3

1/4 in.

4.63
(117.6)

9.94
(252.5)

6.75
(171.5)

9.25
(235.0)

2.88
(73.2)

.94
(23.9)

.38
(9.7)

—

.55
(14.0)

.80
(20.3)

6.36
(161.5)

.27
(6.9)

115.0
(52.2)

5

3

B

4

3/8 in.

7.59
(192.8)

16.22
(412.0)

7.75
(196.9)

11.00
(279.4)

2.75
(69.9)

3.81
(96.8)

2.69
(68.3)

2.42
(61.5)

.33
(8.4)

.33
(8.4)

7.00
(177.8)

.27
(6.9)

29.0
(13.2)

6

3

C

4

3/8 in.

9.25
(235.0)

23.50
(596.9)

9.50
(241.3)

11.00
(279.4)

2.75
(69.9)

4.81
(122.2)

2.75
(69.9)

3.06
(77.7)

—

6.50
(165.1)

8.44
(214.4)

.27
(6.9)

55.0
(25.0)

7

3










37.88
(962.2)

21.50
(546.1)

11.75
(298.5)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

8

3










37.88
(962.2)

21.50
(546.1)

11.75
(298.5)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

9

3







Refer to factory.

A

C

B

.38 x .5 (9.7 x 12.7)
(2 Mtg. Slots)

D

G

B

D

K
G
F
E
2

J

M

L

E

M
L
C

Term. Lug
Supplied
When
Ordered

Reset Travel

Figure A, Sizes 00 – 4

F
E
A

H

Figure B, Size 5

E
E
2

.38 (9.7) Wide
4 Mtg. Slots

H
G

Reset
Rod

D
B

K

M
C

F
L
A
Figure C, Size 6

Figure 33-60. Open Non-reversing Starters Dimensions

CA08102001E

E
2

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

Reset Rod
CL Cont'r Mtg.
Holes
J
K
CL of Cont'r

33

NEMA Contactors & Starters
A200

33-160

March 2009

Starters — Non-reversing and Reversing
Not to be used for construction purposes unless approved.
Table 33-230. Open Reversing Starters Dimensions
NEMA
Size

33

00, 0, 1

Number
of Poles

Fig. Mounting
Screws

Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Weight,
Lbs. (kg)

No.

Size

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

J

K

L

M

N

7.13
(181.1)
3.33
(84.6)

6.50
(165.1)
11.63
(295.4)

5.05
(128.3)
5.05
(128.3)

6.00
(152.4)
11.13
(282.7)

5.69
(144.5)
1.88
(47.8)

3.56
(90.4)
1.66
(42.2)

.25
(6.4)
.25
(6.4)

2.3
(58.4)
.39
(9.9)

.59
(15.0)
.59
(15.0)

4.92
(125.0)
4.92
(125.0)

.27
—
(6.9)
.27
4.52
(6.9) (114.8)

9.0 (4.0)

7.13
(181.1)
3.33
(84.6)

7.25
(184.2)
12.38
(314.5)

5.38
(136.7)
5.38
(136.7)

6.75
(171.5)
11.88
(301.8)

5.69
(144.5)
1.88
(47.8)

3.56
(90.4)
1.66
(42.2)

.25
(6.4)
.25
(6.4)

2.31
(58.7)
.39
(9.9)

.77
(19.6)
.77
(19.6)

4.97
(126.2)
4.97
(126.2)

.27
—
(6.9)
.27
4.52
(6.9) (114.8)

10.8 (4.9)

9.75
(247.7)
1/4 in. 4.63
(117.6)

10.13
(257.3)
19.81
(503.2)

7.25
(184.2)
7.25
(184.2)

9.25
(235.0)
18.94
(481.1)

8.00
(203.2)
2.88
(73.2)

4.88
(124.0)
2.94
(74.7)

.44
3.11
(11.2) (79.0)
.44
.55
(11.2) (14.0)

.80
(20.3)
.80
(20.3)

6.86
(174.2)
6.86
(174.2)

.27
—
(6.9)
.27
7.91
(6.9) (200.9)

26.0 (11.8)

3 x 3 Horiz.

A

3

#10

3 x 3 Vert.

B

3

#10

3 x 3 Horiz.

A

3

#10

3 x 3 Vert.

B

3

#10

3 x 3 Horiz.

A

3

1/4 in.

3 x 3 Vert.

B

3

5

3 x 3 Horiz.

—

4

3/8 in. 35.25
(895.4)

25.50
(647.7)

8.75
(222.3)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

73.0 (33.1)

6

3 x 3 Horiz.

—

4

3/8 in. 35.25
(895.4)

25.50
(647.7)

10.50
(266.7)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

127.0 (57.7)

G

F

2

3, 4

7




8




9







9.8 (4.4)

12.2 (5.5)

28.0 (12.7)

Refer to factory.

A
A

C

C

G

F

N

D

B

B D
.28 (7.1) Dia.
3 Mtg. Holes

K
.28 (7.1) Dia.
3 Mtg. Holes

J
E

M
Reset
Travel

K
L

Reset Travel

J
E

M
L

Figure B
Sizes 00 – 4 Vertical

Figure A
Sizes 00 – 4 Horizontal

Figure 33-61. Open Reversing Starters Dimensions

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
A200

33-161

March 2009

Starters — Non-reversing and Reversing
Not to be used for construction purposes unless approved.
Table 33-231. Open Multi-Speed Starters Dimensions
NEMA Number
Size
of
Poles

Fig. Mounting
Screws

Dimensions in Inches (mm)

No. Size

A

00, 0, 1 3 x 3 Horiz. A

3

#10

5 x 3 Horiz. B

3

#10

3 x 3 Horiz. A

3

#10

5 x 3 Horiz. B

3

#10

3 x 3 Horiz. A

3

1/4 in.

5 x 3 Horiz. B

3

2

3, 4

B

D

E

F

G

J

K

L

M

N

7.13
6.50 5.05
(181.1) (165.1) (128.3)
8.00
6.50 5.05
(203.2) (165.1) (128.3)

6.00
(152.4)
6.00
(152.4)

5.69
(144.5)
6.53
(165.9)

3.56
(90.4)
3.56
(90.4)

.25
(6.4)
.25
(6.4)

2.30
(58.4)
2.30
(58.4)

.33
(8.4)
.48
(12.2)

4.92
(125.0)
4.92
(125.0)

.27
(6.9)
.27
(6.9)

3.81
— 2.91
(96.8)
(73.9)
4.66
— 2.91
(118.4)
(73.9)

10.0 (4.5)

7.13
7.25 5.38
(181.1) (184.2) (136.7)
8.88
7.25 5.38
(225.6) (184.2) (136.7)

6.75
(171.5)
6.75
(171.5)

5.69
(144.5)
6.56
(166.6)

3.56
(90.4)
3.56
(90.4)

.25
(6.4)
.25
(6.4)

2.69
(68.3)
2.69
(68.3)

.69
(17.5)
.69
(17.5)

4.97
(126.2)
4.97
(126.2)

.27
(6.9)
.27
(6.9)

3.81
— 2.91
(96.8)
(73.9)
4.66
— 2.84
(118.4)
(72.1)

11.0 (5.0)

9.25
(235.0)
9.25
(235.0)

8.00
(203.2)
9.31
(236.5)

4.88
(124.0)
4.88
(124.0)

.44
(11.2)
.44
(11.2)

3.11
(79.0)
3.11
(79.0)

.80
(20.3)
.80
(20.3)

6.86
(174.2)
6.86
(174.2)

.27
(6.9)
.27
(6.9)

5.13
— 4.00
28.0 (12.7)
(130.3)
(101.6)
6.44
— 4.00
33.5 (15.2)
(163.6)
(101.6)

9.75
(247.7)
1/4 in. 12.38
(314.5)

C

Weight,
Lbs. (kg)

10.13
(257.3)
10.13
(257.3)

7.25
(184.2)
7.25
(184.2)






5
6



Refer to factory.

A
F

G

C

D

B

K

N

M
J
R

Reset Travel
L

.2 (5.1) Dia.
3 Mounting Slots

E
Figure A, Sizes 00 – 4
G

A

C

B

D

K

J
E

.2 (5.1) Dia.
3 Mounting Slots

M

Reset Travel
L

Figure B, Size 2
Note: 3-Pole x 3-Pole Devices Are for Wye-Wye Two-Winding Motors Only

Figure 33-62. Open Multi-Speed Starters Dimensions

CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

P

R

11.0 (5.0)

13.0 (5.9)

33

NEMA Contactors & Starters
A200

33-162

March 2009

Technical Data and Specifications

Electrical Characteristics
Table 33-232. Electrical Characteristics — Sizes 00 – 4

33

Max. Voltage
Rating
Ampere Rating
(Open)
(Enclosed)

Table 33-233. Electrical Characteristics — Sizes 5 – 9

Size 00 Size 0

Size 1

Size 2

Size 3

Size 4

600V

600V

600V

600V

600V

600V

10A
9A

20A
18A

30A
27A

50A
45A

100A
90A

150A
135A

Squirrel Cage Motor
Maximum
Horsepower At:
200V/60 Hz
230V/ 60 Hz
380V/50 Hz
460V – 575V/
60 Hz

1-1/2 hp
1-1/2 hp
1-1/2 hp
2 hp

3 hp
3 hp
5 hp
5 hp

7-1/2 hp
7-1/2 hp
10 hp
10 hp

10 hp
15 hp
25 hp
25 hp

25 hp
30 hp
50 hp
50 hp

40 hp
50 hp
75 hp
100 hp

—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—

3 kW
6 kW
12 kW
15 kW

5 kW
10 kW
20 kW
25 kW

10 kW
20 kW
40 kW
50 kW

15 kW
30 kW
60 kW
75 kW

—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—

5 kW
10 kW
20 kW
25 kW

8.5 kW
17 kW
34 kW
43 kW

17 kW
34 kW
68 kW
86 kW

26 kW
68 kW
105 kW
130 kW

—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—





Maximum
Horsepower At:
200V/60 Hz
230V/60 Hz
380V/50 Hz
460V – 575V/
60 Hz
Single-Phase,
2-Pole
120V
240V
480V
600V
Three-Phase,
3-Pole
120V
240V
480V
600V

Size 8

Size 9

600V

600V

600V

600V

600V

300A
270A

600A
540A

900A
810A

1350A
1215A

2500A
2250A

150 hp
200 hp
300 hp
400 hp

—
300 hp
—
600 hp

—
450 hp
—
900 hp

—
800 hp
—
1600 hp

30 kW
60 kW
120 kW
150 kW

60 kW
120 kW
240 kW
300 kW

90 kW
180 kW
360 kW
450 kW











52 kW
105 kW
210 kW
260 kW

105 kW
210 kW
415 kW
515 kW

155 kW
315 kW
625 kW
775 kW











75 hp
100 hp
150 hp
200 hp

Capacitor Switching kVAR, Three-Phase
240V
480V
600V

12 kVAR 27 kVAR 40 kVAR
25 kVAR 53 kVAR 80 kVAR
31 kVAR 67 kVAR 100 kVAR

Transformer Switching kVA 
Single-Phase,
2-Pole
120V
240V
480V
600V
Three-Phase,
3-Pole
120V
240V
480V
600V

Size 7

Resistive Heating kW 

Capacitor Switching kVAR, Three-Phase
240V
480V
600V

Ampere Rating
(Open)
(Enclosed)

Size 6

Squirrel Cage Motor

Resistive Heating kW 

Single-Phase,
2-Pole
120V
240V
480V
600V
Three-Phase,
3-Pole
120V
240V
480V
600V

Max. Voltage
Rating

Size 5

80 kVAR 160 kVAR 240 kVAR 360 kVAR 665 kVAR
160 kVAR 320 kVAR 480 kVAR 720 kVAR 1325 kVAR
200 kVAR 400 kVAR 600 kVAR 900 kVAR 1670 kVAR

Transformer Switching kVA 

—
—
—
—

.6 kVA
1.2 kVA
2.4 kVA
3 kVA

—
—
—
—

1.8 kVA 3.6 kVA
2.1 kVA 4.3 kVA
4.2 kVA 8.5 kVA
5.2 kVA 11 kVA

1.2 kVA
2.4 kVA
4.9 kVA
6.2 kVA

2.1 kVA 4.1 kVA 6.8 kVA
4.1 kVA 8.1 kVA 14 kVA
8.3 kVA 16 kVA
27 kVA
10 kVA
20 kVA
34 kVA

6.3 kVA
7.2 kVA
14 kVA
18 kVA

12 kVA
14 kVA
28 kVA
35 kVA

20 kVA
23 kVA
47 kVA
59 kVA

Resistive loads having inrush currents not exceeding 1.5 times
continuous rating.
These ratings are for transformers having inrush currents not more
than 20 times peak of continuous current ratings. For inrush currents
greater than 20 times, refer to factory.

Single-Phase,
2-Pole
120V
240V
480V
600V
Three-Phase,
3-Pole
120V
240V
480V
600V




14 kVA
27 kVA
54 kVA
68 kVA

27 kVA
54 kVA
108 kVA
135 kVA

41 kVA
81 kVA
162 kVA
203 kVA

61 kVA
122 kVA
244 kVA
304 kVA

112 kVA
225 kVA
450 kVA
562 kVA

41 kVA
47 kVA
94 kVA
117 kVA

81 kVA
94 kVA
188 kVA
234 kVA

122 kVA
140 kVA
280 kVA
351 kVA

182 kVA
210 kVA
420 kVA
526 kVA

337 kVA
342 kVA
783 kVA
975 kVA

Resistive loads having inrush currents not exceeding 1.5 times
continuous rating.
For ratings refer to factory.
These ratings are for transformers having inrush currents not more
than 20 times peak of continuous current ratings. For inrush currents
greater than 20 times, refer to factory.

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
A200

33-163

March 2009

Technical Data and Specifications

DC Power Pole Ratings
The following represent typical production test values and should not be
interpreted as a guarantee of actual
performance.

33

Table 33-234. DC Operated 120 and 240V Coils
Contactor
Size

0
1
2
3
4



DC Contact
Amp Rating
2 Poles in Series 

120V

240V

—
20
45
75
90

—
10
30
40
70

Non-inductive load.

380V, 50 Hz Starter Maximum Horsepower Ratings
Table 33-235. 380V, 50 Hz Starters — Maximum Horsepower Ratings
NEMA Size

00

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Maximum
Horsepower

1-1/2

5

10

25

50

75

150

300

450

700

Operating Coil Characteristics at Rated Coil Volts, Sizes 00 – 9
The following represent typical production test values and should not be interpreted as a guarantee of actual performance.
Table 33-236. Operating Coil Characteristics
Sizes 00, 0, 1

Size 2

Size 3

Size 4 

Size 5

Size 6

Size 7

Size 8

Size 9

AC Coil
Burden (Open VA)
(Closed VA)
(Closed Watts)
Pick-Up Volts 
Drop-Out Volts 
Pick-Up Time Hz 
Drop-Out Time Hz 

160 VA
25 VA
7.8 W
85%
40 – 60%
1 – 1-1/2
3/4 – 1

160 VA
25 VA
7.8 W
85%
40 – 60%
1-1/2 – 2
3/4 – 1

625 VA
50 VA
18 W
85%
40 – 60%
2 – 2-1/2
3/4 – 1

700 VA
64 VA
21 W
85%
40 – 60%
1 – 1-1/2
3/4 – 1

1700 VA
180 VA
32 W
78%
65 to 75%
1.5
.75

2900 VA
220 VA
42 W
70%
60 to 70%
4.0
.75










—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—

DC Coil
Burden (Open VA)
(Closed VA)
(Closed Watts)
Pick-Up Volts 
Drop-Out Volts 
Pick-Up Time Hz 
Drop-Out Time Hz 

17 VA
17 VA
18 W
80%
5 – 10%
—
—

17 VA
17 VA
18 W
80%
5 – 10%
25 – 75 mS
16 – 25 mS

35 VA
35 VA
35 W
80%
5 – 10%
25 – 75 mS
16 – 25 mS

35 VA
35 VA
35 W
80%
5 – 10%
25 – 75 mS
16 – 25 mS

600 VA
22 VA
20 W
64%
18%
2.7 Hz 
9.3 Hz 

2120 VA
21 VA
20 W
73%
13%
3 Hz 
17.5 Hz 

400 VA
400 VA
400 W
45% – 65% 
30% – 45% 
21 – 41 Hz 
7 – 12 Hz 

400 VA
400 VA
400 W
45% – 65% 
30% – 45% 
17 – 29 Hz 
7 – 12 Hz 

2100 VA
350 VA
350 W
50% – 65% 
40% – 50% 
16 – 18 
18 – 20 Hz 









AC coil data pertains to Model K, DC coil data pertains to Model J.
DC Operated only.
Percent of rated coil voltage.
At 60 Hz base.
To contact touch.
Lower figure when coil is cold. Higher figure when coil is hot.
Drop-out time to clear arc. Time varies with type of load and contact wear.

CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

NEMA Contactors & Starters
A200

33-164

March 2009

Technical Data and Specifications

Mechanical Characteristics
NEMA Standard ICS 2-110

33

Direct-current operated contactors
shall withstand 110% of their rated
voltage continuously without injury to
the operating coils and shall close successfully at 80% of their rated voltage.

Alternating-current operated contactors shall withstand 110% of their
rated voltage continuously without
injury to the operating coils and shall
close successfully at 85% of their rated
voltage.

Table 33-237. Mechanical Characteristics, Sizes 00 – 9
Sizes 00, 0, 1 Size 2

Size 3

Size 4

Size 5

Size 6

Size 7

Size 8

Size 9

6.45
(163.8)
3.31
(84.1)
4.61
(117.1)

7.16
(181.9)
3.31
(84.1)
4.96
(126)

9.93
(252.2)
4.62
(117.3)
6.75
(171.5)

9.93
(252.2)
4.62
(117.3)
6.75
(171.5)

12.00
(304.8) 

7.00
(177.8) 

7.75
(196.9) 


13.50
(342.9) 

7.00
(177.8) 

8.75
(222.3) 


18.62
(472.9) 

23.50
(596.9) 

11.00
(279.4) 


19.25
(489) 

23.50
(596.9) 

11.00
(279.4) 


25.00
(635) 

32.00
(812.8) 

13.00
(330.2) 


21.35
3.5 Lbs.
—

23.7
3.5 Lbs.
—

46.0
11.5 Lbs.
—

46.0
11.5 Lbs.
—

84.0
25 Lbs.
Front

94.5
42 Lbs.
Front

437.5
215 Lbs.
Front/Rear

452.4
265 Lbs.
Front/Rear

800
315 Lbs.
Front/Rear

Maximum Cable
Size/Phase Copper
(AWG/MCM)
Auxiliary Electrical
Circuits Available

6 AWG

3 AWG

1/0

4/0

1-500 MCM

2-500 MCM

3-500 MCM

4-500 MCM

8-500 MCM

8

6

6

6

4

4

3

3

4

Latched Version
Available

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

No

No

Vert., Horiz.
—
—
—
—

Vert., Horiz.
—
—
—
—

Vert., Horiz.
—
—
—
—

Vert., Horiz.
—
—
—
—

Vert., Horiz.
Vert., Horiz.
Vert., Horiz.
—
—

—
Vert., Horiz.
Vert., Horiz.
Vertical
—

—
—
Vertical
Vertical
Vertical

—
—
Vertical
Vertical
Vertical

—
—
—
Vertical
Vertical

Dimensions in
Inches (mm)
Height
Width
Depth
Panel Area —
Square Inches
Weight — Pounds
Cable Connection

Mechanical
Interlock
Combinations
Available
Sizes 00, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4
5
6
7, 8
9



For Sizes 5 – 9 contactors only; for starter Sizes 5 – 9, refer to factory.

Table 33-238. Data from Tables 430 — 147 Through 150 of 1996 NEC: Motor Amperes at Full Load , Three-Phase AC
hp

Single-Phase
AC
115V
1/6
1/4
1/3
1/2
3/4



4.4
5.8
7.2
9.8
13.8

Induction Type Squirrel-Cage
and Wound-Rotor Amperes

DC

hp

230V

200V

230V

460V

575V

120V

240V

2.2
2.9
3.6
4.9
6.9

—
—
—
2.5
3.7

—
—
—
2.2
3.2

—
—
—
1.1
1.6

—
—
—

—

.9
1.3

—
3.1
4.1
5.4
7.6

2.1
3.0
3.4
4.8
7.6

1.7
2.4
2.7
3.9
6.1

1
1-1/2
2
3
5

16
20
24
34
56

8
10
12
17
28

4.8
6.9
7.8
11.0
17.5

4.2
6.0
6.8
9.6
15.2

7-1/2
10
15
20
25

80
100
—
—
—

40
50
—
—
—

25.3
32.2
48.3
62.1
78.2

22
28
42
54
68

11
14
21
27
34

9
11
17
22
27

Single-Phase
AC

Induction Type Squirrel-Cage
and Wound-Rotor Amperes

DC

115V

230V

200V

230V

460V

575V

120V

240V

1.6
2.0
2.7
3.8

30
40
50
60
75

—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—

92
120
150
177
221

80
104
130
154
192

40
52
65
77
96

32
41
52
62
77

—
—
—
—
—

106
140
173
206
255

9.5
13.2
17
25
40

4.7
6.6
8.5
12.2
20

100
125
150
200
250

—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—

285
359
414
552
—

248
312
360
480
—

124
156
180
240
302

99
125
144
192
242

—
—
—
—
—

341
425
506
675
—

58
76
—
—
—

29
38
55
72
89

300
350
400
450
500

—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—

361
414
477
515
590

289
336
382
412
472

—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—

These current values are for motors running at usual speeds and with normal torque characteristics. Motors for special low speed or high torque may
require higher current. In all cases, heaters should be selected on basis of information on motor nameplate or motor card data.

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
A200

33-165

March 2009

Technical Data and Specifications

Combination Ratings
Table 33-239. Combination Ratings — Sizes 00 – 2
Short-Circuit
Protective Device
(SCPD)

Table 33-240. Combination Ratings — Sizes 3 and 4

Max.
Rating
SCPD

Circuit Breaker
Interrupting
Rating

Short-Circuit
Withstand Capability
Current
Voltage

Class H Fuse
Class J Fuse
Class R Fuse
Class T Fuse
Magnetic Only 

Type CB 

60A
60A
60A
60A
30A

—
—
—
—
Marked HMCP

Thermal/Mag.
Type CB 

50A

Magnetic Only
Type CB + CL 
Thermal/Mag.
Type CLB 

30A

600V
600V
600V
600V
480V
600V
480V
600V
480V
600V
600V

50A

65,000A
25,000A
100,000A
35,000A
HMCP +
Current Limiter
150,000A

5,000A
100,000A
100,000A
100,000A
100,000A
50,000A
65,000A
25,000A
100,000A
35,000A
100,000A
100,000A

480V

100A
100A
100A
100A
50A

—
—
—
—
Marked HMCP

Thermal/Mag.
Type CB 

90A

Magnetic Only
Type CB + CL 
Thermal/Mag.
Type CLB 

50A

65,000A
25,000A
100,000A
35,000A
HMCP +
Current Limiter
150,000A

5,000A
100,000A
100,000A
100,000A
100,000A
50,000A
65,000A
25,000A
100,000A
35,000A
100,000A

600V
600V
600V
600V
480V
600V
480V
600V
480V
600V
600V

100,000A

480V

Sizes 00, 0, 1





Circuit Breaker
Interrupting
Rating

Short-Circuit
Withstand Capability
Current
Voltage

Class H Fuse
Class J Fuse
Class R Fuse
Class T Fuse
Magnetic Only 
Type CB 

60A
60A
60A
60A
100A

—
—
—
—
Marked HMCP

Thermal/Mag.
Type CB 

150A

Magnetic Only
Type CB + CL 

Thermal/Mag.
Type CLB 


100A

600V
600V
600V
600V
480V
600V
480V
600V
480V
600V
600V

150A

65,000A
25,000A
100,000A
35,000A
HMCP +
Current Limiter
50,000A

5,000A
100,000A
100,000A
100,000A
100,000A
50,000A
65,000A
25,000A
100,000A
35,000A
100,000A
100,000A

480V

Class H Fuse
Class J Fuse
Class R Fuse
Class T Fuse
Magnetic Only 
Type CB 

400A
400A
400A
400A
150A

—
—
—
—
Marked HMCP

Thermal/Mag.
Type CB 

250A

Magnetic Only
Type CB + CL 

Thermal/Mag.
Type CB + CL 

Thermal/Mag.
Type CLB 

150A

600V
600V
600V
600V
480V
600V
480V
600V
480V
600V
600V

250A

65,000A
25,000A
100,000A
35,000A
HMCP +
Current Limiter
200,000A

10,000A
100,000A
100,000A
100,000A
100,000A
50,000A
65,000A
25,000A
100,000A
35,000A
100,000A
100,000A

600V

250A

150,000A

100,000A

480V

Size 4

Class H Fuse
Class J Fuse
Class R Fuse
Class T Fuse
Magnetic Only 

Type CB 



Max.
Rating
SCPD

Size 3

Size 2




Short-Circuit
Protective Device
(SCPD)

50A

Instantaneous Adjustable Trip.
Circuit Breaker.
Inverse Time Circuit Breaker.
Instantaneous Adjustable Trip with Current Limiting Attachment.
Inverse Time with Built-In Current Limiting Attachment.










Instantaneous Adjustable Trip.
Circuit Breaker.
Inverse Time Circuit Breaker.
Instantaneous Adjustable Trip with Current Limiting Attachment.
Inverse Time with Built-In Current Limiting Attachment.
Inverse Time Current Limiting Breaker.

Coil Suffix
Table 33-241. Other Available Coil Voltages — AC and DC Coils 
Coils

Catalog Coil Rating
Number (Volts/Hertz)
Suffix

AC

A
B
C
D
E
G
H
I
J
K

DC 	 L
M

	




120/60, 110/50
200-208/60
240/60 and 480/60
440/50
600/60 Hz
220/50
380/50
24/60
110-120/50 or
60 Rect. to DC
220-240/50 or
60 Rect. to DC
24V DC
48V DC

Catalog Coil Rating
Number (Volts/Hertz)
Suffix

V
W
X
Y

110/50
48/60
120/60 and 240/60
440-480/50 or
60 Rect. to DC
110/60
240/60
480/60
415/50

Z

277/60

S
T

125V DC
250V DC

N
P
R
U

Availability may be limited.
List Price Addition for DC coils.
DC coils for Size 5 and 6 contactors and starters are intermittent duty
rated only. A mechanical latch is required.
DC coils. Use only on contactors originally supplied with a DC coil.
List Price Addition for dual voltage coils.

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C
CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

33

NEMA Contactors & Starters
A200

33-166

March 2009

Accessories

Factory Modifications
Table 33-242. A200 Factory Modifications
Modifications Description

Catalog NEMA Size
Number 00 – 1
2
Suffix
Adder U.S. $

33
Control
Circuit

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1 Extra Auxiliary Contact (1NO-1NC) J1
Non-reversing,
Reversing, 2-Speed Unwired

Overload
Relays
(Substitutions)

2 Extra Auxiliary Contact
Non-reversing,
Reversing, 2-Speed Unwired

J2

3 Extra Auxiliary Contact
Non-reversing, Unwired

J3

4 Extra Auxiliary Contact
Non-reversing, Unwired

J4

Wired for Separate Control (NC)

C

Omit Control Wiring (NC)

X

Ambient Compensated with
Auto Reset (NC)

D

Fast Trip — Ambient Compensated
(Specify Motor FLA)

D7

Overload Relay Alarm Contact
(NO) per overload

E

Accessories and Field Modification Kits
Provides two separate electrical
contact sets which wire vertically
and are color coded; black designates NC and silver designates NO.
Please note that the vertical wiring
is contrary to the horizontal wiring
of the L-56 auxiliary contacts.
■ Designed to fit within dimensions of
starter; no additional panel space is
required.
■ Provides circuit isolation (no polarity restrictions) and single break
bifurcated contacts.
■

Type J Auxiliary Contact

Type J Auxiliary Contact
■

Capable of being field mounted in a
contactor or starter (Classes A200,
A900 Sizes 00 – 6, V200, V201 vacuum
and definite purpose controllers).

Table 33-243. Auxiliary Contact Ratings
Voltage

Make

Break

NEMA A600
120 – 600V AC 7200 VA
72 – 120V AC
60A
28 – 72V AC
60 VA

720 VA
720 VA
10A

NEMA R300
28 – 300V DC

28 VA

28 VA

Table 33-244. Auxiliary Contact Types
Contact
Type

Max.

Catalog
Number

1NO and 1NC
2NC
2NO
1 Coil Clearing
NC and 1NO

4
4
4
4

J11
J02
J20
J1C

Price
U.S. $

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C
For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
A200

33-167

March 2009

Accessories

F-56 Fuse Block
■
■
■
■
■

SS-56 Surge Suppressor

■
■
■
■
■

Designed to be used with magnetic
motor controllers through Size 4 in
120V, 60 Hz control circuit applications where electronic equipment is
used.
Steady State Coil Volts: 120, 60 Hz,
RMS
Peak Input Volts: 169.6, 60 Hz,
Max. Amplitude
Max. Ambient Temperature: 65°C
Nominal Limiting Volts: 270 Peak
Nominal Rate of Volt Rise:
.5 per mS

Starter





Kit Catalog
Number

Mounting

Kit Catalog
Number

Starter
Panel

F56
F56-P

Price
U.S. $

SS-56

Type
Mounting

Kit Catalog
Number

Starter or Panel

R56-AA



Price
U.S. $

B3NO-2
B3NO-4 
For Size 3 and 4.

Table 33-250. Control Contact Ratings (B600)
AC Volts

Maximum Amperes
Make

Break

30
3600 VA

3.00
360 VA

Continuous Current Rating: 5A

Table 33-247. Interposing Relay

Can be used on Sizes 5 and 6 with 120V coil.
Mounting bracket required — order separately. Mounting Bracket 177C043G04.
Discount Symbol 1CD1.

Kit Catalog
Number

24 – 120
121 – 600

The R-56AA interposing relay is a low
energy solid-state device with a single
NO solid-state contact. It can be used as
a 120V AC control relay, and will operate on as little as 40V AC input. Is useful
in applications requiring long control
wiring runs where excessive voltage
drop would prevent the contactor or
relay from energizing. Will operate a
Size 4 contactor from 10,000 feet using
18 AWG wire.

Price
U.S. $ 

Isolated Normally Open Bell Alarm
Contact.
■ Mounts in Type B block-type overload relay.
Table 33-249. Bell Alarm Contact
■



R-56 Interposing Relay

Table 33-245. Surge Suppressor 

Type Mounting

Facilitates installation of fuses (15A,
600V max.) in control circuits.
Utilizes Bussman type KTK fuses,
or equivalent.
Mounts in same cavity as Type J
auxiliary contact.
No tools or mounting hardware
needed.
Fuse not included.

Table 33-246. Fuse Block

SS-56 Surge Suppressor
■

B3NO Bell Alarm Contact

Price
U.S. $ 

Discount Symbol 1CD1.

Overload Relay Reset Extension
Used to adjust overload reset rod
depth of Class A200 Model J starters
and current design overload relays
to same dimensions as obsolete
B200 starters and overloads identified by suffix B, i.e., BA13B.
When replacing obsolete B200 device
with Class A200 starter and Type B
overload, order Style 6710C11H03. No
charge.

■

When replacing obsolete B200 device
with Class A200 starter and Type A
overload, order Style 1490C15H10. No
charge.

Power Pole Kit
■

Adds 1NO or 1NC power pole to
Size 00 – 1 A201 Class contactors.
■ Factory installed or field mountable
in load side auxiliary cavities.
■ 600V AC.
■ Continuous current rating of 18A for
Size 0, 27A for Size 1.
■

Mechanical Interlock
Prevents closing of one member of
a reversing or multi-speed contactor
until the opposite member is completely open.

Lever type mechanism assures positive action.
■ Can be factory assembled or field
mounted on A200 and A900 starters
and contactors.
■

Table 33-251. Power Pole Kit 

Table 33-248. Mechanical Interlock

Continuous
Current
Rating

Contactor Arrangement
(Number of Poles,
Horizontal or Vertical)

Continuous
Size

Interlock
Catalog
Number

3 x 3 Horizontal
4 x 4 Horizontal
5 x 3 Horizontal

0, 1
0, 1
0, 1

M-33-1B
M-33-1B
M-33-1B

All Pole Combination, Vertical
3 x 3 Horizontal Reversing
3 x 3 Vertical Reversing

0, 1
2
2

M-34-1A
M-33-2B
M-34-2A

Normally Closed

5 x 3 Horizontal
4 x 4 Horizontal

2
2

M-35-2A
M-36-2A



All Pole Combination Horizontal
All Pole Combination Vertical

3, 4
3, 4

M-33-3B
M-34-3

Price
U.S. $

Kit
Size

Kit
Catalog
Number

0
1

PN0-0
PN0-1

0
1

PNC-0
PNC-1

Price
U.S. $

Normally Open
18
27
18
27

Do not use with DC operated contactors.

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C
CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

33

NEMA Contactors & Starters
A200

33-168

March 2009

Accessories

Replacement Auxiliary Contacts

Mechanical Interlocks

Table 33-252. Replacement Auxiliary Contacts

Table 33-255. Mechanical Interlocks

Contactor
Size

Contact
Arrangement

Aux. Elect. Contact
Catalog
Number

Style
Number

5, 6

1NO + 1NC
2NO
2NC

J11
J20
J02

9084A17G01
9084A17G02
9084A17G03

7, 8

1NO
1NC

—
—

578D461G01
578D461G03

9

1NO + 1NC
2NO
2NC

—
—
—

843D943G04
843D943G05
843D943G06

33

Price
U.S. $

All starters include an auxiliary contact with 1NO and 1NC
contact. These kits include an auxiliary contact with contacts
as shown, plus operating arm and mounting bracket when
required.
Table 33-253. Extra Auxiliary Contact Kits
Contactor
Size

Contact
Arrangement

Style
Number

5, 6

1NO + 1NC
2NO
2NC

3463D94G18
3463D94G04
3463D94G19

7, 8 


2NO
1NO

818D498G06
818D498G04

Price
U.S. $

Price
U.S. $

Vertical

3, 4 and 5
5 and 5
5 and 6
6 and 6
6 and 7, 8

2050A11G75
2050A11G25
2050A11G27
2050A11G26
—

2050A11G65
2050A11G15
2050A11G17
2050A11G16
2050A11G55

7, 8 and 7, 8
7, 8 and 9
9 and 9

No (Rear Conn.)
No (Rear Conn.)
No (Rear Conn.)

567D624G01
9944D56G06
9944D56G01

Size 7 and larger use DC coils as standard.

Table 33-254. DC Coil Conversion Kits
Voltage

Kit Style Number

5

110-120
220-240
440-480

7864A28G01
7864A28G02
7864A28G03

110-120
220-240
440-480

7864A29G01
7864A29G02
7864A29G03

Type B overload relay is a three-pole, block type, thermal
ambient compensated device with manual reset mounted
integrally. Current transformers are enclosed in a protective
case and integrally mounted to save panel space. Standard
ratio is 300:5.

Overload Protection Size 6 Starters

If automatic reset is required, the Type A, three-pole block,
ambient compensated relay is available upon request.

Kits listed below include all necessary parts to convert from
AC to DC control including the DC coil with built-in diode,
rectifier, auxiliary interlock and all mounting hardware.
Size

Overload Protection Size 5 Starters

Overload protection assembly consists of three current
transformers, Type B three-pole block overload relay and an
optional interposing relay. These parts are mounted on a
panel which connects directly to the load terminal of the
contactor. Current transformers are 600:5 ratio as standard.

DC Coil Conversion Kits

6

Style Numbers
Horizontal

Overload Protection

Extra Auxiliary Contact Kits




Contactor Sizes

Price
U.S. $

Overload Relay Kits
Each kit includes three current transformers (standard ratio)
and one Type B, three-pole block overload relay, ambient
compensated with manual reset.
Table 33-256. Overload Relay Kits
Kit Size

Kit Part Number

5
6

2057A34G01
6379D80G10

Price
U.S. $

Table 33-257. Replacement Terminal Lugs 
Contactor
Size

Cable
Size

Terminals
Qty.
in Kit

Qty. Req’d.
per Pole

5
6
7
8

1-500 MCM
2-500 MCM
4-500 MCM
4-500 MCM

6
6
12
12

2
2
4
4



Kit Style
Number

Price
U.S. $

2119A76G01
7858A96G01
7858A96G02
7858A96G03

All mounting hardware is included in kit.

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C
For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
A200

33-169

March 2009

Renewal Parts
When Ordering Specify

General Information

Use this renewal parts data to identify
device by style number, catalog number and/or description.

This renewal parts data will provide
the proper identification of standard
parts which may be required for maintenance of Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer
components.

Select style number of replacement
part from the following pages.
For clarification of ordering procedure,
pricing and discounts, contact the Customer Support Center.

It is the intent of this catalog section to
make it possible to quickly select the
parts needed.

To maintain maximum operating
efficiency and dependability of your
equipment, only genuine CutlerHammer replacement parts should
be used.
This section identifies the replacements parts which are available. Order
by style number.

An investment in renewal parts and
regular maintenance program will protect against downtime and ensure a
proper duty cycle for your equipment.

JF Autostarters
Table 33-258. JF Autostarter Kits
Frame Size

2–3
4 – 5 5L
5M – 5MM

Start Contacts
Required

Style
Number

1
1
1

38A7018G12
550D409G18
3354D90G08

Run Contacts
Price
U.S. $

Grid Stack Kit

Required

Style
Number

1
1
1

38A7018G13
550D409G19
3354D90G09

Price
U.S. $

Required

Style
Number

1
1
2

3354D90G10
3354D90G10
3354D90G10

Price
U.S. $

Note: Kits contain a complete set of moving contacts, stationary contacts and springs.

Table 33-259. Solenoid Assembly with Coil
(All Sizes) 

Volt

Hz

Style
Number 

115
230
460
575

60
60
60
60

5264C05H01
5264C05H02
5264C05H03
5264C05H04






Price
U.S. $

When replacing solenoid assembly series
416C160 use adapter plate style
9917D02H01 — 1 required.
These styles replace coil style 296B892G__.
When ordering new style as replacement,
customer must order adapter plate
9917D02H01, Quantity 1 required.

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C
CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

33

NEMA Contactors & Starters
A200

33-170

March 2009

Renewal Parts

AC Starters, Contactors A200, A201
Table 33-260. AC Contactors Model J Sizes 00, 0, 1, 2 Kits 

Part

33

Poles

Contact Kit

Arc Box 
Cross Bar
Upper Base (for single rated
coils only)
Lower Base
KO Spring (Pk of 10)
Terminal Line/Load (Pk of 3)







2
3
4
5
2, 3, 4
5
2, 3
4, 5
2, 3
4, 5
2, 3
4, 5
All
All

Size 00
Style
Number

Price
U.S. $

373B331G17
373B331G18
373B331G18
373B331G19
6714C74G01
6714C74G04
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

Size 0
Style
Number

Price
U.S. $

373B331G02
373B331G04
373B331G04
373B331G05
6714C74G02
6714C74G05
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

Size 1
Style
Number

Size 2
Style
Number

Price
U.S. $

373B331G07
373B331G09
373B331G09
373B331G10
6714C74G03
6714C74G06
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

Price
U.S. $

373B331G11
373B331G12
373B331G13 
6714C74G07 
6714C74G08 
672B788G32
672B788G34
672B788G33
672B788G35
1250C33G09
1250C33G05
503C796G01
371B870G03

Model C contact tips and coils 00-4, 2-, 3-, 4- and 5-pole contactors are same as Model J. All other parts are unavailable.
Mounting hardware included.
Use one each of 373B331G11 and 373B331G12.
2-, 3-pole.
4-, 5-pole.

Table 33-261. AC Coils
Voltage

Hz

60/50
60
60/50
50
60/50
60/50
60
60
60/60
60/60

120/110
208
600/550
380
240/220
480/440
24
277
240/480 
120/240 



Size 00, 0, 1
2-, 3-, 4-Pole
Style
Number

Price
U.S. $

505C806G01
505C806G02
505C806G05
505C806G07
505C806G12
505C806G13
505C806G16
505C806G18
505C806G03
505C806G10

5-Pole
Style
Number

4-, 5-Pole
Style
Number

Price
U.S. $

505C806G01
505C806G02
505C806G05
505C806G07
505C806G12
505C806G13
505C806G16
505C806G18
505C806G03
505C806G10

Price
U.S. $

505C818G01
505C818G02
505C818G05
505C818G07
505C818G12
505C818G13
505C818G15
505C818G16
505C818G03
505C818G10

Dual Voltage Coils. Use only on contactors or starters originally supplied with a dual voltage coil.
Use only on contactors originally supplied with a DC coil.

Voltage

Accessories for Size 5 – 9 AC Contactors

Size 0, 1

Size 2

1, 2, 3, 4 Pole

1, 2, 3 Pole

Price
U.S. $

Style
Number
12
24
48
125
250
125/250 

	

Price
U.S. $

505C808G01
505C808G02
505C808G05
505C808G07
505C808G12
505C808G13
N/A
505C808G16
505C808G03
505C808G10

Table 33-262. DC Coil 	



Size 2
2-, 3-Pole
Style
Number

Note: A rectifier circuit converts the AC supply to DC supply. This
conversion provides pick up and drop out characteristics. All necessary parts are included in the kit.

Table 33-263. AC-DC Coil Conversion Kits
Voltage

1268C86G07
1268C86G04
1268C86G05
1268C86G02
1268C86G01
1268C86G03

120V AC
240V AC
480V AC

Dual Voltage Coils. Use only on contactors or starters originally supplied with a dual voltage coil.
Use only on contactors originally supplied with a DC coil.

Size 5
Style Number

Price U.S. $

7864A28G01
7864A28G02
7864A28G03

Size 6
Style Number

Price U.S. $

7864A29G01
7864A29G02
7864A29G03

Table 33-264. Replacement Coils for Above
Voltage
120V AC
240V AC
480V AC

Size 5
Style Number
7856A15G05
7856A15G10
7856A15G15

Price U.S. $

Size 6
Style Number

Price U.S. $

7856A16G05
7856A16G10
7856A16G15

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C
For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
A200

33-171

March 2009

Renewal Parts

AC Starters, Contactors A200, A201 (Continued)
Accessories for Size 5 – 9 AC Contactors
Table 33-265. Auxiliary Electrical Interlocks Size 7 – 9 AC
and All DC Units
Type

Circuits

Application

Style
Number

L63
L63
L64
L64
L64

NO
NC
NO-NC
2NO
2NC

Size 7 – 8
Size 7 – 8
Size 9
Size 9
Size 9

578D461G01
578D461G03
843D943G04
843D943G05
843D943G06

33

Price
U.S. $

Accessories for Size 00 – 6 AC Contactors
Table 33-266. Auxiliary Electrical Interlocks
Catalog
Style
Number
Number
(Obsolete) (Obsolete)
(L-56)
(L-56D)
(L-56E)
(L-56B)
(L-56H)
(L-56J)
(L-56A)
(L-56B)
(L-56F)
(L-56G)
(L-56C)
(L-56M)
(L-56P)
(L-56R)
(L-56S)

Circuits

Catalog Style
Number Number
Current Current

(2609D01G01) 1NO & 1NC
2NO
(2609D01G02) 1NO & 1NC
(2609D01G03) 2NO
2NO
(2609D01G04)
(2609D01G05)

J11

9084A17G01

J20
J11

9084A17G02
9084A17G01

J20
J20

9084A17G02
9084A17G02

(2609D01G06) 1NO & 1NC
DB
(2609D01G07) N/A
(2609D01G08) N/A
(2609D01G09) N/A
(2609D01G10) 1NO & 1NC
DB

J1C

9084A17G04

N/A
N/A
N/A
J1C

N/A
N/A
N/A
9084A17G04

(2609D01G11) 2NC
(2609D01G12) N/A
(2609D01G17) 1NO & 1NC
2NC
(2609D01G18) 1NO & 1NC
(2609D01G19)

J02
N/A
J11

9084A17G03
N/A
9084A17G01

J02
J11

9084A17G03
9084A17G01

Price
U.S. $

Model J – K, Sizes 3 and 4
Table 33-267. Model J – K Series 3, 4 Kits 

Part

Poles

Size 4 – Model J 

Size 3 – Model J
Style
Number

Price
U.S. $

Style
Number

Size 4 – Model K 
Price
U.S. $

Style
Number

2
3
4
5

626B187G12
626B187G13

626B187G16
626B187G17



5250C81G16
5250C81G17
5250C81G18
5250C81G19

Arc Box

2, 3
4, 5

6714C74G09
6714C74G10

6714C74G11
6714C74G12

6714C74G11
6714C74G12

Cross Bar

2, 3
4, 5

672B788G36
672B788G38

672B788G36
672B788G38

672B788G40

Upper Base

2, 3
4, 5

672B788G37
672B788G39

672B788G37
672B788G39

672B788G52

Lower Base

2, 3
4, 5

1250C33G03
1250C33G06

1250C33G03
1250C33G06

1250C33G10

KO Spring (Pk of 10)

All

503C796G02

503C796G02

672B788G50

Terminal Line/Load (Pk of 3)

All

372B357G12

372B357G18

372B357G18

Contact Kit













Price
U.S. $

Model C contact tips and coils 00-4, 2-, 3-, 4- and 5-pole contactors are same as model J. All other parts are unavailable.
For 200 Amp A202 Magnetically Latched Lighting Contactors order 3-pole contact kit style 672B788G07.
Model K replaces Model J, offering superior design life characteristics. Renewal parts are different. Use parts for proper model only.
Use Qty. 2 of 626B187G12.
Use Qty. 1 each of 626B187G12 and 626B187G13.
Use Qty. 2 of 626B187G16.
Use Qty. 1 each of 626B187G16 and 626B187G17.

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C
CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

NEMA Contactors & Starters
A200

33-172

March 2009

Renewal Parts

AC Starters, Contactors A200, A201 (Continued)
Accessories for Model J – K, Series 3, 4
Table 33-268. DC Coils 


33

Voltage

Model J Size 3, 4
2-, 3-Pole
Style
Number

24
48
125
250
125/250 




Price
U.S. $

1255C68G04
1255C68G05
1255C68G01
1255C68G02
1255C68G03

Use only on units originally supplied with
DC coil.
Dual Voltage Coils. Use only on contactors
or starters originally supplied with dual
voltage coil.

Table 33-269. AC Coils
Voltage

Hz

Model K Size 4 

Model J Size 3, 4
2-, 3-Pole
Style
Number

60/50
60
60/50
50
60/50
60/50
60
60
60/60
60/60

120/110
208
600/550
380
240/220
480/440
24
277
240/480 
120/244 



4-, 5-Pole
Price
U.S. $

505C633G01
505C633G02
505C633G05
505C633G07
505C633G12
505C633G13
505C633G34
505C633G14
505C633G03
505C633G10

Style
Number

2-, 3-Pole
Price
U.S. $

505C635G01
505C635G02
505C635G05
505C635G07
505C635G12
505C635G13
N/A
N/A
505C635G03
505C635G10

Style
Number

4-, 5-Pole
Price
U.S. $

5250C79G01
5250C79G02
5250C79G05
5250C79G07
5250C79G12
5250C79G13
5250C79G34
5250C79G14
5250C79G03
5250C79G10

Style
Number

Price
U.S. $

5250C80G01
5250C80G02
5250C80G05
5250C80G07
5250C80G12
5250C80G13
N/A
N/A
5250C80G03
5250C80G10

Model K replaces Model J, offering superior design life characteristics. Renewal parts are different. Use parts for proper model only.
Dual Voltage Coils. Use only on contactors or starters originally supplied with dual voltage coil.

A201 Contactors — Size 5 – 9
Table 33-270. GCA 530/630 — GPD 7, 8, 9 Kits 
Part

Size 5
Style
Number

Contact Kit
(1 per pole)
Arc Box
Magnet Assy.
Mag. Spg. Kit
Acr Cup Kit
Load Conn. Kit
Line Conn. Kit
K.O. Spring – 6
C.T. 300/5
C.T. 400/5
C.T. 600/5 
C.T. 800/5 
Phase Barrier
Cross Bar
Shunt




	




Size 6
Price
U.S. $

Size 7

Style
Number

Price
U.S. $

Style
Number

Size 8
Price
U.S. $

Size 9

Style
Number

477B477G05 

2066A10G11

461A757G17

646C829G05

2050A15G45
2050A15G46
2050A15G47
2050A15G48
2050A15G49
2050A15G50
2050A15G51
655C285H03
655C285H04
N/A
N/A
N/A
2050A15G12
N/A

2066A10G45
2050A15G46
2050A15G47
N/A
2066A10G49
2066A10G50
2066A10G46
N/A
N/A
2066A10G18
2066A10G19
N/A
2066A10G15
2066A10G48

831D580G01
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
640C441G01
N/A
650C129G01

831D580G01
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
640C441G01
N/A
646C831G02 

Price
U.S. $

Style
Number

Price
U.S. $

5264C42G01 	
5264C42G02 

9917D69G02
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
5264C35G03	
N/A
5264C39G02 

Catalog Number A201/A200 Series replaces GCA/GPD series. Renewal parts are the same.
Use 477B477G06 for Silver Tungsten applications.
C.T. kit which replaces the single molded 1 CT assembly used on the old size 6 airbreak. The kit includes a single molded 3 C.T. assembly, 2 bus bar and
hardware. This C.T. kit also replaces the single molded 3 C.T. assembly used on the present size 6 airbreak and size vacuum.
Set of 3.
R.C.
F.C.
Set of 4.

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C
For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
A200

33-173

March 2009

Renewal Parts
Accessories for A201 Contactors — Size 5 – 9
Table 33-271. Coils
Voltage

Hz

Size 5

Size 6

Style
Number

Price
U.S. $

Style
Number

Price
U.S. $

33

Sizes 5 and 6
110/120
110/120
200/208
220/240
200/208
220/240
277/303
380/415
440/480
440/480
550/600
550/600
380/415
120/240
24 DC
48 DC
125 DC
250 DC
Line Voltage

60
50
50
50
60
60
60
50
60
50
60
50
60
60

2050A14G05
2050A14G06
2050A14G07
2050A14G08
2050A14G09
2050A14G10
2050A14G12
2050A14G14
2050A14G15
2050A14G16
2050A14G17
2050A14G18
2050A14G19
2050A14G20
2050A14G21
2050A14G22
2050A14G25
2050A14G27

Size 7, 8
Style
Number

2050A12G05
2050A12G06
2050A12G07
2050A12G08
2050A12G09
2050A12G10
2050A12G12
2050A12G14
2050A12G15
2050A12G16
2050A12G17
2050A12G18
2050A12G19
2050A12G20
2050A12G21
2050A12G22
2050A12G25
2050A12G27
Required

Price
U.S. $

Sizes 7 and 8
125V DC
230V DC
250V DC
110/120V AC 
 
220/240V AC  
380V AC  
440/480V AC  
550/575V AC  
Line Voltage

438C805G04
438C805G02
438C805G03
438C805G12
438C805G11
438C805G15
438C805G10
438C805G13

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Size 9
Style
Number

Price
U.S. $

Size 9
110V DC








5264C34G01 

Rectifier 125V 2018A40G01 (1 required).
Rectifier 250V 2018A40G02 (1 required).
Rectifier 600V 2018A40G03 (1 required).
These coils require an external rectifier. If
the rectifier needs replacement, order by the
appropriate style number.
Contains coil and resistor.

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C
CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

33-174

NEMA Contactors & Starters
A200
March 2009

Relays — Thermal and Fast Trip, Product Family Overview

Contents
Description

33

Thermal and Fast Trip
Overload Relays
Product Family
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Design Features . . . . . . . . .
Instruction Leaflets . . . . . . .
Thermal Type B, Class 20,
Manual Reset . . . . . . . . . .
Thermal Type A, Class 20,
Auto/Manual Reset . . . . .
Type FT Fast Trip,
Class 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heater Selection . . . . . . . . .

Page

33-174
33-174
33-174
33-175
33-177
33-179
33-181

Type A Overload Relay
3-Pole Panel Mount

Product Family Overview
Type B and Type A, Class 20 CutlerHammer® Thermal Overload Relays
from Eaton’s electrical business will
protect the motor against abnormal
overload conditions. Bimetallic actuated,
they are available as either ambient
compensated or non-compensated in
either single-pole or block type threepole design. The Type B use one pole of
the three-pole block for single-phase.
Single-pole relays are also available as
Fast Trip Class 10 ambient compensated type, which provides approximately 125% motor protection with a
tripping time of less than 10 seconds,
at 600% of heater current rating.

Fast trip relays can be identified by the
green reset rods. They are available for
panel or starter mounting. The threepole fast trip design is composed of
three single-pole relays on a common
baseplate, with a common reset bar.
The bimetal element is actuated by
precisely calibrated heater elements
which are connected directly in the circuit to be protected. Thermal actuation
of this device opens the contacts in the
coil circuit of a contactor or relay
which results in the disconnection of
power to the overloaded circuit.

Positive Contact Break
A follow-through contact, provided on
the stationary terminal of the snap
action control switch, provides reliable
electrical continuity during toggling,
thus eliminating false trip sometimes
prevalent with thermally operated
switches. This contact also allows contact wipe for further reliability.

Ambient Compensation

Design Features

Motor overload protection can be provided with the same trip characteristics in ambient temperature from -40°
to 77°C (-40° to 167°F). A compensating bimetal maintains a constant
“travel to trip” distance independent
of ambient conditions. The compensating feature is fully automatic and no
adjustments are required over wide
fluctuations in ambient temperatures.
Compensated relays are identified by
black reset rods on the Type A and
light gray reset rods on the Type B,
while non-compensated relays use red
reset rods. AA three-pole units have
gray reset rods. AA one-pole units
have black reset rods.

Manual or Automatic Reset

Control Contact

The Type B is furnished with a manual
reset. The Type A is normally furnished set for manual reset operation
and may be quickly adjusted for automatic reset when required. Automatic
reset should not be used with 2-wire
control or where automatic restarting
would endanger either personnel or
equipment.

Single-pole and block type relays are
supplied as standard with a SPST NC
control contact. A SPDT NO-NC with
common is available as a factory modification on the Type A. An isolated NO
contact can be supplied on the Type B
as either a factory modification or as a
field kit.

Trip Indication

14885B Fast Trip A Sizes 0 – 4,
3-Pole OL Relay
14567E Type A Sizes 1 – 2, 1-Pole
OL Relay Mod A
14568 Type A Sizes 1 – 2, 3-Pole
OL Relay Mod J
14570D Type A Sizes 3 – 4, 3-Pole
OL Relay Mod J
14569C Type A Sizes 3 – 4, 1-Pole
OL Relay Mod A
17093A Type B OLR for Sizes 7, 8
and 9 Contactors
16955A Type B Sizes 1 – 2, 1-Pole
OL Relay
16954A Type B Sizes 1 – 2, 3-Pole
OL Relay
15392B Type B Sizes 3 – 4, 3-Pole
OL Relay
13676F Fast Trip Sizes 0 – 4, 1-Pole
OL Relay

Interchangeable thermal heater elements for single-pole standard trip and
block type overload relays are available to cover motor full load currents
from .29 to 133A in approximately 10%
steps (see Heater Application Table).
Fast trip overload relays do not have
interchangeable heater elements but
are available in a series of ratings to
cover motor full load currents from 1.6
to 150A in approximately 50% steps.

An immediate visible indication of trip
is provided on the overload relay.
When an overload occurs, which
causes the relay to operate, a trip indicator projects out and thus shows positive visual indication of trip. The Type
B has a mechanical trip bar to manually check the NC contact operation on
the overload relay.

Adjustable Trip
On the Type A, the trip rating of a specific heater element can be adjusted
over a range of approximately 85% to
115% of its respective rating to permit
the desired close protection.
This is accomplished by turning the
adjusting knob on the relay to the
respective stop position.

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

Instruction Leaflets

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
A200

33-175

March 2009

Relays — Thermal and Fast Trip, Thermal Type B

Thermal Type B, Class 20,
Manual Reset

Ambient Compensation

Standards and Certifications

The Type B ambient compensated
design is supplied as standard on all
A200 starters. This design uses a second compensating bimetal responsive
to ambient air temperature in the surrounding enclosure. This feature
reduces nuisance tripping in applications using compact control panels
and motor control centers where internal temperature rise is significant compared to motor ambient temperature.
The compensating characteristic is
maintained in ambient temperatures
from 40° to 77°C.

■

UL508
CSA
■ ANSI/NEMA ICS 2-222
■

33

Technical Data
Table 33-272. Control Contact Ratings —
NEMA B600 NO and NC Control Contact
Rating
AC Volts

Make

Break

24 – 120
120 – 600

30A
3600 VA

3A
360 VA

Accessories
Table 33-273. Alarm Contact Kit Selection 

Type B Overload Relay
Panel Mounting

Application Description
The Type B overload relay is designed
to protect industrial motors against
overload conditions. Using modern
block type, bimetallic design, this relay
will provide Class 20 operation in either
single-phase or 3-phase applications.

Type B
Overload
Relay Size

Catalog
Number

1, 2
3, 4

B3NO-2
B3NO-4




Price
U.S. $

Alarm contact available as factory modification of field mountable. For factory modification, add suffix B.

Product Selection
Heaters

Features
■
■
■
■
■
■
■

Ambient compensation standard
Alarm contact field mountable
Class 20 — 600V design
Inverse time delay trip
Test trip device for weld check
Hi-visibility up-front trip indication
Trip-free reset mechanism

Operation
The Type B overload relay is a bimetallic actuated device. The bimetal
elements are operated by precisely
calibrated heaters. The heater elements are connected either directly in
the circuit to be measured, or through
current transformers on applications
NEMA Size 5 and larger.
As the bimetals are heated by motor
current flow, a deflection force is produced. Upon a sustained level of
abnormal current flow, the deflection
becomes great enough to open the
snap-action output contact.

Enter heaters as separate item by listing Catalog Number from tables,
Pages 33-181 – 33-182, as required per starter.

Relays
Table 33-274. Product Selection — Thermal Type B Overload Relay Selection
Motor Full
Load Amps

Panel Mounted

Starter Mounted Catalog Numbers

Catalog Numbers

Replacement for
Type B Overload
Relays

Price
Replacement for Type U.S. $
A Overload Relays in
Manual Reset Mode
(3-Pole Only) 

Ambient
Comp.

Non
comp.

Ambient
Comp.

Noncomp.

Ambient
Comp.

Noncomp.

BN11JP
BN21JP

BA11A
BA21A

BN11A
BN21A

—
—

—
—

Single-Pole (One NC Contact)
.25 – 26.2
26.3 – 45

BA11JP
BA21JP

19 – 90
19 – 135

Use 3-Pole Design, Wire 3 Poles in Series

Three-Pole (One NC Contact)
.25 – 26.2
26.3 – 45
19 – 90
19 – 135



BA13JP
BA23JP
BA33P
BA43P

BN13JP
BN23JP
BN33P
BN43P

BA13A 
BA23A
BA33A
BA43A

BN13A 
BN23A
BN33A
BN43A

BA13J
BA23J
BA33A
BA43A

BN13J
BN23J
BN33A
BN43A

Includes contactor mounting bracket, overload relay and connection straps to contactor.
For replacement on B200 size 00, 0, 1 use BA23A instead of BA13A and use BN23A instead of
BN13A.

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C
CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

NEMA Contactors & Starters
A200

33-176

March 2009

Relays — Thermal and Fast Trip, Thermal Type B

Dimensions
Not to be used for construction purposes unless approved.
Table 33-275. Thermal Type B Overload Relays Dimensions

33

Relay
Size

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
A

B

C

D

3
4

3.13 (79.5)
3.38 (85.9)

4.06 (103.1)
4.38 (111.3)

.44 (11.2)
.31 (7.9)

.31 (7.9)
.19 (4.8)

.28 (7.1) Dia.
3 Mtg. Slots

.2 (5.1) Dia.
6 Mtg. Slots
.17
(4.3)

C

2.81 3.14
.8
(20.3) (71.4) (79.8)

A

2.22
(56.4)

3.38 3.88
(85.9) (98.6)

1.38 (35.1)

D
1.98
(50.3)

.94 (23.9)

.41 (10.4)

.25
(6.4)

1.34 (34)

1.75 (44.5)
.47
(11.9)

.53
(13.5)

4
(101.6)
2.22
(56.4)

.47 (11.9)

5.28
(134.1)

B

4.44
(112.8)

3.31
(84.1)

Sizes 3 and 4
3-Pole, Panel Mounted

Sizes 1 and 2
3-Pole, Panel Mounted

Figure 33-63. Thermal Type B Overload Relays Dimensions in Inches (mm)

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
A200

33-177

March 2009

Relays — Thermal and Fast Trip, Thermal Type A

Thermal Type A, Class 20,
Auto/Manual Reset

Operation

Standards and Certifications

The Type A overload relay is a bimetallic actuated device. The bimetal elements are operated by precisely
calibrated heaters. The heater elements are connected either directly in
the circuit to be measured, or through
current transformers on applications
NEMA Size 5 and larger.

■

As the bimetals are heated by motor
current flow, a deflection force is produced. Upon a sustained level of
abnormal current flow, the deflection
becomes great enough to open the
snap-action output contact.

UL508
CSA
■ ANSI/NEMA ICS 2-222
■

33

Technical Data
Table 33-276. Control Contact Ratings
AC
Volts

Normally
Closed
Make

Normally
Open
Break

Make

Break

Three-Pole Control Contact Ratings
24 – 120
20A
2A
.5A
120 – 600 2400 VA 240 VA 600 VA

.5A
60 VA

One-Pole Control Contact Ratings
24 – 120
30A
3A
10A
1A
120 – 600 3600 VA 360 VA 1200 VA 120 VA

Automatic Reset
Type A Overload Relay
1-Pole Panel Mounting

Application Description
The Type A overload relay is designed
to protect industrial motors against
overload conditions. Using modern
block type, bimetallic design, this relay
will provide Class 20 operation in
either single- or 3-phase applications.

Features
■
■
■
■
■
■

Field selectable manual/auto reset
Alarm contract factory available
Class 20 — 600V design
Inverse time delay trip
Adjustable trip rating ± 15%
Color coded reset rod:
❑ Compensated (Gray)
❑ Non-compensated (Red)

The Type A overload relay can be supplied as an option on all A200 starters
to provide automatic reset operation.
The overload relay is always shipped
in the non-automatic mode. To set up
auto operation, reposition the reset
rod by loosening and re-tightening a
hold-down clamp at the base of overload relay.

Product Selection
Heaters
Enter heaters as separate item by listing Catalog Number from tables,
Pages 33-181 – 33-182, as required per starter.

Relays
Table 33-277. Product Selection — Thermal Type A Overload Relay Selection
Motor Full
Load Amps

Panel Mounted

Starter Replacement

Ambient Comp.

Non-comp.

Ambient Comp.

Non-comp.

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

AN11P
AN21P
AN31P
AN41P

AA11A
AA21A
AA31A
AA41A

AN11A
AN21A
AN31A
AN41A

AN13P 

AN23P 

AN33P 

AN43P 


AA13A 

AA23A 

AA33A 

AA43A 


AN13A 

AN23A 

AN33A 

AN43A 


Price
U.S. $

Single-Pole (One NC Contact)
.25 – 26.2
26.3 – 45
19 – 90
19 – 135

AA11P
AA21P
AA31P
AA41P

Three-Pole (One NC Contact)
.25 – 26.2
26.3 – 45
19 – 90
19 – 135

AA13P 

AA23P 

AA33P 

AA43P 


Note: For Alarm Contact (Form C), add Suffix B. Available only as factory modification on
Type A relay.



3-Pole Type B Overload Relay is a suitable alternative to a 3-Pole Type A Overload Relay in
Manual Reset Mode. For example, BA13JP for AA13P, BN23J for AN23A, etc. (See Page 33-175.)

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C
CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

33-178

NEMA Contactors & Starters
A200
March 2009

Relays — Thermal and Fast Trip, Thermal Type A

Dimensions

Table 33-278. Type A Single-Pole —
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Not to be used for construction purposes unless approved.

33

Dim.

C

A

N

Q

P

B
C

R

Trip Indicator
A
Common Terminal

K Dia.
2 Mtg.
Holes

B

No Terminal
(When Supplied)

T

NC Terminal

G

S

F
E
D

H

M

J

L

Single-Pole (Size 4 Shown)

Figure 33-64. Type A Single-Pole Approximate Dimensions

G F

R
N

B

3.48
(88.4)
.67
(17.0)
3.5
(88.9)

4.19
(106.4)
.25
(6.4)
3.53
(89.7)

4.5
(114.3)
.38
(9.7)
3.78
(96.0)

1, 2

3, 4
4.13 (104.9)
3.38 (85.9)
2.19 (55.6)
.28 (7.1)
.38 (9.7)

J
K
L
M
N

.06 (1.5)
.22 (5.6)
1.34 (34.0)
.66 (16.8)
.16 (4.1)

.06 (1.5)
.27 (6.8)
1.69 (42.9)
.88 (22.4)
.27 (6.8)

P
Q
R
S
T

.22 (5.6)
.06 (1.5)
4.00 (101.6)
.47 (11.9)
1.11 (28.2)

.34 (8.6)
.69 (17.5)
5.19 (131.8)
.59 (15.0)
.69 (17.5)

C

J Dia. – 3 Mtg. Slots

K

2.72
(69.1)
.94
(23.9)
2.75
(69.9)

3.25 (82.6)
2.63 (66.8)
1.34 (34.0)
.25 (6.4)
.31 (7.9)

B

P

4

D
E
F
G
H

A

C

Q

3

Table 33-279. Type A Three-Pole —
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

E

A

2

Dim.

Dim.

D

Relay Size
1

H

Relay Size
1

2

3

4

2.38
(60.5)
3.13
(79.5)
.36
(9.1)

2.44
(62.0)
3.17
(80.5)
.33
(8.4)

3.13
(79.5)
4.06
(103.1)
.44
(11.2)

3.38
(85.9)
4.38
(111.3)
.31
(7.9)

Dim.

1, 2

3, 4

D
E
F
G
H

1.66 (42.2)
.17 (4.3)
2.81 (71.4)
3.08 (78.2)
.47 (11.9)

2.22 (56.4)
.25 (6.4)
3.38 (85.9)
3.88 (98.6)
.47 (11.9)

J
K
L
M
N

.20 (5.1)
.28 (7.1)
4.00 (101.6)
3.31 (84.1)
1.80 (45.7)

.28 (7.1)
.47 (11.9)
5.28 (134.1)
4.44 (112.8)
2.77 (70.4)

P
Q
R

1.89 (48.0)
1.00 (25.4)

1.75 (44.5)
1.34 (34.0)
1.03 (26.2)

L

M
Three-Pole (Size 4 Shown)

Figure 33-65. Type A Three-Pole Approximate Dimensions

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
A200

33-179

March 2009

Relays — Thermal and Fast Trip, Type FT Fast Trip

Type FT Fast Trip, Class 10
Application Description
The Type FT overload relay is designed
to protect special purpose motors having restricted thermal and locked rotor
capabilities. Using modern block type,
bimetallic design, this relay will provide Class 10 operation in single- or
three-phase applications.

Operation

Features

The Type FT overload relay is a bimetallic actuated device. The bimetal elements are operated directly from line
current, thus separate calibrating
heater elements are not utilized. The
overload relay may be wired directly in
the motor circuit, or through-current
transformers on applications larger
than 150A.

■

As the bimetals are heated by motor
current flow, a deflection force is produced. Upon a sustained level of
abnormal current flow, the deflection
becomes great enough to open the
snap action output contact.

Technical Data

■
■
■
■
■
■

Class 10 — 600V design
Inverse time delay trip
Color coded reset rod — green
Alarm contact factory available
Field selectable manual/auto reset
Adjustable trip rating ±20%
Ambient compensation included

Table 33-281. Control Contact Ratings
AC
Volts

Normally
Closed
Make

Normally
Open
Break

Make

Break

24 – 120
30A
3A
10A
1A
120 – 600 3600 VA 360 VA 1200 VA 120 VA

Product Selection
Table 33-280. Type FT Single-Pole (One NC Contact); Three-Phase (Three NC Contacts in Series)
Motor Full Load
Amperes

Panel Mounted
Single-Pole
Catalog
Number

.76 – 1.1
1.1 – 1.6
1.6 – 2.4
2.4 – 3.6
3.6 – 5.4
5.4 – 8.0
8.0 – 12

Starter Replacement
Three-Pole

Price
U.S. $

Catalog
Number

Price
U.S. $

NEMA
Size

Single-Pole
Catalog
Number

FT11P-1.1
FT11P-1.6
FT11P-2.4
FT11P-3.6
FT11P-5.4
FT11P-8.0
FT11P-12

FT13P-1.1
FT13P-1.6
FT13P-2.4
FT13P-3.6
FT13P-5.4
FT13P-8
FT13P-12

—
—
0, 1
0, 1
0, 1
0, 1
0, 1

FT11A-1.1
FT11A-1.6
FT11A-2.4
FT11A-3.6
FT11A-5.4
FT11A-8
FT11A-12

12 – 18
16 – 24
22 – 32
24 – 36
36 – 54

FT11P-18
—
FT11P-32
FT21P-36
FT21P-54

FT13P-18
FT13P-24
FT13P-32
FT23P-36
FT23P-54

1
0, 1
2
2

FT11A-18
—
FT11A-32
FT21A-36
FT21A-54

22 – 32
32 – 48
48 – 72
72 – 110
100 – 150

FT31P-32
FT31P-48
FT31P-72
FT41P-110
FT41P-150

FT33P-32
FT33P-48
FT33P-72
FT43P-110
FT43P-150

3
3
3
4
4

FT31A-32
FT31A-48
FT31A-72
FT41A-110
FT41A-150

Price
U.S. $

Note: Single-Pole (1NO-NC Contact): Add Suffix B.
Three-Pole (3NO-NC Contacts): Add Suffix B. Example: FT13PB-12.

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C
CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

33

NEMA Contactors & Starters
A200

33-180

March 2009

Relays — Thermal and Fast Trip, Type FT Fast Trip

Dimensions
Not to be used for construction purposes unless approved.
Table 33-282. Type FT Overload Relays Dimensions

33

Relay
Size

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
A

B

C

D

E

3
4

4.25 (108.0)
4.50 (114.3)

.53 (13.5)
.59 (15.0)

2.91 (73.9)
3.03 (77.0)

.09 (2.3)
.22 (5.6)

.06 (1.5)
.19 (4.8)

4.49 (114) Hand Reset Pos.
4.38 (111.3) Auto Reset Pos.
2.72
(69.1)

3.28 (83.3)
.17
(4.3)

.11
(2.8)

1.64
(41.7)

.22
(5.6)

.69
(17.5)
3.25 2.81
(82.6) (71.4)

.06
(1.5)

.06
(1.5)

1.3
(33)

.17 (4.3)
3 Mtg.
Holes

.19
(4.8) .5 (12.7)
1 (25.4)

.38
(9.7)

.63
(16)

Three-Pole, Size 1

.11
(2.8)

4.49 (114) Hand Reset Pos.
4.38 (111.3) Auto Reset Pos.
3.48
(88.4)

3.28 (83.3)
1.64
.22
(41.7)
(5.6)

.69
(17.5)

3.61
(91.7) 3.25
(82.6) 2.81
(71.4)

.06
(1.5)

.06
(1.5)

1.3
(33)

.06
.19
(4.8) (1.5)

.17 (4.3)
3 Mtg.
Holes

.5 (12.7)
1 (25.4)

3.28 (83.3)

Three-Pole, Size 2

.16 (4.1)

5.63 (143) Hand Reset Pos.
5.52 (140.2) Auto Reset Pos.

4.41 (112)
.48
(12.2)

2.2 (55.9)

A
3.31 (84.1)

1.42
(36.1)

D

.06
(1.5)

.06
(1.5)
2.81 (71.4)

3.88
(98.6) 3.38
(85.9)

C

B .74
(18.8)

1.75 .69
(44.5) (17.5)

.25
(6.4)

E

.88 (22.4)
1.75 (44.5)

.28 (7.1)
3 Mtg.
Holes

.28 (7.1)

Three-Pole, Sizes 3, 4

Figure 33-66. Type FT Overload Relays Dimensions in Inches (mm)
For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
A200

33-181

March 2009

Relays — Thermal and Fast Trip, Heater Selection

Heater Selection

Heater coils are rated to protect 40°C rise motors, and
open and drip-proof motors having a service factor of 1.15
where the motor and the controller are at the same ambient
temperature.

General Information on Heater Coil Selection
For maximum motor protection and compliance with Article
430-32 of the National Electrical Code, select heater coils
from the tables in this section on the basis of motor nameplate full load current.
When the full load current is unknown, selection may be
made on the basis of average full load currents as shown on
Pages 33-241 and 33-242.
Caution — The average ratings could be high or low for a
specific motor and therefore selection on this basis always
involves risk. For fully reliable motor protection, select
heater coils on the basis of full load current rating as shown
on the motor nameplate.

Table 33-283. Heater Selection — Type A and B Overload Relays,
Sizes 3 and 4
Size
Starter

Ambient
Compensated
Enclosed
Starters

Noncompensating
Enclosed
Starters

All Applications

Catalog
Number

12.8 – 14.1
14.2 – 15.5
15.6 – 17.1
17.2 – 18.9
19.0 – 20.8

11.9 – 13.0
13.1 – 14.3
14.4 – 15.9
16.0 – 17.4
17.5 – 19.1

FH68
FH69
FH70
FH71
FH72

20.9 – 22.9
23.0 – 25.2
25.3 – 27.8
27.9 – 30.6
30.7 – 33.5

19.2 – 21.1
21.2 – 23.2
23.3 – 25.6
25.7 – 28.1
28.2 – 30.8

FH73
FH74
FH75
FH76
FH77

33.6 – 37.5
37.6 – 41.5
41.6 – 56.3
46.4 – 50
51 – 55

30.9 – 34.5
34.6 – 38.2
38.3 – 42.6
42.7 – 46
47 – 51

FH78
FH79
FH80
FH81
FH82

56 – 61
62 – 66
67 – 73
74 – 78

52 – 56
57 – 61
62 – 67
68 – 72

FH83
FH84
FH85
FH86

79 – 84
85 – 92

73 – 77
78 – 84

FH87
FH88

93 – 101

85 – 91

FH89

102 – 110
111 – 122
123 – 129
130 – 133
—

92 – 99
100 – 110
111 – 122
123 – 128
129 – 133

FH90
FH91
FH92
FH93
FH94

For Size 3 Starters

For Size 4 Starters

Full Load Current of Motor Amps

Heater (One Heater per
Catalog Number)

Price
U.S. $

For other conditions:
1. For 50°C, 55°C, 75°C rise motors and enclosed motors
having a service factor of 1.0, select one size smaller
coil.
2. Ambient temperature of controller lower than motor by
26°C (47°F), use one size smaller coil.
3. Ambient temperature of controller higher than motor by
26°C (47°F), use one size larger coil.
Ultimate tripping current of heater coils is approximately
1.25 times the minimum current rating listed in the tables.

Table 33-284. Heater Selection — Type A and B Overload Relays,
Sizes 5 and 6
Compensated Overload Relay

Heater (One Heater
per Catalog Number)

Open Starter

Catalog
Number

Enclosed Starter

Full Load Current of Motor (Amps)

Price
U.S. $

Size 5 (with 300/5 Current Transformers)
—
118 – 129
130 – 141
142 – 155
156 – 170
171 – 187
188 – 205
206 – 224
225 – 244
245 – 263
264 – 292
293 – 300

—
118 – 129
130 – 141
142 – 155
156 – 170
171 – 187
188 – 205
206 – 224
225 – 244
245 – 263
264 – 292
—

FH23
FH24
FH25
FH26
FH27
FH28
FH29
FH30
FH31
FH32
FH33
FH34

Size 6 (with 600/5 Current Transformers)
—
236 – 259
260 – 283
284 – 310
311 – 340
341 – 374
375 – 411
412 – 448
449 – 489
490 – 527
528 – 585
586 – 600

—
236 – 259
260 – 283
284 – 310
311 – 340
341 – 374
375 – 411
412 – 448
449 – 489
490 – 527
528 – 540
—

FH23
FH24
FH25
FH26
FH27
FH28
FH29
FH30
FH31
FH32
FH33
FH34

Note: Size 7 and Larger — Advise Full Load Current.

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C
CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

33

NEMA Contactors & Starters
A200

33-182

March 2009

Relays — Thermal and Fast Trip, Heater Selection
Table 33-285. Heater Selection — Type A and B Overload Relays, Sizes 0, 1 and 2
Size
Starter

33

Non-compensated Open Starters
and Ambient Comp. Open and
Enclosed Starters

Heater (One Heater per
Catalog Number)

Non-compensating
Enclosed Starters

Heater

Block Type
Overload Using
3 Heaters

Catalog
Number

Block Type
Overload Using
3 Heaters

Catalog
Number

Single-Pole Type
Overload

Price
U.S. $

Single-Pole Type
Overload

Price
U.S. $

For Size 0 Starters

For Size 1 Starters

For Size 2 Starters

Full Load Current of Motor (Amps)
.25 – .27
.28 – .31
.32 – .34
.35 – .38
.39 – .42

.29 – .31
.32 – .35
.36 – .39
.40 – .43
.44 – .48

FH03
FH04
FH05
FH06
FH07

.24 – .25
.26 – .28
.29 – .31
.32 – .35
.36 – .39

.28 – .30
.31 – .34
.35 – .37
.38 – .42
.43 – .47

FH03
FH04
FH05
FH06
FH07

.43 – .46
.47 – .50
.51 – .55
.56 – .62
.63 – .68

.49 – .53
.54 – .58
.59 – .64
.65 – .71
.72 – .79

FH08
FH09
FH10
FH11
FH12

.40 – .43
.44 – .47
.48 – .51
.52 – .57
.58 – .63

.48 – .52
.53 – .56
.57 – .63
.64 – .70
.71 – .77

FH08
FH09
FH10
FH11
FH12

.69 – .75
.76 – .83
.84 – .91
.92 – 1.00
1.01 – 1.11

.80 – .87
.88 – .96
.97 – 1.06
1.07 – 1.16
1.17 – 1.28

FH13
FH14
FH15
FH16
FH17

.64 – .70
.71 – .77
.78 – 85
.86 – .93
.94 – 1.03

.78 – .85
.86 – .94
.95 – 1.03
1.04 – 1.13
1.14 – 1.25

FH13
FH14
FH15
FH16
FH17

1.12 – 1.22
1.23 – 1.34
1.35 – 1.47
1.48 – 1.62
1.63 – 1.78

1.29 – 1.41
1.42 – 1.55
1.56 – 1.71
1.72 – 1.87
1.88 – 2.06

FH18
FH19
FH20
FH21
FH22

1.04 – 1.13
1.14 – 1.25
1.26 – 1.37
1.38 – 1.51
1.52 – 1.65

1.26 – 1.38
1.39 – 1.52
1.53 – 1.67
1.68 – 1.83
1.84 – 2.01

FH18
FH19
FH20
FH21
FH22

1.79 – 1.95
1.96 – 2.15
2.16 – 2.35
2.36 – 2.58
2.59 – 2.83

2.07 – 2.26
2.27 – 2.48
2.49 – 2.72
2.73 – 2.99
3.00 – 3.28

FH23
FH24
FH25
FH26
FH27

1.66 – 1.81
1.82 – 1.99
2.00 – 2.19
2.20 – 2.39
2.40 – 2.63

2.02 – 2.21
2.22 – 2.43
2.44 – 2.66
2.67 – 2.92
2.93 – 3.21

FH23
FH24
FH25
FH26
FH27

2.84 – 3.11
3.12 – 3.42
3.43 – 3.73
3.74 – 4.07
4.08 – 4.39

3.29 – 3.60
3.61 – 3.95
3.96 – 4.31
4.32 – 4.71
4.72 – 5.14

FH28
FH29
FH30
FH31
FH32

2.64 – 2.89
2.90 – 3.17
3.18 – 3.47
3.48 – 3.79
3.80 – 4.11

3.22 – 3.53
3.54 – 3.87
3.88 – 4.22
4.23 – 4.61
4.62 – 4.9

FH28
FH29
FH30
FH31
FH32

4.40 – 4.87
4.88 – 5.3
5.4 – 5.9
6.0 – 6.4
6.5 – 7.1

5.15 – 5.6
5.7 – 6.2
6.3 – 6.8
6.9 – 7.5
7.6 – 8.2

FH33
FH34
FH35
FH36
FH37

4.12 – 4.55
4.56 – 5.0
5.1 – 5.5
5.6 – 5.9
6.0 – 6.6

5.0 – 5.5
5.6 – 6.0
6.1 – 6.6
6.7 – 7.3
7.4 – 8.0

FH33
FH34
FH35
FH36
FH37

7.2 – .78
7.9 – 8.5
8.6 – 9.4
9.5 – 10.3
10.4 – 11.3

8.3 – 9.0
9.1 – 9.9
10.0 – 10.8
10.9 – 11.9
12.0 – 13.1

FH38
FH39
FH40
FH41
FH42

6.7 – 7.2
7.3 – 7.9
8.0 – 8.7
8.8 – 9.5
9.6 – 10.5

8.1 – 8.7
8.8 – 9.7
9.8 – 10.5
10.6 – 11.7
11.8 – 12.7

FH38
FH39
FH40
FH41
FH42

11.4 – 12.4
12.5 – 13.5
13.6 – 14.9

13.2 – 14.3
14.4 – 15.7
15.8 – 17.2

FH43
FH44
FH45

10.6 – 11.5
11.6 – 12.6
12.7 – 13.8

12.8 – 14.0
14.1 – 15.3
15.4 – 16.6

FH43
FH44
FH45

15.0 – 16.3
16.4 – 18.0

17.3 – 18.9
19.0 – 20.8

FH46
FH47

13.9 – 15.1
15.2 – 16.7

16.7 – 18.3
18.4 – 20.0

FH46
FH47

18.1 – 19.8
19.9 – 21.7

20.9 – 22.9
23.0 – 25.2

FH48
FH49

16.8 – 18.3
18.4 – 20.2

20.1 – 21.9
22.0 – 23.9

FH48
FH49

21.8 – 23.9

25.3 – 27.6

FH50

20.3 – 22.2

24.0 – 26.2

FH50

24.0 – 26.2

27.7 – 30.3

FH51

22.3 – 24.3

26.3 – 28.8

FH51

26.3 – 28.7

30.4 – 33.3

FH52

24.4 – 26.6

28.9 – 31.4

FH52

28.8 – 31.4
31.5 – 34.5
34.6 – 37.9

33.4 – 36.4
36.5 – 39.9
40.0 – 43.9

FH53
FH54
FH55

26.7 – 29.1
29.2 – 32.0
32.1 – 35.2

31.5 – 34.5
34.6 – 37.9
3.80 – 41.9

FH53
FH54
FH55

38.0 – 41.5

FH56

35.3 – 38.5

42.0 – 45.0

FH56

41.6 – 45.0

FH57

38.6 – 42.3

FH57

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C
For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
A200

33-183

March 2009

Relays — Current Sensing Protective

Contents
Description
Current Sensing Protective
Relay
Product Description . . . . . .
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Standards and
Certifications . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . .
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page

33-183
33-183
33-183
33-183
33-184
33-184

status, setpoint values and cause of
trip can be displayed remotely. The
IQ500 relay is ideal for a variety of
industrial applications such as mining,
timber, material handling, air
conditioning compressors, wastewater
treatment plants and petrochemical
industries.

Features
■

■
■
■
■
■

Catalog Number IQ502A

Product Description
The IQ500 is a heaterless, currentsensing, solid-state motor protective
relay with optional communications
capabilities. Several functions are
incorporated into the base relay
(IQ502/IQ504) as standard:
Overload (overcurrent) protection
Phase unbalance and phase loss
protection
■ Ground current protection (Class II)
■

■

■

■

■

■

The base relay can serve as the initial
building block for a motor protection
system by adding the IQ500M Special
Function Module. The module can
address application related motor load
functions with the additional features:
Underload protection
■ Long acceleration
■ Jam protection
■ Load control
■

The IQ500 can provide a cost-effective
alternative to conventional protective
relays such as current relays, ground
fault relays and phase loss or phase
unbalance relays. Used with the
PowerNet system, a low-cost, local
area communication network,
information such as current values,

CA08102001E

■

■
■
■
■
■
■

■

Overload class is adjustable using
DIP switches for 5, 10, 20 or 30
seconds, maximum trip times at six
times rated current
Designed for 1000V and less
distribution systems
Form C (NO/NC) contact on output
relay
Isolated alarm relay output contact
Communications capability using
IMPACC network
Manual or automatic reset (either a
true manual or remote electrical
reset) — selectable
Overload, Class II ground current,
phase unbalance and single-phase
protection are standard
LED indication (bi-colored — red/
green) for device status, including
overload, phase unbalance or
ground current trip
Special Function Module adds
protection for underload and jam
conditions, also provides for long
acceleration
Optional load control feature available with special function module
Feed-through current transformer
windows for contactors, NEMA
Sizes 1 – 4 (for Size 5 and larger,
external current transformers can
be used)
Fits mounting footprint of Eaton’s
Cutler-Hammer MORA relay
Panel or starter mountable
Cause of trip is held in memory
through a power loss
Bell alarm contact available for
remote status indication
DIP switch provided for setting
operating frequency — 50 or 60 Hz
Plug-in terminal block for control
power, trip relay and bell alarm
relay connections
Operating temperature: -20° to 60°C
(-4° to 140°F)

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

Benefits
No external current transformers
are required since they are internal
to the IQ500.
■ DIP switches used to select functions and settings on base relay are
clearly marked and covered with
screw-on plastic covers.
■ On the automatic reset, the reset
times can be selected for long
(90 second) or short (10 second)
delay.
■ Device can be set for different motor
full load currents without additional
parts or modules.
■

Optional Benefits
■

■

■

■

■

■

With the addition of the IQ500M
Special Function Module, the
enhanced protection includes jam
(overtorque) and underload and
provides long acceleration time
(high inertia load).
The underload and jam protection
functions each have independent
Form C output relays as part of the
module. In addition, the underload
and jam functions each have their
own LEDs for status indication.
The underload and jam functions
also have separate selectable trip
levels and adjustable trip-delay and
start-delay settings.
The IQ500M can be used as a load
control module that allows “shedding and restoring” a particular load
that contributes to the load being
monitored.
The PONI (Product Operated Network Interface) card attaches
directly to the base relay or special
function module for interfacing with
the Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer PowerNet communications system.
Localized display can be achieved
with the Central Monitoring Unit.

Standards and Certifications
■

UL File No. E19223

33

NEMA Contactors & Starters
A200

33-184

March 2009

Relays — Current Sensing Protective

Product Selection
Table 33-286. Current Sensing Protective Relay
Maximum Horsepower

33

200V

230V

20

25

50

60

75

150

—

—

—

Ampere
Rating

460 –
475V

Catalog Number
110/120V
50/60 Hz

220/240V
50/60 Hz

3.4 to 66A

IQ502A

IQ502B

10.8 to 207A

IQ504A

IQ504B

IQ500LA 


IQ500LB 


.32 to 5.4A

Special Function Module



Price
U.S. $

Control Voltage

IQ500M

Can be used with external CTs having 5A secondary.

Dimensions
4.88
(124)

2.5
3
(63.5) (76.2)

3.25
(82.6)

2.88
(73.2)

.81
(20.6)
Dia.

3.59
(91.2)
4.5
(114.3)

5.47
(138.9)
IQ504

.19 (4.8)
Dia.

.5
(12.7)

4.88
(124)

.164-32 Tap
2 Holes
.44 (11.2)
Dia.

1.19
.78 (30.2)
(19.8)

4.13
(104.9)

4.13
(104.9)
2.75
(69.9)

.53
(13.5)

.5
(12.7)
Dia.

1.88
(47.8)

5.47
(138.9)

3.59
(91.2)
IQ500L and IQ502

Figure 33-67. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C
For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
A200 — Enclosed Control

33-185

March 2009

Combination Starters — Fusible and Non-fusible

Product Selection
Table 33-287. Class EC216 — Combination Non-reversing Starter — Fusible Disconnect 

NEMA
Size

Type 1
General Purpose

Type 3R
Rainproof

Type 4X  Watertight & Type 12
Dust-Tight
Dust-Tight Industrial
Stainless Steel
External Reset 

Component
Starter
(Open)

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

30A

EC216A1AAB
EC216A1EAB
EC216A1BAB
EC216A1CAC
EC216A1DAC

EC216A2AAB
EC216A2EAB
EC216A2BAB
EC216A2CAC
EC216A2DAC

EC216A4AAB
EC216A4EAB
EC216A4BAB
EC216A4CAC
EC216A4DAC

EC216A8AAB
EC216A8EAB
EC216A8BAB
EC216A8CAC
EC216A8DAC

A200MACAC
A200MACB
A200MACW
A200MACX
A200MACE

120
208
240
480
600

30A

EC21601AAB
EC21601EAB
EC21601BAB
EC21601CAC
EC21601DAC

EC21602AAB
EC21602EAB
EC21602BAB
EC21602CAC
EC21602DAC

EC21604AAB
EC21604EAB
EC21604BAB
EC21604CAC
EC21604DAC

EC21608AAB
EC21608EAB
EC21608BAB
EC21608CAC
EC21608DAC

A200M0CAC
A200M0CB
A200M0CW
A200M0CX
A200M0CE

120
208
240
480
600

30A

EC21611AAB
EC21611EAB
EC21611BAB
EC21611CAC
EC21611DAC

EC21612AAB
EC21612EAB
EC21612BAB
EC21612CAC
EC21612DAC

EC21614AAB
EC21614EAB
EC21614BAB
EC21614CAC
EC21614DAC

EC21618AAB
EC21618EAB
EC21618BAB
EC21618CAC
EC21618DAC

A200M1CAC
A200M1CB
A200M1CW
A200M1CX
A200M1CE

—
10
15
25
25

120
208
240
480
600

60A

EC21621AAD
EC21621EAD
EC21621BAD
EC21621CAE
EC21621DAE

EC21622AAD
EC21622EAD
EC21622BAD
EC21622CAE
EC21622DAE

EC21624AAD
EC21624EAD
EC21624BAD
EC21624CAE
EC21624DAE

EC21628AAD
EC21628EAD
EC21628BAD
EC21628CAE
EC21628DAE

A200M2CAC
A200M2CB
A200M2CW
A200M2CX
A200M2CE

—
200
230
460
575

—
25
30
50
50

120
208
240
480
600

100A

EC21631AAF
EC21631EAF
EC21631BAF
EC21631CAG
EC21631DAG

EC21632AAF
EC21632EAF
EC21632BAF
EC21632CAG
EC21632DAG

EC21634AAF
EC21634EAF
EC21634BAF
EC21634CAG
EC21634DAG

EC21638AAF
EC21638EAF
EC21638BAF
EC21638CAG
EC21638DAG

A200M3CAC
A200M3CB
A200M3CW
A200M3CX
A200M3CE

—
200
230
460
575

—
40
50
100
100

120
208
240
480
600

200A

EC21641AAH
EC21641EAH
EC21641BAH
EC21641CAJ
EC21641DAJ

EC21642AAH
EC21642EAH
EC21642BAH
EC21642CAJ
EC21642DAJ

EC21644AAH
EC21644EAH
EC21644BAH
EC21644CAJ
EC21644DAJ

EC21648AAH
EC21648EAH
EC21648BAH
EC21648CAJ
EC21648DAJ

A200M4CAC
A200M4CB
A200M4CW
A200M4CX
A200M4CE

Motor Max. hp
Voltage Rating
Dual
Element
Fuses

Magnet
Coil
Voltage

00

—
200
230
460
575

120
208
240
480
600

0

—
200
230
460
575

1

—
200
230
460
575

—

2

—
200
230
460
575

3

4

—
1-1/2
1-1/2
2
2
—
3
3
5
5
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10

Fuse
Clip
Amps

Starters do not include heater packs. Order quantity of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E.







For Ambient Compensated Overload Relay with Auto-Reset, add suffix D.
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4.
Example: EC21604EAB. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3.
To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
All Type 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order Mod Code R5.
Type 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, add modification E11.

Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

Page 33-119
PG03300001E
PG03300001E
Page 33-42
PG03300001E
CA08102001E

33

NEMA Contactors & Starters
A200 — Enclosed Control

33-186

March 2009

Combination Starters — Fusible and Non-fusible
Table 33-287. Class EC216 — Combination Non-reversing Starter — Fusible Disconnect (Continued) 

NEMA
Size

Type 1
General Purpose

Type 3R
Rainproof

Type 4X  Watertight & Type 12
Dust-Tight
Dust-Tight Industrial
Stainless Steel
External Reset 

Component
Starter
(Open)

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

400A

EC21651AAK
EC21651EAK
EC21651BAK
EC21651CAL
EC21651DAL

EC21652AAK
EC21652EAK
EC21652BAK
EC21652CAL
EC21652DAL

EC21654AAK
EC21654EAK
EC21654BAK
EC21654CAL
EC21654DAL

EC21658AAK
EC21658EAK
EC21658BAK
EC21658CAL
EC21658DAL

A200M5CAC
A200M5CB
A200M5CW
A200M5CX
A200M5CE

120
208
240
480
600

600A

EC21661AAM
EC21661EAM
EC21661BAM
EC21661CAN
EC21661DAN

EC21662AAM
EC21662EAM
EC21662BAM
EC21662CAN
EC21662DAN

EC21663AAM 
EC21663EAM 
EC21663BAM 
EC21663CAN 
EC21663DAN 

EC21668AAM
EC21668EAM
EC21668BAM
EC21668CAN
EC21668DAN

A200M6CAC
A200M6CB
A200M6CW
A200M6CX
A200M6CE

—
300
600
600

120
240
480
600



EC21671AAU
EC21671BAU
EC21671CAU
EC21671DAU

EC21672AAU
EC21672BAU
EC21672CAU
EC21672DAU

EC21673AAU 
EC21673BAU 
EC21673CAU 
EC21673DAU 

EC21678AAU
EC21678BAU
EC21678CAU
EC21678DAU

A200M7CJ
A200M7CW
A200M7CX
A200M7CE

—
230
460
575

—
450
900
900

120
240
480
600



EC21681AAU
EC21681BAU
EC21681CAU
EC21681DAU

EC21682AAU
EC21682BAU
EC21682CAU
EC21682DAU

EC21683AAU 
EC21683BAU 
EC21683CAU 
EC21683DAU 

EC21688AAU
EC21688BAU
EC21688CAU
EC21688DAU

A200M8CJ
A200M8CW
A200M8CX
A200M8CE

—
230
460
575

—
800
1000 
1000

120
240
480
600



EC21691AAU
EC21691BAU
EC21691CAU
EC21691DAU

EC21692AAU
EC21692BAU
EC21692CAU
EC21692DAU

EC21693AAU 
EC21693BAU 
EC21693CAU 
EC21693DAU 

EC21698AAU
EC21698BAU
EC21698CAU
EC21698DAU

A200M9CJ
A200M9CW
A200M9CX
A200M9CE

Motor Max. hp
Voltage Rating
Dual
Element
Fuses

Magnet
Coil
Voltage

—
200
230
460
575

—
75
100
200
200

120
208
240
480
600

6

—
200
230
460
575

—
150
200
400
400

7

—
230
460
575

8

9

33
5

Fuse
Clip
Amps

Starters do not include heater packs. Order quantity of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E.









For Ambient Compensated Overload Relay with Auto-Reset, add suffix D.
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4.
Example: EC21604EAB. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3.
To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
All Type 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order Mod Code R5.
Type 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, add modification E11.
Contact Eaton.
Type 4 (Painted steel) Sizes 6 – 9.

Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
For more information visit: www.eaton.com

Page 33-119
PG03300001E
PG03300001E
Page 33-42
PG03300001E
CA08102001E
CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
A200 — Enclosed Control

33-187

March 2009

Combination Starters — Fusible and Non-fusible
Table 33-288. Class EC218 — Combination Reversing Starter — Fusible Disconnect with CPT 

NEMA
Size

Type 1
General Purpose

Type 3R
Rainproof

Type 4X  Watertight & Type 12
Dust-Tight
Dust-Tight Industrial
Stainless Steel
External Reset 

Component
Starter
(Open)

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

30A

EC218A1AAB
EC218A1EAB
EC218A1BAB
EC218A1CAC
EC218A1DAC

EC218A2AAB
EC218A2EAB
EC218A2BAB
EC218A2CAC
EC218A2DAC

EC218A4AAB
EC218A4EAB
EC218A4BAB
EC218A4CAC
EC218A4DAC

EC218A8AAB
EC218A8EAB
EC218A8BAB
EC218A8CAC
EC218A8DAC

A200MACAC
A200MACB
A200MACW
A200MACX
A200MACE

120
208
240
480
600

30A

EC21801AAB
EC21801EAB
EC21801BAB
EC21801CAC
EC21801DAC

EC21802AAB
EC21802EAB
EC21802BAB
EC21802CAC
EC21802DAC

EC21804AAB
EC21804EAB
EC21804BAB
EC21804CAC
EC21804DAC

EC21808AAB
EC21808EAB
EC21808BAB
EC21808CAC
EC21808DAC

A200M0CAC
A200M0CB
A200M0CW
A200M0CX
A200M0CE

120
208
240
480
600

30A

EC21811AAB
EC21811EAB
EC21811BAB
EC21811CAC
EC21811DAC

EC21812AAB
EC21812EAB
EC21812BAB
EC21812CAC
EC21812DAC

EC21814AAB
EC21814EAB
EC21814BAB
EC21814CAC
EC21814DAC

EC21818AAB
EC21818EAB
EC21818BAB
EC21818CAC
EC21818DAC

A200M1CAC
A200M1CB
A200M1CW
A200M1CX
A200M1CE

—
10
15
25
25

120
208
240
480
600

60A

EC21821AAD
EC21821EAD
EC21821BAD
EC21821CAE
EC21821DAE

EC21822AAD
EC21822EAD
EC21822BAD
EC21822CAE
EC21822DAE

EC21824AAD
EC21824EAD
EC21824BAD
EC21824CAE
EC21824DAE

EC21828AAD
EC21828EAD
EC21828BAD
EC21828CAE
EC21828DAE

A200M2CAC
A200M2CB
A200M2CW
A200M2CX
A200M2CE

—
200
230
460
575

—
25
30
50
50

120
208
240
480
600

100A

EC21831AAF
EC21831EAF
EC21831BAF
EC21831CAG
EC21831DAG

EC21832AAF
EC21832EAF
EC21832BAF
EC21832CAG
EC21832DAG

EC21834AAF
EC21834EAF
EC21834BAF
EC21834CAG
EC21834DAG

EC21838AAF
EC21838EAF
EC21838BAF
EC21838CAG
EC21838DAG

A200M3CAC
A200M3CB
A200M3CW
A200M3CX
A200M3CE

—
200
230
460
575

—
40
50
100
100

120
208
240
480
600

200A

EC21841AAH
EC21841EAH
EC21841BAH
EC21841CAJ
EC21841DAJ

EC21842AAH
EC21842EAH
EC21842BAH
EC21842CAJ
EC21842DAJ

EC21844AAH
EC21844EAH
EC21844BAH
EC21844CAJ
EC21844DAJ

EC21848AAH
EC21848EAH
EC21848BAH
EC21848CAJ
EC21848DAJ

A200M4CAC
A200M4CB
A200M4CW
A200M4CX
A200M4CE

Motor Max. hp
Voltage Rating
Dual
Element
Fuses

Magnet
Coil
Voltage

00

—
200
230
460
575

120
208
240
480
600

0

—
200
230
460
575

1

—
200
230
460
575

—

2

—
200
230
460
575

3

4

—
1-1/2
1-1/2
2
2
—
3
3
5
5
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10

Fuse
Clip
Amps

Starters do not include heater packs. Order quantity of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E.







For Ambient Compensated Overload Relay with Auto-Reset, add suffix D.
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4.
Example: EC21804EAB. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3.
To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
All Type 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order Mod Code R5.
Type 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, add modification E11.

Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

Page 33-119
PG03300001E
PG03300001E
Page 33-42
PG03300001E
CA08102001E

33

NEMA Contactors & Starters
A200 — Enclosed Control

33-188

March 2009

Combination Starters — Fusible and Non-fusible
Table 33-288. Class EC218 — Combination Reversing Starter — Fusible Disconnect with CPT (Continued)
NEMA
Size

Type 3R
Rainproof

Type 4X  Watertight & Type 12
Dust-Tight
Dust-Tight Industrial
Stainless Steel
External Reset 

Component
Starter
(Open)

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

400A

EC21851AAK
EC21851EAK
EC21851BAK
EC21851CAL
EC21851DAL

EC21852AAK
EC21852EAK
EC21852BAK
EC21852CAL
EC21852DAL

EC21854AAK
EC21854EAK
EC21854BAK
EC21854CAL
EC21854DAL

EC21858AAK
EC21858EAK
EC21858BAK
EC21858CAL
EC21858DAL

A200M5CAC
A200M5CB
A200M5CW
A200M5CX
A200M5CE

120
208
240
480
600

600A

EC21861AAM
EC21861EAM
EC21861BAM
EC21861CAN
EC21861DAN

EC21862AAM
EC21862EAM
EC21862BAM
EC21862CAN
EC21862DAN

EC21863AAM 
EC21863EAM 
EC21863BAM 
EC21863CAN 
EC21863DAN 

EC21868AAM
EC21868EAM
EC21868BAM
EC21868CAN
EC21868DAN

A200M6CAC
A200M6CB
A200M6CW
A200M6CX
A200M6CE

—
300
600
600

120
240
480
600



EC21871AAU
EC21871BAU
EC21871CAU
EC21871DAU

EC21872AAU
EC21872BAU
EC21872CAU
EC21872DAU

EC21873AAU 
EC21873BAU 
EC21873CAU 
EC21873DAU 

EC21878AAU
EC21878BAU
EC21878CAU
EC21878DAU

A200M7CJ
A200M7CW
A200M7CX
A200M7CE

—
230
460
575

—
450
900
900

120
240
480
600



EC21881AAU
EC21881BAU
EC21881CAU
EC21881DAU

EC21882AAU
EC21882BAU
EC21882CAU
EC21882DAU

EC21883AAU 
EC21883BAU 
EC21883CAU 
EC21883DAU 

EC21888AAU
EC21888BAU
EC21888CAU
EC21888DAU

A200M8CJ
A200M8CW
A200M8CX
A200M8CE

—
230
460
575

—
800
1000 
1000

120
240
480
600



EC21891AAU
EC21891BAU
EC21891CAU
EC21891DAU

EC21892AAU
EC21892BAU
EC21892CAU
EC21892DAU

EC21893AAU 
EC21893BAU 
EC21893CAU 
EC21893DAU 

EC21898AAU
EC21898BAU
EC21898CAU
EC21898DAU

A200M9CJ
A200M9CW
A200M9CX
A200M9CE

Magnet
Coil
Voltage
1

Fuse
Clip
Amps

—
200
230
460
575

—
75
100
200
200

120
208
240
480
600

6

—
200
230
460
575

—
150
200
400
400

7

—
230
460
575

8

9

33
5




Type 1
General Purpose

Motor Max. hp
Voltage Rating
Dual
Element
Fuses

Starters do not include heater packs. Order quantity of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E.









For Ambient Compensated Overload Relay with Auto-Reset, add suffix D.
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4.
Example: EC21804EAB. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3.
To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
All Type 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order Mod Code R5.
Type 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, add modification E11.
Contact Eaton.
Type 4 (Painted steel) Sizes 6 – 9.

Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-119
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-42
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CA08102001E
For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
A200 — Enclosed Control

33-189

March 2009

Combination Starters — Circuit Breaker
Table 33-289. Class EC222 — Combination Non-reversing Starter — Circuit Breaker 

NEMA
Size

00

0

1

Motor Max. hp
Voltage Rating
Dual
Element
Fuses

Magnet
Coil
Voltage



120

Type 1
General Purpose

Type 3R
Rainproof

Type 4X 
Watertight &
Dust-Tight
Stainless Steel

Component
Type 12
Starter
Dust-Tight
(Open)
Industrial
External Reset 

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A

EC222A1AAC
EC222A1AAD

EC222A2AAC
EC222A2AAD

EC222A4AAC
EC222A4AAD

EC222A8AAC
EC222A8AAD

A200MACAC

Circuit
Breaker
Type

200

1
1-1/2

230

1
1-1/2

HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A

EC222A1AAC
EC222A1AAD

EC222A2AAC
EC222A2AAD

EC222A4AAC
EC222A4AAD

EC222A8AAC
EC222A8AAD

460

1
2

HMCPE 3A
HMCPE 7A

EC222A1AAB
EC222A1AAC

EC222A2AAB
EC222A2AAC

EC222A4AAB
EC222A4AAC

EC222A8AAB
EC222A8AAC

575

1
2

HMCP 3A
HMCP 7A

EC222A1AAB
EC222A1AAC

EC222A2AAB
EC222A2AAC

EC222A4AAB
EC222A4AAC

EC222A8AAB
EC222A8AAC

200

1
3

HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A

EC22201AAC
EC22201AAD

EC22202AAC
EC22202AAD

EC22204AAC
EC22204AAD

EC22208AAC
EC22208AAD

230

1
3

HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A

EC22201AAC
EC22201AAD

EC22202AAC
EC22202AAD

EC22204AAC
EC22204AAD

EC22208AAC
EC22208AAD

460

1
3
5

HMCPE 3A
HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A

EC22201AAB
EC22201AAC
EC22201AAD

EC22202AAB
EC22202AAC
EC22202AAD

EC22204AAB
EC22204AAC
EC22204AAD

EC22208AAB
EC22208AAC
EC22208AAD

575

1
3
5

HMCPE 3A
HMCPE 15A
HMCPE 7A

EC22201AAB
EC22201AAD
EC22201AAC

EC22202AAB
EC22202AAD
EC22202AAC

EC22204AAB
EC22204AAD
EC22204AAC

EC22208AAB
EC22208AAD
EC22208AAC

200

1
3
5
7-1/2

HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
HMCPE 30A
HMCPE 50A

EC22211AAC
EC22211AAD
EC22211AAE
EC22211AAF

EC22212AAC
EC22212AAD
EC22212AAE
EC22212AAF

EC22214AAC
EC22214AAD
EC22214AAE
EC22214AAF

EC22218AAC
EC22218AAD
EC22218AAE
EC22218AAF

230

1
3
5
7-1/2

HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
HMCPE 30A
HMCPE 50A

EC22211AAC
EC22211AAD
EC22211AAE
EC22211AAF

EC22212AAC
EC22212AAD
EC22212AAE
EC22212AAF

EC22214AAC
EC22214AAD
EC22214AAE
EC22214AAF

EC22218AAC
EC22218AAD
EC22218AAE
EC22218AAF

120

120

460

1
3
5
10

HMCPE 3A
HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
HMCPE 30A

EC22211AAB
EC22211AAC
EC22211AAD
EC22211AAE

EC22212AAB
EC22212AAC
EC22212AAD
EC22212AAE

EC22214AAB
EC22214AAC
EC22214AAD
EC22214AAE

EC22218AAB
EC22218AAC
EC22218AAD
EC22218AAE

575

1
3
5
10

HMCPE 3A
HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
HMCPE 30A

EC22211AAB
EC22211AAC
EC22211AAD
EC22211AAE

EC22212AAB
EC22212AAC
EC22212AAD
EC22212AAE

EC22214AAB
EC22214AAC
EC22214AAD
EC22214AAE

EC22218AAB
EC22218AAC
EC22218AAD
EC22218AAE

A200M0CAC

A200M1CAC

Starters do not include heater packs. Order quantity of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E.








For Ambient Compensated Overload Relay with Auto-Reset, add suffix D.
For other magnet coil voltages substitute the eighth digit with appropriate digit based on Table 33-184.
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4.
Example: EC22204AAB. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3.
To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
All Type 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order Mod Code R5.
Type 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, add modification E11.

Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-119
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-42
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CA08102001E
CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

33

NEMA Contactors & Starters
A200 — Enclosed Control

33-190

March 2009

Combination Starters — Circuit Breaker
Table 33-289. Class EC222 — Combination Non-reversing Starter — Circuit Breaker (Continued) 

NEMA
Size

33

Motor Max. hp
Voltage Rating
Dual
Element
Fuses

Magnet
Coil
Voltage



Circuit
Breaker
Type

Type 1
General Purpose

Type 3R
Rainproof

Type 4X 
Watertight &
Dust-Tight
Stainless Steel

Component
Type 12
Starter
Dust-Tight
(Open)
Industrial
External Reset 

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number
A200M2CAC

200

10

HMCPE 50A

EC22221AAF

EC22222AAF

EC22224AAF

EC22228AAF

230

10
15

HMCPE 50A
HMCPE 70A

EC22221AAF
EC22221AAW

EC22222AAF
EC22222AAW

EC22224AAF
EC22224AAW

EC22228AAF
EC22228AAW

460

25

HMCPE 50A

EC22221AAF

EC22222AAF

EC22224AAF

EC22228AAF

575

15
25

HMCP 30A
HMCP 50A

EC22221AAE
EC22221AAF

EC22222AAE
EC22222AAF

EC22224AAE
EC22224AAF

EC22228AAE
EC22228AAF

200

20
25

HMCPE 100A
HMCPE 100A

EC22231AAG
EC22231AAX

EC22232AAG
EC22232AAX

EC22234AAG
EC22234AAX

EC22238AAG
EC22238AAX

230

25
30

HMCPE 100A
HMCPE 100A

EC22231AAG
EC22231AAX

EC22232AAG
EC22232AAX

EC22234AAG
EC22234AAX

EC22238AAG
EC22238AAX

460

50

HMCPE 100A

EC22231AAG

EC22232AAG

EC22234AAG

EC22238AAG

575

30
50

HMCP 50A
HMCP 100A

EC22231AAF
EC22231AAG

EC22232AAF
EC22232AAG

EC22234AAF
EC22234AAG

EC22238AAF
EC22238AAG

4

200
230
460
575

40
50
100
100

120

HMCP 150A
HMCP 150A
HMCP 150A
HMCP 150A

EC22241AAH
EC22241AAH
EC22241AAH
EC22241AAH

EC22242AAH
EC22242AAH
EC22242AAH
EC22242AAH

EC22244AAH
EC22244AAH
EC22244AAH
EC22244AAH

EC22248AAH
EC22248AAH
EC22248AAH
EC22248AAH

A200M4CAC

5

200

50
75

120

HMCP 250A
HMCP 400A

EC22251AAJ
EC22251AAK

EC22252AAJ
EC22252AAK

EC22254AAJ
EC22254AAK

EC22258AAJ
EC22258AAK

A200M5CAC

230

60
100

HMCP 250A
HMCP 400A

EC22251AAJ
EC22251AAK

EC22252AAJ
EC22252AAK

EC22254AAJ
EC22254AAK

EC22258AAJ
EC22258AAK

460

125
200

HMCP 250A
HMCP 400A

EC22251AAJ
EC22251AAK

EC22252AAJ
EC22252AAK

EC22254AAJ
EC22254AAK

EC22258AAJ
EC22258AAK

575

150
200

HMCP 250A
HMCP 400A

EC22251AAJ
EC22251AAK

EC22252AAJ
EC22252AAK

EC22254AAJ
EC22254AAK

EC22258AAJ
EC22258AAK

2

3

6

120

120

200

150

HMCP 600A

EC22261AAL

EC22262AAL

EC22263AAL 

EC22268AAL

230

200

HMCP 600A

EC22261AAL

EC22262AAL

EC22263AAL 

EC22268AAL

460

350
400

HMCP 600A
HMCP 1200A

EC22261AAL
EC22261AAP

EC22262AAL
EC22262AAP

EC22263AAL 
EC22263AAP 

EC22268AAL
EC22268AAP

575

400

HMCP 600A

EC22261AAL

EC22262AAL

EC22263AAL 

EC22268AAL

120

A200M3CAC

A200M6CAC

Starters do not include heater packs. Order quantity of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E.









For Ambient Compensated Overload Relay with Auto-Reset, add suffix D.
For other magnet coil voltages substitute the eighth digit with appropriate digit based on Table 33-184.
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4.
Example: EC22204AAB. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3.
To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
All Type 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order Mod Code R5.
Type 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, add modification E11.
Type 4 (Painted steel) Size 6.

Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-119
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-42
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CA08102001E
For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
A200 — Enclosed Control

33-191

March 2009

Combination Starters — Circuit Breaker
Table 33-290. Class EC224 — Combination Non-reversing Starter — Circuit Breaker with CPT 

NEMA
Size

00

0

1

Motor Max. hp
Voltage Rating
Dual
Element
Fuses

Magnet
Coil
Voltage



120

Type 1
General Purpose

Type 3R
Rainproof

Type 4X 
Watertight &
Dust-Tight
Stainless Steel

Component
Type 12
Starter
Dust-Tight
(Open)
Industrial
External Reset 

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A

EC224A1EAC
EC224A1EAD

EC224A2EAC
EC224A2EAD

EC224A4EAC
EC224A4EAD

EC224A8EAC
EC224A8EAD

A200MACAC

Circuit
Breaker
Type

200

1
1-1/2

230

1
1-1/2

HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A

EC224A1BAC
EC224A1BAD

EC224A2BAC
EC224A2BAD

EC224A4BAC
EC224A4BAD

EC224A8BAC
EC224A8BAD

460

1
2

HMCPE 3A
HMCPE 7A

EC224A1CAB
EC224A1CAC

EC224A2CAB
EC224A2CAC

EC224A4CAB
EC224A4CAC

EC224A8CAB
EC224A8CAC

575

1
2

HMCP 3A
HMCP 7A

EC224A1DAB
EC224A1DAC

EC224A2DAB
EC224A2DAC

EC224A4DAB
EC224A4DAC

EC224A8DAB
EC224A8DAC

200

1
3

HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A

EC22401EAC
EC22401EAD

EC22402EAC
EC22402EAD

EC22404EAC
EC22404EAD

EC22408EAC
EC22408EAD

230

1
3

HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A

EC22401BAC
EC22401BAD

EC22402BAC
EC22402BAD

EC22404BAC
EC22404BAD

EC22408BAC
EC22408BAD

460

1
3
5

HMCPE 3A
HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A

EC22401CAB
EC22401CAC
EC22401CAD

EC22402CAB
EC22402CAC
EC22402CAD

EC22404CAB
EC22404CAC
EC22404CAD

EC22408CAB
EC22408CAC
EC22408CAD

575

1
3
5

HMCP 3A
HMCP 15A
HMCP 7A

EC22401DAB
EC22401DAD
EC22401DAC

EC22402DAB
EC22402DAD
EC22402DAC

EC22404DAB
EC22404DAD
EC22404DAC

EC22408DAB
EC22408DAD
EC22408DAC

200

1
3
5
7-1/2

HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
HMCPE 30A
HMCPE 50A

EC22411EAC
EC22411EAD
EC22411EAE
EC22411EAF

EC22412EAC
EC22412EAD
EC22412EAE
EC22412EAF

EC22414EAC
EC22414EAD
EC22414EAE
EC22414EAF

EC22418EAC
EC22418EAD
EC22418EAE
EC22418EAF

230

1
3
5
7-1/2

HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
HMCPE 30A
HMCPE 50A

EC22411BAC
EC22411BAD
EC22411BAE
EC22411BAF

EC22412BAC
EC22412BAD
EC22412BAE
EC22412BAF

EC22414BAC
EC22414BAD
EC22414BAE
EC22414BAF

EC22418BAC
EC22418BAD
EC22418BAE
EC22418BAF

120

120

460

1
3
5
10

HMCPE 3A
HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
HMCPE 30A

EC22411CAB
EC22411CAC
EC22411CAD
EC22411CAE

EC22412CAB
EC22412CAC
EC22412CAD
EC22412CAE

EC22414CAB
EC22414CAC
EC22414CAD
EC22414CAE

EC22418CAB
EC22418CAC
EC22418CAD
EC22418CAE

575

1
3
5
10

HMCP 3A
HMCP 7A
HMCP 15A
HMCP 30A

EC22411DAB
EC22411DAC
EC22411DAD
EC22411DAE

EC22412DAB
EC22412DAC
EC22412DAD
EC22412DAE

EC22414DAB
EC22414DAC
EC22414DAD
EC22414DAE

EC22418DAB
EC22418DAC
EC22418DAD
EC22418DAE

A200M0CAC

A200M1CAC

Starters do not include heater packs. Order quantity of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E.








For Ambient Compensated Overload Relay with Auto-Reset, add suffix D.
For other magnet coil voltages substitute the eighth digit with appropriate digit based on Table 33-184.
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4.
Example: EC22404EAC. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3.
To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
All Type 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order Mod Code R5.
Type 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, add modification E11.

Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

Page 33-119
PG03300001E
PG03300001E
Page 33-42
PG03300001E
CA08102001E

33

NEMA Contactors & Starters
A200 — Enclosed Control

33-192

March 2009

Combination Starters — Circuit Breaker
Table 33-290. Class EC224 — Combination Non-reversing Starter — Circuit Breaker with CPT (Continued)
NEMA
Size

33
2

Motor Max. hp
Voltage Rating
Dual
Element
Fuses




Type 1
General Purpose

Type 3R
Rainproof

Type 4X 
Watertight &
Dust-Tight
Stainless Steel

Component
Type 12
Starter
Dust-Tight
(Open)
Industrial
External Reset 

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number
A200M2CAC

HMCPE 50A

EC22421EAF

EC22422EAF

EC22424EAF

EC22428EAF

EC22421BAF
EC22421BAW

EC22422BAF
EC22422BAW

EC22424BAF
EC22424BAW

EC22428BAF
EC22428BAW

25

HMCPE 50A

EC22421CAF

EC22422CAF

EC22424CAF

EC22428CAF

15
25

HMCPE 30A
HMCPE 50A

EC22421CAE
EC22421DAF

EC22422CAE
EC22422DAF

EC22424CAE
EC22424DAF

EC22428CAE
EC22428DAF

HMCPE 100A
HMCPE 100A

EC22431EAG
EC22431EAX

EC22432EAG
EC22432EAX

EC22434EAG
EC22434EAX

EC22438EAG
EC22438EAX

HMCPE 100A
HMCPE 100A

EC22431BAG
EC22431BAX

EC22432BAG
EC22432BAX

EC22434BAG
EC22434BAX

EC22438BAG
EC22438BAX

50

HMCPE 100A

EC22431CAG

EC22432CAG

EC22434CAG

EC22438CAG

30
50

HMCP 50A
HMCP 100A

EC22431DAF
EC22431DAG

EC22432DAF
EC22432DAG

EC22434DAF
EC22434DAG

EC22438DAF
EC22438DAG

120

HMCP 150A
HMCP 150A
HMCP 150A
HMCP 150A

EC22441EAH
EC22441BAH
EC22441CAH
EC22441DAH

EC22442EAH
EC22442BAH
EC22442CAH
EC22442DAH

EC22444EAH
EC22444BAH
EC22444CAH
EC22444DAH

EC22448EAH
EC22448BAH
EC22448CAH
EC22448DAH

A200M4CAC

120

HMCP 250A
HMCP 400A

EC22451EAJ
EC22451EAK

EC22452EAJ
EC22452EAK

EC22454EAJ
EC22454EAK

EC22458EAJ
EC22458EAK

A200M5CAC

60
100

HMCP 250A
HMCP 400A

EC22451BAJ
EC22451BAK

EC22452BAJ
EC22452BAK

EC22454BAJ
EC22454BAK

EC22458BAJ
EC22458BAK

460

125
200

HMCP 250A
HMCP 400A

EC22451CAJ
EC22451CAK

EC22452CAJ
EC22452CAK

EC22454CAJ
EC22454CAK

EC22458CAJ
EC22458CAK

575

150
200

HMCP 250A
HMCP 400A

EC22451DAJ
EC22451DAK

EC22452DAJ
EC22452DAK

EC22454DAJ
EC22454DAK

EC22458DAJ
EC22458DAK

10
10
15

460
575
200

20
25

230

25
30

460
575
4

200
230
460
575

40
50
100
100

5

200

50
75

230

6



Circuit
Breaker
Type

HMCPE 50A
HMCPE 70A

200
230

3

Magnet
Coil
Voltage

120

120

200

150

HMCP 600A

EC22461EAL

EC22462EAL

EC22463EAL 

EC22468EAL

230

200

HMCP 600A

EC22461BAL

EC22462BAL

EC22463BAL 

EC22468BAL

460

350
400

HMCP 600A
HMCP 1200A

EC22461CAL
EC22461CAP

EC22462CAL
EC22462CAP

EC22463CAL 
EC22463CAP 

EC22468CAL
EC22468CAP

575

400

HMCP 600A

EC22461DAL

EC22462DAL

EC22463DAL 

EC22468DAL

120

A200M3CAC

A200M6CAC

Starters do not include heater packs. Order quantity of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E.









For Ambient Compensated Overload Relay with Auto-Reset, add suffix D.
For other magnet coil voltages substitute the eighth digit with appropriate digit based on Table 33-184.
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4.
Example: EC22404EAC. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3.
To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
All Type 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order Mod Code R5.
Type 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, add modification E11.
Type 4 (Painted steel) Size 6.

Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-119
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-42
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CA08102001E
For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Advantage

33-193

March 2009

Product Family Overview
sensing monitoring, an energybalanced contact closure system that
increased life by decreasing electrical
and mechanical wear and an intelligent coil controller optimizing the contact closing process based on varying
control circuit conditions. Coordinating these breakthroughs to provide
enhanced motor control performance
is concentrated in the SURE chip.

Size 1 and 2 Starter

Product Description
Setting the Standard in Motor
Control
Cutler-Hammer® Advantage motor
starters from Eaton’s electrical business have extended operating life in a
physical space requirement one half the
size of conventional motor starters.
Offering motor overcurrent protection
accurate to 2% at maximum FLC,
Advantage also maintains constant
coil power regardless of varying control circuit conditions, eliminating coil
burnout, contact chatter and welding
due to low voltage of fluttering control
signals.
Advantage is designed with a full complement of features that make it the
most versatile motor starter in the
industry. Multifunction overload protection options provide application
flexibility while reducing inventory.
Communication capability extends
benefits, allowing Advantage to be
interactively linked to higher order
control systems for monitoring,
troubleshooting and control.
Technological advances incorporated
in the Advantage design, such as prestart diagnostics, increased accuracy
and the ability to communicate with
other systems, are benefits not realized in traditional motor starters.

Benefits
Advantage Breakthroughs
To achieve the level of benefits envisioned for Advantage controls at a
competitive price, it was discovered
early in the development process that
simply improving existing design concepts would fall short of the mark. A
new approach involving a higher level
of technology was required. The result
was the incorporation of three technical breakthroughs — new current
CA08102001E

Advantage uses the right combination
of brains and brawn in effecting a
motor start. The power circuit of the
contactor employs heavy-duty silver
alloy contacts scientifically designed
for long life. The addition of a uniquely
developed application-specific microprocessor chip regulates power supplied to the operating coil. The
regulated closing profile is tailored to
existing control circuit conditions. This
results in an energy balanced system
which reduces armature/magnet crash
and contact bounce, extending
mechanical and electrical life.

that of the motor heating damage
boundary expressed in terms of current and time. Accurate to 2% of full
scale, Advantage allows full utilization
of motor capability without motor
damage or nuisance tripping.

No Heaters, Small Size
Advantage starters eliminate the
need for costly heater elements and
their associated installation expense.
Standard overload protection functions include phase loss and unbalance protection, selectable trip class,
automatic/manual reset and ground
current protection.

Built-In Communications
Capabilities Provide Two-Way
Control

Improved Protection and Motor
Utilization

Advantage also offers low cost communication capability. ON/OFF commands,
status and motor data can be linked to
automated control systems without the
addition of costly sensors, I/O modules
and transducers, in a language compatible with many computer-based software systems in use today.

The motor circuit monitoring and overload protection functions of Advantage starters are provided by three
current sensors closely monitored by
the microprocessor. This sensor/
microprocessor combination yields a
protection scheme closely paralleling

Protected by 22 patents and proven in
many years of operating experience in
harsh industrial applications, Advantage motor starters and contactors offer
the user unprecedented value at a price
competitive with traditional devices.

Instructional Leaflets
17401
17403
17405
17482
17484B
17486
17456
17457
17604
17595
17596
17597
17598
17599
17600
17601
17602
17603

Sizes 1, 2 Non-reversing Contactors and Starters
Sizes 3, 4 Non-reversing Contactors and Starters
Sizes 5, 6 Non-reversing Contactors and Starters
Sizes 1, 2 Reversing Contactors and Starters
Sizes 3, 4 Reversing Contactors and Starters
Sizes 5, 6 Reversing Contactors and Starters
Sizes 1, 2 Contactor Overload Combo
Sizes 3, 4 Contactor Overload Combo
Sizes 5, 6 Contactor Overload Combo
Sizes 1, 2 Reversing Contactors and Starters with status-only ACM
Sizes 3, 4 Reversing Contactors and Starters with status-only ACM
Sizes 5, 6 Reversing Contactors and Starters with status-only ACM
Sizes 1, 2 Two-Speed Two-Winding Starters with status-only ACM
Sizes 3, 4 Two-Speed Two-Winding Starters with status-only ACM
Sizes 5, 6 Two-Speed Two-Winding Starters with status-only ACM
Sizes 1, 2 Two-Speed One-Winding Starters with status-only ACM
Sizes 3, 4 Two-Speed One-Winding Starters with status-only ACM
Sizes 5, 6 Two-Speed One-Winding Starters with status-only ACM

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

33

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Advantage

33-194

March 2009

Contactors — Non-reversing and Reversing

Product Description

Contents
Description

33

Page

Product Family Overview
Product Description . . . . . . .
Benefits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contactors — Non-reversing
and Reversing
Product Description . . . . . . .
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . .
Technical Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories and Field
Modification Kits . . . . . . . . . .
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Control Modules . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wiring Diagrams. . . . . . . . . . . .

Catalog Number W201 — Nonreversing Contactors

33-193
33-193

Catalog Number W211 — Horizontal
Reversing Contactors (shown above)
— long axis horizontal
Catalog Number W251 — Vertical
Reversing Contactors (not illustrated)
— long axis vertical

33-194
33-194
33-194
33-199

Features
Small physical size
Brownout protection
■ Communications capability
■ Long electrical life
■ Higher contact force
■

Size 3 and 4 Starter

33-204
33-206
33-207
33-209
33-215

■

Product Selection
When Ordering Specify
■

Non-reversing Catalog Number as
specified in table below.

■

Reversing Catalog Number as
specified in table below.

Table 33-291. Advantage Contactors — 3-Pole Non-reversing and Reversing — NEMA Sizes 1 – 6
NEMA
Size

Motor
Voltage

Max.
hp

1

200
230
460
575

7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10

2

200
230
460
575

3

Continuous
Amperes
(Enclosed)

Coil
Voltage/Hz

Non-reversing

27

120/60
110/50

W201K1CF
W201K1CN

W211K1CF
W211K1CN

W251K1CF
W251K1CN

10
15
25
25

45

120/60
110/50

W201K2CF
W201K2CN

W211K2CF
W211K2CN

W251K2CF
W251K2CN

200
230
460
575

25
30
50
50

90

120/60
110/50

W201K3CF
W201K3CN

W211K3CF
W211K3CN

W251K3CF
W251K3CN

4

200
230
460
575

40
50
100
100

135

120/60
110/50

W201K4CF
W201K4CN

W211K4CF
W211K4CN

W251K4CF
W251K4CN

5

200
230
460
575

75
100
200
200

270

120/60
110/50

W201K5CF
W201K5CN

W211K5CF
W211K5CN

W251K5CF
W251K5CN

6

200
230
460
575

150
200
400
400

540

120/60
110/50

W201K6CF
W201K6CN

W211K6CF
W211K6CN

W251K6CF
W251K6CN

Catalog
Number

Price
U.S. $

Reversing (Horizontal)

Reversing (Vertical)

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Price
U.S. $

Price
U.S. $

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1
For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Advantage

33-195

March 2009

Starters — Non-reversing and Reversing

Contents
Description
Product Family Overview
Product Description . . . . . .
Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Starters — Non-reversing
and Reversing
Product Description . . . . . .
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . .
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories and Field
Modification Kits . . . . . . . . .
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . .
Control Modules . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . .

Page
33-193
33-193

Features

Technical Data

Starter

Table 33-292. Motor FLA Ranges

■
■
■
■

33-195
33-195
33-195
33-195
33-196
33-199
33-204
33-206
33-207
33-209
33-215

■
■

Small physical size
Brownout protection
Communications capability
Minimized bounce times
Higher contact force
Common auxiliary contacts

Motor Protection
Heaters not required — selectable
settings
■ Overload protection — accuracy 2%
■ Phase loss and phase unbalance
protection
■ Ground current protection
■

1.0 Service
Factor

1

1
2
3
4
5
6

.51 – 4.14
3.43 – 27.0
3.43 – 45.0
10.8 – 90.0
10.8 – 135
41.7 – 270
41.7 – 540




.47 – 3.81
3.15 – 27.0
3.15 – 45.0
9.90 – 90.0
9.90 – 135
38.3 – 270
38.3 – 540

For motor full load current (FLA) range of
.47A – 3.81A with a 1.15 to 1.25 service
factor and for motor hp range of 1/4 hp to
2 hp at 460V.

Options
Table 33-293. Optional Features
Description

OL Protection Settings
Selectable automatic/manual reset
Selectable trip class — 10, 20, 30 or
no protection (disables overload)
■ Selectable trip current
■
■

Size 5 and 6 Starter

Product Description
Catalog Number W200 — Nonreversing Starters (shown above)
Catalog Number W210 — Horizontal
Reversing Starters — long axis
horizontal.
Catalog Number W250 — Vertical
Reversing Starters (not
illustrated) — long axis vertical.

CA08102001E

NEMA 1.15 to 1.25
Size
Service Factor

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

Catalog
Number
Suffix

Omit Class II Ground-Current
Y7
Protection
Omit Phase-Loss Protection
Y4
Omit both Class II Ground-Current Y4Y7
Protection and Phase-Loss
Protection

33

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Advantage

33-196

March 2009

Starters — Non-reversing and Reversing

Product Selection
When Ordering Specify
■

33

Non-reversing Catalog Number as
specified in table below.

■

Reversing Catalog Number as
specified in table below.

Table 33-294. Advantage Starters — 3-Pole Non-reversing and Reversing — Wired for Separate Control — Heaters Not Required — NEMA Sizes 1 – 6
NEMA
Size

Motor
Voltage

Max.
hp

1


200
230
460
575
200
230
460
575
200
230
460
575
200
230
460
575
200
230
460
575
200
230
460
575
200
230
460
575

1
1
2
2
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10
10
15
25
25
25
30
50
50
40
50
100
100
75
100
200
200
150
200
400
400

1

2

3

4

5

6




Continuous
Amperes
(Enclosed)

Coil
Voltage/Hz

Non-reversing
Catalog
Number

Reversing (Horizontal)
Catalog
Price
Number
U.S. $

Reversing (Vertical)
Catalog
Price
Number
U.S. $

27

120/60
110/50

W200MLCFC
W200MLCNC

W210MLCFC
W210MLCNC

W250MLCFC
W250MLCNC

27

120/60
110/50

W200M1CFC
W200M1CNC

W210M1CFC
W210M1CNC

W250M1CFC
W250M1CNC

45

120/60
110/50

W200M2CFC
W200M2CNC

W210M2CFC
W210M2CNC

W250M2CFC
W250M2CNC

90

120/60
110/50

W200M3CFC
W200M3CNC

W210M3CFC
W210M3CNC

W250M3CFC
W250M3CNC

135

120/60
110/50

W200M4CFC
W200M4CNC

W210M4CFC
W210M4CNC

W250M4CFC
W250M4CNC

270

120/60
110/50

W200M5CFC
W200M5CNC

W210M5CFC
W210M5CNC

W250M5CFC
W250M5CNC

540

120/60
110/50

W200M6CFC
W200M6CNC

W210M6CFC
W210M6CNC

W250M6CFC
W250M6CNC

Price
U.S. $

For motor full load current (FLA) range of .47A – 3.81A with a 1.15 to 1.25 service factor and for motor hp range of 1/4 hp to 2 hp at 460V.

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1
For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Advantage

33-197

March 2009

Starters — Non-reversing, Two-Speed

Product Selection

Contents
Description
Product Family Overview
Product Description . . . . . .
Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Starters — Non-reversing
Two-Speed
Product Selection . . . . . . . .
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories and Field
Modification Kits . . . . . . . . .
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . .
Control Modules . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . .

Page

When Ordering Specify
■

33-193
33-193

33-197
33-199

Catalog Number as shown in table
below.

Table 33-295. Two-Speed Advantage Starters — Wired for Separate Control —
Heaters Not Required — NEMA Sizes 1 – 6
NEMA
Size

Motor
Voltage

Max. Horsepower
Constant
Constant
or Variable hp
Torque

Continuous
Amperes
(Enclosed)

Coil
Open Type (Horizontal)
Voltage/ Catalog
Price
Hz
Number
U.S. $

For Separate (2) Winding Type Motors — Wye Wye

33-204
33-206
33-207
33-209
33-215

1


200
230
460
575

1

200
230
460
575

7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10

2

200
230
460
575

3

1
1
2
2

1
1
2
2

27

120/60
110/50

W960MLCFCM3
W960MLCNCM3

5
5
7-1/2
7-1/2

27

120/60
110/50

W960M1CFCM3
W960M1CNCM3

10
15
25
25

7-1/2
10
20
20

45

120/60
110/50

W960M2CFCM3
W960M2CNCM3

200
230
460
575

25
30
50
50

20
25
40
40

90

120/60
110/50

W960M3CFCM3
W960M3CNCM3

4

200
230
460
575

40
50
100
100

30
40
75
75

135

120/60
110/50

W960M4CFCM3
W960M4CNCM3

5

200
230
460
575

75
100
200
200

60
75
150
150

270

120/60
110/50

W960M5CFCM3
W960M5CNCM3

6

200
230
460
575

150
200
400
400

100
150
300
300

540

120/60
110/50

W960M6CFCM3
W960M6CNCM3




For motor full load current (FLA) range of .47A – 3.81A with a 1.15 to 1.25 service factor and for
motor hp range of 1/4 hp to 2 hp at 460V.

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1
CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

33

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Advantage

33-198

March 2009

Starters — Non-reversing, Two-Speed
Table 33-295. Two-Speed Advantage Starters — Wired for Separate Control —
Heaters Not Required — NEMA Sizes 1– 6 (Continued)
NEMA
Size

33

Motor
Voltage

Max. Horsepower
Constant
Constant
or Variable hp
Torque

Continuous Coil
Open Type (Horizontal)
Amperes
Voltage/ Catalog
Price
(Enclosed) Hz
Number
U.S. $

For Single Winding Type Motors Constant Horsepower
1


200
230
460
575

—

1
1
2
2

27

120/60
110/50

W970MLCFCM3
W970MLCNCM3

1

200
230
460
575

—

5
5
7-1/2
7-1/2

27

120/60
110/50

W970M1CFCM3
W970M1CNCM3

2

200
230
460
575

—

7-1/2
10
20
20

45

120/60
110/50

W970M2CFCM3
W970M2CNCM3

3

200
230
460
575

—

20
25
40
40

90

120/60
110/50

W970M3CFCM3
W970M3CNCM3

4

200
230
460
575

—

30
40
75
75

135

120/60
110/50

W970M4CFCM3
W970M4CNCM3

5

200
230
460
575

—

60
75
150
150

270

120/60
110/50

W970M5CFCM3
W970M5CNCM3

6

200
230
460
575

—

100
150
300
300

540

120/60
110/50

W970M6CFCM3
W970M6CNCM3

For Single Winding Type Motors (Constant or Variable Torque)
1


200
230
460
575

1

200
230
460
575

2

1
1
2
2

—

27

120/60
110/50

W980MLCFCM3
W980MLCNCM3

7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10

—

27

120/60
110/50

W980M1CFCM3
W980M1CNCM3

200
230
460
575

10
15
25
25

—

45

120/60
110/50

W980M2CFCM3
W980M2CNCM3

3

200
230
460
575

25
30
50
50

—

90

120/60
110/50

W980M3CFCM3
W980M3CNCM3

4

200
230
460
575

40
50
100
100

—

135

120/60
110/50

W980M4CFCM3
W980M4CNCM3

5

200
230
460
575

75
100
200
200

—

270

120/60
110/50

W980M5CFCM3
W980M5CNCM3

6

200
230
460
575

150
150
400
400

—

540

120/60
110/50

W980M6CFCM3
W980M6CNCM3




For motor full load current (FLA) range of .47A – 3.81A with a 1.15 to 1.25 service factor and
for motor hp range of 1/4 hp to 2 hp at 460V.

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1
For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Advantage

33-199

March 2009

Technical Data and Specifications
Table 33-296. Electrical Characteristics, Sizes 1 – 6
Description
Maximum Voltage Rating
Ampere Rating

Size 1

Size 2

600V

600V

600V

600V

600V

600V

30A
27A

50A
45A

100A
90A

150A
135A

300A
270A

600A
540A

— Open
— Enclosed

Size 3

Size 4

Size 5

Size 6

33

Maximum Horsepower — Squirrel Cage Motor
200V, 60 Hz
230V, 60 Hz
380V, 50 Hz
460 – 575V, 60 Hz

7-1/2 hp
7-1/2 hp
10 hp
10 hp

10 hp
15 hp
25 hp
25 hp

25 hp
30 hp
50 hp
50 hp

40 hp
50 hp
75 hp
100 hp

75 hp
100 hp
150 hp
200 hp

150 hp
200 hp
300 hp
400 hp

Resistive Heating, kW 
 — Three-Phase, 3-Pole
120V
240V
480V
600V

5 kW
10 kW
20 kW
25 kW

8.5 kW
17 kW
34 kW
43 kW

17 kW
34 kW
68 kW
86 kW

26 kW
68 kW
105 kW
130 kW

52 kW
105 kW
210 kW
260 kW

105 kW
210 kW
415 kW
515 kW

Capacitor Switching kVAR — Three-Phase
240V
480V
600V

—
—
—

12 kVAR
25 kVAR
32 kVAR

27 kVAR
53 kVAR
67 kVAR

40 kVAR
80 kVAR
100 kVAR

80 kVAR
160 kVAR
200 kVAR

160 kVAR
320 kVAR
400 kVAR

Transformer Switching, kVA  — Three-Phase, 3-Pole
208V
240V
480V
600V

3.6 kVA
4.3 kVA
8.5 kVA
11 kVA

6.3 kVA
7.2 kVA
14 kVA
18 kVA

12 kVA
14 kVA
28 kVA
35 kVA

41 kVA
47 kVA
94 kVA
117 kVA

81 kVA
94 kVA
188 kVA
234 kVA





20 kVA
23 kVA
47 kVA
59 kVA

Resistive loads having inrush currents not exceeding 1.5 times continuous rating.
Transformers having inrush currents not more than 20 times peak of continuous current ratings.

Table 33-297. 380V, 50 Hz Starters — Maximum Horsepower Ratings
NEMA Size

1

2

3

4

5

6

Maximum hp

10

25

50

75

150

300

Ground Current Sensing Protection

Phase Unbalance

Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer Advantage starters with ground current sensing protection feature provide equipment protection against ground currents between a factory-set low level
and a lockout current. It is designed to open the circuit when
it senses the low-level and arcing ground currents often
occurring in motor branch circuits. This feature is standard
with Cutler-Hammer Advantage starters. The ground current
sensing protection feature can either be omitted from
devices supplied by the factory, or omitted in the field by
modifying the device with an Advantage Programming
Module (WAPM).

If the unbalance of any two phases is greater than 30% of the
DIP switch selected trip rating of the starter, a phase unbalance is declared and a trip occurs. No time delay is required
for reset. This feature is standard in the Cutler-Hammer
Advantage starter. To customize your protection, phase
unbalance can be omitted by disabling the protection using
an Advantage Programming Module (WAPM).

Note: These devices are NOT Ground Fault Interrupters (GFIs)
designed to protect people. Additionally, branch circuit short-circuit
protective devices are to be used to clear faults that exceed the
interrupting rating of the starter.

Table 33-298. Ground Current Sensing
Size

Trip Current

Lockout Current

Trip Time

IL

10

24

.4 sec.

1

10

48

.4 sec.

2

20

86

.4 sec.

3

40

171

.4 sec.

4

60

256

.4 sec.

5

240

1045

.4 sec.

6

240

1045

.4 sec.

The table above gives trip amperes and lockout amperes for
each size of the starter. Lockout current is the sum of the
phase current and ground current.

CA08102001E

Phase Loss
The Advantage starter will trip on phase loss, after two
seconds, if the current in any one phase is lower than the
currents listed in the table below. No time delay is required
for reset. Phase loss protection is standard on the CutlerHammer Advantage starter. The phase loss protection feature
can either be omitted from devices supplied by the factory,
or omitted in the field by modifying the device with an
Advantage Programming Module (WAPM).
Table 33-299. Phase Trip Time
Size 1

Size 2

Size 3

Phase Unbalance
Level

30% Unbalance

Phase Unbalance
Trip Delay

6 sec.

9 sec.

Phase Loss Trip
after 2 sec. if Phase
Current is below:

.15A  1.15A
1.15A

2.5A



Size 4

Size 5

Size 6

12 sec.
2.5A

11A

11A

Size 1 Lower Current Range for motor hp range of 1/4 hp to 2 hp at
460V.

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Advantage

33-200

March 2009

Technical Data and Specifications
Table 33-300. Operating Coil Characteristics at Rated Coil Volts, Sizes 1 – 6

33

Description

Size 1

Size 2

Size 3

Size 4

Size 5

Size 6

AC Coil
Burden — Inrush VA
Closed VA
Closed Watts
Pick-Up Volts 

Drop-Out Volts 


250 VA
25 VA
5W
78V
60V

250 VA
25 VA
5W
78V
60V

500 VA
50 VA
10W
78V
60V

500 VA
50 VA
10W
78V
60V

2600 VA
50 VA
10W
78V
60V

2600 VA
50 VA
10W
78V
60V

100 VA

100 VA

150 VA

150 VA

300 VA

300 VA

Recommended VA rating for machine tool control
power transformers

Note: The above represent typical production test values and should not be interpreted as a guarantee of actual performance.



Values may vary based upon control power transformer capacities.

Advantage contactors will withstand 110% of their rated
voltage continuously without injury to the operating coils
and will close successfully at 65% of their rated voltage.
Table 33-301. Mechanical Characteristics — Sizes 1 – 6
Description

Size 1

Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Height
Width
Depth

Size 2

6.50 (165.1)
2.50 (63.5)
4.96 (126.0)

Size 3

6.50 (165.1)
2.50 (63.5)
4.96 (126.0)

Size 4

Size 5

Size 6

10.08 (256.0)
7.07 (179.6)
7.64 (194.1)

10.08 (256.0)
7.07 (179.6)
7.64 (194.1)

29.44
6.00

71.27
30.00

71.27
30.00

8.00 (203.2)
3.68 (93.5)
6.54 (166.1)

Panel area, square inches
Shipping weight, lbs.

16.25
2.00

16.25
2.00

Maximum cable size/phase copper — AWG/MCM 
Auxiliary Electrical Circuits Available
Maximum wire size for auxiliary electrical
circuit — AWG
Maximum wire size for control circuit — AWG

8 AWG
8
12

4 AWG
8
12

250 MCM 
8
12

250 MCM 
8
12

(1) 500 MCM  (2) 500 MCM 
8
8
12
12

(2) 14

(2) 14

(2) 14

(2) 14

(2) 14

(2) 14

Mechanical interlock combinations available

Vert. Horiz.

Vert. Horiz.

Vert. Horiz.

Vert. Horiz.

Vert. Horiz.

Vert. Horiz.



29.44
6.00

8.00 (203.2)
3.68 (93.5)
6.54 (166.1)

Also referenced as “kcmil” (1990 NEC).

Motor FLA, Three-Phase AC
Table 33-302. Data from Table 430-150 of 1990 NEC
Horsepower

200V
1/4
1/2
3/4
1
1-1/2
2
3
5
7-1/2
10
15
20
25
30
40

Table 33-303. Temperature Specifications, Sizes 1 – 6

Squirrel Cage AC

1.15
2.3
3.2
4.1
6.0
7.8
11.0
17.5
25.3
32.2
48.3
62.1
78.2
92
120

Ambient Temperature

230V

460V

575V

1
2.0
2.8
3.6
5.2

.6
1.0
1.4
1.8
2.6

.5
.8
1.1
1.4
2.1

6.8
9.6
15.2
22
28

3.4
4.8
7.6
11
14

2.7
3.9
6.1
9
11

21
27
34
40
52

17
22
27
32
41

42
54
68
80
104

50
60
75
100
125

150
177
221
286
359

130
154
192
248
312

65
77
96
124
156

52
62
77
99
125

150
200

414
552

360
480

180
240

144
192

Storage

-40° to 100°C
(-40° to 212°F)

Operating

-40° to 40°C
(-40° to 104°F)

External (NEMA Enclosed)

-40° to 40°C
(-40° to 104°F)

Table 33-304. DIP Switch Overload Protection Settings
Reset Method

Position 8

MANUAL (Non-automatic — wait 5 minutes)

0

AUTOMATIC (Reset time is based on protection Class)

1

Overload Class

Position 7

Position 6

10
20
30
None

0
0
1
1

0
1
0
1

Note: These current values are for motors running at usual speeds
and with normal torque characteristics. Motors for special low speed
or high torque may require higher current. In all cases, OL trip current setting should be selected on basis of information on motor
nameplate or motor card data.

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Advantage

33-201

March 2009

Technical Data and Specifications

Overload Trip Current Settings
Full Voltage Starters

Table 33-307. Size 1 — Upper Current Range

To select the overload current trip setting, find the starter
size table. Locate the full load current from motor nameplate
in column A or B. Change DIP switch positions 5 – 1 to
correspond to the table.

Column A
Service Factor
1.15 to 1.25

Column B
Service Factor
1.0

Min.

Min.
3.43 –
3.76 –
4.14 –
4.56 –
5.00 –

3.75
4.13
4.55
4.99
5.4

3.93
4.33
4.77
5.25
5.77

00000
00001
00010
00011
00100

5.2
5.6
6.1
6.7
7.4

–
–
–
–
–

5.5
6.0
6.6
7.3
8.1

5.5
6.1
6.6
7.3
8.1

–
–
–
–
–

6.0
6.5
7.2
8.0
8.8

6.35
6.9
7.7
8.5
9.3

00101
00110
00111
01000
01001

8.2
9.0
9.9
10.9
12.0

–
–
–
–
–

8.9
9.8
0.8
11.9
13.1

8.9
9.7
10.7
11.8
13.0

–
–
–
–
–

9.6
10.6
11.7
12.9
14.2

10.2
11.2
12.4
13.6
15.0

01010
01011
01100
01101
01110

13.2
14.5
15.9
17.5
19.3

–
–
–
–
–

14.4
15.8
17.4
19.2
21.1

14.3
15.8
17.3
19.0
21.0

–
–
–
–
–

15.7
17.2
18.9
20.9
22.9

16.5
18.1
19.9
21.9
24.1

01111
10000
10001
10010
10011

23.0 – 25.2
25.3 – 27.0
—
—

26.5
29.1
32.1

10100
10101
10110

Table 33-305. Factor

W600 Autotransformer
W700 Part Winding
W800, W890 Wye-Delta

1.0
.5
.575

Table 33-306. Size 1 — Lower Current Range
Column A
Service Factor
1.15 to 1.25

Column B
Service Factor
1.0

Min.

Min.

Max.

Trip Rating
Amperes

DIP Switch Setting 

(Positions) (54321)

Max.

.47
.52
.57
.62
.69

–
–
–
–
–

.51
.56
.61
.68
.75

.51
.57
.62
.68
.75

–
–
–
–
–

.56
.61
.67
.74
.82

.59
.65
.71
.78
.86

00000
00001
00010
00011
00100

.76
.83
.91
1.01
1.10

–
–
–
–
–

.82
.90
1.00
1.09
1.21

.83
.90
.99
1.10
1.20

–
–
–
–
–

.89
.98
1.09
1.19
1.31

.95
1.04
1.14
1.26
1.38

00101
00110
00111
01000
01001

1.22
1.34
1.47
1.62
1.78

–
–
–
–
–

1.33
1.46
1.61
1.77
1.95

1.32
1.45
1.60
1.76
1.94

–
–
–
–
–

1.44
1.59
1.75
1.93
2.12

1.52
1.67
1.84
2.02
2.23

01010
01011
01100
01101
01110

1.96
2.15
2.37
2.61
2.86

–
–
–
–
–

2.14
2.36
2.60
2.85
3.14

2.13
2.34
2.57
2.83
3.11

–
–
–
–
–

2.33
2.56
2.82
3.10
3.42

2.45
2.69
2.96
3.26
3.58

01111
10000
10001
10010
10011

3.43 – 3.76
3.77 – 4.14

3.94
4.34

10100
10101

3.15 – 3.46
3.47 – 3.81



All settings not shown are equivalent to 00000.

8
7 6

Auto/Man
Class
5 4 3 2 1 OL Set 3

Control
Voltage
P

E

C

1
0

Figure 33-68. DIP Switch, Terminals and Reset

Reset

21.2 – 23.3
23.4 – 25.6
25.7 – 27.0


All settings not shown are equivalent to 00000.

Table 33-308. Size 2 — Current Range
Column A
Service Factor
1.15 to 1.25

Column B
Service Factor
1.0

Min.

Min.

Max.

Trip Rating
Amperes

DIP Switch Setting 
(Positions)
(54321)

Max.

3.15 –
3.47 –
3.82 –
4.20 –
4.62 –

3.46
3.81
4.19
4.61
5.0

3.43 –
3.76 –
4.14 –
4.56 –
5.00 –

3.75
4.13
4.55
4.99
5.4

3.93
4.33
4.77
5.25
5.77

00000
00001
00010
00011
00100

5.1
5.6
6.1
6.7
7.4

5.5
6.0
6.6
7.3
8.1

5.5
6.1
6.6
7.3
8.1

–
–
–
–
–

6.0
6.5
7.2
8.0
8.8

6.35
6.9
7.7
8.5
9.3

00101
00110
00111
01000
01001

8.2
9.0
9.9
10.9
12.0

– 8.9
– 9.8
– 10.8
– 11.9
– 13.1

8.9
9.7
10.7
11.8
13.0

–
–
–
–
–

9.6
10.6
11.7
12.9
14.2

10.2
11.2
12.4
13.6
15.0

01010
01011
01100
01101
01110

13.2
14.5
15.9
17.5
19.3

–
–
–
–
–

14.4
15.8
17.4
19.2
21.1

14.3
15.8
17.3
19.0
21.0

–
–
–
–
–

15.7
17.2
18.9
20.9
22.9

16.5
18.1
19.9
21.9
24.1

01111
10000
10001
10010
10011

21.2
23.3
25.7
28.2
31.1

–
–
–
–
–

23.2
25.6
28.1
31.0
34.1

23.0
25.3
27.9
30.6
33.8

–
–
–
–
–

25.2
27.8
30.5
33.7
37.0

26.5
29.1
32.1
35.3
38.9

10100
10101
10110
10111
11000

37.1 – 40.7
40.8 – 44.8
44.9 – 45.0

42.8
47.0
51.6

11001
11010
11011

–
–
–
–
–

34.2 – 37.5
37.6 – 41.2
41.3 – 45.0


CA08102001E

Max.

3.46
3.81
4.19
4.61
5.0

Multiply the full load current from motor nameplate by
factor below for your type of reduced voltage starter. Find
this adjusted full load current in starter Size table in Column
A or B. Change DIP switch positions 5 – 1 to correspond to
the table.
Multiplier
Factor

DIP Switch Setting 
(Positions)
(54321)

3.15 –
3.47 –
3.82 –
4.20 –
4.62 –

Reduced Voltage Starters

Catalog Number

Max.

Trip Rating
Amperes

All settings not shown are equivalent to 00000.

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

33

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Advantage

33-202

March 2009

Technical Data and Specifications

Overload Trip Current Settings (Continued)

Table 33-311. Size 5 Current Range

Table 33-309. Size 3 Current Range

33

Column A
Service Factor
1.15 to 1.25
Min.

Column B
Service Factor
1.0

Trip Rating
Amperes

DIP Switch Setting
(Positions)
(54321)

Max.

Min.

9.9
10.9
12.0
13.2
14.5

–
–
–
–
–

10.8
11.9
13.1
14.4
15.8

10.8
11.8
13.0
14.3
15.7

–
–
–
–
–

11.7
12.9
14.2
15.6
17.2

12.4
13.6
15.0
16.5
18.1

00000
00001
00010
00011
00100

15.9
17.5
19.3
21.2
23.3

–
–
–
–
–

17.3
19.2
21.1
23.2
25.6

17.3
19.0
21.0
23.0
25.3

–
–
–
–
–

18.9
20.9
22.9
25.2
27.8

19.9
21.9
24.1
26.5
29.1

00101
00110
00111
01000
01001

25.7
28.2
31.0
34.2
37.6

–
–
–
–
–

28.1
30.9
34.1
37.5
41.3

27.9
30.7
33.7
37.1
40.9

–
–
–
–
–

30.6
33.6
37.0
40.8
44.9

32.1
35.3
38.8
42.7
47.0

01010
01011
01100
01101
01110

41.4
45.5
50.1
55.0
60.6

–
–
–
–
–

45.4
50.0
54.9
60.5
66.5

45.0
49.5
54.4
59.8
65.8

–
–
–
–
–

49.4
54.3
59.7
65.7
72.3

51.7
56.9
62.6
68.8
75.7

01111
10000
10001
10010
10011

66.6
73.3
80.8
88.8

–
–
–
–

73.2
80.7
88.7
90.0

72.4 – 79.6
79.7 – 87.7
87.8 – 90.0
—
—

83.3
91.6
101.0
111.0

10100
10101
10110
10111







Table 33-310. Size 4 Current Range
Column A
Service Factor
1.15 to 1.25

Column B
Service Factor
1.0

Min.

Min.



Trip Rating
Amperes

10.8 –
11.8 –
13.0 –
14.3 –
15.7 –

11.7
12.9
14.2
15.6
17.2

12.4
13.6
15.0
16.5
18.1

00000
00001
00010
00011
00100

15.9 –
17.5 –
19.3 –
21.2 –
23.3 –

17.4
19.2
21.1
23.2
25.6

17.3 –
19.0 –
21.0 –
23.0 –
25.3 –

18.9
20.9
22.9
25.2
27.8

19.9
21.9
24.1
26.5
29.1

00101
00110
00111
01000
01001

25.7 –
28.2 –
31.0 –
34.2 –
37.6 –

28.1
30.9
34.1
37.5
41.3

27.9 –
30.7 –
33.7 –
37.1 –
40.9 –

30.6
33.6
37.0
40.8
44.9

32.1
35.3
38.8
42.7
47.0

01010
01011
01100
01101
01110

41.4 –
45.5 –
50.1 –
55.0 –
60.6 –

45.4
50.0
54.9
60.5
66.5

45.0 –
49.5 –
54.4 –
59.8 –
65.8 –

49.4
54.3
59.7
65.7
72.3

51.7
56.9
62.6
68.8
75.7

01111
10000
10001
10010
10011

66.6 –
73.3 –
80.8 –
88.8 –
97.6 –

73.2
80.7
88.7
97.5
106

72.4 –
79.7 –
87.8 –
96.5 –
106 –

79.6
87.7
96.4
105
116

83.3
91.6
101
111
122

10100
10101
10110
10111
11000

134
147
162

11001
11010
11011

117
128
—

Min.

– 127
– 133
—

Max.

Trip Rating
Amperes

DIP Switch Setting 
(Positions)
(54321)

Max.

38.3 –
42.0 –
46.2 –
51.1 –
56.0 –

41.9
46.1
51.0
55.9
61.7

41.7 –
45.7 –
50.2 –
55.6 –
60.9 –

45.6
50.1
55.5
60.8
67.1

47.9
52.5
57.7
63.9
70.0

00000
00001
00010
00011
00100

61.8 –
67.6 –
75.0 –
82.4 –
90.4 –

67.5
74.9
82.3
90.3
99.9

67.2 –
73.5 –
81.5 –
89.6 –
98.3 –

73.4
81.4
89.5
98.2
108

77.3
84.5
93.7
103
113

00101
00110
00111
01000
01001

100
110
121
133
146

–
–
–
–
–

109
120
132
145
159

109
119
131
144
158

–
–
–
–
–

118
130
143
157
173

125
137
151
166
182

01010
01011
01100
01101
01110

160
176
194
214
234

–
–
–
–
–

175
193
213
233
257

174
191
210
232
255

–
–
–
–
–

190
209
231
254
270

200
220
242
267
293

01111
10000
10001
10010
10011

258

– 270

—

322

10100



—

All settings not shown are equivalent to 00000.

Table 33-312. Size 6 Current Range
Column A
Service Factor
1.15 to 1.25

Column B
Service Factor
1.0

Min.

Min.

Max.

10.8
11.9
13.1
14.4
15.8

– 117
– 129
– 133

Min.

DIP Switch Setting 
(Positions)
(54321)

9.9 –
10.9 –
12.0 –
13.2 –
14.5 –

107
118
130

Column B
Service Factor
1.0

Max.

All settings not shown are equivalent to 00000.

Max.

Column A
Service Factor
1.15 to 1.25

Max.

Trip Rating
Amperes

DIP Switch Setting 
(Positions)
(54321)

Max.

38.3 –
42.0 –
46.2 –
51.1 –
56.0 –

41.9
46.1
51.0
55.9
61.7

41.7 –
45.7 –
50.2 –
55.6 –
60.9 –

45.6
50.1
55.5
60.8
67.1

47.9
52.5
57.7
63.9
70.0

00000
00001
00010
00011
00100

61.8 –
67.6 –
75.0 –
82.4 –
90.4 –

67.5
74.9
82.3
90.3
99.9

67.2 –
73.5 –
81.5 –
89.6 –
98.3 –

73.4
81.4
89.5
98.2
108

77.3
84.5
93.7
103
113

00101
00110
00111
01000
01001

100
110
121
133
146

–
–
–
–
–

109
120
132
145
159

109
119
131
144
158

–
–
–
–
–

118
130
143
157
173

125
137
151
166
182

01010
01011
01100
01101
01110

160
176
194
214
234

–
–
–
–
–

175
193
213
233
257

174
191
210
232
255

–
–
–
–
–

190
209
231
254
279

200
220
242
267
293

01111
10000
10001
10010
10011

258
283
312
343
377

–
–
–
–
–

282
311
342
376
414

280
308
339
373
410

–
–
–
–
–

307
338
372
409
450

322
354
390
429
471

10100
10101
10110
10111
11000

415
457
502

– 456
– 501
– 540

451
497
—

– 496
– 540
—

519
571
628

11001
11010
11011



All settings not shown are equivalent to 00000.

All settings not shown are equivalent to 00000.

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Advantage

33-203

March 2009

Technical Data and Specifications

Short Circuit Ratings
Table 33-313. Short-Circuit Ratings
Short-Circuit
Protective
Device
(SCPD)

Short-Circuit
Typical
Circuit
Max.
Withstand Rating
Disconnect
Rating Breaker
(SCPD) Interrupting Current
Voltage Device
Rating

Size 1

Short-Circuit
Protective
Device
(SCPD)

Max.
Circuit
Short-Circuit
Typical
Rating Breaker
Withstand Rating
Disconnect
(SCPD) Interrupting Current
Voltage Device
Rating

Size 4

Class H Fuse

60A

—

5,000A

600V

30A DS Sw.

Class H Fuse

500A

—

10,000A

600V

200A DS Sw.

Class J, R
or T Fuse

60A

—

100,000A
50,000A

480V
600V

30A DS Sw.

Class J Fuse

400A

—

100,000A
65,000A

480V
600V

250A JD-K
Molded Case Sw.

65,000A

600V

100A FD-K
Molded Case Sw.

Class R or
Class T Fuse

400A

—

100,000A
65,000A

480V
600V

250A JD-K
Molded Case Sw.

Magnetic
Only 

Type CB 

150A

—

100,000A
50,000A

480V
600V

HMCP

Thermal
Magnetic
Type CB 

250A

100,000A
35,000A

100,000A
50,000A

480V
600V

JDC

65,000A
25,000A

65,000A
25,000A

480V
600V

HJD

100,000A

600V

HMCP plus CL

400A KD-K
Molded Case Sw.

Magnetic
Only 

Type CB 

3A

—

100,000A
25,000A

480V
600V

HMCP
HMCPS

7A

—

100,000A
25,000A

480V
600V

HMCPS

15A

—

100,000A
25,000A

480V
600V

HMCP

30A

—

100,000A
25,000A

480V
600V

HMCP

65,000A
25,000A

65,000A
25,000A

480V
600V

HFD

100,000A
35,000A

100,000A
35,000A

480V
600V

FDC

Thermal
Magnetic
Type CB 

50A

Magnetic Only
Type CB plus
CL 

30A

—

100,000A

600V

HMCP plus CL

Thermal/Mag.
Type CB
plus CL 

50A

150,000A

100,000A

600V

HFD plus CL

Size 2

Magnetic Only 150A
Type CB plus
CL 

—

Size 5
Class H Fuse

600A

—

10,000A

600V

Class J, R
or T Fuse

600A

—

100,000A

600V

Magnetic
Only 

Type CB 

250A

—

100,000A
25,000A

480V
600V

400A

—

100,000A
25,000A

480V
600V

Thermal
Magnetic
Type CB 

400A

65,000A
100,000A
25,000A

480V
600V
600V

HFD
KDC
HKD

65,000A
50,000A
35,000A

HMCP

Class H Fuse

100A

—

5,000A

600V

60A DS Sw.

Class J, R
or T Fuse

100A

—

100,000A
50,000A

480V
600V

60A DS Sw.

65,000A

600V

100A FD-K
Molded Case Sw.

Class J, R
or T Fuse

600A

—

100,000A
65,000A

480V
600V

600A LD-K
Molded Case Sw.

100,000A
25,000A

480V
600V

HMCP

Class L Fuse

800A

—

100,000A
65,000A

480V
600V

600A LD-K
Molded Case Sw.

65,000A
25,000A

65,000A
25,000A

480V
600V

HFD

Magnetic
Only 

Type CB 

600A

—

100,000A
25,000A

480V
600V

HMCP

100,000A
35,000A

100,000A
35,000A

480V
600V

FDC

800A

—

65,000A
25,000A

480V
600V

Magnetic Only
HMCP

Thermal
Magnetic
Type CB 

600A

65,000A
25,000A

65,000A
35,000A

480V
600V

HLD

800A

50,000A
25,000A

65,000A
25,000A

480V
600V

Thermal Magnetic
HMC

Thermal/Mag.
with CL 

800A

200,000A

100,000A

600V

NB Tri-Pac

—

Size 6

Magnetic
Only 

Type CB 

50A

Thermal
Magnetic
Type CB 

90A

Magnetic Only
Type CB plus
CL 

50A

—

100,000A

600V

HMCP plus CL

Thermal/Mag.
Type CB
plus CL 

90A

150,000A

100,000A

600V

HFD plus CL

Size 3




Class H Fuse

350A

—

5,000A

600V

100A DS Sw.

Class R Fuse

200A

—

100,000A
65,000A

480V
600V

100A FD-K
Molded Case Sw.



Class J
or T Fuse

200A

—

100,000A
65,000A

480V
600V

100A FD-K
Molded Case Sw.



Magnetic
Only 

Type CB 

200A

—

100,000A
25,000A

480V
600V

HMCP

Thermal
Magnetic

150A

65,000A
25,000A

65,000A
25,000A

480V
600V

HFD

100,000A
35,000A

100,000A
35,000A

480V
600V

FDC

Magnetic Only 100A
Type CB plus
CL 

—

100,000A

600V

HMCP plus CL

Thermal/Mag.
Type CB
plus CL 

150,000A

100,000A

600V

HFD plus CL

CA08102001E

150A




Instantaneous adjustable trip.
Circuit breaker.
Inverse time circuit breaker.
Instantaneous adjustable trip with current limiting attachment.
Inverse time with built-in current limiting attachment.

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

33

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Advantage

33-204

March 2009

Accessories

DeviceNet™ Communications
Module

33

DeviceNet Module

Type W Auxiliary Contact Modules

Bell Alarm Module

Provides four separate contact sets
which wire vertically and are color
coded; black designates NC and
silver designated NO.
■ Up to two auxiliary contact modules
can be mounted for a total of up to
eight contact sets.
■ Provides circuit isolation (no polarity restrictions) and single break
bifurcated contacts.
■ Common design fits all Sizes 1 – 6.
■

Bell Alarm Module

Table 33-315. Ratings

The DeviceNet Communications module (Catalog Number WPONIDNA) is
designed to plug into the Advantage
with the attached cable and plug. The
module can be snapped onto the top
or bottom of the Advantage unit. It can
also be mounted separately using the
mounting plate assembly (Catalog
Number WPONIBASE). The module
provides DeviceNet users with the
ability to control and monitor the functions of the Advantage system at 125,
250 or 500 kbaud. A connector is provided so that a HAND/OFF/AUTO hard
contact may be used to selectively
enable or disable the output of the
control functions from the module
without affecting its ability to monitor.
A “Feedback” input is provided so that
the state of an auxiliary contact may
be read over the DeviceNet network.

Transformer Pilot Light Kits

Three bicolor LEDs indicate:

Table 33-318. Transformer Pilot Light Kits

DeviceNet address
■ Network status (including
connected, not connected, not
powered)
■ Module status (including normal
operation, minor fault, needs
commissioning)
■

Voltage

Make

Break

NEMA A600 —
120 – 600V AC

7200 VA

720 VA

NEMA Q300 —
125 – 300V DC

69 VA

69 VA

Table 33-316. Auxiliary Contact Modules
Description

Catalog
Number

2NO, 2NC
3NO, 1NC
4NO
4NC
1NO, 3NC
1NO, 1NC and
2 Tie Points

W22
W31
W40
W04
W13
W11T

Price
U.S. $

Simple snap-on mounting —
see mounting examples in Figure
33-69.
■ Isolated NO and NC contacts
(1 each)
■ Plugs into Reset port
■ Remote electrical Reset wired to
Catalog Number WBELL module
■

Table 33-317. Ratings
Form C Contact Ratings
Maximum Amperes —
120V AC
Make

Break

2880 VA

480 VA

Catalog
Number

Price
U.S. $

WBELL

Continuous Current Rating: 5A

Voltage

Color

Legend
Plate

Catalog
Number

120
240
480
600

Red
Red
Red
Green

RUN
RUN
RUN
OFF

PLK1R
PLK2R
PLK4R
PLK1G

Price
U.S. $

Replacement
Part

Price
U.S. $

99-3590-1
99-3590-3
99-3590-6
99-3590-8

Table 33-314. DeviceNet Interface
Description

Catalog
Number

DeviceNet Interface
Module

WPONIDNA

Mounting Plate
Assembly

WPONIBASE

Price
U.S. $

Note: See Page 33-219 for WPONI Network
Interface.

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C
For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Advantage

33-205

March 2009

Accessories

Control Wire Ring/Spade Terminal Block
Sizes 1 & 2

Sizes 3 & 4

Sizes 5 & 6

From C
NO/NC
Contact

Top
View
1.61
(40.9)

1.68
(42.7)
Front
View

.29
(7.4)

2.14
(54.4)

1.47
(37.3)

2.25
(57.2)

Local LED Trip
Indication
(When Used)
(All Sizes)

33
4.20
(106.7)

Note: Plug
Orientation
(All Sizes)

For Removal
of Bell Alarm
Module .55 (14.0)
(All Sizes)

1.02 (25.9)
For Removal
of Plug
(All Sizes)

.70 (17.8) Distance .70
to Be Added
(17.8)
to the Width
of Contactor

Optional Mounting Locations
Mounting — Bell Alarm Modules

.93
(23.6)

Figure 33-69. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Figure 33-70. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Mechanical Interlock Kits

■

For use with all Sizes 1 – 6.
Provisions for ring or spade type lugs or stripped
conductors.
■ Bottom side pre-wired with color coded conductors.
■ Side mounting on contactor identical to Type W auxiliary
contact module mounting or can be mounted on Type W
auxiliary contacts.
■ Kit contains fuses for use with all size starters.
■

Table 33-320. Control Wire Terminal Block

Installed Mechanical Interlock Kit

Description

Catalog
Number

Control Wire Terminal Block

WTBF16

Price
U.S. $

Prevents closing of one contactor of a reversing or multispeed controller until the opposite contactor is completely
open.
■ Lever type mechanism assures positive action.
■ Electrical interlocking contacts included — two NC
contacts.
■

Note: These kits cannot be field installed on reversing starters.

Table 33-319. Mechanical Interlock Kits
Orientation

NEMA Size

Catalog
Number

Horizontal

1–6

WM16H

Vertical

1, 2
3, 4
5
6

WM12V
WM34V
WM55V
WM66V

Vertical

1 or 2 to 3 or 4
3 or 4 to 5 or 6
5, 6

WM23VR 

WM45VR 
WMBBV 






Price
U.S. $

Used to interlock a Size 1 or 2 to a Size 3 or 4 — mounts on right only.
Used to interlock a Size 3 or 4 to a Size 5 or 6 — mounts on right only.
Interconnecting bus bars are furnished with the interlock.

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C
CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Advantage

33-206

March 2009

Accessories

OL Selection DIP Switch Window

Internal Trip Indicator

Mount remotely up to 6 ft. away
Unit completely assembled including legend plate
■ Available also in reset-only form —
no trip indication provided
■
■

33

Table 33-325. Remote Pushbuttons
Description

DIP Switch Window

Internal Trip Indicator

Overload condition indication —
indicated by blinking light
■ Trip condition — indicated by
solid light
■

Table 33-323. Trip Indicator

Figure 33-71. DIP Switch Window
■
■
■
■
■

Description

Catalog
Number

Internal Trip
Indicator

WLED

Allows for direct retrofit of competitive non-reversing starters
■ Eliminates the need for re-drilling
and tapping of mounting holes
■ Simple selection of competitive
footprints
■

Table 33-324. Baseplate Kit
Description

Catalog
Number

Sizes 1 and 2
Sizes 3 and 4

WBASE12
WBASE34

Table 33-321. DIP Switch Window
Catalog
Number

Price
Each
U.S. $

Price
U.S. $

Remote Reset and Trip
Indicator Pushbutton

DIP Switch Window, WDIPSW10
(Must order in
packages of 10)

Reset with Trip
Indication
2 ft. Cable
6 ft. Cable
15 ft. Cable

WRSTL24
WRSTL72
WRSTL180

Reset Only
2 ft. Cable
6 ft. Cable
15 ft. Cable

WRST24
WRST72
WRST180

Conversion Kit
Reset Only to Reset
with Trip Indication
6 ft. Cable Only
15 ft. Cable Only
LED Replacement
Bulb

Price
U.S. $

WRLTT
WRC72
WRC180
WRLT

Renewal Parts

Competitive Baseplate Kit

Simple snap-in installation
Allows clear visibility of DIP
switches
Prevents unwanted tampering of
DIP switch settings
Once in must be pried out from rear
One window supplied with each
starter

Description

Price
U.S. $

Catalog
Number

Table 33-326. Replacement Contact Kits
NEMA
Size

Number
of Poles

Catalog
Number

1
2
3
4
5
6

3
3
3
3
3
3

WCK13
WCK23
WCK33
WCK43
WCK53
WCK63

Table 33-327. Replacement Coils
Coil
Size

Voltage
and Hz

Catalog
Number

1&2

110/120V
60 Hz
110/120V
60 Hz
110/120V
60 Hz

WCOIL12F

3&4
5&6

DIN Rail Adapter Kit

Price
U.S. $

Price
U.S. $

WCOIL34F
WCOIL56F

Provides snap-on mounting on
35 mm DIN rail
■ For use with Sizes 1 and 2 nonreversing contactors and starters
■

Table 33-322. DIN Rail Adapter Kit
Description

Catalog
Number

DIN Rail Adapter Kit

WDIN

Price
U.S. $

FWD/REV/OFF/AUTO Control

OL condition indication
Trip indication — OL phase-loss/
unbalance and ground fault
■ OL reset capability
■ 10250T — for 30 mm mounting
■ NEMA 4 oiltight rated
■
■

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C
For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Advantage

33-207

March 2009

Advantage Control Modules
An additional Metering Module
replaces conventional ammeters
(three-phase), replaces reset mechanisms and displays trip cause and
data, control voltage and status.

Full Voltage Pushbutton
Control Module

This Metering Module can be used
independently or in conjunction with
any of the ACMs. An extra plug connection is available on the rear of each
ACM to accept the Metering Module
input.
The ACM family has been designed to
save:
Panel space (versus conventional
pushbuttons, selector switches and
indicating lights)
■ Mounting and assembly labor
■ Wiring and installation time
■

Metering Module

Cutler-Hammer® Advantage Control
Modules (ACMs) from Eaton’s electrical
business provide a cost-effective alternative to pushbuttons, selector
switches, indicating lights, reset mechanisms, bell alarms and panel meters
when used with the Advantage product line. Typical input/output control
functions provided by panel mounted
devices are conveniently packaged in a
series of modules depending on application and complexity.
Sixteen styles cover applications
ranging from:

Regardless of the configuration, installation requires mounting only one 2.25
x 3.5 inch module, substantially reducing space requirements. Fitting a standard Greenlee punch and die set,
Greenlee #60071, installation is
accomplished with only two screws.
ACMs provide savings in wiring costs
as well. Regardless of the complexity
of the application, wiring is reduced to
a single plug-in cable, see photo at left.
Communication is not restricted by
use of the Advantage Control Modules. An extra plug connection is
available on the rear of the ACM or
Metering Module to allow a
WPONIDNA or WPONI Communications module to be plugged in.

Full voltage non-reversing
Full voltage reversing
■ Full voltage multispeed
■ Reduced voltage
■ DeviceNet compatible
■
■

Modules exist for each application to
provide the functions of:
■

Status only
❑ Indicating lights
❑ Reset

Status, START/STOP and RESET
■ Status, HOA and RESET
■ Status, START/STOP/HOA and
RESET

Full Voltage and Reduced Voltage
Control Modules
Status Only
4 LEDs indicate that the motor is
OFF, Running, Tripped or in Alarm
mode (motor current is above the
trip current setting)
■ Includes RESET button
■

START/STOP
Motor START/STOP controlled by
START and STOP buttons
■ Includes all features of Status Only
module
■

HOA Selector Switch with
START/STOP
In HAND mode, motor will start and
stop in response to START/STOP
pushbuttons
■ In AUTO mode, motor will run in
response to remote signal
■ Includes all features of Status Only
module
■

ON/OFF/AUTO Selector Switch
Motor will run in ON mode and not
in the OFF mode
■ In AUTO mode the motor will run in
response to a remote signal
■ Includes all features of Status Only
module
■

Reduced Voltage Control Modules
The four reduced voltage pushbutton
control modules provide control using
two to four starters and/or contactors.
The faceplates are identical to the full
voltage modules, and the pushbuttons
all perform the same functions. The
module is programmed for the type of
reduced voltage starter which sets the
sequence of contact open and closing.

2.25 (57.2)

Run
Off

RES

RES

RES

Reset
OL Alarm
OL Trip
Trip

Reset
OL Alarm
OL Trip
Trip

Reset
OL Alarm
OL Trip
Trip

Run
Off

3.5
(88.9)

■

Run
Off

HAND
START

OFF
STOP

AUTO

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

AUTO

HAND/OFF/AUTO Control ON/OFF/AUTO
Control
with START/STOP Pushbutton
Control in HAND Mode

Figure 33-72. Full Voltage and Reduced Voltage Control Modules

CA08102001E

Off

ON

OFF

Status Only

Reset
OL Alarm
OL Trip
Trip

Run

START

STOP

START/STOP
Control

RES

33

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Advantage

33-208

March 2009

Advantage Control Modules

Reversing and 2-Speed
Pushbutton Modules

Metering Module

■

The Advantage Metering Module monitors status of a motor along with any
of the pushbutton modules. It may be
plugged into the pushbutton control
module, and communicates to the
starter through it, or plugged directly
into the starter when a pushbutton
control module is not used.

FORWARD (FAST)/REVERSE (SLOW)/STOP

The four digit display will show the
current in each phase, control voltage
or cause of trip. The STEP button may
be pressed to step through these values, and the five LEDs will indicate
which value is being displayed. It is
also equipped with a reset button and
Trip Lockout LED.

Status Only
2.25 (57.2)

33

RES
Reset

Run Fwd

3.5
(88.9)

Run Rev
Off

OL Alarm
OL Trip
Trip

Status Only

Run Fwd
Run Rev
Off
FWD

Pushbuttons control whether motor
is running forward (FAST), running
reverse (SLOW) or stopped
■ Includes all features of Status Only
module
■

RES
Reset
OL Alarm
OL Trip
Trip

5 LEDs which indicate that the
motor is OFF, running forward
(FAST), running reverse (SLOW),
tripped or in alarm mode
■ Includes RESET button

START/STOP
Control

REV

STOP

FWD/REV/OFF/AUTO

Run Fwd
Run Rev
Off

FWD

OFF

AUTO

In AUTO mode, motor is running
forward (FAST), running reverse
(SLOW) or OFF in response to a
remote signal
■ All features of FORWARD/REVERSE/
STOP module
■

RES
Reset
OL Alarm
OL Trip
Trip

FWD/REV/OFF/
AUTO Control

REV

Note: For 2-speed modules, FAST replaces
FWD and SLOW replaces REV.

STOP
HAND

Table 33-328. Control Modules/Accessories
Description

Figure 33-73. Reversing and 2-Speed
Pushbutton Module

ACM Specifications
■

■
■
■
■
■
■
■

■

■

Input supply requirements: 120V AC
(supplied by the Advantage motor
controller)
Max. distance from Advantage
motor controller: 6 ft. (1.83m)
Operating frequency: 50 or 60 Hz
Operating temperature: -20° to 70°C
Storage temperature: -20° to 85°C
Humidity: 0 to 95%, non-condensing
Remote input wire size: 18 – 14 AWG
Maximum distance between remote
pushbuttons and ACM: 200 ft.
(60.9m)
Cutout dimensions: 2.25 x 3.5 inches
(57.2 x 88.9 mm) (see above). The
cutout can be made using a Greenlee
rectangular punch #600710
Enclosure type: NEMA 1 or 12, when
properly installed

Catalog
Number

Full Voltage
Status Only with Reset
START/STOP
START/STOP/HOA
ON/OFF/AUTO
LOCAL/OFF/REMOTE with Lockable ACM 

LOCAL/OFF/REMOTE with Network Health 


WPBFV1
WPBFV2
WPBFV3
WPBFV4
WPBFV5 

WPBFV7 


Reversing
Status Only with Reset
FWD/REV/STOP
FWD/REV/STOP/HOA

WPBR1
WPBR2
WPBR3

2-Speed
Status Only with Reset
FAST/SLOW/STOP
FAST/SLOW/STOP/HOA

WPB2S1
WPB2S2
WPB2S3

Reduced Voltage
Status Only with Reset
START/STOP
START/STOP/HOA
ON/OFF/AUTO

WPBRV1
WPBRV2
WPBRV3
WPBRV4

Metering Module
10 ft. Interconnect Cable (3m)
6 ft. Interconnect Cable (1.8m)
3 ft. Interconnect Cable (.9m)
1 ft. Interconnect Jumper (.3m)

WMETER 
WACM10
WACM6
WACM3
WACM1






Price
U.S. $

The WPBFV5 and WPBFV7 are DeviceNet only. They can only be used when an active network
is connected.
Harmonic distortion may cause the WMETER to display inaccurate current measurements.
This device is not compatible with Advantage Starters on DeviceNet via the WPONIDNA.

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C
For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Advantage

33-209

March 2009

Dimensions

Non-reversing Contactors, NEMA Sizes 1 – 6
4 Circuit Aux.
Contact Block
(When Used) I

H

F

Communications
Connector
(When Used)
4 Circuit Aux.
Contact Block
(When Used)

A
G
CL

33

4 Pt. Control
Terminal Block
(Max. 2 of #14
per Point)

D

B

Slots for #10
Mounting Screws
(3 Holes)

E

C

Figure 1
Sizes 1 and 2 Contactor

4 Circuit Aux.
Contact Block
(When Used) I

A
G

F

Communications
Connector
(When Used)

CL

4 Circuit Aux.
Contact Block
(When Used)

D
H

Slots for 1/4-20
Mounting Screws
(3 Places)

E
4 Circuit Aux.
Contact Block
(When Used)

B

4 Pt. Control
Terminal Block
(Max. 2 of #14
per Point)

C

Figure 2
Sizes 3 and 4 Contactor

A

4 Circuit Aux.
Contact Block
(When Used)

I

4 Pt. Control
Terminal Block
(Max. 2 of #14
per Point)

H

B

Communication
Connector
(When Used)

Slots for 5/16
Mounting Bolts
(4 Slots)

E

C

Figure 3
Sizes 5 and 6 Contactor

Figure 33-74. Approximate Dimensions in Inches and Shipping Weights
Table 33-329. Catalog Number W201 Non-reversing Contactors
NEMA
Size

Number
of Poles

Figure
Number

Mounting Screws

Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Number

Size

Wide
A

High
B

Deep
C

D

E

F

G

H

I

1, 2

3

1

3

#10

2.50
(63.5)

6.50
(165.1)

4.84
(122.9)

5.12
(130.0)

1.88
(47.8)

1.25
(31.8)

.75
(19.1)

6.00
(152.4)

.52
(13.2)

2 (.9)

3, 4

3

2

3

1/4-20

3.68
(93.5)

8.00
(203.2)

6.49
(164.8)

6.45
(163.8)

2.80
(71.1)

1.84
(46.7)

.93
(23.6)

7.50
(190.5)

.52
(13.2)

6 (2.7)

5, 6

3

3

4

5/16

7.07
(179.6)

10.08
(256.0)

7.64
(194.1)

—

6.00
(152.4)

—

—

9.20
(233.7)

.50
(12.7)

30 (13.6)

CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

Ship. Wt.
Lbs. (kg)

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Advantage

33-210

March 2009

Dimensions

Horizontal Reversing, Open Contactors, NEMA Sizes 1 – 6
4 Circuit Aux.
Cont. Blk.
(When Used)

A
F

I

33

G
A
F

I

4 Circuit Aux.
Cont. Blk.
(When Used)

G

D
DJ

J

H
B

H

K

B

Matches Bottom
Mounting for
A210 Size 1

C

Matches Bottom
Mounting for
A210 Size 2

4 Pt. Control
Terminal Block
(Max. 2 of #14
per Point)
Control Wire TB
Slots for #10
for Customer
Mounting Screws
Connection
(3 Holes)
E

E
Matches Bottom
Mounting for A211
Size 3 and 4 Control Wire TB
for Customer
Connection

Figure 1
Sizes 1 and 2 Horizontal Reversing Contactor

C
4 Pt. Control
Terminal Block
(Max. 2 of #14
per Point)
Slots for 1/4-20
Mounting Screws
(3 Places)

Figure 2
Sizes 3 and 4 Horizontal Reversing Contactor

A
Control Wire TB
for Customer
Connection

C

E
I

4 Circuit Aux.
Cont. Blk.
(When Used)

J

H

K
D

B

4 Pt. Control
Terminal Block
(Max. 2 of #14
per Point)

Holes for 5/16
Mounting Bolts
(4 Places)

G
Figure 3
Sizes 5 and 6 Horizontal Reversing Contactor

Figure 33-75. Approximate Dimensions in Inches and Shipping Weights
Note: For all Sizes 1 – 6, factory furnishes the control wiring between the forward and reverse contactors, and the control wire terminal block
for customer connection.

Table 33-330. Catalog Number W211 Horizontal Reversing Contactors
NEMA
Size

Number Figure
Mounting Screws
of Poles Number Number Size

Dimensions in Inches (mm)

1, 2

3x3

1

3

#10

7.13
8.05
5.09
7.50
5.69
3.56
(181.1) (204.5) (129.3) (190.5) (144.5) (90.4)

3, 4

3x3

2

3

1/4-20

9.76
11.37
6.76
10.50
8.00
4.88
8.36
6.45
.45
9.25
—
(247.9) (288.8) (171.7) (266.7) (203.2) (124.0) (212.3) (163.8) (11.4) (235.0)

5

3x3

3

4

5/16

22.24
18.24
8.91
14.00
20.00
—
(564.9) (463.3) (226.3) (355.6) (508.0)

15.15
10.08
.50
19.95
22.47
80 (36.3)
(384.8) (256.0) (12.7) (506.7) (570.7)

6

3x3

3

4

5/16

22.24
18.24
8.65
14.00
20.00
—
(564.9) (463.3) (219.7) (355.6) (508.0)

16.18
10.08
.50
19.76
22.28
80 (36.3)
(411.0) (256.0) (12.7) (501.9) (565.9)

Wide
A

High
B

Deep
C

D

E

F

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

G

H

I

6.00
5.53
.33
(152.4) (140.5) (8.4)

J

K

6.75
6.00
(171.5) (152.4)

Ship. Wt.
Lbs. (kg)

6 (2.7)
16 (7.3)

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Advantage

33-211

March 2009

Dimensions

Vertical Reversing, Open Contactors, NEMA Sizes 1 – 6
A
G

33

F
I

I

A
G
F

4 Pt. Control
Terminal Block
(Max. 2 of #14
per Point)

4 Circuit Aux.
Cont. Blk.
(When Used)

4 Circuit Aux.
Cont. Blk.
(When Used)

D
B

B

4 Circuit Aux.
Cont. Blk.
(When Used)

Control Wire TB
for Customer
Connection

Control Wire TB
for Customer
Connection

Slots for #10
Mounting Screws
(3 Holes)

H

D

H

C

E

4 Pt. Control
Terminal Block
(Max. 2 of #14
per Point)

Slots for 1/4-20
Mounting Screws
(3 Places)

Control Wire
Terminal Blk.

Figure 1
Sizes 1 and 2 Vertical Reversing Contactor

C

E

Figure 2
Sizes 3 and 4 Vertical Reversing Contactor
A
G
4 Circuit Aux.
Cont. Blk.
(When Used)
4 Pt. Control
Terminal Block
(Max. 2 of #14
per Point)
H

D

B

Control Wire TB
for Customer
Connection
Holes for 5/16
Mounting Bolts
(4 Places)

E

C

Figure 3
Sizes 5 and 6 Vertical Reversing Contactor

Figure 33-76. Approximate Dimensions in Inches and Shipping Weights
Note: For all Sizes 1 – 6, factory furnishes the control wiring between the forward and reverse contactors, and the control wire terminal block
for customer connection.

Table 33-331. Catalog Number W251 Vertical Reversing Contactors
NEMA
Size

Number
of Poles

Figure
Number

Mounting Screws

Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Number

Size

Wide
A

High
B

Deep
C

D

E

F

G

H

I

1, 2

3x3

1

3

#10

4.27
(108.5)

18.50
(469.9)

5.09
(129.3)

18.00
(457.2)

1.88
(47.8)

1.80
(45.7)

3.73
(94.7)

12.65
(321.3)

.52
(13.2)

7 (3.2)

3, 4

3x3

2

3

1/4-20

5.42
(137.7)

25.13
(638.3)

6.76
(171.7)

24.25
(616.0)

2.88
(73.2)

2.31
(58.7)

4.62
(117.3)

16.94
(430.3)

.52
(13.2)

17 (7.7)

5

3x3

3

4

5/16

13.24
(336.3)

34.94
(887.5)

8.64
(219.5)

32.00
(812.8)

10.00
(254.0)

—

12.04
(305.8)

33.29
(845.6)

—

80 (36.3)

6

3x3

3

4

5/16

13.24
(336.3)

34.94
(887.5)

8.64
(219.5)

32.00
(812.8)

10.00
(254.0)

—

12.04
(305.8)

33.16
(842.3)

—

80 (36.3)

CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

Ship. Wt.
Lbs. (kg)

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Advantage

33-212

March 2009

Dimensions

Non-reversing Starters, NEMA Sizes 1 – 6
4 Circuit Aux.
Contact Block
(When Used)

A
F G

33

I

H

CL

Communications
Connector
(When Used)

Push .02 (.5)
in to Reset
(When Used)

4 Circuit Aux.
Contact Block
(When Used)

A
G

F
I

Push .02 (.5)
in to Reset
(When Used)

Manual Reset
(When Used)

D

B

Trip Ind./Reset
Connector
(When Used)
4 Pt. Control
Terminal Block
(Max. 2 of #14
per Point)

OL Selection
DIP Switch

E

H

Manual Reset
(When Used)

D

B

Trip Ind./Reset
Connector
(When Used)
4 Pt. Control
Terminal Block
(Max. 2 of #14
per Point)

C
E

Slots for #10
Mounting Screws
(4 Holes)

J

Communications
Connector
(When Used)

OL Selection
DIP Switch

J

C

Slots for 1/4-20
Mounting Screws
(3 Places)

Figure 1
Sizes 1 and 2 Starter

Figure 2
Sizes 3 and 4 Starter
A

4 Circuit Aux.
Contact Block
(When Used)

I
4 Circuit Aux.
Contact Block
(When Used)

4 Pt. Control
Terminal Block
(Max. 2 of #14
per Point)

H

B

Communications
Connector
Manual Reset (When Used)
(When Used)
Push .02 (.5) in
to Reset

OL Selection
DIP Switch

J
E

Trip Ind./Reset
Connector
(When Used)

Slots for 5/16
Mounting Bolts
(4 Slots)

C

Figure 3
Sizes 5 and 6 Starter

Figure 33-77. Approximate Dimensions in Inches and Shipping Weights
Table 33-332. Catalog Number W200 Non-reversing Starters
NEMA
Size

Number
of Poles

Figure
Number

Mounting Screws

Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Number

Size

Wide
A

High
B

Deep
C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

1, 2

3

1

3

#10

2.50
(63.5)

6.50
(165.1)

4.96
(126.0)

5.12
(130.0)

1.88
(47.8)

1.25
(31.8)

.75
(19.1)

6.00
(152.4)

.52
(13.2)

.29
(7.4)

2 (.9)

3, 4

3

2

3

1/4-20

3.68
(93.5)

8.00
(203.2)

6.54
(166.1)

6.45
(163.8)

2.80
(71.1)

1.84
(46.7)

.93
(23.6)

7.50
(190.5)

.52
(13.2)

.32
(8.1)

6 (2.7)

5, 6

3

3

4

5/16

7.07
(179.6)

10.08
(256.0)

7.64
(194.1)

—

6.00
(152.4)

—

—

9.20
(233.7)

.50
(12.7)

.46
(11.7)

30 (13.6)

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

Ship. Wt.
Lbs. (kg)

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Advantage

33-213

March 2009

Dimensions

Horizontal Reversing, Open Starters, NEMA Sizes 1 – 6

F

I

DJ

4 Circuit Aux. Cont. Blk.
(When Used)
4 Pt. Control Terminal Block
A
(Max. 2 of #14 per Point)
Communication Connector
G
(When Used)
Manual
Reset
(When
Used)

K

Push
.02 (.5)
in to
Reset
(When
Used)

Matches
Bottom
Mounting for
A210 Size 1
Matches
Bottom
Mounting for
A210 Size 2
Control Wire
TB for Customer
Connection

E
OL Selection
DIP Switch
Slots for #10
Mounting Screws
(3 Holes)

4 Circuit Aux. Cont. Blk.
(When Used)
4 Pt. Control Terminal
Block (Max. 2 of #14
per Point)

A
I

F
G

33

Manual
Reset
(When
Used)
Push
.02 (.5)
in to
Reset
(When
Used)

D J
H
B

H
B

C

C
E
Matches Bottom
Mounting for A210
Trip Ind./Reset
OL Selection
Size 3 and 4
Connector
DIP Switch
(When Used)
Trip Ind./Reset
Control Wire TB
Connector
Communication
for Customer
Slots for 1/4-20
(When Used)
Connector
Connection
Mounting Screws
(When Used)
(3 Places)
Figure 2
Sizes 3 and 4 Horizontal Reversing Contactor

Figure 1
Sizes 1 and 2 Horizontal Reversing Contactor

A

C

4 Circuit Aux.
Cont. Blk.
(When Used)

I

4 Pt. Control
Terminal Block
(Max. 2 of #14
per Point)

J

H

K
Manual
Reset
(When Used)

D

B

Push .02 (.5)
in to Reset
(When Used)
Holes for 5/16
Mounting Bolts
(4 Places)

G

Trip Ind./Reset
Connector
(When Used)

OL Selection
DIP Switch

Figure 3
Sizes 5 and 6 Horizontal Reversing Contactor

Communication
Connector
(When Used)

Figure 33-78. Approximate Dimensions in Inches and Shipping Weights
Note: For all Sizes 1 – 6, factory furnishes the control wiring between the forward and reverse contactors, and the control wire terminal block
for customer connection.

Table 33-333. Catalog Number W210 Horizontal Reversing Starters
NEMA
Size

Number Figure
Mounting Screws
of Poles Number Number Size

1, 2

3x3

1

3

#10

7.13
8.05
5.25
7.50
5.69
3.56
(181.1) (204.5) (133.4) (190.5) (144.5) (90.4)

3, 4

3x3

2

3

1/4-20

9.76
11.37
6.81
10.50
8.00
4.88
8.47
9.79
.45
9.25
—
(247.9) (288.8) (173.0) (266.7) (203.2) (124.0) (215.1) (248.7) (11.4) (235.0)

5

3x3

3

4

5/16

22.24
18.24
8.91
14.00
20.00
—
(564.9) (463.3) (226.3) (355.6) (508.0)

15.28
16.82
.50
21.76
22.47
85 (38.6)
(388.1) (427.2) (12.7) (552.7) (570.7)

6

3x3

3

4

516

22.24
18.24
8.65
14.00
20.00
—
(564.9) (463.3) (219.7) (355.6) (508.0)

15.28
16.82
.50
21.57
22.28
85 (38.6)
(388.1) (427.2) (12.7) (547.9) (565.9)

CA08102001E

Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Wide
A

High
B

Deep
C

D

E

F

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

G

H

I

6.00
7.62
.33
(152.4) (192.5) (8.4)

J

K

6.75
6.00
(171.5) (152.4)

Ship. Wt.
Lbs. (kg)

7 (3.2)
18 (8.2)

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Advantage

33-214

March 2009

Dimensions

Vertical Reversing, Open Starters, NEMA Sizes 1 – 6
A
G
F

I

33

F

CL

I
4 Pt. Control
Terminal Block
(Max. 2 of #14
per Point)

4 Circuit Aux.
Contact Block
(When Used)

4 Circuit Aux.
Contact Block
(When Used)

Communications
Connector
(When Used)

H

Manual Reset
(When Used)
Push .02 (.5)
in to Reset
(When Used)
Control Wire TB
for Customer
Connection

C

H

D

B
Push .02 (.5)
in to Reset

4 Pt. Control
Terminal Block
(Max. 2 of #14
per Point)
OL Selection
DIP Switch
Control Wire TB
for Customer
Connection

OL Selection
DIP Switch

E

Communications
Connector
(When Used)

4 Circuit Aux.
Contact Block
(When Used)

B

D

Slots for #10
Mounting Screws
(3 Holes)

A
G

Manual Reset
(When Used)
Trip Ind./Reset
Connector
(When Used)

Trip Indication/
Reset Connector
(When Used)

Slots for 1/4-20
Mounting Screws
C
(3 Places)
Figure 2
Sizes 3 and 4 Vertical Reversing Starter
E

Figure 1
Sizes 1 and 2 Vertical Reversing Starter

A
G

4 Circuit Aux.
Contact Block
(When Used)

4 Pt. Control
Terminal Block
(Max. 2 of #14
per Point)
Communications
Connector
(When Used)

D

OL Selection
DIP Switch

H
B

Manual Reset
Push .02 (.5)
in to Reset

Control Wire TB
for Customer
Connection
Holes for 5/16
Mounting Bolts
(4 Places)

Trip Ind./ Reset
Connector
Figure 3 (When Used)
Sizes 5 and 6 Vertical Reversing Starter
E

C

Figure 33-79. Approximate Dimensions in Inches and Shipping Weights
Note: For all Sizes 1 – 6, factory furnishes the control wiring between the forward and reverse contactors, and the control wire terminal block
for customer connection.

Table 33-334. Catalog Number W250 Vertical Reversing Starters
NEMA
Size

Number
of Poles

Figure
Number

Mounting Screws

Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Number

Size

Wide
A

High
B

Deep
C

D

E

F

G

H

I

1, 2

3x3

1

3

#10

4.27
(108.5)

18.50
(469.9)

5.25
(133.4)

18.00
(457.2)

1.88
(47.8)

1.80
(45.7)

3.73
(94.7)

14.72
(373.9)

.52
(13.2)

7.5 (3.4)

3, 4

3x3

2

3

1/4-20

5.42
(137.7)

25.13
(638.3)

6.81
(173.0)

24.25
(616.0)

2.88
(73.2)

2.31
(58.7)

4.62
(117.3)

20.28
(515.1)

.52
(13.2)

19.0 (8.6)

5

3x3

3

4

5/16

13.24
(336.3)

34.94
(887.5)

8.64
(219.5)

32.00
(812.8)

10.00
(254.0)

—

12.04
(305.8)

34.78
(883.4)

—

85.0 (38.6)

6

3x3

3

4

516

13.24
(336.3)

34.94
(887.5)

8.64
(219.5)

32.00
(812.8)

10.00
(254.0)

—

12.04
(305.8)

34.59
(878.6)

—

85.0 (38.6)

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

Ship. Wt.
Lbs. (kg)

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Advantage

33-215

March 2009

Wiring Diagrams

Non-reversing and Reversing Contactors, NEMA Sizes 1 – 6
L3

T3

L2

T2

L1

T1

Motor

M
H1

H2

X1

X2

L3

T3

L2

T2

L1

T1

33

Motor

M

Optional
Stop

H1

H2

X1

X2

Start
Hand
Start
2
3

Stop
1
No Connection
When Optional
Start/Stop
Pushbutton Used

Off
3
P M
E
C

Optional
Emergency Stop

Mb

Optional

Optional
Emergency Stop

Stopped

Mb

G
Ma
R

R

Running

Cat. No. W201 Non-reversing Contactor
2-Wire Control with Maintained HOA Switch

L1 L2 L3
X1 H1

F
F

R

G

R

R

Stopped

Stopped

Ma

R
Optional

3 – Start
P – Run Permit
/Stop
E – Power
C – Common

F
3PEC

Optional
Emergency
Stop

Optional
Emergency
Stop

R
Optional
(Dashed Area)

R

H2

3PEC

L1
L2
L3

Rm

F

R

3 4 5 2

F

R

E C

R
T1
T2

R

R

T3

G

Reverse

Stopped

Forward

Mechanical
Interlock

Electrical
Interlocks
Rm

Fm

4 5

Fwd Rev

3 2

Baseplate with Components as Supplied

F

3PEC

Stop

3 4 5 2 E C

3 – Start
P – Run Permit
/Stop
E – Power
C – Common

F

X2
Fm

Electrical
Interlocks

Mechancial
Interlocks

= Accessible Terminals

Fm and Rm Are Electrical Contacts
Operated by the Mechanical Interlock

Conductors External to Baseplate
Are Installer Connections

Reverse

Optional
G

Running

Cat. No. W201 Non-reversing Contactor
3-Wire Control with Internal Holding Circuit

Forward

3
P M
E
C

Jumper

Automatic

Remote
Control
Device

R

3PEC

Baseplate
with Components
as Supplied
T2

T1

T3

Motor

L2

T2
L3

T3

T2

Motor

L1 L2 L3
X1 H1

X2 H2

L1

F

T1

T1

Stop Fwd Rev
3 2

4 5

Fm and Rm Are Electrical Contacts
Operated by the Mechanical Interlock

T3

Cat. No. W251 Vertical Reversing Contactor
3-Wire Control with Internal Holding Circuit
R

Cat. No. W211 Horizontal Reversing Contactor 
3-Wire Control with Internal Holding Circuit

Figure 33-80. Typical Wiring Diagrams



Sizes 5 and 6 horizontal reversing contactors have their Forward and Reverse contactor arrangement reversed. Reverse contactor is on left and
Forward contactor is on right.

CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Advantage

33-216

March 2009

Wiring Diagrams

Non-reversing and Reversing Starters, NEMA Sizes 1 – 6

33

L3

T3

L2

T2

L3

T3

L1

T1

L2

T2

(Current Sensors Are Integral
Inside Starter Units)

L1

T1

M
H1

H2

X1

X2
Optional
Stop

Stop

Mb

H2

X1

X2

Trip
Ind./Reset
(When Used)

Optional

Stop

3
P M
E
C
Reset

Optional
Emergency Stop

No Connection
When Optional
Start/Stop
Pushbutton Used

Stopped

Mb

To
Other
IMPACC
Network
Devices

PONI I1
Mod. I2
Caution – Unplug
To
IMPACC Plug
IMPACC
During
Network PC
Maintenance

Stopped
R

Running

Cat. No. W200 Non-reversing Starter
Internal Holding Circuit, 3-Wire with IMPACC

L1 L2 L3
X1 H1

F
R

R

3 – Start
P – Run Permit
/Stop
E – Power
C – Common

F

R

G
A

Tripped

98

3
P M
E
C
Reset

R

Optional

F
3PEC

Emergency
Stop

Fm

X2

H2

Electrical
Interlocks

Mechanical
Interlock

Optional
Emergency
Stop

Fm and Rm Are Electrical Contacts
Operated by the Mechanical Interlock

= Accessible Terminals

Conductors External to Baseplate
Are Installer Connections

Stopped

Optional

Ma

Cat. No. W200 Non-reversing Starter
3-Wire Control with Internal Holding Circuit

Reverse

Trip
Ind./Reset
(When Used)

Start
Stop 2
3

G
Running

R

Forward

(Current Sensors Are Integral
Inside Starter Units)

Optional
Emergency Stop

G
Ma

Motor

M
H1

Start

Start
2
3

1

Motor

L1
L2
L3

R
Optional
(Dashed Area)

3PEC

Rm

F

3

3 – Start
P – Run Permit
/Stop
E – Power
C – Common

4 98 5 2

F

R

R
R

E C

F

E C

Stop

3PEC

1

R

R

G

96 95 98 E C

A
Tripped

Reverse

Stopped

Forward

Mechanical
Interlock

Electrical
Interlocks
Rm

Fm

R

3PEC

96 95 98 E C

Contacts
Reset
Shown
in Energized OLR
State

98

L2
L3

L1 L2 L3
X1 H1

X2 H2

L1

F

To
IMPACC/INCOM
Network

Reset
WPONI
Mod.
(Optional)
(Optional)
Lighted Also
May Also Be
Available
Added to
Forward
& Reverse
Contactors

4 5

Fwd Rev

3 2

Baseplate with Components as Supplied

3 4 98 5 2

F

1

Stop Fwd Rev
3 2 4 5

Reset
Contacts
Shown in OLR
Energized
State
Reset
WPONI
Mod.
(Optional)
(Optional)
Lighted Also
May Also Be
Available
Added to
Forward
& Reverse
Contactors

T1 T2 T3

Baseplate
with
Components
as Supplied
T1

T2

T3

Motor

To
IMPACC/INCOM
Network

T1
R

T3

T1 T2 T3

T2

Motor

Cat. No. W250 Vertical Reversing Starter
3-Wire Control with Internal Holding Circuit

Cat. No. W210 Horizontal Reversing Starter 
3-Wire Control with Internal Holding Circuit

Figure 33-81. Typical Wiring Diagrams



Sizes 5 and 6 horizontal reversing contactors have their Forward and Reverse contactor arrangement reversed. Reverse contactor is on left and
Forward contactor is on right.

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Advantage

33-217

March 2009

PowerNet Communication Devices

Parameters Displayed

Contents
Description

Page

Central Monitoring Unit . . . . .
Product Operated Network
Interface (PONI) . . . . . . . . . .

33-217

■

33-219

Central Monitoring Unit

Monitored values:
❑ Device description
❑ 1A, 1B, 1C currents
❑ Control voltage (excluding IQ500)
❑ Present time, date
❑ Resettable operation count
❑ Run time, hours

Trip data — same as current values
with cause of trip
■ Set points:
❑ Device size
❑ OL trip current setting (FLA
setting)
❑ OL trip class
❑ Ground fault protection —
ON/OFF
❑ Phase loss/unbalance protection
— ON/OFF
❑ Reset mode — AUTO/MANUAL
❑ Frequency
❑ Ground fault trip level (IQ500
only)
❑ Ground fault trip delay time
(IQ500 only)
❑ Phase unbalance % (IQ500 only)
■

Central Monitoring Unit

Product Description
The Cutler-Hammer® Advantage
Central Monitoring Unit from Eaton’s
electrical business is a communications
center which transmits to and receives
data from up to 99 Advantage starters or
contactors or IQ500s equipped with
PONI cards. The CMU can be mounted
on the door of a motor control center or
custom panel using the existing IQ cutout dimensions.
The eight-digit alphanumeric display
monitors active data, trip data or set
points. The group of data being displayed is indicated by one of three
LEDs and is selected by the user. The
two-digit alphanumeric display indicates the address of the device about
which the data is being displayed. This
address is also selected by the user.
Five LEDs are provided which indicate
the present status of the selected
starter. Two additional LEDs are also
provided at the top of the panel, one
which indicates that the CMU is
OPERATIONAL, and another which
indicates ALARM status. An
ACKNOWLEDGE/RESET button
permits the user to reset the CMU
following a device trip.

■

IQ500M — Special Functions
Module set points — if LOAD
CONTROL selected:
❑ Load shed level
❑ Load shed delay time
❑ Load resume level
❑ Load resume delay time
❑ Long acceleration time
If UNDERLOAD/JAM selected:
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑

Jam trip level
Jam trip delay time
Jam start delay time
Underload trip level
Underload trip delay time
Underload start delay time
Long acceleration time
Relay control

The CMU can be interfaced into a
larger PowerNet network with the
addition of a PowerNet PONI
Communications Module.

CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

Technical Data
■
■
■
■
■
■
■

Device power requirement: 10 VA
maximum
Frequency: 50/60 Hz
Line characteristics: 120 or 240V AC
+20%, -20% (auto selected)
Operating temperature: 0° to 70°C
(32° to 158°F)
Storage temperature: -20° to 85°C
(-4° to 185°F)
Humidity: 0 to 95%, R.H. noncondensing
Alarm contact ratings —
❑ 240V AC: 10A, resistive
❑ 30V DC: 10A, resistive

Dimensions
5.38
(136.7)

.2 (5.1) Dia.
(6 Holes)

4.44
(112.8)

9.38
(238.3)
4.44
(112.8)

.25
(6.4)

.13
(3.3)

2.56
(65)

5.12
(130)

Figure 33-82. Chassis Cutout Dimensions
in Inches (mm)

33

33-218

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Advantage
March 2009

PowerNet Communication Devices

Wiring Diagram
6
Advantage CMU

33
Alarm

Trip
120 or
240V AC
Ground

J5

J3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

2 Wire Connector
(Supplied with CMU)

Communication
Module
(Optional)

6

J6

1

4

5. Modular Telephone Connector. Type RJ11 is to
Be Supplied by the Customer and Wired per View
A Required at Computer.
6. Ground Shielding at Only One Place as Shown.
7. Where Devices Are Daisy Chained, Tie Shielding
Together for Continuity.
8. On Last Device in Network, Tie Back Shield and Tape.

(Y) 1
2
3
(BL) 4
View A

To IBM
Compatible
Personal
Computer

1. For Network Interconnection Use Twisted Pair
Conductors. No. 18 AWG Shielded.
1
2. Refer to Starter Wiring Diagrams for Actual
Connections.
3. A 150 Ohm (1/2 Watt) Carbon Composition
Resistor Unit Must Be Installed on the Most
Remote Starter Terminals as Shown.
4. An Eaton‘s Cutler-Hammer CONI (Computer Operated
Network Interface) Card Must Be Inserted into
the Computer Frame. (See IL 17199)

5
7

7

8
3

2

R
E
S

OL Relay

Contactor

Starter

0 9 8
O
F
F

PONI
Communication
Module
IQ 500

0
0
2

0
0
1
3-Digit Incom
Address Register

Figure 33-83. Typical Wiring Diagram

Product Selection
Table 33-335. Central Monitoring Unit
Description

Catalog
Number

Advantage Central Monitoring Unit

WCMU

Price
U.S. $

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1
For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Advantage

33-219

March 2009

PowerNet Communication Devices

Product Operated Network
Interface (PONI)

ON/OFF reset
Status (ON, OFF, TRIPPED, NO
RESPONSE)
3-phase unbalance
% phase unbalance
Control voltage
Overload protection settings
Cause of trip
Trip data

■
■

Product Description

■

To use the PowerNet Communications
network with Advantage motor control, a PONI is required for each device.
The WPONI operates at 9600 baud.

Product Selection

Communications Data

■
■
■
■
■

Table 33-336. WPONI Network Interface
Description

Catalog
Number

Advantage WPONI
To panel mount
a WPONI

WPONI
WPONIBASE

Price
U.S. $

Note: See Page 33-204 for WPONIDNA
DeviceNet Interface Module.

Mounting Dimensions
Sizes 1 & 2

Sizes 3 & 4

WPONI

Sizes 5 & 6

WPONI

Top
View

WPONI

IMPACC
Connection
(2 Wire)
(All Sizes)

Address
Switches
(All Sizes)

Local LED Trip
Indication
(When Used)
(All Sizes)

1.61
(40.9)
1.68
(42.7)

Front
View

2.14
(54.4)
1.47
(37.3)

For Removal
of WPONI
(All Sizes)

Note: Plug
Orientation
(All Sizes)

.29
(7.4)

.55 (14.0)
(All Sizes)

Optional Mounting Locations

1.02 (25.9)
For Removal
of Plug
(All Sizes)

Figure 33-84. Mounting Procedures — WPONI — Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C
CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

33

33-220

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Advantage, Full Voltage — Enclosed
March 2009

Product Family Overview

Product Description

Features, Functions, Benefits

Setting the Standard in
Motor Control

Advantage Breakthroughs

Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer® Advantage
Motor Starters have extended operating life in a physical space requirement one half the size of conventional
motor starters.

33

Catalog Number ECH2211FAD

Offering motor overcurrent protection
accurate to 2% at maximum FLC,
Advantage also maintains constant
coil power regardless of varying
control circuit conditions, eliminating
coil burnout, contact chatter and welding due to low voltage of fluttering
control signals.
Advantage is designed with a full
complement of features that make
it the most versatile motor starter in
the industry. Multifunction overload
protection options provide application
flexibility while reducing inventory.
Communication capability extends
benefits, allowing Advantage to be
interactively linked to higher order
control systems for monitoring,
troubleshooting and control.
Technological advances incorporated
in the Advantage design, such as prestart diagnostics, increased accuracy
and the ability to communicate with
other systems, are benefits not
realized in traditional motor starters.

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

To achieve the level of benefits envisioned for Advantage controls at a
competitive price, it was discovered
early in the development process that
simply improving existing design
concepts would fall short of the mark.
A new approach involving a higher
level of technology was required. The
result was the incorporation of three
technical breakthroughs — new
current sensing monitoring, an
energy-balanced contact closure
system that increased life by
decreasing electrical and mechanical
wear and an intelligent coil controller
optimizing the contact closing process
based on varying control circuit
conditions. Coordinating these breakthroughs to provide enhanced motor
control performance is concentrated in
the SURE chip.
Advantage uses the right combination
of brains and brawn in effecting a
motor start. The power circuit of the
contactor employs heavy-duty silver
alloy contacts scientifically designed
for long life. The addition of a uniquely
developed application-specific microprocessor chip, regulates power
supplied to the operating coil. The
regulated closing profile is tailored to
existing control circuit conditions. This
results in an energy balanced system
which reduces armature/magnet crash
and contact bounce, extending
mechanical and electrical life.

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Advantage, Full Voltage — Enclosed

33-221

March 2009

Product Family Overview

Improved Protection and Motor
Utilization
The motor circuit monitoring and overload protection functions of Advantage starters are provided by three
current sensors closely monitored by
the microprocessor. This sensor/
microprocessor combination yields a
protection scheme closely paralleling
that of the motor heating damage
boundary expressed in terms of current
and time. Accurate to 2%, Advantage
allows full utilization of motor capability
without motor damage or nuisance
tripping.

No Heaters, Small Size
Advantage starters eliminate the need
for costly heater elements and their
associated installation expense. Standard overload protection functions
include phase loss and unbalance
protection, selectable trip class,
automatic/manual reset and ground
current protection.

CA08102001E

Built-In Communications
Capabilities Provide Two-Way
Control
Advantage also offers low cost
communication capability. ON-OFF
commands, status and motor data
can be linked to automated control
systems without the addition of costly
sensors, I/O modules and transducers,
in a language compatible with many
computer-based software systems in
use today.
Protected by 22 patents and proven in
many years of operating experience in
harsh industrial applications, Advantage motor starters and contactors
offer the user unprecedented value at
a price competitive with traditional
devices.

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

Standards and Certifications
Note: See Enclosed Control Product Guide
PG0300001E for additional information on
Standards and Certifications that apply to all
Cutler-Hammer Enclosed Control products.

UL Listed
■ cUL Listed (indicates appropriate
CSA Standard investigation)
■ ABS Type Approved
■

33

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Advantage, Full Voltage — Enclosed

33-222

March 2009

Product Family Overview

Catalog Number Selection
Table 33-337. Advantage Line Enclosed Control Catalog Numbering System

EC A

33

17 =
18 =
22 =
23 =
24 =
33 =
34 =
35 =
36 =
37 =
38 =
39 =
40 =
41 =
42 =
43 =
44 =
45 =
46 =
47 =
48 =
49 =
50 =
51 =
52 =
53 =
54 =
55 =
62 =
63 =
64 =
65 =
68 =
69 =
70 =

2

1

A

A

Design

Modification Codes
See Page 33-42
Table

Contactors
Reversing Contactors
Non-combination Non-reversing Starter
Non-combination Reversing Starter
Non-combination Non-reversing Starter, with CPT
Combination Non-reversing Starter —
Fusible Disconnect
Combination Reversing Starter
with Disconnect Switch
Combination Reversing Starter — Fusible/
Non-fusible Disconnect with CPT
Combination Non-reversing Starter —
Circuit Breaker
Reversing, Combination with HMCP/E
Combination with HMCP/E with CPT
Multispeed 2S2W Non-combination
Multispeed 2S1W CT or VT Non-combination
Multispeed 2S1W CH Non-combination
Multispeed with Disconnect Switch, 2S2W
Multispeed with Disconnect Switch, 2S1W CT or VT
Multispeed with Disconnect Switch, 2S1W CH
Multispeed with HMCP/E, 2S2W
Multispeed with HMCP/E, 2S1W CT or VT
Multispeed with HMCP/E, 2S1W CH
Autotransformer, Non-combination
Autotransformer, with Disconnect Switch
Autotransformer, with HMCP/E
Part-Winding, Non-combination
Part-Winding, with Disconnect Switch
Part-Winding, with HMCP/E
Y-D, Open Transition, Non-combination
Y-D, Open Transition, with Disconnect Switch
Y-D, Open Transition, with HMCP/E
Y-D, Closed Transition, Non-combination
Y-D, Closed Transition, with Disconnect Switch
Y-D, Closed Transition, with HMCP/E
Std Width Pump Panel, with Disconnect Switch
Std Width Pump Panel, with HMCP/E
Autotransformer Pump Panel, Disconnect Switch
Autotransformer Pump Panel, HMCP/E
Part-Winding Pump Panel, Disconnect
Part-Winding Pump Panel, Circuit Breaker
Duplex, Non-combination
Duplex, with Disconnect Switch
Duplex, with HMCP/E

Cover Control — Starters






10250T and E22 style, see Tables 33-186 –
33-188
Flange-Mounted ACM, see Table 33-340

33-341





Contactors

33-342

3 = 3 Poles




Coil Voltage and/or Control Transformers
33-343

See Tables 33-338 and 33-339

33-344
Disconnect Fuse Clip Ratings


































































A=
B=
C=
D=
E=
F=

None
30A/250V R
30A/600V R
60A/250V R
60A/600V R
100A/250V R

A=
B=
C=
D=
E=
F=
W=
G=

None
3A
7A
15A
30A
50A
70A
100A



G=
H=
J=
K=
L=
M=

100A/600V R
200A/250V R
200A/600V R
400A/250V R
400A/600V R
600A/250V R

600A/600V R
800A/600V R
1200A/600V R
1600A/600V R
2000A/600V R
by Description

H=
J=
K=
L=
M=
N=
P=
Q=

150A
250A
400A
600A
800A
1000A
1200A
2000A

R = 3000A
T = by Description
5=
3A 
7A 
6=
7 = 15A 
8 = 30A 
9 = 50A 
I = 100A 

Enclosure Type
1=
2=
3=
4=
5=
6=
7=
8=
9=

Type 1 — General Purpose
Type 3R — Rainproof
Type 4 — Watertight (Painted Steel)
Type 4X — Watertight (304-Grade Stainless Steel)
Type 4X — Corrosion (Nonmetallic)
Type 7/9 — Bolted Hazardous Location
Type 7/9 — Threaded Hazardous Location
Type 12 — Dust-Tight
Type 4X — 316-Grade Stainless Steel

NEMA Size
Lower 1
Size 1
Size 2
Size 3

4 = Size 4
5 = Size 5
6 = Size 6

Contact Eaton for more information.
Use with Sizes L – 3, HMCP 600V applications only.

Table 33-338. Magnet Coil Codes (System Voltage) 

Table 33-339. Control Power Transformer Codes (System Voltage)

Code

Magnet Coil

Code

Magnet Coil

Code Primary

Secondary

F
N

120/60
110/50

Z

By Description

B

120/60 – 110/50 H
L
120/60 – 110/50 M
X
120/60 – 110/50
Z
120/60



N=
P=
Q=
R=
S=
T=

HMCP/E or Breaker Ratings

L=
1=
2=
3=



F -

A = Advantage NEMA

Class
01 =
02 =
05 =
06 =
07 =
16 =

22

When control power transformer modification codes (C1 – C11) are
used or when starter class includes CPT (i.e. ECN07, 18), see Table 33-339
for system voltage code.

C
D
E

240/480 – 220/440
Wired for 240V
240/480 – 220/440
Wired for 480V
600/60 – 550/50
208/60

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

Code Primary

Secondary

277/60
380/50
415/50
240/480/600
Wired for 480V
By Description

120/60
110/50
110/50
120

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Advantage, Full Voltage — Enclosed

33-223

March 2009

Product Family Overview

Cover Control
Flange Mounted Pilot ACM Devices — NEMA 1, 12 Only
For Factory Installed flange mounted pilot devices using Advantage Control
Modules (ACMs), change the 9th character from A to Y and add one of the following
(A49 through A62) Mod Code Suffixes to the Catalog Number. In addition, one A63
Mod may be added if desired.
Table 33-340. Flange Mounted Pilot ACM Devices
Flange Mounted Pilot Devices
Description

Factory Installed

Field Installation Kits

Mod Code
Suffix

Catalog
Number

Full Voltage
Status Only with Reset
START/STOP
START/STOP/HOA
ON/OFF/AUTO

A49
A50
A51
A52

WPBFV1
WPBFV2
WPBFV3
WPBFV4

Reversing
Status Only with Reset
FWD/REV/STOP
FWD/REV/STOP/HOA

A53
A54
A55

WPBR1
WPBR2
WPBR3

2-Speed
Status Only with Reset
FAST/SLOW/STOP
FAST/SLOW/STOP/HOA

A56
A57
A58

WPB2S1
WPB2S2
WPB2S3

Reduced Voltage
Status Only with Reset
START/STOP
START/STOP/HOA
ON/OFF/AUTO

A59
A60
A61
A62

WPBRV1
WPBRV2
WPBRV3
WPBRV4

Metering Module
10 ft. Interconnect Cable
6 ft. Interconnect Cable
3 ft. Interconnect Cable
1 ft. Interconnect Jumper

A63
—
—
—
—

WMETER 

WACM10
WACM6
WACM3
WACM1




This device is not compatible with Advantage Starters on DeviceNet via the WPONIDNA.

2.25 (57.2)

Run
Off

RES

RES

RES

Reset
OL Alarm
OL Trip
Trip

Reset
OL Alarm
OL Trip
Trip

Reset
OL Alarm
OL Trip
Trip

Run
Off

3.5
(88.9)

Run
Off

HAND
START

Off

ON

OFF

OFF
STOP

AUTO

START/STOP
Control

Reset
OL Alarm
OL Trip
Trip

Run

START

STOP

Status Only

RES

AUTO

HAND/OFF/AUTO Control ON/OFF/AUTO
Control
with START/STOP Pushbutton
Control in HAND Mode

Figure 33-85. Flange Mounted Pilot ACM Devices

Other Cover Control Devices
See Page 33-119 in NEMA Contactors
& Starters, Freedom Line.

CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

33

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Advantage, Full Voltage — Enclosed

33-224

March 2009

Non-combination Starters

Features and Product Selection
Full Voltage
Solid-State Overload Relays
■ 600V Maximum
■
■

33

Table 33-341. Class ECA05 — Non-combination Non-reversing Starter
NEMA
Size

Motor
Voltage



Maximum
hp Rating



Magnet
Coil
Voltage

Type 3R
Rainproof

Type 4X Watertight &
Dust-Tight Stainless
Steel 

Type 12 Dust-Tight
Industrial 

Component
Starter (Open)

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

120

ECA05L2FAA

ECA05L4FAA

ECA05L8FAA

W200MLCFC



1-L 

200
230
460
575

1

200
230
460
575

7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10

120

ECA0512FAA

ECA0514FAA

ECA0518FAA

W200M1CFC

2

200
230
460
575

10
15
25
25

120

ECA0522FAA

ECA0524FAA

ECA0528FAA

W200M2CFC

3

200
230
460
575

25
30
50
50

120

ECA0532FAA

ECA0534FAA

ECA0538FAA

W200M3CFC

4

200
230
460
575

40
50
100
100

120

ECA0542FAA

ECA0544FAA

ECA0548FAA

W200M4CFC

5

200
230
460
575

75
100
200
200

120

ECA0552FAA

ECA0554FAA

ECA0558FAA

W200M5CFC

6

200
230
460
575

150
200
400
400

120 

ECA0562EAA
ECA0562BAA
ECA0562CAA
ECA0562DAA

ECA0564EAA
ECA0564BAA
ECA0564CAA
ECA0564DAA

ECA0568EAA
ECA0568BAA
ECA0568CAA
ECA0568DAA

W200M6CFC

1
1
2
2




Maximum horsepower rating of starters for 380V 50 Hz applications:
NEMA Size
1-L  1
2
3
4
5
6



All starters provided with coils for separate control.
Starters for 50 Hz operation use 110V 50 Hz magnet coil. Change 8th
character from F to N.

Horsepower


1-1/2

10

25

50

75

150



300




The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X
304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4.
Example: ECA05L4FAA. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel,
change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit
to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these
Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
Choose a Type 12 enclosure for Type 1 applications.
For motor full load current (FLA) range of .47A – 3.81A with a 1.15 to
1.25 service factor and for motor hp range of 1/4 hp to 2 hp at 460V.
Size 6 includes control power transformer.

Cover Mounted Control –
10250T Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cover Mounted
Control – ACM Series . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
For more information visit: www.eaton.com

Page 33-119
Page 33-223
PG03300001E
Page 33-42
PG03300001E
CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Advantage, Full Voltage — Enclosed

33-225

March 2009

Combination Starters — Fusible and Non-fusible

Features and Product Selection
Full Voltage
Solid-State Overload Relays
■ 600V Maximum
■ 100,000 AIC Short Circuit — 600V Maximum
■
■

33

Table 33-342. Class ECA16 — Combination Non-reversing Starter — Fusible Disconnect
NEMA
Size

1-L 

1

2

3

4

5

6













Motor
Voltage

Maximum
hp
Rating
Dual
Element
Fuses

Magnet
Coil
Voltage



Fuse
Clip
Amps.


Type 1
Type 3R
General Purpose Rainproof

Type 4X Watertight & Type 12 Dust-Tight
Dust-Tight Stainless
Industrial 
Steel 

Component
Starter (Open)

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

200
230

1

120

30A

ECA16L1FAB

ECA16L2FAB

ECA16L4FAB

ECA16L8FAB

W200MLCFC

460
575

2

120

30A

ECA16L1FAC

ECA16L2FAC

ECA16L4FAC

ECA16L8FAC

W200MLCFC

200
230

7-1/2

120

30A

ECA1611FAB

ECA1612FAB

ECA1614FAB

ECA1618FAB

W200M1CFC

460
575

10

120

30A

ECA1611FAC

ECA1612FAC

ECA1614FAC

ECA1618FAC

W200M1CFC

200
230

10
15

120

60A

ECA1621FAD

ECA1622FAD

ECA1624FAD

ECA1628FAD

W200M2CFC

460
575

25

120

60A

ECA1621FAE

ECA1622FAE

ECA1624FAE

ECA1628FAE

W200M2CFC

200
230

25
30

120

100A

ECA1631FAF

ECA1632FAF

ECA1634FAF

ECA1638FAF

W200M3CFC

460
575

50

120

100A

ECA1631FAG

ECA1632FAG

ECA1634FAG

ECA1638FAG

W200M3CFC

200
230

40
50

120

200A

ECA1641FAH

ECA1642FAH

ECA1644FAH

ECA1648FAH

W200M4CFC

460
575

100

120

200A

ECA1641FAJ

ECA1642FAJ

ECA1644FAJ

ECA1648FAJ

W200M4CFC

200
230

75
100

120

400A

ECA1651FAK

ECA1652FAK

ECA1654FAK

ECA1658FAK

W200M5CFC

460
575

200

120

400A

ECA1651FAL

ECA1652FAL

ECA1654FAL

ECA1658FAL

W200M5CFC

200
230

150
200

120

600A

ECA1661EAM
ECA1661BAM

ECA1662EAM
ECA1662BAM

ECA1663EAM
ECA1663BAM

ECA1668EAM
ECA1668BAM

W200M6CFC

460
575

400

600A

ECA1661CAN
ECA1661DAN

ECA1662CAN
ECA1662DAN

ECA1663CAN
ECA1663DAN

ECA1668CAN
ECA1668DAN

W200M6CFC



All starters provided with coils for separate control.
Starters for 50 Hz operation use 110V 50 Hz magnet coil. Change 8th
character from F to N.
Fuse clips are for Class R fuses only. For H and J fuses see mods,
Page 33-44.
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X
304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4.
Example: ECA16L4FAB. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel,
change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit
to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these
Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
All Type 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order Mod Code R5.
Type 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door
interlock is required, change seventh character from 8 to 9, i.e.
ECA1618FAC would become ECA1619FAC.
For motor full load current (FLA) range of .47A – 3.81A with a 1.15 to
1.25 service factor and for motor hp range of 1/4 hp to 2 hp at 460V.
Size 6 includes control power transformer.

ECA1611FAA

Cover Mounted Control –
10250T Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cover Mounted
Control – ACM Series. . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

Page 33-119
Page 33-223
PG03300001E
Page 33-42
PG03300001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Advantage, Full Voltage — Enclosed

33-226

March 2009

Combination Starters — Fusible and Non-fusible
Starters — Fusible and Non-fusible
Table 33-343. Class ECA18 — Combination Reversing Starter — Fusible/Non-fusible Disconnect with CPT
NEMA
Size

Primary
Voltage



33

Max. hp
Rating
Dual
Element
Fuses

Secondary
Voltage

Fuse
Clip
Amps. 

Magnet
Coil Voltage

Type 1
General
Purpose

Type 3R
Rainproof

Type 4X Watertight
& Dust-Tight
Stainless Steel 

Type 12 DustTight Industrial

Component
Starter (Open)

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number



Fusible 
1-L 

1

2

3

4

208
240

1

120

30A

ECA18L1EAB
ECA18L1BAB

ECA18L2EAB
ECA18L2BAB

ECA18L4EAB
ECA18L4BAB

ECA18L8EAB
ECA18L8BAB

W200MLCFC

480
600

2

120

30A

ECA18L1CAC
ECA18L1DAC

ECA18L2CAC
ECA18L2DAC

ECA18L4CAC
ECA18L4DAC

ECA18L8CAC
ECA18L8DAC

W200MLCFC

208
240

7-1/2

120

30A

ECA1811EAB
ECA1811BAB

ECA1812EAB
ECA1812BAB

ECA1814EAB
ECA1814BAB

ECA1818EAB
ECA1818BAB

W200M1CFC

480
600

10

120

30A

ECA1811CAC
ECA1811DAC

ECA1812CAC
ECA1812DAC

ECA1814CAC
ECA1814DAC

ECA1818CAC
ECA1818DAC

W200M1CFC

208
240

10
15

120

60A

ECA1821EAD
ECA1821BAD

ECA1822EAD
ECA1822BAD

ECA1824EAD
ECA1824BAD

ECA1828EAD
ECA1828BAD

W200M2CFC

480
600

25

120

60A

ECA1821CAE
ECA1821DAE

ECA1822CAE
ECA1822DAE

ECA1824CAE
ECA1824DAE

ECA1828CAE
ECA1828DAE

W200M2CFC

208
240

25
30

120

100A

ECA1831EAF
ECA1831BAF

ECA1832EAF
ECA1832BAF

ECA1834EAF
ECA1834BAF

ECA1838EAF
ECA1838BAF

W200M3CFC

480
600

50

120

100A

ECA1831CAG
ECA1831DAG

ECA1832CAG
ECA1832DAG

ECA1834CAG
ECA1834DAG

ECA1838CAG
ECA1838DAG

W200M3CFC

208
240

40
50

120

200A

ECA1841EAH
ECA1841BAH

ECA1842EAH
ECA1842BAH

ECA1844EAH
ECA1844BAH

ECA1848EAH
ECA1848BAH

W200M4CFC

480
600

100

120

200A

ECA1841CAJ
ECA1841DAJ

ECA1842CAJ
ECA1842DAJ

ECA1844CAJ
ECA1844DAJ

ECA1848CAJ
ECA1848DAJ

W200M4CFC

1
1
2
2

120

30A

ECA18L1EAA
ECA18L1BAA
ECA18L1CAA
ECA18L1DAA

ECA18L2EAA
ECA18L2BAA
ECA18L2CAA
ECA18L2DAA

ECA18L4EAA
ECA18L4BAA
ECA18L4CAA
ECA18L4DAA

ECA18L8EAA
ECA18L8BAA
ECA18L8CAA
ECA18L8DAA

W200MLCFC

Non-fusible
1-L 

208
240
480
600

1

208
240
480
600

7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10

120

30A

ECA1811EAA
ECA1811BAA
ECA1811CAA
ECA1811DAA

ECA1812EAA
ECA1812BAA
ECA1812CAA
ECA1812DAA

ECA1814EAA
ECA1814BAA
ECA1814CAA
ECA1814DAA

ECA1818EAA
ECA1818BAA
ECA1818CAA
ECA1818DAA

W200M1CFC

2

208
240
480
600

10
15
25
25

120

60A

ECA1821EAA
ECA1821BAA
ECA1821CAA
ECA1821DAA

ECA1822EAA
ECA1822BAA
ECA1822CAA
ECA1822DAA

ECA1824EAA
ECA1824BAA
ECA1824CAA
ECA1824DAA

ECA1828EAA
ECA1828BAA
ECA1828CAA
ECA1828DAA

W200M2CFC

3

208
240
480
600

25
30
50
50

120

100A

ECA1831EAA
ECA1831BAA
ECA1831CAA
ECA1831DAA

ECA1832EAA
ECA1832BAA
ECA1832CAA
ECA1832DAA

ECA1834EAA
ECA1834BAA
ECA1834CAA
ECA1834DAA

ECA1838EAA
ECA1838BAA
ECA1838CAA
ECA1838DAA

W200M3CFC

4

208
240
480
600

40
50
100
100

120

200A

ECA1841EAA
ECA1841BAA
ECA1841CAA
ECA1841DAA

ECA1842EAA
ECA1842BAA
ECA1842CAA
ECA1842DAA

ECA1844EAA
ECA1844BAA
ECA1844CAA
ECA1844DAA

ECA1848EAA
ECA1848BAA
ECA1848CAA
ECA1848DAA

W200M4CFC






Other control power transformer primary and/or secondary voltages,
see Page 33-222.
Fuse clips are for Class R fuses only. For H and J Fuses see mods,
Page 33-44.
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X
304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4.
Example: ECA16L4EAB. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel,
change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit
to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these
Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.







All Type 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For
internal reset, order Mod Code R5.
Type 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door
interlock is required, change seventh character from 8 to 9, i.e.
ECA1818EAA would become ECA1819EAA.
100,000 AIC short circuit.
For motor full load current (FLA) range of .47A – 3.81A with a 1.15 to
1.25 service factor and for motor hp range of 1/4 hp to 2 hp at 460V.

Cover Mounted Control –
10250T Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cover Mounted
Control – ACM Series . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
For more information visit: www.eaton.com

Page 33-119
Page 33-223
PG03300001E
Page 33-42
PG03300001E
CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Advantage, Full Voltage — Enclosed

33-227

March 2009

Combination Starters — Circuit Breaker

Features and Product Selection
Full Voltage
Solid-State Overload Relays
■ 600V Maximum
■
■

33

Table 33-344. Class ECA22 — Combination Non-reversing Starter — Circuit Breaker
NEMA
Size

Motor
Voltage

Max. hp
Rating

Magnet
Coil
Voltage




1-L 

200
230
460
575

1

200

230

460

575

2

200
230
460
575

3

200
230
460
575

4

5

200
230
460
575
200
230
460
575

6

200
230
460
575










1
1
1
3
1
3
1
3
5
7-1/2
1
3
5
7-1/2
1
3
5
10
1
3
5
10
10
10
15
25
15
25
20
25
25
30
50
30
50
40
50
100
100
50
75
60
100
125
200
150
200
150
200
350
400
400

120

120

120

120

120

120

120

120

120

120 

Circuit Breaker Type 1
Type
General
Purpose
Catalog
Number
HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 3A
HMCPE 7A
HMCP 3A
HMCP 7A
HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
HMCPE 30A
HMCPE 50A
HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
HMCPE 30A
HMCPE 50A
HMCPE 3A
HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
HMCPE 30A
HMCP 3A
HMCP 7A
HMCP 15A
HMCP 30A
HMCPE 50A
HMCPE 50A
HMCPE 70A
HMCPE 50A
HMCP 30A
HMCP 50A
HMCPE 100A
HMCPE 100A
HMCPE 100A
HMCPE 100A
HMCPE 100A
HMCP 50A
HMCP 100A
HMCP 150A
HMCP 150A
HMCP 150A
HMCP 150A
HMCP 250A
HMCP 400A
HMCP 250A
HMCP 400A
HMCP 250A
HMCP 400A
HMCP 250A
HMCP 400A
HMCP 600A
HMCP 600A
HMCP 600A
HMCP 1200A
HMCP 600A

Type 3R
Rainproof
Catalog
Number

Type 4X Watertight
& Dust-Tight
Stainless Steel 
Catalog
Number

Type 12
Dust-Tight
Industrial 
Catalog
Number

ECA22L1FAC
ECA22L1FAC
ECA22L1FAB
ECA22L1FAC
ECA22L1FA5
ECA22L1FA6
ECA2211FAC
ECA2211FAD
ECA2211FAE
ECA2211FAF
ECA2211FAC
ECA2211FAD
ECA2211FAE
ECA2211FAF
ECA2211FAB
ECA2211FAC
ECA2211FAD
ECA2211FAE
ECA2211FA5
ECA2211FA6
ECA2211FA7
ECA2211FA8
ECA2221FAF
ECA2221FAF
ECA2221FAW
ECA2221FAF
ECA2221FA8
ECA2221FA9
ECA2231FAG
ECA2231FAX
ECA2231FAG
ECA2231FAX
ECA2231FAG
ECA2231FA9
ECA2231FAI
ECA2241FAH

ECA22L2FAC
ECA22L2FAC
ECA22L2FAB
ECA22L2FAC
ECA22L2FA5
ECA22L2FA6
ECA2212FAC
ECA2212FAD
ECA2212FAE
ECA2212FAF
ECA2212FAC
ECA2212FAD
ECA2212FAE
ECA2212FAF
ECA2212FAB
ECA2212FAC
ECA2212FAD
ECA2212FAE
ECA2212FA5
ECA2212FA6
ECA2212FA7
ECA2212FA8
ECA2222FAF
ECA2222FAF
ECA2222FAW
ECA2222FAF
ECA2222FA8
ECA2222FA9
ECA2232FAG
ECA2232FAX
ECA2232FAG
ECA2232FAX
ECA2232FAG
ECA2232FA9
ECA2232FAI
ECA2242FAH

ECA22L4FAC
ECA22L4FAC
ECA22L4FAB
ECA22L4FAC
ECA22L4FA5
ECA22L4FA6
ECA2214FAC
ECA2214FAD
ECA2214FAE
ECA2214FAF
ECA2214FAC
ECA2214FAD
ECA2214FAE
ECA2214FAF
ECA2214FAB
ECA2214FAC
ECA2214FAD
ECA2214FAE
ECA2214FA5
ECA2214FA6
ECA2214FA7
ECA2214FA8
ECA2224FAF
ECA2224FAF
ECA2224FAW
ECA2224FAF
ECA2224FA8
ECA2224FA9
ECA2234FAG
ECA2234FAX
ECA2234FAG
ECA2234FAX
ECA2234FAG
ECA2234FA9
ECA2234FAI
ECA2244FAH

ECA22L8FAC
ECA22L8FAC
ECA22L8FAB
ECA22L8FAC
ECA22L8FA5
ECA22L8FA6
ECA2218FAC
ECA2218FAD
ECA2218FAE
ECA2218FAF
ECA2218FAC
ECA2218FAD
ECA2218FAE
ECA2218FAF
ECA2218FAB
ECA2218FAC
ECA2218FAD
ECA2218FAE
ECA2218FA5
ECA2218FA6
ECA2218FA7
ECA2218FA8
ECA2228FAF
ECA2228FAF
ECA2228FAW
ECA2228FAF
ECA2228FA8
ECA2228FA9
ECA2238FAG
ECA2238FAX
ECA2238FAG
ECA2238FAX
ECA2238FAG
ECA2238FA9
ECA2238FAI
ECA2248FAH

W200MLCFC

ECA2251FAJ
ECA2251FAK
ECA2251FAJ
ECA2251FAK
ECA2251FAJ
ECA2251FAK
ECA2251FAJ
ECA2251FAK
ECA2261EAL
ECA2261BAL
ECA2261CAL
ECA2261FAP
ECA2261DAL

ECA2252FAJ
ECA2252FAK
ECA2252FAJ
ECA2252FAK
ECA2252FAJ
ECA2252FAK
ECA2252FAJ
ECA2252FAK
ECA2262EAL
ECA2262BAL
ECA2262CAL
ECA2262FAP
ECA2262DAL

ECA2254FAJ
ECA2254FAK
ECA2254FAJ
ECA2254FAK
ECA2254FAJ
ECA2254FAK
ECA2254FAJ
ECA2254FAK
ECA2264EAL
ECA2264BAL
ECA2264CAL
ECA2264FAP
ECA2264DAL

ECA2258FAJ
ECA2258FAK
ECA2258FAJ
ECA2258FAK
ECA2258FAJ
ECA2258FAK
ECA2258FAJ
ECA2258FAK
ECA2268EAL
ECA2268BAL
ECA2268CAL
ECA2268FAP
ECA2268DAL

W200M5CFC

All starters provided with coils for separate control.
Starters for 50 Hz operation use 110V 50 Hz magnet coil. Change 8th
character from F to N.
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X
304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4.
Example: ECA22L4FAC. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel,
change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit
to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these
Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
All Type 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For
internal reset, order Mod Code R5.
For motor full load current (FLA) range of .47A – 3.81A with a 1.15 to
1.25 service factor and for motor hp range of 1/4 hp to 2 hp at 460V.
Size 6 includes control power transformer.

CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

Cover Mounted Control –
10250T Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cover Mounted
Control – ACM Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Component
Starter (Open)
Catalog
Number

W200M1CFC

W200M1CFC

W200M1CFC

W200M1CFC

W200M2CFC

W200M3CFC

W200M4CFC

W200M6CFC

Page 33-119
Page 33-223
PG03300001E
Page 33-42
PG03300001E

33-228

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Advantage, Full Voltage — Enclosed
March 2009

Wiring Diagrams

Wiring Diagrams
Elementary Diagram

Remote Pilot Devices
Figure A

Figure A

33

M
AC Lines

Solid-State
Overload Relay

3-Wire Control
T1
T2
Motor
T3

L1
L2
L3

3
3
P

120V AC 50/60 Hz

P
1

Stop

1

1

X2

Not for Use with Auto
Reset Overload Relays.

Start

Stop

3

3
M
Start
P
Run Permit
Stop Top
E
Power
C
Common

2

(Optional)
Emergency Stop

3-Wire Control
with Internal Holding
Circuit Interlock

2-Wire Control

Start

Optional
M

Figure B

Figure C

OFF
Hand
Auto

OFF
Hand
Auto
Start
3
4

1
A

Run

3A

B

OFF
G

B

Position
Hand OFF Auto
A
X
B
X
X
X = Closed

Position
Hand OFF Auto
A
X
B
X
X = Closed

Contact

1

Figure B

OFF
Hand Auto

X2
Start
4

XOO

2-Wire Control
with HOA Switch
and START Button with
External Holding Circuit

3

3
M
Start
P
Run Permit
Stop Top
E
Power
C
Common

M

3A

Jumper

OXX
Optional

Remote Control

Emergency Stop
1

Figure C

Figure 1

3
2-Wire Control
with HOA

1 H3 H2 4
Fuse
H4
Fuse
H1
Fuse

X2

3A

OOX
Optional

3
M
Start
P
Run Permit
Stop Top
E
Power
C
Common

Jumper

Remote Control

Emergency Stop

Contact

Control Circuit Transformer (If Used)

OFF
Hand Auto
XOO

3
A

3A

R

M

1

CPT
L2
Primary
Connections

L1

C
X1
X2
1
Secondary
Connections
Connections for Dual Voltage Rated
Transformer – See Transformer Nameplate
X2 XF

G

260955 D3

Figure 33-86. Advantage Non-reversing — Non-combination

Stop (OFF)
2

1

1

1

Auto

3
4

2
Figure B

H4

1

2

3

D.S. or C.B.
Disconnecting
Means
(If Used)
L1

2(P)

Primary Connections

3

2

L2

CPT

H1

4

X1

H2

XF

H3

Fuse

3

3

1

CPT
Fusible
Control
Transformer
(If Used)
See Figure 2

Figure 2
Fusible Control Transformer

Fuse

4

Connections for Starters
Figure 1
Front View Diagram

Fuse

Connections for Control Stations
Local Control
Figure A
Figure D
START/STOP Pushbuttons
2-Position Selector Switch
2
3
Start (ON)
Hand

1
Secondary
Connections

L3
1

X2

1
L1 L2

START/STOP Selector Switch

3

2

4

Start
(ON)

1

Figure E
Pilot Light (Motor RUN)
Connect to
Terminals
”6“ and ”X2“
Black/White
X1

Figure C
3-Position Selector Switch
Hand

L2 L3
M

T1

T2

Reset

T3

4

4

Circuit
1 Breaker L1
2 or Switch L2
and
Fuse L3
3
(If Used)

1
2
3

Reset

Auto
2(P)

T1

T2

T3

T1

T2

T3

When More Than One
Pushbutton Station Is Used,
Omit Connector “A” and
Connect per Sketch at Right.

Stop

“A”

Stop

For Figures 1 and 2
Combined Remote and Local
Remote
Local
Start (ON)
2
Start
4 3
Stop



1

Add Jumper 3 to P

Omit
Connector

3

2

5

M

7

M

Stop (OFF)
2

1

1

3

Stop

Motor

3
2
1

T1
T2
Motor
T3

120V AC 50/60 Hz

1

Start

Solid-State
Overload
Protection

L2

Start

Start

M

L1

1
Remote Control
2-Wire Control
3-Wire Control

Start
3
3
1
2
Not for Use with Auto
Stop
1
Reset OL Relays.

X2(C)

Elementary Diagram
Full Voltage
Non-reversing

2 1 X2

Black/White
3

M

Connections for Dual Voltage Rated Transformer –
See Transformer Nameplate

3 P E C



X2

3

G

See
Figures
A to E

Solid-State
OL Protection

1

L1

3

Local
Control
(Flange
Mounting
If Used)

6
8

2A

3
M
Start
P
Run Permit
Stop Top Reset
E
Power
C
Common

R
G

Run
Stopped

260962 D4

Figure 33-87. Advantage Non-reversing — Combination
For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Citation

33-229

March 2009

Renewal Parts

For Catalog Numbers A10, A11, A13, A30, A31, A40, A41, A50, A51, A70, A71, A80, A81, B10, B11, B50, B51, B52, C10,
C30 and C50 Contactors and Starters
Note: For a complete listing of parts refer to the Renewal Parts Publication Number referenced on the device nameplate.

Table 33-345. Citation Renewal Parts
Description

Size 00

33

Size 0

Series A1 


Series B1

Series C1

Series D1/C2

Part
Number

Part
Number

Part
Number

Part
Number

6-21
6-21-2
6-21-3
—
—













—
—

—
—

—
—

6-22
6-22-2
—
6-22-3
6-22-4

9-1945-1
9-1945-2
9-1945-3
9-1945-4
9-1945-5
9-1945-8
9-1945-6
—
—
9-1945-16
—
—
—
—
—









—
—
—
—
—

9-2650-1
9-2650-2
9-2650-3
9-2650-4
9-2650-5
9-2650-7
9-2650-6
—
—
9-2650-13
—
—
—
—
—

9-2823-1
9-2823-2
9-2823-3
9-2823-4
9-2823-5
9-2823-7
9-2421-18 
—
—
9-2823-12
9-2823-17
—
—
—
—

9-1887-1
9-1887-2
9-1887-3
9-1887-4
9-1887-5
9-1887-7
9-1887-8
9-1888-1
9-1888-2
9-1887-16
—
9-2024-2
9-2024-1
9-2024-4
9-2024-3

10-4767
10-5018
—

10-4767
10-5018
—

10-4767
10-5018
—

10-4767
10-5018
—

10-4767
10-5018
—

Price
U.S. $

Part
Number

Price
U.S. $

Set of Contacts
Part Number on Contactor
or Starter Nameplate
2-Pole without Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-Pole without Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-Pole with Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-Pole without Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-Pole without Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Magnet Coils
120V 60 Hz or 110V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . .
240V 60 Hz or 220V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . .
480V 60 Hz or 440V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . .
600V 60 Hz or 550V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . .
208V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
24V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
380V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
120/240V 60 Hz or 110/220V 50 Hz . . . .
240/480V 60 Hz or 220/440V 50 Hz . . . .
277V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
208/240V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
120V DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
240V DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
24V DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
48V DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Coil
Suffix
A
B
C
D
E
T
L
F
G
H
J
A1
B1
T1
W1

—
—


Replacement Thermal Elements
Standard Trip Eutectic (12 teeth) . . . . . . . . . . .
Slow Trip Eutectic (24 teeth) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Current Transformer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .






For non-reversing contactors and starters only. For Size 00 reversing, select parts from adjoining size 0 column.
Replace complete contactor.
Obsolete.
Non-encapsulated coil.

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C
CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Citation

33-230

March 2009

Renewal Parts
Table 33-345. Citation Renewal Parts (Continued)
Description

Size 1

Size 2

Size 3

Series A1

33

Part
Number

Price
U.S. $

Part
Number

Series B1
Price
U.S. $

Part
Number

Series A1
Price
U.S. $

Part
Number

Series B1
Price
U.S. $

Part
Number

Price
U.S. $

Set of Contacts
Part Number on Contactor
or Starter Nameplate
2-Pole without Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-Pole without Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-Pole with Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-Pole without Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-Pole without Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

6-23
6-23-2
—
6-23-3
6-23-4

6-24
6-24-2
—
—
—

6-34
6-34-2
—
6-34-3
6-34-4

6-25
6-25-2
—
—
—

6-35
6-35-2
—
—
—

9-1887-1
9-1887-2
9-1887-3
9-1887-4
9-1887-5
9-1887-7
9-1887-8
—
9-1887-16
9-2024-2
9-2024-1
9-2024-4
9-2024-3

9-1889-1
9-1889-2
9-1889-3
9-1889-4
9-1889-13
9-1889-20
9-1889-14
9-1890-1
9-1889-31
9-2025-2
9-2025-1
9-2025-4
9-2025-3

9-2526-1
9-2526-2
9-2526-3
9-2526-4
9-2526-5
9-2526-6
9-2526-7
—
9-2526-15
9-2626-2
9-2626-1
9-2626-4
9-2626-3

9-1891-1
9-1891-2
9-1891-3
9-1891-4
9-1891-13
9-1891-15
9-1891-14
—
9-1891-26
9-2026-2
9-2026-1
9-2026-4
9-2026-3

9-1889-1
9-1889-2
9-1889-3
9-1889-4
9-1889-13
9-1889-20
9-1889-14
—
9-1889-31
9-2025-2
9-2025-1
9-2025-4
9-2025-3

Standard Trip Eutectic (12 teeth) . . . . . . . . . . .
Slow Trip Eutectic (24 teeth) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Current Transformer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

10-4767
10-5018
—

10-4767
10-5018
—

10-4767
10-5018
—

10-4767
10-5018
—

10-4767
10-5018
—

Description

Size 4

Size 5

Magnet Coils
120V 60 Hz or 110V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . .
240V 60 Hz or 220V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . .
480V 60 Hz or 440V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . .
600V 60 Hz or 550V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . .
208V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
24V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
380V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
120/240V 60 Hz or 110/220V 50 Hz . . . . .
277V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
120V DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
240V DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
24V DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
48V DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Coil
Suffix
A
B
C
D
E
T
L
F
H
A1
B1
T1
W1

Replacement Thermal Elements

Size 6
Series A1

Part
Number

Price
U.S. $

Part
Number

Price
U.S. $

Part
Number

Series B1
Price
U.S. $

Part
Number

Series C1
Price
U.S. $

Part
Number

Price
U.S. $

Set of Contacts
Part Number on Contactor
or Starter Nameplate
2-Pole without Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-Pole without Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-Pole with Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-Pole without Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-Pole without Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Magnet Coils
120V 60 Hz or 110V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . .
240V 60 Hz or 220V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . .
480V 60 Hz or 440V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . .
600V 60 Hz or 550V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . .
208V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
24V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
380V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
120/240V 60 Hz or 110/220V 50 Hz . . . . .
240/480V 60 Hz or 220/440V 50 Hz . . . . .
277V 60Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
120V DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
240V DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
24V DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
48V DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

6-36-3 

6-36-4 

—
—
—

6-27
6-27-2
—
—
—

6-28
6-28-2
—
—
—

—
6-570
—
—
—

6-601-2
6-601
—
—
—

9-1891-1
9-1891-2
9-1891-3
9-1891-4
9-1891-13
9-1891-15
9-1891-14
—
—
9-1891-26
9-2026-2
9-2026-1
9-2026-4
9-2026-3

9-1891-1
9-1891-2
9-1891-3
9-1891-4
9-1891-13
9-1891-15
9-1891-14
—
—
9-1891-26
9-2026-2
9-2026-1
9-2026-4
9-2026-3

9-1875-1
9-1875-2
9-1875-3
9-1875-4
9-1875-14
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

9-2651
9-2651-2
9-2651-3
9-2651-4
9-2651-6
—
9-2651-5
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

9-2698
9-2698-2
9-2698-3
9-2698-4
9-2698-5
—
9-2698-6
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

10-4767
10-5018
—

10-4767
10-5018
—

10-4767
—
—

10-4767
—
—

10-4767
—
—

Coil
Suffix
A
B
C
D
E
T
L
F
G
H
A1
B1
T1
W1

Replacement Thermal Elements
Standard Trip Eutectic (12 teeth) . . . . . . . . . . .
Slow Trip Eutectic (24 teeth) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Current Transformer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .



#Series B1. For Series A1, order 6-26 or 6-26-2.

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C
For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Citation

33-231

March 2009

Renewal Parts
Table 33-345. Citation Renewal Parts (Continued)
Description

Size 7

Size 8

Series A1
Part
Number

Price
U.S. $

Series B1
Part
Number

Price
U.S. $

Part
Number

Price
U.S. $

Set of Contacts
Part Number on Contactor
or Starter Nameplate
2-Pole without Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-Pole without Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-Pole with Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-Pole without Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-Pole without Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Magnet Coils
120V 60 Hz or 110V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . .
240V 60 Hz or 220V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . .
480V 60 Hz or 440V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . .
600V 60 Hz or 550V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . .
208V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
24V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
380V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
120/240V 60 Hz or 110/220V 50 Hz . . . .
240/480V 60 Hz or 220/440V 50 Hz . . . .
277V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
120V DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
240V DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
24V DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
48V DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

6-28
6-28-2
—
—
—

—
6-570
—
—
—

—
6-571
—
—
—

9-1875-1
9-1875-2
9-1875-3
9-1875-4
9-1875-14
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

9-2651
9-2651-2
9-2651-3
9-2651-4
9-2651-6
—
9-2651-5
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

9-2654
9-2654-2
9-2654-3
9-2654-4
9-2654-6
—
9-2654-5
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

10-4767
—
—

10-4767
—
—

10-4767
—
—

Coil
Suffix
A
B
C
D
E
T
L
F
G
H
A1
B1
T1
W1

Replacement Thermal Elements
Standard Trip Eutectic (12 teeth) . . . . . . . . . . .
Slow Trip Eutectic (24 teeth) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Current Transformer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C
CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

33

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Type N

33-232

March 2009

Renewal Parts

For Type N Control
Table 33-346. Contact Kits

33

Poles

NEMA Size

Part
Number

3

0
1
2
3
4

1605226
1605212
1605202
1625563
1625564

Price
U.S. $

Table 33-347. AC Coils
Voltage

Hz

2-, 3-Pole

4-, 5-Pole

Obsolete
Part Number

Current
Part Number

Price
U.S. $

Obsolete
Part Number

Current
Part Number

Price
U.S. $

Size 0, 1 

110
110/208/220
220/380/440
550
220

60
25/60/60
25/50/60
60
50

1470241
1470242
1470243
1470244
1470247

9969D90G01
9969D90G02
9969D90G03
9969D90G04
9969D90G06

1470261
1470262
1470263
N/A
N/A

9969D90G16
9969D90G17
9969D90G18
N/A
N/A

440
440
120
115/208/230
600
550

50
25
60
60/60/60
60
25

1470248
1470250
1605268
1605513
1470245
1470251

9969D90G07
9969D90G08
9969D90G09
9969D90G15
9969D90G20
9969D90G22

1470268
1470270
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

9969D90G19
9969D90G21
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

110
110/208/220
220/380/440/480
550
110

60
25/60/60
25/50/60/60
60
50

1470201
1470202
1470203
1470204
1470206

9969D92G01
9969D92G02
9969D92G03
9969D92G04
9969D92G05

1470221
1470222
N/A
1470224
1470226

9969D93G01
9969D93G02
N/A
9969D93G10
9969D93G05

220
440
600
440
120/110

50
50
60
25
60/50

1470207
1470208
1470205
1470210
1605478

9969D92G06
9969D92G07
9969D92G08
9969D92G09
9969D92G10

1470227
N/A
1470225
N/A
N/A

9969D93G06
N/A
9969D93G08
N/A
N/A

550
415
220/380/440

50
50
25/60/60

1470209
N/A
N/A

9969D92G11
N/A
N/A

N/A
L1557647
1470223

N/A
9969D93G09
9969D93G03

110
110/208/220
220/380/400/440
110
120/110

60
25/60/60
25/50/50/60
50
60/50

1490645
1490646
1490647
1490652
1600770

9969D96G04
9969D96G05
9969D96G06
9969D96G08
9969D96G09

1490645
1490646
1490647
1490652
1600770

9969D96G04
9969D96G05
9969D96G06
9969D96G08
9969D96G09

600/500
600/500/400
220
240

60/50
60/50/40
50
60

1490649
1659421
1490653
1490648

9969D96G21
9969D96G23
9969D93G24
9969D96G29

1490649
1659421
1490653
1490648

9969D96G21
9969D96G23
9969D93G24
9969D96G29

110
110/208/220
110
220
240

60
25/60/60
50
50
50

1596633
1490658
1596636
1596637
1596639

9969D96G10
9969D96G11
9969D96G13
9969D96G14
9969D96G15

1597723
1597724
N/A
N/A
N/A

9969D96G01
9969D96G02
N/A
N/A
N/A

600/500
440
600
440
120/110
220/380/400/440

60/50
25
60
60
60/50
25/50/50/60

1596635
1596641
1596634
1490659
1600771
N/A

9969D96G16
9969D96G17
9969D96G19
9969D96G12
9969D96G20
N/A

1490649
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
1597725

9969D96G21
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
9969D96G31

Size 2 


Size 3 


Size 4




Minimum order quantity of 3 required.

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C
For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Solenoids — Alternating Current

33-233

March 2009

10370 Series

Product Description

Contents
Description

Page

AC Solenoids
Product Description . . . . .
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . .

33-233
33-233
33-233
33-234

Cutler-Hammer® Solenoids from
Eaton’s electrical business are used for
a wide variety of applications where
straight line motion is to be obtained
automatically or at a remote point.

Features
■
■
■
■

Cat. No. 10370

■

Plunger and frame are machined to
ensure quiet operation
Push- and pull-type operation
With and without terminal box
Plunger provided with connecting
pin
Size C and D solenoids are provided
with special bearing to minimize
wear in clevis under severe service

Product Selection
When Ordering Specify
■

Catalog Number

Table 33-348. AC Solenoids — 60 Hz, Continuous Duty
Size Volt. Operating Data 

Magnetic Force in Lbs.
Horizontal
Position

With
Gravity

Against
Gravity

At 100% At 85% At 100% At 85% At 100% At 85%
Voltage Voltage Voltage Voltage Voltage Voltage

Max.
Stroke in
Inches
(mm)

Inrush Sealed Floor Mtg.

1 (25.4)
1 (25.4)
1 (25.4)

1.83
.92
.45

Current

Without Conduit Box
Wall Mtg.

With Conduit Box
Price
U.S.$

Mtg. 

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

.34
.17
.08

—
—
—

10370H1
10370H2
10370H3

10370H610
10370H611
10370H612

.87
.42
.20

10370H57
10370H58
10370H59

10370H694
10370H696
10370H697

10370H69
10370H70
10370H71

Price
U.S.$

60 Hertz Pull Type
A

110
220
440

B

110
220
440

4.2
4.2
4.2

3
3
3

4.5
4.5
4.5

3.3
3.3
3.3

3.9
3.9
3.9

2.7
2.7
2.7

1 (25.4)
1 (25.4)
1 (25.4)

C

110
220
440

7
7
7

5.25
5.25
5.25

8
8
8

6.25
6.25
6.25

6
6
6

4.25
4.25
4.25

1.25 (31.8) 10.4
1.25 (31.8) 5.2
1.25 (31.8) 2.5

1.07
.52
.26

10370H244 —
10370H245 —
10370H246 —

10370H256
10370H257
10370H258

D

110
220
440

12.4
12.4
12.4

1.25 (31.8) 18
1.25 (31.8) 9.3
1.25 (31.8) 4.4

1.58
.81
.40

10370H356 10370H814
10370H357 10370H816
10370H358 10370H817

10370H368
10370H369
10370H370

.34
.17
.08

—
—
—

10370H13
10370H14 
10370H15

10370H25
10370H26
10370H27

.87
.42
.20

10370H81
10370H82
10370H83

10370H708
10370H710
10370H711

10370H93
10370H94
10370H95

.72
.72
.72

.50
.50
.50

10
10
10

.90
.90
.90

.68
.68
.68

.55
.55
.55

.33
.33
.33

13.65
13.65
13.65

11.25
11.25
11.25

11.15
11.15
11.15

8.75
8.75
8.75

.90
.90
.90

.68
.68
.68

.55
.55
.55

.33
.33
.33

5.4
2.6
1.29

60 Hertz Push Type
A

110
220
440

B

110
220
440

4.2
4.2
4.2

3
3
3

4.5
4.5
4.5

3.3
3.3
3.3

3.9
3.9
3.9

2.7
2.7
2.7

1 (25.4)
1 (25.4)
1 (25.4)

C

110
220
440

7
7
7

5.25
5.25
5.25

8
8
8

6.25
6.25
6.25

6
6
6

4.25
4.25
4.25

1.25 (31.8) 10.4
1.25 (31.8) 5.2
1.25 (31.8) 2.5

1.07
.52
.26

10370H268 —
—
10370H774
—
10370H775

10370H280
10370H281
10370H282

D

110
220
440

12.4
12.4
12.4

8.75
8.75
8.75

1.25 (31.8) 18
1.25 (31.8) 9.3
1.25 (31.8) 4.4

1.58
.81
.40

10370H380 10370H828 
10370H381 10370H830 
10370H382 10370H831 

10370H392
10370H393
10370H394






.72
.72
.72

.50
.50
.50

10
10
10

13.65
13.65
13.65

11.25
11.25
11.25

11.15
11.15
11.15

1 (25.4)
1 (25.4)
1 (25.4)

1.83
.92
.45
5.4
2.6
1.29

Mounting of solenoids “with conduit box” — Size A are for wall mounting — Size B, C and D are for floor mounting.
Recommended selection of solenoids on basis of 85% voltage values.
Part numbers are now obsolete.

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C
CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

33

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Solenoids — Alternating Current

33-234

March 2009

10370 Series

Dimensions
Table 33-349. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) and Shipping Weights
Size Push Type

Pull Type

Dimensions in Inches (mm)

33

Wide
A

High
B


Deep
C

D

E

Ship. Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Wt.
Wide
High
Deep
Mounting
Lbs. A
B

C
D
E
(kg)

3.63
(92.2)
4.88
(124.0)
6.13
(155.7)
6.13
(155.7)

2.25
(57.2)
3.00
(76.2)
4.13
(104.9)
4.13
(104.9)

1.13
(28.7)
2.00
(50.8)
2.38
(60.5)
2.75
(69.9)

1.63
(41.4)
2.13
(54.1)
3.13
(79.5)
3.13
(79.5)

2.0
(.9)
2.5
(1.1)
5.0
(2.3)
7.0
(3.2)

2.38
(60.5)
2.63
(66.8)
3.00
(76.2)
4.00
(101.6)

2.63
(66.8)
3.63
(92.2)
4.88
(124.0)
4.88
(124.0)

2.25
(57.2)
3.00
(76.2)
4.13
(104.9)
4.13
(104.9)

1.13
(28.7)
2.00
(50.8)
2.38
(60.5)
2.75
(69.9)

1.63
(41.4)
2.13
(54.1)
3.13
(79.5)
3.13
(79.5)

2.0
(.9)
2.5
(1.1)
5.0
(2.3)
7.0
(3.2)

4.88
(124.0)
6.13
(155.7)
6.13
(155.7)

3.00
(76.2)
3.75
(95.3)
3.75
(95.3)

1.50
(38.1)
1.75
(44.5)
2.25
(57.2)

2.25
(57.2)
3.13
(79.5)
3.13
(79.5)

2.5
(1.1)
5.0
(2.3)
7.0
(3.2)

3.13
(79.5)
3.50
(88.9)
3.88
(98.6)

3.88
(98.6)
4.88
(124.0)
4.88
(124.0)

3.00
(76.2)
3.75
(95.3)
3.75
(95.3)

1.50
(38.1)
1.75
(44.5)
2.25
(57.2)

2.25
(57.2)
3.13
(79.5)
3.13
(79.5)

2.5
(1.1)
5.0
(2.3)
7.0
(3.2)

Mounting

Ship.
Wt.
Lbs.
(kg)

Wall Mounted
A
B
C
D

2.38
(60.5)
2.63
(66.8)
3.00
(76.2)
4.00
(101.6)

Floor Mounted
B
C
D



3.13
(79.5)
3.50
(88.9)
3.88
(98.6)

In sealed state.

E

B

D
A

C
Wall Mounted

B

D
A

E
C
Floor Mounted

Figure 33-88. Approximate Dimensions

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Shoe Brakes — AC and DC Magnetic

33-235

March 2009

511 Series

Features

Contents
Description

Page

AC and DC Magnetic Shoe Brakes
Product Description . . . . . 33-235
Application Description . . . 33-235
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-235
Brake Selection . . . . . . . . . 33-235
Shipping Weights. . . . . . . . 33-235
Product Selection . . . . . . . . 33-236
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-238

DC Brakes

The brake wheel is of relatively large
size in relation to the torque developed
by the brake. This permits use of a
larger brake shoe lining and lower
shoe pressures. Low shoe pressure,
equally distributed over a large lining
area, results in even wear of the friction surfaces and even braking torque.
The oversize wheel type construction
also permits use of a smaller operating
solenoid that requires less current for
a given torque rating.

Standard DC brakes are equipped with
shunt coils. The magnet coil circuit on
DC brakes consists of two separate
windings and a protective switch.

Mounting
Type S brakes are designed and
recommended for use and mounting
only in the horizontal position. Side
or vertical mountings are not recommended because the solenoid loading
is altered, resulting in accelerated
wear and premature coil failure.

Brake Selection
The method most generally used to
determine required braking torque is
to calculate the full load motor torque
by the following formula:
T = 5252 x hp
rpm
T = Full load motor torque in lb-ft
hp = Motor horsepower
rpm = Speed of shaft on which
brake wheel is mounted

Size S-7 Brake and Wheel

Product Description
Cutler-Hammer® Type S Brakes from
Eaton’s electrical business are electrically released and spring applied
providing “fail-safe” operation. The
retarding torque developed is directly
proportional to the spring pressure.

Application Description
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■

Conveyors
Machine tools
Printing presses
Small cranes
Overhead doors
Dumb waiters
Vacuum molding machines
Carnival rides

Z

The torque rating of the brake selected
should be at least equal to the full load
motor torque for the duty considered.

A

Y

X

W

Figure 33-89. Standard Brake Wheels —
Approximate Dimensions

Table 33-350. Standard Brake Wheel Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Bore

A

Z

W


X

Y

Max.

Min.

4.00 (101.6)
5.50 (139.7)
7.00 (177.8)

2.75 (69.9)
3.25 (82.6)
4.25 (108.0)

1.63 (41.4)
2.00 (50.8)
3.00 (76.2)

1.38 (35.1)
1.63 (41.4)
1.25 (31.8)

2.50 (63.5)
3.25 (82.6)
4.00 (101.6)

1.38 (35.1)
2.00 (50.8)
2.25 (57.2)

.50 (12.7)
.75 (19.1)
1.00 (25.4)




Hub lengths other than standard are not available.

Shipping Weights
Table 33-351. Approximate Shipping Weights
Brake Size

Torque Rating
ft-lb

Weight in Lbs. (kg)
Net —
Brake with Wheel

Net —
Wheel Only

Boxed —
Brake with Wheel

Type “S” AC Shoe Brakes
S-4
S-4
S-4
S-5-1/2
S-5-1/2
S-7
S-7

3
10
15
25
35
50
75

15.8 (7.2)
15.8 (7.2)
15.8 (7.2)
33.2 (15.1)
33.2 (15.1)
52.1 (23.7)
52.1 (23.7)

3.4 (1.5)
3.4 (1.5)
3.4 (1.5)
7.5 (3.4)
7.5 (3.4)
18.8 (8.5)
18.8 (8.5)

17.0 (7.7)
17.0 (7.7)
17.0 (7.7)
36.0 (16.3)
36.0 (16.3)
55.0 (25.0)
55.0 (25.0)

18.0 (8.2)
18.0 (8.2)
18.0 (8.2)
35.0 (15.9)
35.0 (15.9)
54.0 (24.5)
54.0 (24.5)
54.0 (24.5)
54.0 (24.5)

3.4 (1.5)
3.4 (1.5)
3.4 (1.5)
7.5 (3.4)
7.5 (3.4)
18.8 (8.5)
18.8 (8.5)
18.8 (8.5)
18.8 (8.5)

20.0 (9.1)
20.0 (9.1)
20.0 (9.1)
38.0 (17.3)
38.0 (17.3)
58.0 (26.3)
58.0 (26.3)
58.0 (26.3)
58.0 (26.3)

Type “S” DC Shoe Brakes
S-4
S-4
S-4
S-5-1/2
S-5-1/2
S-7
S-7
S-7
S-7

CA08102001E

3
10
15
25
35
50
75
85
110

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

33

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Shoe Brakes — AC and DC Magnetic

33-236

March 2009

511 Series

Product Selection
When Ordering Specify
Brake
❑ Catalog Number plus Suffix
Number for coil
❑ Example: 511H1193-41
■ Wheel
❑ Catalog Number plus Suffix
Number for bore size
❑ Example: 511H1150-3
■

33

Size S-4 Brake and Wheel

Table 33-352. Type S Brakes — Floor Mounting
Torque — lb-ft
Continuous






Intermittent 


Brake
Size

AC

DC

Base
Catalog
Number 

3
10
—

3
10
15

S-4
S-4
S-4

511H1194
511H1193
511H1192

25
—

25
35

S-5-1/2
S-5-1/2

511H992
511H993

50
—

50
75

S-7
S-7

511H970
511H971

85
—

85
110

S-7
S-7

511H1195
511H1196

Price
U.S. $

For Type S4, S5-1/2,
S7, S10
Coil Volts
and Hertz

Coil
Suffix 

120V 60 Hz
208V 60 Hz
240V 60 Hz
480V 60 Hz
600V 60 Hz
110V 50 Hz
220V 50 Hz
380V 50 Hz
440V 50 Hz
550V 50 Hz

-39
-45
-40
-41
-58
-5
-6
-7
-8
-9

Base
Catalog
Number 

511H955
511H956
511H957

Price
U.S. $

Coil
Voltage

Coil
Suffix 

120V DC
240V DC

-97
-98

511H994
511H995
511H975
511H976
511H1197
511H1198

Intermittent duty indicates that the coil can be placed across the line continuously for one hour maximum without excessive heating. It is equivalent
to 1/2 time ON and 1/2 time OFF.
Add Suffix Number for coil voltage to Base Catalog Number.
Does not include Wheel.

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C
For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Shoe Brakes — AC and DC Magnetic

33-237

March 2009

511 Series
Table 33-353. Brake Wheels
Wheel Size
in Inches

4.0






Min.
Bore in
Inches
(mm)

Max.
Bore in
Inches
(mm)

WK2

Pilot
Bore in
Inches
(mm)

Straight Bore 

Base 
Catalog Number

Tapered Bore 
Finished
Bore

Pilot
Bore Only

Price
U.S. $

Price
U.S. $

Base 
Catalog Number

.50 (12.7)

1.38 (35.1)

.50 (12.7)

.06

511H1150

511H1151

5.5

.75 (19.1)

2.00 (50.8)

.75 (19.1)

.26

511H1160

511H1161

7.0

1.00 (25.4)

2.25 (57.2)

.75 (19.1)

.77

511H1170

511H1171

Finished
Bore

Pilot
Bore Only

Price
U.S. $

Price
U.S. $

Bore tolerance: +.000 -.001 inches.
Taper is at rate of 1.25 inches per foot on diameter. In bore size selection, use diameter of tapered shaft. Bore tolerance: +.000 -.005 inches.
Add Suffix Number for bore size to Base Catalog Number.

Table 33-354. Brake Wheel Suffix Numbers
Bore Size Suffix Number — Add to Base Catalog Number
Bore  in Inches (mm)

Keyway in Inches

Suffix Number

Bore  in Inches (mm)

Keyway in Inches (mm)

Suffix Number

Standard Bore Sizes — No Price Addition
Pilot Bore
.625 (15.88)
.750 (19.05)
.875 (22.23)

None
3/16 x 3/32
3/16 x 3/32
3/16 x 3/32

-1
-2
-3
-4

1.625 (41.28)
1.875 (47.63)
2.125 (53.98)
2.375 (60.33)

3/38 x 3/16
1/2 x 1/4
1/2 x 1/4
5/8 x 5/16

-9
-10
-11
-12

1.000 (25.40)
1.125 (28.58)
1.250 (31.75)
1.375 (34.93)

1/4 x 1/8
1/4 x 1/8
1/4 x 1/8
5/16 x 5/32

-5
-6
-7
-8

2.500 (63.50)
2.625 (66.68)
2.750 (69.85)
2.875 (73.03)

5/8 x 5/16
5/8 x 5/16
5/8 x 5/16
3/4 x 3/8

-63
-13
-18
-14

Non-standard Bore Sizes — Make Necessary Price Addition 
.500 (12.70)
.750 (19.05)
.875 (22.23)
1.000 (25.40)

1/8 x 1/16
1/4 x 1/8
1/4 x 1/8
5/16 x 5/32

-50
-51
-52
-53

1.687 (42.85)
1.750 (44.45)
1.937 (49.20)
2.000 (50.80)

3/8 x 3/16
3/8 x 3/16
1/2 x 1/4
1/2 x 1/4

-58
-59
-60
-61

1.187 (30.15)
1.375 (34.93)
1.437 (36.50)
1.500 (38.10)

1/4 x 1/8
3/8 x 3/16
3/8 x 3/16
3/8 x 3/16

-54
-55
-56
-57

2.250 (57.15)
—
—
—

1/2 x 1/4
—
—
—

-62
—
—
—




Bore size selected must be between minimum and maximum dimensions listed in brake wheel selection table.
Price Additions
Description

Adder
U.S. $

4.0 Inch (101.6 mm)
5.5 Inch (139.7 mm)
7.0 Inch (177.8 mm)

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C
CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

33

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Shoe Brakes — AC and DC Magnetic

33-238

March 2009

511 Series

Dimensions

R

33

U E

Q

P
K

M

L

C
A
B

J

O

Hub
Length

N
D
T
F

S

(2) "H" Dia. Holes
for Mounting

D
G

Types S4, S5-1/2, and S7
Solenoid Operated

Figure 33-90. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Table 33-355. Approximate Dimensions
Brake
Size

Torque Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Rating A
C
D
B

ft-lb

E

F

G

H

J

K

L

M

N

O

P

Q

R

2.75
(69.9)
2.75
(69.9)
2.75
(69.9)
3.25
(82.6)
3.25
(82.6)
4.25
(108.0)
4.25
(108.0)

1.63
(41.4)
1.63
(41.4)
1.63
(41.4)
2.00
(50.8)
2.00
(50.8)
2.13
(54.1)
2.13
(54.1)

1.63
(41.4)
1.63
(41.4)
1.63
(41.4)
2.00
(50.8)
2.00
(50.8)
3.00
(76.2)
3.00
(76.2)

2.88
(73.2)
2.88
(73.2)
2.88
(73.2)
3.13
(79.5)
3.13
(79.5)
3.13
(79.5)
3.13
(79.5)

3.00
(76.2)
3.00
(76.2)
3.00
(76.2)
3.75
(95.3)
3.75
(95.3)
4.75
(120.7)
4.75
(120.7)

3.13
(79.5)
3.13
(79.5)
3.13
(79.5)
3.13
(79.5)
3.13
(79.5)
3.13
(79.5)
3.13
(79.5)

2.75
(69.9)
2.75
(69.9)
2.75
(69.9)
3.25
(82.6)
3.25
(82.6)
4.25
(108.0)
4.25
(108.0)
4.25
(108.0)
4.25
(108.0)

1.63
(41.4)
1.63
(41.4)
1.63
(41.4)
2.00
(50.8)
2.00
(50.8)
2.13
(54.1)
2.13
(54.1)
2.13
(54.1)
2.13
(54.1)

1.63
(41.4)
1.63
(41.4)
1.63
(41.4)
2.00
(50.8)
2.00
(50.8)
3.00
(76.2)
3.00
(76.2)
3.00
(76.2)
3.00
(76.2)

2.63
(66.8)
2.63
(66.8)
2.63
(66.8)
2.88
(73.2)
2.88
(73.2)
2.88
(73.2)
2.88
(73.2)
2.88
(73.2)
2.88
(73.2)

3.00
(76.2)
3.00
(76.2)
3.00
(76.2)
3.75
(95.3)
3.75
(95.3)
4.88
(124.0)
4.88
(124.0)
4.88
(124.0)
4.88
(124.0)

4.06
(103.1)
4.06
(103.1)
4.06
(103.1)
4.06
(103.1)
4.06
(103.1)
4.06
(103.1)
4.06
(103.1)
4.06
(103.1)
4.06
(103.1)

Type “S” AC Shoe Brakes
S-4

3

S-4

10

S-4

15

S-5-1/2

25

S-5-1/2

35

S-7

50

S-7

75

4.00
(101.6)
4.00
(101.6)
4.00
(101.6)
5.50
(139.7)
5.50
(139.7)
7.00
(177.8)
7.00
(177.8)

2.88
(73.2)
2.88
(73.2)
2.88
(73.2)
4.00
(101.6)
4.00
(101.6)
5.00
(127.0)
5.00
(127.0)

7.50
(190.5)
7.50
(190.5)
7.50
(190.5)
9.50
(241.3)
9.50
(241.3)
11.50
(292.1)
11.50
(292.1)

2.63
(66.8)
2.63
(66.8)
2.63
(66.8)
3.50
(88.9)
3.50
(88.9)
4.38
(111.3)
4.38
(111.3)

1.25
(31.8)
1.25
(31.8)
1.25
(31.8)
2.00
(50.8)
2.00
(50.8)
2.50
(63.5)
2.50
(63.5)

7.50
(190.5)
7.50
(190.5)
7.50
(190.5)
8.38
(212.9)
8.38
(212.9)
9.50
(241.3)
9.50
(241.3)

3.13
(79.5)
3.13
(79.5)
3.13
(79.5)
4.13
(104.9)
4.13
(104.9)
5.00
(127.0)
5.00
(127.0)

.38
(9.7)
.38
(9.7)
.38
(9.7)
.44
(11.2)
.44
(11.2)
.56
(14.2)
.56
(14.2)

.63
(16.0)
.63
(16.0)
.63
(16.0)
1.00
(25.4)
1.00
(25.4)
1.00
(25.4)
1.00
(25.4)

2.88
(73.2)
2.88
(73.2)
2.88
(73.2)
4.88
(124.0)
7.88
(200.2)
6.00
(152.4)
6.00
(152.4)

.25
(6.4)
.25
(6.4)
.25
(6.4)
.38
(9.7)
.38
(9.7)
—

3.50
(88.9)
3.50
(88.9)
3.50
(88.9)
4.00
(101.6)
4.00
(101.6)
5.00
(127.0)
5.00
(127.0)
5.00
(127.0)
5.00
(127.0)

8.00
(203.2)
8.00
(203.2)
8.00
(203.2)
9.50
(241.3)
9.50
(241.3)
11.50
(292.1)
11.50
(292.1)
11.50
(292.1)
11.50
(292.1)

2.63
(66.8)
2.63
(66.8)
2.63
(66.8)
3.50
(88.9)
3.50
(88.9)
4.38
(111.3)
4.38
(111.3)
4.38
(111.3)
4.38
(111.3)

1.25
(31.8)
1.25
(31.8)
1.25
(31.8)
2.00
(50.8)
2.00
(50.8)
2.50
(63.5)
2.50
(63.5)
2.50
(63.5)
2.50
(63.5)

7.56
(192.0)
7.56
(192.0)
7.56
(192.0)
8.38
(212.9)
8.38
(212.9)
9.50
(241.3)
9.50
(241.3)
9.50
(241.3)
9.50
(241.3)

3.25
(82.6)
3.25
(82.6)
3.25
(82.6)
4.13
(104.9)
4.13
(104.9)
5.00
(127.0)
5.00
(127.0)
5.00
(127.0)
5.00
(127.0)

.38
(9.7)
.38
(9.7)
.38
(9.7)
.44
(11.2)
.44
(11.2)
.56
(14.2)
.56
(14.2)
.56
(14.2)
.56
(14.2)

.75
(19.1)
.75
(19.1)
.75
(19.1)
.75
(19.1)
.75
(19.1)
.75
(19.1)
.75
(19.1)
.75
(19.1)
.75
(19.1)

2.88
(73.2)
2.88
(73.2)
2.88
(73.2)
4.88
(124.0)
4.88
(124.0)
6.00
(152.4)
6.00
(152.4)
6.00
(152.4)
6.00
(152.4)

.25
(6.4)
.25
(6.4)
.25
(6.4)
.38
(9.7)
.38
(9.7)
—

—

Type “S” DC Shoe Brakes
S-4

3

S-4

10

S-4

15

S-5-1/2

25

S-5-1/2

35

S-7

50

S-7

75

S-7

85

S-7

110




4.00
(101.6)
4.00
(101.6)
4.00
(101.6)
5.50
(139.7)
5.50
(139.7)
7.00
(177.8)
7.00
(177.8)
7.00
(177.8)
7.00
(177.8)

—
—
—

Open type brake only.

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Reference Data

33-239

March 2009

IEC Utilization Categories
(See also IEC/EN 60947-1;
2.1.18/IEV 441-17-19)
A combination of specified requirements relating to the condition in
which the switching device or fuse
fulfills its purpose and selected to
represent a characteristic group of
real-life applications. The specified
requirements may, for example, relate
to the values of making and breaking
capacity and other characteristic values, data concerning associated circuits and the applicable conditions
of use and operational behavior.

Table 33-356. Used in Technical Data & Formulas
Code Descriptions

Code Descriptions

DF

Duty factory

Irmv

I∆n
Icm

Response value of earth-fault release

Response value of short-time delayed
short-circuit release

Isd

Response value of short-time delayed
short-circuit release

Icn
Ics

Rated short-circuit breaking capacity

Response value of earth-fault release

Rated service short-circuit breaking
capacity

IT
Ig

Icu

Rated ultimate short-circuit breaking
capacity

Ith
Ithe

Conventional free air thermal current

Icw
Ie

Rated short-time withstand current

Ik

Transformer initial short-circuit AC current

IL
In

Load monitoring response value

INT
IPK

Transformer rated current

Iq
Ir

Rated conditional short-circuit current

Irm

Rated short-circuit making capacity

Rated operational current

Iu
SNT
tr

Response value of earth-fault release
Conventional thermal current of
enclosed devices
Rated uninterrupted current
Transformer rating
Time delay of overload release
response

tT

Time delay of earth-fault release
response

tg

Time delay of earth-fault release
response

tv

Time delay of short-circuit release
response

Response value of non-delayed shortcircuit release

Uc
Ue

Rated actuating voltage

Ii

Response value of non-delayed shortcircuit release

Irmf

Response value of fixed, non-delayed
short-circuit release

Ui
Rated insulation voltage
Uimp Rated impulse withstand voltage

Rated current
Rated peak withstand current
Overcurrent release set value

Uk
Us

Rated operational voltage

Transformer short-circuit voltage
Rated control voltage

Annex A (informative)
Table 33-357. Examples of Utilization Categories for Low-Voltage Switchgear and Controlgear 

Category

Typical Applications

Relevant IEC Product Standard

Nature of Current — AC
AC-1
AC-2
AC-3
AC-4
AC-5a
AC-5b
AC-6a
AC-6b
AC-7a
AC-7b
AC-8a
AC-8b
AC-12
AC-12
AC-13
AC-14
AC-15
AC-20
AC-21
AC-22
AC-23





Non-inductive or slightly inductive loads, resistance furnaces
Slip-ring motors: starting, switching off
Squirrel-cage motors: starting, switching off motors during running
Squirrel-cage motors: starting, plugging , inching 
Switching of electric discharge lamp controls
Switching of incandescent lamps
Switching of transformers
Switching of capacitor banks
Slightly inductive loads for household appliances and similar applications
Motor-loads for household applications
Hermetic refrigerant compressor motor control with manual resetting of overload releases
Hermetic refrigerant compressor motor control with automatic resetting of overload releases
Control of resistive loads and solid-state loads with isolation by optocouplers
Control of resistive loads and solid-state loads with optical isolation
Control of solid-state loads with transformer isolation
Control of small electromagnetic loads
Control of AC electromagnetic loads
Connecting and disconnecting under no-load conditions
Switching of resistive loads, including moderate overloads
Switching of mixed resistive and inductive loads, including moderate overloads
Switching of motor loads or other highly inductive loads

60947-4-1
60947-4-1
60947-4-1
60947-4-1
60947-4-1
60947-4-1
60947-4-1
60947-4-1
61095
61095
60947-4-1
60947-4-1
60947-5-1
60947-5-2
60947-5-1
60947-5-1
60947-5-1
60947-3
60947-3
60947-3
60947-3

60947-1 © IEC: 2004.
By plugging is understood stopping or reversing the motor rapidly by reversing motor primary connections while the motor is running.
By inching (jogging) is understood energizing a motor once or repeatedly for short periods to obtain small movements of the driven mechanism.

CA08102001E

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

33

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Reference Data

33-240

March 2009

Annex A (informative)
Table 33-357. Examples of Utilization Categories for Low-Voltage Switchgear and Controlgear 
 (Continued)
Category

Typical Applications

Relevant IEC Product Standard

Nature of Current — AC (Continued)

33

AC-31
AC-33
AC-35
AC-36
AC-40
AC-41
AC-42
AC-43
AC-44
AC-45a
AC-45b
AC-51
AC-52a
AC-52b
AC-53a
AC-53b
AC-55a
AC-55b
AC-56a
AC-56b
AC-58a
AC-58b
AC-140

Non inductive or slightly inductive loads
Motor loads or mixed loads including motors, resistive loads and up to 30% incandescent lamp loads
Electric discharge lamp loads
Incandescent lamp loads
Distribution circuits comprising mixed resistive and reactive loads having a resultant inductive
reactance
Non-inductive or slightly inductive loads, resistance furnaces
Slip-ring motors: starting, switching off
Squirrel-cage motors: starting, switching off motors during running
Squirrel-cage motors: starting, plugging , inching 
Switching of electric discharge lamp controls
Switching of incandescent lamps
Non-inductive or slightly inductive loads, resistance furnaces
Control of slip ring motor stators: 8 h duty with on-load currents for start, acceleration, run
Control of slip ring motor stators: intermittent duty
Control of squirrel-cage motors: 8 h duty with on-load currents for start, acceleration, run
Control of squirrel-cage motors: intermittent duty
Switching of electric discharge lamp controls
Switching of incandescent lamps
Switching of transformers
Switching of capacitor banks
Control of hermetic refrigerant compressor motors with automatic resetting of overload releases:
8 h duty with on-load currents for start, acceleration, run
Control of hermetic refrigerant compressor motors with automatic resetting of overload releases:
intermittent duty
Control of small electromagnetic loads with holding (closed) current ≤ 0,2 A, e.g. contactor relays

60947-6-1
60947-6-1
60947-6-1
60947-6-1
60947-6-2
60947-6-2
60947-6-2
60947-6-2
60947-6-2
60947-6-2
60947-6-2
60947-4-3
60947-4-2
60947-4-2
60947-4-2
60947-4-2
60947-4-3
60947-4-3
60947-4-3
60947-4-3
60947-4-2
60947-4-2
60947-5-2

Nature of Current — AC and DC
A
B

Protection of circuits, with no rated short-time withstand current
Protection of circuits, with a rated short-time withstand current

60947-2
60947-2

Nature of Current — DC
DC-1
DC-3
DC-5
DC-6
DC-12
DC-12
DC-13
DC-13
DC-14
DC-20
DC-21
DC-22
DC-23
DC-31
DC-33
DC-36
DC-40
DC-41
DC-43
DC-45
DC-46





Non-inductive or slightly inductive loads, resistance furnaces
Shunt-motors: starting, plugging , inching , Dynamic breaking of motors
Series-motors: starting, plugging , inching , Dynamic breaking of motors
Switching of incandescent lamps
Control of resistive loads and solid-state loads with isolation by optocouplers
Control of resistive loads and solid-state loads with optical isolation
Control of electromagnets
Control of electromagnets
Control of electromagnetic loads having economy resistors in circuit
Connecting and disconnecting under no-load conditions
Switching of resistive loads, including moderate overloads
Switching of mixed resistive and inductive loads, including moderate overloads (e.g. shunt motors)
Switching of motor loads or other highly inductive loads (e.g. series motors)
Resistive loads
Motor loads or mixed loads including motors
Incandescent lamp loads
Distribution circuits comprising mixed resistive and reactive loads having a resultant inductive
reactance
Non-inductive or slightly inductive loads, resistance furnaces
Shunt-motors: starting, plugging , inching , Dynamic breaking of DC
Series-motors: starting, plugging , inching , Dynamic breaking of DC
Switching of incandescent lamps

60947-4-1
60947-4-1
60947-4-1
60947-4-1
60947-5-1
60947-5-2
60947-5-1
60947-5-2
60947-5-1
60947-3
60947-3
60947-3
60947-3
60947-6-1
60947-6-1
60947-6-1
60947-6-2
60947-6-2
60947-6-2
60947-6-2
60947-6-2

60947-1 © IEC: 2004.
By plugging is understood stopping or reversing the motor rapidly by reversing motor primary connections while the motor is running.
By inching (jogging) is understood energizing a motor once or repeatedly for short periods to obtain small movements of the driven mechanism.

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Reference Data

33-241

March 2009

Motor Ratings Data
Ampere Rating of AC and DC Motors
Ampere ratings of motors vary somewhat, depending upon
the type of motor. The values given below are for drip-proof,
Class B insulated (T Frame) where available, 1.15 service
factor, NEMA Design B motors. These values represent an
average full load motor current which was calculated from
the motor performance data published by several motor
manufacturers. In the case of high torque squirrel cage
motors, the ampere ratings will be at least 10% greater
than the values given below.

Caution — These average ratings could be high or low for
a specific motor and therefore heater coil selection on this
basis always involves risk. For fully reliable motor protection,
select heater coils on the basis of full load current rating as
shown on the motor nameplate.

33

Table 33-358. Ampere Ratings of Three-Phase, 60 Hz, AC Induction Motor
hp

Syn.
Speed
RPM

hp

Current in Amperes
200V

230V

380V 
 460V

575V

2200V

1/4

1800
1200
900

1.09
1.61
1.84

.95
1.40
1.60

.55
.81
.93

.48
.70
.80

.38
.56
.64

—
—
—

1/3

1800
1200
900

1.37
1.83
2.07

1.19
1.59
1.80

.69
.92
1.04

.60
.80
.90

.48
.64
.72

—
—
—

1/2

1800
1200
900

1.98
2.47
2.74

1.72
2.15
2.38

.99
1.24
1.38

.86
1.08
1.19

.69
.86
.95

—
—
—

3/4

1800
1200
900

2.83
3.36
3.75

2.46
2.92
3.26

1.42
1.69
1.88

1.23
1.46
1.63

.98
1.17
1.30

—
—
—

1

3600
1800
1200
900

3.22
4.09
4.32
4.95

2.80
3.56
3.76
4.30

1.70
2.06
2.28
2.60

1.40
1.78
1.88
2.15

1.12
1.42
1.50
1.72

1-1/2

3600
1800
1200
900

5.01
5.59
6.07
6.44

4.36
4.86
5.28
5.60

2.64
2.94
3.20
3.39

2.18
2.43
2.64
2.80

2

3600
1800
1200
900

6.44
7.36
7.87
9.09

5.60
6.40
6.84
7.90

3.39
3.87
4.14
4.77

3

3600
1800
1200
900

9.59
10.8
11.7
13.1

8.34
9.40
10.2
11.4

5

3600
1800
1200
900

15.5
16.6
18.2
18.3

13.5
14.4
15.8
15.9

7-1/2

3600
1800
1200
900

22.4
24.7
25.1
26.5

19.5
21.5
21.8
23.0

10

3600
1800
1200
900

29.2
30.8
32.2
35.1

15

3600
1800
1200
900

20

3600
1800
1200
900

Current in Amperes
200V

230V

380V 
 460V

575V

2200V

25

3600
1800
1200
900

69.9
74.5
75.4
77.4

60.8
64.8
65.6
67.3

36.8
39.2
39.6
40.7

30.4
32.4
32.8
33.7

24.3
25.9
26.2
27.0

—
—
—
—

30

3600
1800
1200
900

84.8
86.9
90.6
94.1

73.7
75.6
78.8
81.8

44.4
45.7
47.6
49.5

36.8
37.8
39.4
40.9

29.4
30.2
31.5
32.7

—
—
—
—

40

3600
1800
1200
900

111
116
117
121

96.4
101
102
105

58.2
61.0
61.2
63.2

48.2
50.4
50.6
52.2

38.5
40.3
40.4
41.7

—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—

50

3600
1800
1200
900

138
143
145
150

120
124
126
130

72.9
75.2
76.2
78.5

60.1
62.2
63.0
65.0

48.2
49.7
50.4
52.0

—
—
—
—

1.74
1.94
2.11
2.24

—
—
—
—

60

3600
1800
1200
900

164
171
173
177

143
140
150
154

86.8
90.0
91.0
93.1

71.7
74.5
75.0
77.0

57.3
59.4
60.0
61.5

—
—
—
—

2.80
3.20
3.42
3.95

2.24
2.56
2.74
3.16

—
—
—
—

75

3600
1800
1200
900

206
210
212
222

179
183
184
193

108
111
112
117

89.6
91.6
92.0
96.5

71.7
73.2
73.5
77.5

—
—
—
—

5.02
5.70
6.20
6.90

4.17
4.70
5.12
5.70

3.34
3.76
4.10
4.55

—
—
—
—

100

3600
1800
1200
900

266
271
275
290

231
236
239
252

140
144
145
153

115
118
120
126

92.2
94.8
95.6
101

—
23.6
24.2
24.8

8.20
8.74
9.59
9.60

6.76
7.21
7.91
7.92

5.41
5.78
6.32
6.33

—
—
—
—

125

3600
1800
1200
900

—
—
—
—

292
293
298
305

176
177
180
186

146
147
149
153

116
117
119
122

—
29.2
29.9
30.9

11.8
13.0
13.2
13.9

9.79
10.7
10.9
11.5

7.81
8.55
8.70
9.19

—
—
—
—

150

3600
1800
1200
900

—
—
—
—

343
348
350
365

208
210
210
211

171
174
174
183

137
139
139
146

—
34.8
35.5
37.0

25.4
26.8
28.0
30.5

15.4
16.3
16.9
18.5

12.7
13.4
14.0
15.2

10.1
10.7
11.2
12.2

—
—
—
—

200

3600
1800
1200
900

—
—
—
—

452
458
460
482

257
265
266
279

226
229
230
241

181
184
184
193

—
46.7
47.0
49.4

41.9
45.1
47.6
51.2

36.4
39.2
41.4
44.5

22.0
23.7
25.0
26.9

18.2
19.6
20.7
22.2

14.5
15.7
16.5
17.8

—
—
—
—

250

3600
1800
1200
900

—
—
—
—

559
568
573
600

338
343
345
347

279
284
287
300

223
227
229
240

—
57.5
58.5
60.5

58.0
58.9
60.7
63.1

50.4
51.2
52.8
54.9

30.5
31.0
31.9
33.2

25.2
25.6
26.4
27.4

20.1
20.5
21.1
21.9

—
—
—
—

300

1800
1200

—
—

678
684

392
395

339
342

271
274

69.0
70.0

400

1800

—

896

518

448

358

500

1800

—

1110

642

555

444




CA08102001E

Syn.
Speed
RPM

380V 50 Hz.

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

91.8
116

NEMA Contactors & Starters
Reference Data

33-242

March 2009

33

Single-Phase AC Motors

DC Motors

Table 430.248. Full-Load Currents in Amperes,
Single-Phase Alternating-Current Motors
The following values of full-load
currents are for motors running at
usual speeds and motors with normal
torque characteristics. Motors built for
especially low speeds or high torques
may have higher full-load currents and
multispeed motors will have full-load
current varying with speed, in which
case the nameplate current ratings
shall be used.

Table 430.247. Full-Load Current in Amperes,
Direct-Current Motors
The following values of full-load
currents are for motors running at
base speed.
1/4
1/3
1/2

Note: These are average direct-current
quantities.

115V

200V

208V

230V

1/6
1/4
1/3
1/2
3/4

4.4
5.8
7.2
9.8
13.8

2.5
3.3
4.1
5.6
7.9

2.4
3.2
4.0
5.4
7.6

2.2
2.9
3.6
4.9
6.9

1
1-1/2
2
3

16
20
24
34

9.2
11.5
13.8
19.6

8.8
11
13.2
18.7

8
10
12
17

5
7-1/2
10

56
80
100

32.2
46
57.5

30.8
44
55

28
40
50

Three-Phase AC Motors
The following values of full-load
currents are typical for motors running
at speeds usual for belted motors
and motors with normal torque
characteristics.

1.6
2.0
2.7

5
5
7

3
3
3

3/4
7.6
1
9.5
1-1/2 13.2
2
17
3
25

3.8
4.7
6.6
8.5
12.2

10
15
20
25
30

5
7
10
12
15

50
80
100
—
—

25
40
50
75
100

40
58
76
—
—

20
29
38
55
72

25
30
40
50
60

—
—
—
—
—

89
106
140
173
206

—
—
—
—
—

125
150
200
250
275

75
100
125
150
200

—
—
—
—
—

255
341
425
506
675

—
—
—
—
—

350
500
600
—
—




These are average direct-current quantities.

Table 430.250. Full-Load Current Three-Phase Alternating-Current Motors
hp

Induction Type Squirrel-Cage and
Wound-Rotor Amperes
115V

Synchronous Type Unity
Power Factor  Amperes

200V

208V

230V

460V

575V

2300V 230V

460V

575V

2300V

4.4
6.4
8.4

2.5
3.7
4.8

2.4
3.5
4.6

2.2
3.2
4.2

1.1
1.6
2.1

.9
1.3
1.7

—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

12.0
13.6
—

6.9
7.8
11.0

6.6
7.5
10.6

6.0
6.8
9.6

3.0
3.4
4.8

2.4
2.7
3.9

—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

5
7-1/2
10

—
—
—

17.5
25.3
32.2

16.7
24.2
30.8

15.2
22
28

7.6
11
14

6.1
9
11

—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

15
20
25

—
—
—

48.3
62.1
78.2

46.2
59.4
74.8

42
54
68

21
27
34

17
22
27

—
—
—

—
—
53

—
—
26

—
—
21

—
—
—

30
40
50

—
—
—

92
120
150

88
114
143

80
104
130

40
52
65

32
41
52

—
—
—

63
83
104

32
41
52

26
33
42

—
—
—

60
75
100

—
—
—

177
221
285

169
211
273

154
192
248

77
96
124

62
77
99

16
20
26

123
155
202

61
78
101

49
62
81

12
15
20

125
150
200

—
—
—

359
414
552

343
396
528

312
360
480

156
180
240

125
144
192

31
37
49

253
302
400

126
151
201

101
121
161

25
30
40

250
300
350

—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

302
361
414

242
289
336

60
72
83

—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

400
450
500

—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

477
515
590

382
412
472

95
103
118

—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

1/2
3/4
1

Motors built for low speeds (1,200 RPM
or less) or high torques may require
more running current and multispeed
motors will have full-load current
varying with speed. In these cases
the nameplate current rating shall
be used.
The voltages listed are rated motor
voltages. The currents listed shall be
permitted for system voltage ranges of
110 to 120, 220 to 240, 440 to 480 and
550 to 600V.

3.1
4.1
5.4

5
7-1/2
10
15
20

The voltages listed are rated motor
voltages. The currents listed shall be
permitted for system voltage ranges of
110 to 120 and 220 to 240V.
hp

Armature Voltage Ampere
Capacity of
Rating 

Fuses for Motors
Recommended
Values
120V
240V
120V
240V

hp

1-1/2
2
3



For 90 and 80 percent power factor, the above figures shall be multiplied by 1.1 and 1.25 respectively.

For more information visit: www.eaton.com

CA08102001E



---

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.4
Linearized                      : Yes
Create Date                     : 2009:03:30 15:35:42Z
Modify Date                     : 2009:03:30 12:20:35-04:00
Subject                         : NEMA Contactors & Starters
Page Count                      : 242
Creation Date                   : 2009:03:30 15:35:42Z
Mod Date                        : 2009:03:30 12:20:35-04:00
Producer                        : Acrobat Distiller 5.0.5 for Macintosh
Author                          : Zoltun
Metadata Date                   : 2009:03:30 12:20:35-04:00
Title                           : TB03300001E
Description                     : NEMA Contactors & Starters
Creator                         : Zoltun
Page Layout                     : SinglePage

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools